Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

T-Mobile US, Inc.

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

Delaware

  4812  

20-0836269

91-1983600

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

(425) 378-4000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

John J. Legere

Chief Executive Officer

T-Mobile US, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

(425) 378-4000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

 

Copies to:

 

David A. Miller

Executive Vice President, General

Counsel and Secretary

T-Mobile US, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

(425) 378-4000

 

Eric A. DeJong

Jason Day

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4900

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

(206) 359-8000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

The registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Amount
to be
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit (1)(2)
 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

5.250% senior notes due 2018 (3)

  $500,000,000   100%   $500,000,000   $64,400

Guarantees of the 5.250% senior notes due 2018 (4)

  $500,000,000   N/A   N/A   N/A

6.250% senior notes due 2021 (3)

  $1,750,000,000   100%   $1,750,000,000   $225,400

Guarantees of the 6.250% senior notes Due 2021 (4)

  $1,750,000,000   N/A   N/A   N/A

6.625% senior notes due 2023 (3)

  $1,750,000,000   100%   $1,750,000,000   $225,400

Guarantees of the 6.625% senior notes Due 2023 (4)

  $1,750,000,000   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Equals the aggregate principal amount of the securities being registered.
(3) The 5.250% senior notes due 2018, the 6.250% senior notes due 2021, and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023 will be the obligations of T-Mobile USA, Inc.
(4) T-Mobile US, Inc. and the registrants listed on the Table of Additional Registrants will guarantee the obligations of T-Mobile USA, Inc. under the 5.250% senior notes due 2018, the 6.250% senior notes due 2021, and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023. The guarantees are not traded separately. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no additional registration fee is due with respect to the guarantees.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter (1)

   State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization
   I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number

GSV LLC

   Delaware    91-2116910

Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc.

   Delaware    58-2228915

Powertel/Memphis, Inc.

   Delaware    58-2228912

SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2974475

SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC

   Delaware    30-0283150

SunCom Wireless License Company, LLC

   Delaware    75-3172489

SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2940271

SunCom Wireless Operating Company, L.L.C.

   Delaware    23-2974309

SunCom Wireless Property Company, L.L.C.

   Delaware    43-2065344

SunCom Wireless, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2930873

T-Mobile Central LLC

   Delaware    91-1973799

T-Mobile License LLC

   Delaware    91-1917328

T-Mobile Northeast LLC

   Delaware    52-2069434

T-Mobile PCS Holdings LLC

   Delaware    91-2159335

T-Mobile Puerto Rico Holdings LLC

   Delaware    20-2209577

T-Mobile Puerto Rico LLC

   Delaware    66-0649631

T-Mobile Resources Corporation

   Delaware    91-1909782

T-Mobile South LLC

   Delaware    20-3945483

T-Mobile Subsidiary IV Corporation

   Delaware    91-2116909

T-Mobile West LLC

   Delaware    36-4027581

Triton PCS Finance Company, Inc.

   Delaware    51-0393831

Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

   Delaware    23-2941874

VoiceStream PCS I Iowa Corporation

   Delaware    91-1869520

VoiceStream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.

   Delaware    36-3875668

VoiceStream Pittsburgh, L.P.

   Delaware    16-1442506

MetroPCS California, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618381

MetroPCS Florida, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618383

MetroPCS Georgia, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618386

MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303630

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

   Delaware    20-2509038

MetroPCS Nevada, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303430

MetroPCS New York, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303519

MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303570

MetroPCS Texas, LLC

   Delaware    20-2508993

MetroPCS Networks, LLC

   Delaware    33-1105693

MetroPCS Networks California, LLC

   Delaware    20-4956821

MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC

   Delaware    20-4957100

 

(1) The address of each registrant is 12920 SE 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006, and the telephone number is (425) 378-4000.


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 13, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

 

LOGO

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021, and

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for an equal amount of its outstanding

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021, and

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023, as applicable, that were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 

 

T-Mobile USA Inc., a Delaware corporation (“T-Mobile USA”), hereby offers to exchange, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 5.250% senior notes due 2018 (the “2018 exchange notes”), $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 6.250% senior notes due 2021 (the “2021 exchange notes”), and $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 exchange notes” and, together with the 2018 exchange notes and the 2021 exchange notes, the “exchange notes”) for an equal amount of its outstanding 5.250% senior notes due 2018, 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and 6.625% senior notes due 2023 (collectively, the “original notes”). We refer to the original notes and the exchange notes, collectively, as the “notes.” The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, jointly and severally guaranteed by T-Mobile USA’s corporate parent, T-Mobile US, Inc. (“Parent”), and all of T-Mobile USA’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (excluding certain designated special purpose entities, a reinsurance subsidiary and immaterial subsidiaries), all of T-Mobile USA’s restricted subsidiaries that guarantee certain of its indebtedness and any future subsidiary of Parent that directly or indirectly owns any of T-Mobile USA’s equity interests.

The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, general, unsubordinated unsecured obligations of T-Mobile USA, and the original notes rank, and the exchange notes will rank, equally to the other unsubordinated unsecured indebtedness of T-Mobile USA. The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, effectively subordinated to the existing and future secured indebtedness of T-Mobile USA to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and obligations of T-Mobile USA’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the original notes or the exchange notes, as the case may be.

The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will generally be freely transferable and do not contain certain terms with respect to registration rights and liquidated damages. We will issue the exchange notes under the indentures governing the original notes. For a description of the principal terms of the exchange notes, see “Description of Notes.”

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014, unless we extend the offer. At any time prior to the expiration time, you may withdraw your tender of any original notes; otherwise, such tender is irrevocable. We will receive no cash proceeds from the exchange offer.

The exchange notes constitute a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. Any original notes not tendered and accepted in the exchange offer will remain outstanding. To the extent original notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, your ability to sell untendered, and tendered but unaccepted, original notes could be adversely affected. Following consummation of the exchange offer, the original notes will continue to be subject to their existing transfer restrictions and we will generally have no further obligations to provide for the registration of the original notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or give assurances as to the liquidity of the trading market for either the original notes or the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of either the original notes or the exchange notes on any exchange or market.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of the exchange notes received in exchange for the original notes where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

Investing in the exchange notes involves certain risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.

This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are first being mailed to all holders of the original notes on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission ( the “SEC”), nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013.


Table of Contents

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. Documents incorporated by reference are available from us without charge. Any person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered may obtain documents incorporated by reference in, but not delivered with, this prospectus by requesting them by telephone or in writing at the following address:

T-Mobile US, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

(425) 378-4000

Attn.: Investor Relations

To obtain timely delivery, you must request these documents no later than five business days before the expiration time of the exchange offer.

You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to exchange original notes for exchange notes only in jurisdictions where such offer is permitted. You should not assume that the information in the incorporated documents or this prospectus is accurate as of any other date other than the date on the front of these documents.

Unless stated otherwise or the context indicates otherwise, references to “T-Mobile,” “our company,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours” and “us” refer to T-Mobile US, Inc. and its direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries, including T-Mobile USA, Inc. References to “Issuer” and “T-Mobile USA” refer to T-Mobile USA, Inc. only. The Issuer’s corporate parent is T-Mobile US, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as “T-Mobile US” or “Parent.” Parent has no operations separate from its investment in Issuer. Accordingly, unless otherwise noted, all of the business and financial information in this prospectus, including the factors identified under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13, is presented for Parent on a consolidated basis.

No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus in connection with the exchange offer, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by T-Mobile. This prospectus does not constitute an offer of any securities other than those to which it relates or an offer or a solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstance create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of our company since the date hereof of this prospectus.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     ii   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Use of Proceeds

     29   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     30   

Capitalization

     31   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     33   

The Exchange Offer

     35   

Description of Notes

     46   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     101   

Plan of Distribution

     102   

Where You Can Find More Information

     104   

Incorporation by Reference

     104   

Legal Matters

     104   

Experts

     105   


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference or our other public statements include forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, including information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions which are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. The following important factors, among others, along with the factors identified under “Risk Factors” and the risk factors incorporated by reference herein, could affect future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    adverse conditions in the U.S. and international economies or disruptions to the credit and financial markets;

 

    competition in the wireless services market;

 

    the ability to complete and realize expected synergies and other benefits of acquisitions;

 

    the inability to implement our business strategies or ability to fund our wireless operations, including payment for additional spectrum, network upgrades, and technological advancements;

 

    the ability to renew our spectrum licenses on attractive terms;

 

    the ability to manage growth in wireless data services including network quality and acquisition of adequate spectrum licenses at reasonable costs and terms;

 

    material changes in available technology;

 

    the timing, scope and financial impact of our deployment of 4G Long-Term Evolution (“LTE”) technology;

 

    the impact on our networks and business from major technology equipment failures;

 

    breaches of network or information technology security, natural disasters or terrorist attacks or existing or future litigation and any resulting financial impact not covered by insurance;

 

    any changes in the regulatory environments in which we operate, including any increase in restrictions on the ability to operate our networks;

 

    any disruption of our key suppliers’ provisioning of products or services;

 

    material adverse changes in labor matters, including labor negotiations or additional organizing activity, and any resulting financial and/or operational impact;

 

    changes in accounting assumptions that regulatory agencies, including the SEC, may require or that result from changes in the accounting rules or their application, which could result in an impact on earnings; and

 

    changes in tax laws, regulations and existing standards and the resolution of disputes with any taxing jurisdictions.

Forward-looking statements in this prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of this prospectus or the applicable document referred to or incorporated by reference (or such earlier date as may be specified in the applicable document), as applicable, are based on assumptions and expectations as of such dates, and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, including the factors above. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking

 

ii


Table of Contents

statements. We do not intend to, and do not undertake an obligation to, update these forward-looking statements in the future to reflect future events or circumstances, except as required by applicable securities laws and regulations. For more information, see the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.” The results presented for any period may not be reflective of results for any subsequent period.

You should carefully read and consider the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf, and all future written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary contains basic information about us and this exchange offer. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to participate in the exchange offer. You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein for a more complete understanding of our business. Additionally, you should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and in documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus before making an investment decision.

Our Company

T-Mobile is a national provider of mobile communications services capable of reaching over 280 million Americans. Our objective is to be the simpler choice for a better mobile experience. Our intent is to bring this proposition to life across all our brands, including T-Mobile, MetroPCS, and GoSmart, and across our major customer base of retail, wholesale and business (B2B) consumers.

We generate revenue by offering affordable postpaid and prepaid wireless voice, messaging and data services, as well as mobile broadband and wholesale wireless services. We provided service to approximately 45 million customers through our nationwide network as of September 30, 2013. We also generate revenues by offering a wide selection of wireless handsets and accessories, including smartphones, wireless-enabled computers such as notebooks and tablets, and data cards which are manufactured by various suppliers. Our most significant expenses are related to acquiring and retaining customers, maintaining and expanding our network, and compensating employees.

Business Combination with MetroPCS

On April 30, 2013, the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated October 3, 2012, by and among Deutsche Telekom AG (“Deutsche Telekom”), T-Mobile Global Zwischenholding GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom (“Global”), T-Mobile Global Holding GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Global (“Holding”), T-Mobile USA, Inc., formerly a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding (“T-Mobile USA”), and MetroPCS Communications, Inc. (“MetroPCS”), were consummated. We refer to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement collectively as the Business Combination Transaction.

Under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Deutsche Telekom received approximately 74% of the fully-diluted shares of common stock of the combined company in exchange for its transfer of all of T-Mobile USA’s common stock to MetroPCS, and MetroPCS’s name was changed to T-Mobile US, Inc. This transaction was consummated to provide us with expanded scale, spectrum, and financial resources to compete aggressively with other larger U.S. wireless carriers. The business combination was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with T-Mobile USA as the accounting acquirer. Accordingly, T-Mobile USA’s historical financial statements became the historical financial statements of the combined company.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths foster our ability to compete against our principal wireless competitors:

 

    Value Leadership in Wireless . We are a leading value-oriented wireless carrier in the United States and the third largest provider of prepaid service plans as measured by subscribers.

 

   

Spectrum Assets. As of September 30, 2013, we hold licenses for wireless spectrum suitable for wireless broadband mobile services (including both HSPA+ and LTE) covering a population of approximately 280 million people in the United States. As of September 30, 2013, we have an average of approximately 74 MHz of spectrum in the top 100 major metropolitan areas and have an average of

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

approximately 77 MHz of spectrum in the top 25 major metropolitan areas. Our aggregate spectrum position is expected to enable contiguous 20x20 MHz channels for LTE deployment in many major metropolitan areas, which is expected to improve capacity to support our product offerings by increasing the data speeds available to our customers.

 

    Advanced Nationwide High-Speed Network . As of September 30, 2013, our LTE network covered a population of approximately 200 million people in the United States. We believe the combination of our spectrum position and advanced network technology will provide us with a high-capacity, high-speed network. Upon completion of the migration of the MetroPCS customer base, we expect to have approximately 55,000 equivalent cell sites, including approximately 1,500 MetroPCS macro sites and certain DAS network nodes retained from the MetroPCS network. Approximately 35,000 sites are planned to be enhanced over three years with multi-mode radios, tower-top electronics, and new antennas. This will allow for more robust coverage in buildings and at the edge of coverage areas and will allow for greater data capacity, which we believe will enhance the customer experience for our subscriber base.

 

    Seasoned Executive Leadership . We have a seasoned executive leadership team with significant industry expertise, led by John Legere, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Legere has over 32 years of experience in the U.S. and global telecommunications and technology industries. J. Braxton Carter, formerly MetroPCS’ Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Our board of directors includes current and former executives of AT&T, Dell, Rockwell International Corporation and Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, and brings extensive experience in operations, finance, governance and corporate strategy.

Business Strategy

We continue to aggressively pursue our strategy to reposition T-Mobile and return the Company to growth. Our strategy focuses on the following elements:

 

    Un-carrier Value Proposition . We plan to extend our position as the leader in delivering distinctive value for consumers in all customer segments. We believe the launches of Un-carrier phases 1 and 2 have been successful, as evidenced by our strong customer growth momentum. Simple Choice plans, launched in March 2013 as phase 1 of our Un-carrier value proposition, eliminate annual service contracts and provide customers with affordable rate plans without the complexity of caps and overage charges. Customers on Simple Choice plans can purchase the most popular smartphones and if qualified, pay for them in affordable interest-free monthly installments. Modernization of the network and introduction of the Apple ® iPhone ® in the second quarter of 2013 further repositioned T-Mobile as a provider of dependable high-speed service with a full range of desirable handsets and devices. In July 2013, we announced phase 2 of our Un-carrier value proposition, JUMP! TM , which enables participating subscribers to upgrade their eligible handset up to twice a year upon completion of an initial six-month enrollment period. In October 2013, we unveiled phase 3 of our Un-carrier value proposition, which provides our customers reduced United States to International calling rates and roaming fees, and free data roaming while traveling abroad in over 100 countries. In addition, in November 2013, we began to offer the Apple ® iPad ® Air and iPad ® mini.

 

   

Network Modernization . We are currently in the process of rapidly upgrading our network to modernize the 4G network, improve coverage, align spectrum bands with other key players in the U.S. market and deploy nationwide 4G LTE services in 2013. The timing of the launch of 4G LTE allows us to take advantage of the latest and most advanced 4G LTE technology infrastructure, improving the overall capacity and performance of our 4G network, while optimizing spectrum resources. In October 2013, we announced that we have exceeded our 2013 targets for 4G LTE network coverage, by delivering 4G LTE to more than 200 million people in 254 metro areas and a goal to deploy 10+10 MHz 4G LTE in 24 of the Top 25 metro areas by year end (and 40 of the Top 50 metro areas).

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Additionally, the migration of MetroPCS brand legacy CDMA customers onto T-Mobile’s 4G HSPA+ and LTE network is ahead of schedule, providing faster network performance for MetroPCS customers with compatible handsets. We expect the migration to be complete by the end of 2015.

 

    Multi-segment Focus . We plan to continue to operate in multiple customer market segments to accelerate growth. The addition of the flagship MetroPCS brand to the T-Mobile portfolio increased our ability to serve the full breadth of the wireless market. We expect to continue to accelerate the growth of the MetroPCS brand by expanding into new geographic regions, through the end of 2013 and continuing through 2014. Recently, we introduced the Simple Choice value proposition to our prepaid and B2B customers as well, so that prepaid customers and businesses can leverage the benefits of the Simple Choice plans. Additionally, we expect to continue to expand our wholesale business through MVNOs and other wholesale relationships where our spectrum depth, available network capacity and GSM technology base help secure profitable wholesale customers.

 

    Aligned Cost Structure . We continue to pursue a low-cost business operating model to drive cost savings, which can be reinvested in the business. These cost programs are on-going as we continue to work to simplify our business and drive operational efficiencies and cost savings in areas such as network optimization, customer roaming, customer service, improved customer collection rates and better management of customer acquisition and retention costs. A portion of savings have been, and will continue to be, reinvested into customer acquisition programs.

Recent Developments

On October 16, 2013, we completed a secondary public offering of $5.6 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities of T-Mobile USA and related guarantees previously owned by Deutsche Telekom, pursuant to an underwriting agreement among T-Mobile US, T-Mobile USA, certain subsidiaries of T-Mobile USA, Deutsche Telekom and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representative of the several underwriters. We did not receive any proceeds from this offering.

In October 2013, we purchased 10 MHz of AWS spectrum from U.S. Cellular for $308 million in cash. The spectrum covers a total of 32 million people in 29 markets. The transaction further enhances our portfolio of nationwide broadband spectrum and enables the expansion of LTE coverage to new markets.

On November 15, 2013, we entered into an amendment to the TMUS Working Capital Facility (as defined under “Description of Notes—Certain Definitions”) that changed the maximum Debt to Cash Flow Ratio permitted by certain financial and indebtedness covenants, compliance with which is a condition to borrowing under the TMUS Working Capital Facility. The amendment sets the maximum Debt to Cash Flow Ratio applicable to these covenants at 5.00 to 1.00 (for fiscal periods ending on or prior to December 31, 2013), 4.50 to 1.00 (for fiscal periods ending after December 31, 2013 and on or prior to December 31, 2014) and 4.00 to 1.00 (for fiscal periods ending after December 31, 2014).

On November 20, 2013, we completed a public offering of 72,765,000 shares of our common stock, including 6,615,000 shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, at a price to the public of $25.00 per share (the “Common Stock Offering”). The Common Stock Offering was made pursuant to an underwriting agreement between T-Mobile, US and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative of the several underwriters. We received approximately $1.8 billion in net proceeds from the Common Stock Offering.

On November 21, 2013, we completed an offering of $2.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 6.125% senior notes due 2022 and 6.500% senior notes due 2024 of T-Mobile USA and related guarantees, pursuant to an underwriting agreement among T-Mobile USA, the guarantors named therein, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the several underwriters (the “November 2013 Notes Offering”). We received approximately $2.0 billion in net proceeds from the November 2013 Notes Offering.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Corporate Ownership and Structure

The diagram below illustrates our current ownership and corporate structure:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Intermediate holding companies not shown.
(2) See the definition of “existing senior notes” under “Description of Notes—Certain Definitions.”
(3) See the definition of “TMUS Working Capital Facility” under “Description of Notes—Certain Definitions.”
(4) Certain subsidiaries of Issuer are not guarantors of the original notes and will not be guarantors of the exchange notes. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.” As of September 30, 2013, Issuer’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes had approximately $1.0 billion of total assets (excluding receivables due from Issuer and its guarantor subsidiaries) and $2.3 billion in indebtedness, other liabilities and preferred stock.

Corporate Information

Our corporate headquarters and principal executive offices are located at 12920 SE 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. Our telephone number is (425) 378-4000. We maintain a website at www.t-mobile.com where our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are available without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable following the time they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information on or accessible through our website is not incorporated into or part of this prospectus.

This prospectus may include trademarks, service marks and trade names owned by us or other companies. All trademarks, service marks and trade names included in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer

In March 2013, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (“MetroPCS Wireless”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of MetroPCS, completed a private offering of $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of our 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of our 6.625% senior notes due 2023, resulting in aggregate proceeds, before expenses and commissions, of $3.47 billion.

On April 30, 2013, the Business Combination Transaction was consummated. In connection with the Business Combination Transaction, the name of MetroPCS was changed to T-Mobile US, Inc. On May 1, 2013, MetroPCS, Inc. (“Holdco”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetroPCS, merged with and into MetroPCS Wireless, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo, with MetroPCS Wireless continuing as the surviving entity. Immediately thereafter, MetroPCS Wireless merged with and into T-Mobile USA, with T-Mobile USA continuing as the surviving entity. The foregoing mergers are referred to as the “Mergers.” Upon closing of the Mergers, T-Mobile USA and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which T-Mobile USA assumed all obligations of MetroPCS Wireless under MetroPCS Wireless’s outstanding 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and 6.625% senior notes due 2023, and certain of T-Mobile USA’s subsidiaries became guarantors of such notes.

In August 2013, we completed a private offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of T-Mobile USA’s 5.250% senior notes due 2018 and related guarantees. We received aggregate proceeds, before expenses and commissions, of $498 million from the sale of these notes.

In connection with each offering of original notes described above, we entered into registration rights agreements with the initial purchasers of the original notes in which we agreed to use reasonable best efforts to cause an exchange offer registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to be filed with the SEC and complete an exchange offer within 360 days of each issuance of the original notes as part of an exchange offer for the original notes. In an exchange offer, you are entitled to exchange your original notes for exchange notes registered under the Securities Act with substantially identical terms as the original notes.

The exchange notes will be accepted for clearance through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) with a new CUSIP and ISIN number and common code for each series of the exchange notes. You should read the discussions under the headings “The Exchange Offer” and “Description of Notes,” respectively, for more information about the exchange offer and exchange notes. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or, with limited exceptions, registration rights for your original notes.

 

The Exchange Offer

T-Mobile USA is offering to exchange any and all of its 5.250% senior notes due 2018, 6.250% senior notes due 2021, and 6.625% senior notes due 2023 all of which have been registered under the Securities Act, for an equal amount of its outstanding unregistered 5.250% senior notes due 2018 that were issued on August 21, 2013, and its outstanding unregistered 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and 6.625% senior notes due 2023 that were issued on March 19, 2013, as applicable. Original notes may only be exchanged in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As of the date of this prospectus, $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of unregistered 5.250% senior notes due 2018, $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of unregistered 6.250% senior notes due 2021, and $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of unregistered 6.625% senior notes due 2023 are outstanding.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
  The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes, except the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions and holders of the exchange notes, with limited exceptions, will have no registration rights. Also, the exchange notes will not include provisions contained in the original notes that required payment of additional interest in the event we failed to satisfy our registration obligations with respect to the original notes.

 

  Original notes that are not tendered for exchange will continue to be subject to transfer restrictions and, with limited exceptions, will not have registration rights. Therefore, the market for secondary resales of original notes that are not tendered for exchange is likely to be minimal. However, no market currently exists for the exchange notes and we can offer no assurance that such a market will develop.

 

  T-Mobile USA will issue registered exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

Expiration Time

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014, unless we decide to extend the expiration time. Please read “The Exchange Offer—Extensions, Delay in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment” for more information about extending the expiration time.

 

Withdrawal of Tenders

You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time prior to the expiration time. We will return to you, without charge, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer any original notes that you tendered but that were not accepted for exchange.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which we may amend or waive. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to terminate or withdraw the exchange offer if any of the conditions described in this prospectus are not satisfied or waived. The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of original notes being tendered.

 

  Please read “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information about the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering Original Notes

If your original notes are held through DTC and you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you may do so through DTC’s automated tender offer program. If you tender under this program, you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal that we are providing with this prospectus as though you had signed the letter of transmittal. By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

    any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
    you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

    you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

    if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

    if you are a broker-dealer, that you will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owner

If you own a beneficial interest in original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the original notes in the exchange offer, please contact the registered holder as soon as possible and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf and to comply with our instructions described in this prospectus.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

You must tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” if any of the following apply:

 

    you wish to tender your original notes but they are not immediately available;

 

    you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration time; or

 

    you cannot comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program prior to the expiration time.

 

Resales

Except as indicated in this prospectus, we believe that the exchange notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if:

 

    you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

    you are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

    you are not our affiliate.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

 
Our belief is based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the SEC staff set forth in several no-action letters to third parties that are not related to us. We do not intend to seek our own no-action letter, and there is no assurance that the SEC staff would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange notes. If this interpretation is inapplicable, and you transfer any exchange notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from such requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume, or indemnify holders against, such liability.

 

  Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of original notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable exchange for United States federal income tax purposes. Please see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay certain expenses incident to the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Transfer Taxes.”

 

Registration Rights

If we fail to complete the exchange offer as required by the registration rights agreement, we may be obligated to pay additional interest to holders of the original notes. Please see “The Exchange Offer—Additional Interest” for more information regarding your rights as a holder of the original notes.

The Exchange Agent

We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Please direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent. As described in more detail under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering,” if you are not tendering under DTC’s automated tender offer program, you should send the letter of transmittal and any other required documents to the exchange agent as follows:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Reorg Department

MS JCK01-0218

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

 

 

8


Table of Contents

By Facsimile Transmission (Eligible Institutions Only):

(615) 866-3889

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone :

(877) 843-9767

The Exchange Notes

The form and terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the form and terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer, will not contain terms providing for additional interest if we fail to perform our registration obligations with respect to the original notes and, with limited exceptions, will not be entitled to registration rights under the Securities Act. The following summarizes the material terms of the exchange notes, which will evidence the same debt as the original notes, and both the original notes and the exchange notes are governed by the same indentures. Certain capitalized terms used in this summary of the terms of the exchange notes and elsewhere in this prospectus are defined under “Description of Notes—Certain Definitions.”

 

Issuer

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

 

Notes Offered

$500,000,000 5.250% senior notes due 2018
  $1,750,000,000 6.250% senior notes due 2021
  $1,750,000,000 6.625% senior notes due 2023

 

Maturity Date

5.250% senior notes due 2018—September 1, 2018
  6.250% senior notes due 2021—April 1, 2021
  6.625% senior notes due 2023—April 1, 2023

 

Interest Payment Dates

For the 5.250% senior notes due 2018, interest will be payable semi-annually in cash on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning March 1, 2014.

 

  For the 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and the 6.625% senior notes due on 2023, interest will be payable semi-annually in cash on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on October 1, 2013.

 

Listing

Neither the exchange notes nor the original notes will be listed on any exchange or market.

 

Ranking

The original notes are and the exchange notes will be Issuer’s general, unsecured unsubordinated obligations. Accordingly, they will rank:

 

    senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of Issuer to the extent that such indebtedness provides by its terms that it is subordinated to the notes;

 

    equally in right of payment with any of Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities that are not by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, including all of Issuer’s other existing senior notes;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    effectively subordinated to Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of Issuer’s assets constituting collateral securing that indebtedness; and

 

    structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities and preferred stock of Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.

 

  Assuming that on September 30, 2013, Issuer had completed the November 2013 Notes Offering, Issuer would have had approximately $22.6 billion of senior indebtedness outstanding on a pro forma basis, approximately $0.4 billion of which would have been secured (and including approximately $2.49 billion in long term financial obligation relating to the Towers Transaction, as defined in “Description of Notes—Certain Definitions”). The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, effectively subordinated to this secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets constituting collateral securing this secured debt.

 

Guarantees

The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, guaranteed by Parent, Issuer’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than certain designated special purpose entities, a certain reinsurance subsidiary and immaterial subsidiaries), all of Issuer’s restricted subsidiaries that guarantee certain of its indebtedness, and any future subsidiary of Parent that directly or indirectly owns any equity interests of Issuer. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.” Each guarantee of the notes will be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of that guarantor and will rank:

 

    senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of that guarantor to the extent that such indebtedness provides by its terms that it is subordinated in right of payment to such guarantor’s guarantee of the notes;

 

    pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of that guarantor that are not by their terms subordinated to the notes, including, without limitation, any guarantees of our existing senior notes;

 

    effectively subordinated to that guarantor’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the assets of such guarantor constituting collateral securing that indebtedness; and

 

    structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities and preferred stock of any subsidiaries of such guarantor that do not guarantee the notes.

 

  As of September 30, 2013, our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes had approximately $1.0 billion of total assets (excluding receivables due from Issuer and its guarantor subsidiaries) and $2.3 billion in indebtedness, other liabilities and preferred stock.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

The Issuer may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after

 

    September 1, 2015, in the case of the 5.250% senior notes due 2018,

 

    April 1, 2017, in the case of the 6.250% senior notes due 2021, or

 

    April 1, 2018, in the case of the 6.625% senior notes due 2023,

 

  in each case at the fixed redemption price described in the section “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  In addition, prior to:

 

    September 1, 2015, in the case of the 5.250% senior notes due 2018, and

 

    April 1, 2016, in the case of the 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023,

 

  Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the each series of the notes with the net cash proceeds of certain sales of equity securities or certain contributions to its equity at the redemption prices described in the section “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

 

Change of Control

If Issuer experiences certain change of control triggering events, Issuer must make an offer to each holder to repurchase the notes of each series at a price in cash equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. See “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event.”

 

Basic Covenants of the Indentures

The indentures governing the notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    incur more debt;

 

    pay dividends and make distributions;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    repurchase stock;

 

    create liens or other encumbrances;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    enter into agreements that restrict dividends or distributions from subsidiaries; and

 

    merge, consolidate or sell, or otherwise dispose of, substantially all of their assets.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
  These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions that are described later in this prospectus under the caption “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants.” If the notes are assigned an investment grade rating by at least two of Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“Standard & Poor’s”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) and no default has occurred or is continuing, certain covenants will cease to apply. See “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants—Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the risks and other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” in Parent’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013, before exchanging your original notes. The risks and uncertainties we have described are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results could suffer, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

Your original notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures.

We will issue exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your original notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your original notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your original notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration time of the exchange offer, we will not accept your original notes for exchange. We are generally under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of original notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of original notes, we may not accept your original notes for exchange.

If you do not exchange your original notes, your original notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may be unable to sell your outstanding original notes.

We did not register the original notes and do not intend to do so following the exchange offer. Original notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under applicable securities laws. If you do not exchange your original notes, you will lose your right, except in limited circumstances, to have your original notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold original notes after the exchange offer, you may be unable to sell your original notes and the value of the original notes may decline. We have no obligation, except in limited circumstances, and do not currently intend, to file an additional registration statement to cover the resale of original notes that did not tender in the exchange offer or to re-offer to exchange the exchange notes for original notes following the expiration of the exchange offer.

Risks Related to the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, and senior creditors would have a secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.

We have, and we expect that we will continue to have, a significant amount of debt. Assuming that on September 30, 2013, we had completed the November 2013 Notes Offering, we would have had approximately $22.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness on a pro forma basis, including $19.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness under our senior notes (including the original notes), approximately $0.4 billion of capital leases (and including approximately $2.49 billion in long term financial obligation relating to the Towers Transaction), and $500 million available for borrowing under the TMUS Working Capital Facility.

Our ability to make payments on debt, to repay existing indebtedness when due and to fund operations and significant planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to produce cash from operations is subject to a number of risks, including:

 

    introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors, changes in service plans or pricing by us or our competitors, or promotional offers;

 

13


Table of Contents
    customers’ acceptance of our service offerings;

 

    our ability to maintain our current cost structure; and

 

    our ability to continue to grow our customer base and maintain projected levels of churn.

Our substantial debt service obligations could have important material consequences to you, including the following:

 

    limiting our ability to borrow money or sell stock to fund working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions, technological initiatives and other general corporate purposes;

 

    making it more difficult for us to make payments on indebtedness and satisfy obligations under the notes;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic downturns and industry conditions and limiting our ability to withstand competitive pressure;

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the communications industry;

 

    limiting our ability to increase our capital expenditures to roll out new services or to upgrade our networks to new technologies, such as LTE;

 

    limiting our ability to purchase additional spectrum, expand existing service areas or develop new metropolitan areas in the future;

 

    reducing the amount of cash available for working capital needs, capital expenditures for existing and new markets and other corporate purposes by requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, indebtedness; and

 

    placing us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors who are less leveraged than we are.

Any of these risks could impair our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to obtain additional spectrum, or limit our ability to expand our business as planned, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition, a substantial portion of our debt bears interest at fixed rates subject to a “reset” two, two and a half, or three years after the closing of the Business Combination Transaction or at a variable rate. The reset will cause the interest rate of the relevant debt securities to be recalculated according to a formula which depends in part upon designated indices (which are tied to market yields for certain securities) and other benchmark debt securities, only a portion of which is calculated based on the trading prices of our indebtedness. If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt and debt at fixed rates subject to a “reset,” on the reset date and thereafter, will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we may enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates in the future, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk, and any portion not subject to such agreements would have full exposure to higher interest rates. Interest rates for such benchmark indices and debt securities are highly sensitive to many factors, including domestic and international economic and political conditions, policies of governmental and regulatory agencies, developments affecting the financial or operating results or prospects of the issuer of the benchmark securities or of securities referenced in the benchmark indices, and other factors beyond our control. As a result, a significant increase in these interest rates at the time that the relevant debt securities are recalculated could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

Even with our current levels of indebtedness, we may incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our leverage.

Although we have substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt as market conditions and contractual obligations permit, which could further reduce the cash available to invest in operations, as a result of increased debt service obligations. The terms of the agreements governing our long-term indebtedness allow for the incurrence of additional indebtedness by us and our subsidiaries, subject to specified limitations. The more leveraged we become, the more we, and in turn the holders of our securities, become exposed to the risks described above in the risk factor entitled “Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, and senior creditors would have a secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.”

There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available to us under our existing indebtedness or otherwise. Further, should we need to raise additional capital, the foreign ownership restrictions mandated by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), and applicable to us, could limit our ability to attract additional equity financing outside the United States. If we were able to obtain funds, it may not be on terms and conditions acceptable to us, which could limit or preclude our ability to pursue new opportunities, expand our service, upgrade our networks, engage in acquisitions, or purchase additional spectrum, thus limiting our ability to expand our business which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The exchange notes and the guarantees will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to Issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.

Like the original notes and related guarantees, the exchange notes and related guarantees will be general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations ranking effectively junior in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt of Issuer and of each guarantor to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt, and will be structurally subordinated to any existing or future indebtedness, preferred stock and other liabilities of Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The indentures governing the notes also permit us to incur certain additional secured debt.

If Issuer or a guarantor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent or is liquidated or reorganized, any secured debt of Issuer or of that guarantor will be entitled to be paid in full from Issuer’s assets or the assets of the guarantor, as applicable, securing that debt before any payment may be made with respect to the exchange notes or the guarantees. Holders of the exchange notes (like holders of the original notes) will participate ratably in any remaining assets with all holders of Issuer’s unsecured indebtedness that is not by its terms subordinated to the exchange notes, including all of Issuer’s other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor. In any of the foregoing events, there may not be sufficient assets to pay the indebtedness and other obligations owed to secured creditors and the amounts due on the exchange notes and any original notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer. As a result, holders of such notes would likely receive less, ratably, than holders of secured indebtedness. It is possible that there will be no assets from which claims of holders of the notes can be satisfied.

Assuming that on September 30, 2013, we had completed the November 2013 Notes Offering, we would have had approximately $22.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness on a pro forma basis, including $19.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness under our existing senior notes, approximately $0.4 billion of which would have been secured (and including approximately $2.49 billion of long term financial obligation relating to the Towers Transaction). The notes would be effectively subordinated to this secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets constituting collateral securing this secured debt.

In addition, creditors of current and future subsidiaries of Issuer that do not guarantee the exchange notes would have claims, with respect to the assets of those subsidiaries that rank structurally senior to the exchange

 

15


Table of Contents

notes. As of September 30, 2013, Issuer’s subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes had approximately $1.0 billion of total assets (excluding receivables due from Issuer and its guarantor subsidiaries) and $2.3 billion in indebtedness, other liabilities and preferred stock. In the event of any distribution or payment of assets of such subsidiaries in any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding, the claims of those creditors must be satisfied prior to making any such distribution or payment to Issuer in respect of direct or indirect equity interests in such subsidiaries. Certain subsidiaries of Issuer (such as special purpose entities, a reinsurance subsidiary and immaterial subsidiaries) do not guarantee the original notes and will not guarantee the exchange notes. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.”

To service our debt, we will require a significant amount of cash, which may not be available to us.

Our ability to meet existing or future debt obligations and to reduce indebtedness will depend on future performance and the other cash requirements of our businesses. Our performance, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic conditions and financial, competitive, business, political, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, our ability to borrow funds in the future to make payments on debt will depend on the satisfaction of covenants in the indentures governing our existing senior notes and the exchange notes offered hereby, other debt agreements and other agreements we may enter into in the future. Specifically, under the TMUS Working Capital Facility (so long as any amounts are outstanding thereunder), we will need to maintain certain financial ratios. We cannot assure you that we will continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future equity issuances or borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service debt or repay all indebtedness in a timely manner or on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to satisfy financial covenants under the TMUS Working Capital Facility or generate sufficient cash to timely repay debt, our lenders could accelerate the maturity of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our remaining existing indebtedness prior to its maturity. Disruptions in the financial markets, the general amount of debt refinancings occurring at the same time, and our financial position and performance could make it more difficult to obtain debt or equity financing on reasonable terms or at all. In addition, instability in the global financial markets has from time to time resulted in periodic volatility in the capital markets. This volatility could limit our access to the credit markets, leading to higher borrowing costs or, in some cases, the inability to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Any such failure to obtain additional financing could jeopardize our ability to repay, refinance or reduce debt obligations.

Upon certain events including a change of control, we may be required to offer to repurchase all of the existing senior notes (including the exchange notes offered hereby) and we may not have the ability to finance such repurchase.

The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes provide that, upon the occurrence of certain change of control triggering events, which change of control triggering events include a change of control combined with certain ratings downgrades or withdrawals as described further under “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event”, Issuer will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding senior notes (including the exchange notes offered hereby), at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. In addition, any change of control is expected to cause an event of default under the TMUS Working Capital Facility, entitling the lenders under such facility to declare all outstanding amounts thereunder to be immediately due and payable. We may not have sufficient access to funds at the time of the change of control triggering event to make the required repurchase of our senior notes (including the exchange notes offered hereby), and repay outstanding amounts under the TMUS Working Capital Facility or contractual restrictions may not allow such repurchases or repayments.

In addition, pursuant to a noteholder agreement entered into between us and Deutsche Telekom, upon the occurrence of certain events, Deutsche Telekom will have the right to require us to repurchase any senior notes held by Deutsche Telekom or any of its subsidiaries (other than Parent or any of its subsidiaries), even if a

 

16


Table of Contents

change of control triggering event has not occurred. If such an event were to occur, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the purchase price in any required repurchase offers and may be required to obtain third-party financing in order to do so. However, we may not be able to obtain such financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

The failure to purchase the existing senior notes or the exchange notes offered hereby, as required under the respective indentures, or the failure to purchase the senior notes held by Deutsche Telekom as required under the noteholder agreement, would result in a default under such indentures or breach of such noteholder agreement, which could have material adverse consequences for us and the holders of our senior notes, including the exchange notes offered hereby. Any such event of default would likely trigger an event of default on other outstanding or future indebtedness.

The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes, as well as our TMUS Working Capital Facility, include restrictive covenants that limit our operating flexibility.

The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes, as well as the TMUS Working Capital Facility, impose material restrictions on us. These restrictions, subject in certain cases to ordinary course of business and other exceptions, may limit our ability to engage in some transactions, including the following:

 

    incurring additional debt;

 

    paying dividends, redeeming capital stock or making other restricted payments or investments;

 

    selling assets, properties or licenses;

 

    developing assets, properties or licenses which we have or in the future may procure;

 

    creating liens on assets;

 

    participating in future FCC auctions of spectrum or private sales of spectrum;

 

    merging, consolidating or disposing of substantially all assets;

 

    entering into transactions with affiliates; and

 

    placing restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments.

Any future debt that we incur may, and the TMUS Working Capital Facility does, contain financial maintenance covenants. These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain debt financing, repurchase stock, refinance or pay principal on our outstanding debt, complete acquisitions for cash or debt or react to changes in our operating environment or the economy.

Any failure to comply with the restrictions of the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes, the TMUS Working Capital Facility or certain current and any subsequent financing agreements may result in an event of default under these agreements, which in turn may result in defaults or acceleration of obligations under these agreements and other agreements, giving our lenders and other debt holders the right to require us to repay all amounts then outstanding and to terminate any commitments they may have made to provide us with further funds.

The guarantees may not be enforceable because of fraudulent conveyance laws.

The guarantors’ guarantees of the exchange notes, like the guarantees of the original notes, may be subject to review under federal bankruptcy law or relevant state fraudulent conveyance laws if we or any guarantor file a petition for bankruptcy or our creditors file an involuntary petition for bankruptcy against us or any guarantor. Under these laws, if a court were to find that, at the time a guarantor incurred debt (including debt represented by the guarantee), such guarantor:

 

    incurred this debt with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors; or

 

17


Table of Contents
    received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring this debt, and the guarantor:

 

    was insolvent or was rendered insolvent by reason of the related financing transactions;

 

    was engaged in, or about to engage in, a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its business; or

 

    intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay these debts as they mature, as all of the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under the relevant fraudulent transfer or conveyance statutes;

then the court could void the guarantee or subordinate the amounts owing under the guarantee to the guarantor’s presently existing or future debt or take other actions detrimental to you.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending upon the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied in any such proceeding. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred the debt or issued the guarantee:

 

    it could not pay its debts or contingent liabilities as they become due;

 

    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, is greater than its assets, at a fair valuation; or

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount required to pay the probable liability on its total existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature.

If a guarantee is voided as a fraudulent conveyance or found to be unenforceable for any other reason, you will not have a claim against that obligor and will only be our creditor or that of any guarantor whose obligation was not set aside or found to be unenforceable. In addition, the loss of a guarantee will constitute an event of default under the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes and, and will constitute an event of default under the TMUS Working Capital Facility, which events of default would allow the relevant noteholders or lenders to accelerate the amounts due and payable thereunder, and we may not have the ability to pay any such amounts.

The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes contain a provision intended to limit each guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate the guarantor’s obligations or reduce the guarantor’s obligations to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees.

Many of the covenants in the indentures governing the exchange notes will not apply if the exchange notes are rated investment grade.

Many of the covenants in the indentures governing the exchange notes and the original notes provide that such covenants will cease to apply to us if the exchange notes and any original notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer are rated investment grade by two or more of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, provided at such time no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. The indentures further provide that these covenants will not be later reinstated in the event that the ratings of the notes subsequently decline. These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, to incur debt and to enter into certain other transactions. There can be no assurance that the notes will ever be rated investment grade. However, termination of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force. See “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants—Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.”

 

18


Table of Contents

If we or our existing investors sell our debt securities after this offering, the market price of the notes could decline.

The market price of the exchange notes could decline as a result of sales of Issuer’s debt securities in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for Issuer to sell other debt securities in the future at a time and on terms that it deems appropriate.

There is no established trading market for the exchange notes and no guarantee that a market will develop or that you will be able to sell your exchange notes.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which, like the original notes, there is no established trading market. An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes or any original notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the notes may not be free from similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your notes, if at all. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the exchange notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our operating performance and financial condition and other factors. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the exchange notes or any original notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system.

The trading prices for the exchange notes will be directly affected by many factors, including our credit rating.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow, including us. Any ratings downgrade could adversely affect the trading price of the notes, or the trading market for the notes, to the extent a trading market for the notes develops. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future and any fluctuation may impact the trading price of the notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and the Wireless Industry

Increasing competition for wireless customers could adversely affect our operating results.

We have multiple wireless competitors in each of our service areas, some of which have greater resources than us, and compete for customers based principally on service/device offerings, price, call quality, data use experience, coverage area, and customer service. In addition, we are facing growing competition from providers offering services using alternative wireless technologies and IP-based networks, as well as traditional wireline networks. We expect market saturation to continue to cause the wireless industry’s customer growth rate to be moderate in comparison with historical growth rates or possibly negative, leading to increased competition for customers.

We also expect that our customers’ growing demand for data services will place constraints on our network capacity. This competition and our capacity issues will continue to put pressure on pricing and margins as companies compete for potential customers. Our ability to respond will depend on, among other things, continued absolute and relative improvement in network quality and customer services, effective marketing and selling of products and services, attractive pricing, and cost management, all of which will involve significant expenses.

Consolidation in the wireless industry through mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures could create increased competition.

Joint ventures, mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances in the wireless industry have resulted in and are expected to result in larger competitors competing for a limited number of customers. The two largest national

 

19


Table of Contents

wireless broadband mobile carriers currently serve a significant percentage of all wireless customers, and hold significant spectrum and other resources. Our largest competitors may be able to enter into exclusive handset or content arrangements, execute pervasive advertising and marketing campaigns, or otherwise improve their cost position relative to ours. In addition, the refusal of our large competitors to provide critical access to resources and inputs, such as roaming services on reasonable terms, may improve their position within the wireless broadband mobile services industry. These factors, together with the effects of the increasing aggregate penetration of wireless services in all metropolitan areas, and the ability of our larger competitors to use resources to build out their networks and to quickly deploy advanced technologies, which have made it more difficult for smaller carriers like us to attract and retain customers, may adversely affect our competitive position and ability to grow, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

The failure to successfully integrate the T-Mobile and MetroPCS businesses in the expected time frame could adversely affect our future operating results. Many of the anticipated benefits of the combination may not be realized for a significant period of time, if at all.

Our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits, including projected synergies and cost savings, from combining the T-Mobile business with the MetroPCS business. This integration will be complex, time-consuming, require significant capital expenditures, and may divert management’s time and attention from the business. The failure to successfully integrate and manage the challenges presented by the integration process may prevent us from achieving the anticipated benefits of the business combination of T-Mobile and MetroPCS and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Potential difficulties in the integration process include, among others, the following:

 

    unexpected costs incurred in integrating the T-Mobile and MetroPCS businesses or inability to achieve the cost savings anticipated to result from the business combination;

 

    migrating customers from the legacy MetroPCS network to our global system for mobile communications, which we refer to as GSM, evolved high speed packet access, which we refer to as HSPA+, and LTE networks;

 

    decommissioning the legacy MetroPCS network;

 

    integrating existing back office and customer facing information and billing systems, cell sites and network infrastructure, customer service programs, and distributed antenna systems;

 

    combining or coordinating product and service offerings, subscriber plans, customer services, and sales and marketing approaches;

 

    addressing the effects of the business combination on our business and the previously established relationships between each of T-Mobile and MetroPCS and their employees, customers, suppliers, content providers, distributors, dealers, retailers, regulators, affiliates, joint venture partners, and the communities in which they operated; and

 

    difficulties in consolidating and preparing the Company’s financial statements, or having to restate the financial statements of the Company.

Many of the anticipated synergies are not expected to occur for a significant time period and will require substantial capital expenditures in the near term to be fully realized. Even if we are able to integrate the two businesses successfully, we may not realize the full anticipated benefits of the merger, including anticipated synergies expected from the integration, or achieve such benefits within the anticipated time frame or at all.

 

20


Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract and retain wireless subscribers our financial performance will be impaired.

Customer demand for our products and services is impacted by numerous factors including, but not limited to, our service offerings, pricing, network performance, customer perceptions, competitive offers, sales and distribution channels, economic conditions and customer service. Managing these factors, and customers’ expectations of these factors, is essential in attracting and retaining customers.

We continuously incur capital expenditures and operating expenses in order to improve and enhance our products, services, applications, and content to remain competitive and to keep up with our customer demand. If we fail to improve and enhance our products and services or expand the capacity of, or make upgrades to, our network to remain competitive, or if we fail to keep up with customer demand, including by maintaining access to desired handsets, content and features, our ability to attract and retain customers would be adversely affected. In particular, our gross new subscriber activations may decrease and our subscriber churn may increase, leaving us unable to meet the assumptions of our business plan. Even if we effectively manage the factors listed above that are within our control, there can be no assurance that our existing customers will not switch to another wireless provider or that we will be able to attract new customers. There would be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and operating results if we are unable to grow our customer base at the levels we project, or achieve the aggregate levels of customer penetration that we currently believe are possible with our business model.

We no longer require consumers to sign annual service contracts for post-paid services and offer consumers equipment financing, and this strategy may not succeed in the long term.

With the launch of our ‘Simple Choice Plan’, we no longer require consumers to sign annual service contracts to obtain post-paid service, while offering Equipment Installment Plans (“EIPs”) to permit customers to finance handsets which they purchase from us. While we anticipate that we will continue to employ similar “Un-carrier” tactics as part of our business strategy, our service plans and EIP offerings may not meet our customers’ or potential customers’ needs, expectations, or demands. In addition, with this reduction in long-term service contracts, our customers may have residual commitments to us for device financing, but can discontinue their service at any time without penalty or advance notice to us. We cannot assure you that our strategies to address customer churn will be successful. In addition, we may not be able to profitably replace customers who leave our service or replace them at all. We could experience reduced revenues and increased marketing costs to attract replacement customers if we experience a churn rate higher than we expect, which could reduce our profit margin and profitability. Our operational and financial performance may be adversely affected if we are unable to grow our customer base and achieve the customer penetration levels that we anticipate with this business model.

Certain retail customers have the option to pay for their devices in installments over a period of up to 24 months under our EIP. These EIP offerings subject us to increased risks relating to consumer credit issues, which could result in increases to our bad debt expense and potential write-offs of account balances under the EIPs. These arrangements may be particularly sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, as discussed below, and any declines in the credit quality of our customer base could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We record EIP bad debt expense based on an estimate of the percentage of equipment revenue that will not be collected. This estimate is based on a number of factors including historical write-off experience, credit quality of the customer base, and other factors such as macro-economic conditions. We monitor the aging of our EIP receivables and write-off account balances if collection efforts are unsuccessful and future collection is unlikely based on customer credit ratings and the length of time from the original billing date. Equipment sales that are not reasonably assured to be collectible are recorded on a cash basis as payments are received.

 

21


Table of Contents

If we are unable to take advantage of technological developments on a timely basis, then we may experience a decline in demand for our services or face challenges in implementing our business strategy.

In order to grow and remain competitive, we will need to adapt to future changes in technology, enhance our existing offerings, and introduce new offerings to address our current and potential customers’ changing demands. For example, we are in the process of transforming and upgrading our network to be the first in the United States to deploy LTE Release 10 and the first to use multimode integrated radios that can handle GSM, HSPA+ and LTE. As part of the network upgrade, we will install new equipment in approximately 35,000 cell sites and refarm our Personal Communications Service in the personal communications services (“PCS”) 1900 MHz spectrum band from second generation GSM services to HSPA+. Modernizing the network is subject to risk from equipment changes, refarming of spectrum, and migration of customers from existing spectrum bands. Scheduling and supplier delays, unexpected or increased costs, technological constraints, regulatory permitting issues, subscriber dissatisfaction, and other risks could cause delays in launching the new network, which could result in significant costs, or reduce the anticipated benefits of the upgrades. In addition, we recently entered into an agreement with Apple, Inc. to carry the iPhone 5 and other Apple products. This new agreement may result in a decrease in free cash flow, and there is no assurance that the agreement will be economically advantageous for us in the long-term.

In general, the development of new services in the wireless telecommunications industry will require us to anticipate and respond to the continuously changing demands of our customers, which we may not be able to do accurately or timely. We could experience a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial position, and operating results if our new services fail to retain or gain acceptance in the marketplace or if costs associated with these services are higher than anticipated.

The scarcity and cost of additional wireless spectrum, and regulations relating to spectrum use, may adversely affect our business strategy and financial planning.

Based on industry trends, we believe that the average data usage of our customers will continue to rise. Therefore, at some point in the future we will need to acquire additional spectrum in order to continue our customer growth, expand into new areas, maintain our quality of service, meet increasing customer demands, and deploy new technologies. We will be at a competitive disadvantage and possibly experience erosion in the quality of service in certain areas if we fail to gain access to necessary spectrum before reaching capacity, especially below 1 GHz—low band spectrum.

The continued interest in, and aggregation of, spectrum by the largest national carriers may reduce our ability to acquire spectrum from other carriers or otherwise negatively impact our ability to gain access to spectrum through other means. As a result, we may need to acquire spectrum through government auctions and/or enter into spectrum sharing arrangements, which are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. For example, the FCC has encountered significant challenges in making additional spectrum available, which has created uncertainty about the timing and availability of spectrum through government auctions.

In addition, the FCC may impose conditions on the use of new wireless broadband mobile spectrum, including new restrictions or rules governing the use or access to current or future spectrum. This could increase pressure on capacity. Additional conditions that may be imposed by the FCC include more stringent build-out requirements, limited renewal rights, clearing obligations, or open access or net neutrality requirements that may make it less attractive or less economical to acquire spectrum. The FCC has a pending notice of proposed rulemaking to examine whether the current spectrum screen used in acquisitions of spectrum should be changed or whether a spectrum cap should be imposed. In addition, rules may be established for future government spectrum auctions that may negatively impact our ability to obtain spectrum economically or in appropriate configurations or coverage areas.

If we cannot acquire needed spectrum from the government or otherwise, if new or existing competitors acquire spectrum that will allow them to provide services competitive with our services, or if we cannot deploy

 

22


Table of Contents

services on a timely basis without burdensome conditions, at adequate cost, and while maintaining network quality levels, then our ability to attract and retain customers and our associated financial performance could be materially adversely affected.

Economic and market conditions may adversely affect our business and financial performance, as well as our access to financing on favorable terms or at all.

Our business and financial performance are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, consumer credit conditions, consumer debt levels, consumer confidence, rates of inflation (or concerns about deflation), unemployment rates, energy costs and other macro-economic factors. Market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging in recent years. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of a long-term downturn, high underemployment and unemployment, high energy costs, the availability and cost of credit and unstable housing and credit markets have contributed to increased market volatility and economic uncertainty.

Continued or renewed market turbulence and weak economic conditions may materially adversely affect our business and financial performance in a number of ways. Our services are available to a broad customer base, a significant segment of which may be more vulnerable to weak economic conditions. We may have greater difficulty in gaining new customers within this segment and existing customers may be more likely to terminate service due to an inability to pay. Competing for customers within this segment also puts pressure on our pricing structure and margins. In addition, the continued instability in the global financial markets has resulted in periodic volatility in the credit, equity, and fixed income markets. This volatility could limit our access to the credit markets, leading to higher borrowing costs or, in some cases, the inability to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.

Continued weak economic conditions and tight credit conditions may also adversely impact our suppliers and dealers, some of which have filed for or may be considering bankruptcy, or may experience cash flow or liquidity problems or are unable to obtain or refinance credit such that they may no longer be able to operate. Any of these could adversely impact our ability to distribute, market, or sell our products and services. Sustained difficult, or worsening, general economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reputation and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by system failures, security or data breaches, business disruptions, and unauthorized use or interference with our network and other systems.

To be successful, we must provide our customers with reliable, trustworthy service and protect the communications, location, and personal information shared or generated by our customers. We rely upon our systems and networks, and the systems and networks of other providers and suppliers, to provide and support our services and, in some cases, to protect our customers’ and our information. Failure of our or others’ systems, networks and infrastructure may prevent us from providing reliable service, or may allow for the unauthorized interception, destruction, use or dissemination of our customers’ or our company’s information. Examples of these risks include:

 

    denial of service and other malicious or abusive attacks by third parties, including cyber-attacks or other breaches of network or information technology security;

 

    human error;

 

    physical damage, power surges or outages, or equipment failure, including those as a result of severe weather, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, and acts of war;

 

    theft of customer/proprietary information: intrusion and theft of data offered for sale, competitive (dis)advantage, and/or corporate extortion;

 

    unauthorized access to our information technology, billing, customer care and provisioning systems and networks, and those of our suppliers and other providers;

 

23


Table of Contents
    supplier failures or delays; and

 

    other systems failures or outages.

Such failures could cause us to lose customers, lose revenue, incur expenses, suffer reputational and goodwill damages, and subject us to litigation or governmental investigation. Remediation costs could include liability for information loss, repairing infrastructure and systems, and/or incentives offered to customers. Our insurance may not cover, or be adequate to fully reimburse us for, costs and losses associated with such events.

We rely on third-parties to provide specialized products or services for the operation of our business, and a failure or inability by such parties to provide these products or services could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We depend heavily on suppliers and other third parties in order for us to efficiently operate our business. Our business is complex, and it is not unusual for multiple vendors located in multiple locations to help us to develop, maintain, and troubleshoot products and services, such as network components, software development services, and billing and customer service support. Our suppliers often provide services outside of the United States, which carries associated additional regulatory and legal obligations. We generally rely upon the suppliers to provide contractual assurances and accurate information regarding risks associated with their provision of products or services in accordance with our expectations and standards, and they may fail to do so.

Generally, there are multiple sources for the types of products and services we purchase or use. However, we currently rely on one key supplier for billing services, a limited number of suppliers for voice and data communications transport services, network infrastructure, equipment, handsets, and other devices, and, and payment processing services, among other products and services we rely on. Disruptions with respect to such suppliers, or failure of such suppliers to adequately perform, could have a material adverse on our financial performance.

In the past, our suppliers, contractors and third-party retailers have not always performed at the levels we expect or at the levels required by their contracts. Our business could be severely disrupted if key suppliers, contractors, service providers, or third-party retailers fail to comply with their contracts or become unable to continue the supply due to patent or other intellectual property infringement actions, or other disruptions. Our business could also be disrupted if we experience delays or service degradation during any transition to a new outsourcing provider or other supplier, or we were required to replace the supplied products or services with those from another source, especially if the replacement became necessary on short notice. Any such disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial performance will be impaired if we experience high fraud rates related to device financing, credit cards, dealers, or subscriptions.

Our operating costs could increase substantially as a result of fraud, including device financing, customer credit card, subscription or dealer fraud. If our fraud detection strategies and processes are not successful in detecting and controlling fraud, whether directly or by way of the systems, processes, and operations of third parties such as national retailers, dealers and others, the resulting loss of revenue or increased expenses could have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and the prices at which our securities trade may be adversely affected if our internal controls are not effective.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the SEC rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, require companies to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of their internal control over financial reporting. To comply with this statute, each year we are required to document and test our internal

 

24


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting; our management is required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal control over financial reporting; and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We cannot assure you that we will not discover material weaknesses in the future, including material weaknesses resulting from difficulties, errors, delays, or disruptions while we integrate the T-Mobile and MetroPCS businesses. The existence of one or more material weaknesses could result in errors in our financial statements, and substantial costs and resources may be required to rectify these or other internal control deficiencies. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the trading prices of our securities, including the notes, could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We have made significant changes to our corporate structure, strategy, and operations in effort to revitalize the business and effect change in our market position.

Over the last few years, our company has made significant corporate changes including: new executive leadership and changes in executive leadership responsibilities; new governance structures; call center consolidation; organizational restructuring, and changed methods of funding. Although these are designed to improve company performance, in some cases they insert additional business complexity, and thus are accompanied by associated risks to effective operations. For example, our management and other personnel may devote a substantial amount of time to these new initiatives, and such corporate changes may increase our legal and compliance costs and may make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

We rely on highly-skilled personnel throughout all levels of our business. Our business could be harmed if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel, hire qualified personnel, or maintain our corporate culture.

We believe that our future success depends in substantial part on our ability to recruit, hire, motivate, develop, and retain talented and highly-skilled personnel. Achieving this objective may be difficult due to many factors, including fluctuations in economic and industry conditions, competitors’ hiring practices, employee tolerance for the significant amount of change within and demands on our company and our industry, and the effectiveness of our compensation programs. If we do not succeed in retaining and motivating our existing key employees and in attracting new key personnel, we may be unable to meet our business plan and, as a result, our revenue growth and profitability may be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Governance Matters

We operate throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and as such are subject to regulatory and legislative action by applicable local, state and federal governmental entities, which may increase our costs of providing products or services, or require us to change our business operations, products, or services or subject us to material adverse impacts if we fail to comply with such regulations.

The FCC regulates the licensing, construction, modification, operation, ownership, sale, and interconnection of wireless communications systems, as do some state and local regulatory agencies. The FCC also reviews and in some cases restricts non-U.S. ownership of wireless communications systems. We cannot assure you that the FCC or any state or local agencies having jurisdiction over our business will not adopt regulations or take other enforcement or other actions that would adversely affect our business, impose new costs, or require changes in current or planned operations. We are subject to regulatory action by the FCC and other federal agencies, as well as judicial review and actions, on issues related to the wireless industry that include, but are not limited to:

 

25


Table of Contents

roaming, network outages, spectrum allocation and licensing, pole attachments, intercarrier compensation, Universal Service Fund (USF), net neutrality, special access, 911 services, consumer protection including cramming, bill shock, and handset unlocking, consumer privacy, and cybersecurity.

In addition, states are increasingly focused on the quality of service and support that wireless carriers provide to their customers and several agencies have proposed or enacted new and potentially burdensome regulations in this area. A number of state Public Utility Commissions and state legislatures have introduced proposals in recent years seeking to regulate carriers’ business practices. We also face potential investigations by, and inquiries from or actions by state Public Utility Commissions, and state Attorneys General. Further, we are subject to regulations in other aspects of our business, including handset financing. We also cannot assure you that Congress will not amend the Communications Act of 1934 as amended (the “Communications Act”), from which the FCC obtains its authority and which serves to limit state authority, or enact other legislation in a manner that could be adverse to our business. Enactment of additional state or federal regulations may increase our costs of providing services (including, through contributions to universal service programs, which may require us to subsidize our competitors) or require us to change our services. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unfavorable outcomes of legal proceedings may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are regularly involved in a number of legal proceedings before various state and federal courts, the FCC, and state and local regulatory agencies. Such legal proceedings can be complex, costly, and highly disruptive to business operations by diverting the attention and energies of management and other key personnel. The assessment of the outcome of legal proceedings, including our potential liability, if any, is a highly subjective process that requires judgments about future events that are not within our control. The outcome of litigation or other legal proceedings, including amounts ultimately received or paid upon settlement, may differ materially from amounts accrued in the financial statements. In addition, litigation or similar proceedings could impose restraints on our current or future manner of doing business. Such potential outcomes including judgments, awards, settlements or orders could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, or ability to do business.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property.

We rely on a combination of patent, service mark, trademark, and trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Moreover, others may independently develop processes and technologies that are competitive to ours. We cannot be sure that any legal actions against such infringers will be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. We cannot assure you that our pending patent applications will be granted or enforceable, or that the rights granted under any patent that may be issued will provide us with any competitive advantages. In addition, we cannot assure you that any trademark or service mark registrations will be issued with respect to pending or future applications or will provide adequate protection of our brands. We do not have insurance coverage for intellectual property losses, and as such, a charge for an anticipated settlement, or an adverse ruling awarding damages, represents unplanned loss events. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we could be subject to fines, forfeitures and other penalties (including, in extreme cases, revocation of our licenses) for failure to comply with FCC regulations, even if any such non-compliance was unintentional. The loss of any licenses, or any related fines or forfeitures, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

26


Table of Contents

We use equipment, software, technology, and content in the operation of our business, which may subject us to third-party intellectual property claims and we may be adversely affected by litigation involving our suppliers.

We are a defendant in numerous intellectual property lawsuits, including patent infringement lawsuits, which exposes us to the risk of adverse financial impact either by way of significant settlement amounts or damage awards. As we adopt new technologies and new business systems, and provide customers with new products and/or services, we may face additional infringement claims. These claims could require us to cease certain activities or to cease selling relevant products and services. These claims can be time-consuming and costly to defend, and divert management resources. In addition to litigation directly involving our company, our vendors and suppliers can be threatened with patent litigation and/or subjected to the threat of disruption or blockage of sale, use, or importation of products, posing the risk of supply chain interruption to particular products and associated services exposing us to material adverse operational and financial impacts.

Our business may be impacted by new or changing tax laws or regulations and actions by federal, state, local or non-U.S. agencies, or how judicial authorities apply tax laws.

We calculate and remit surcharges, taxes and fees to numerous federal, state, local and non-U.S. jurisdictions in connection with the products and services we provide. These fees include federal USF fees and common carrier regulatory fees. In addition, many state and local governments impose various surcharges, taxes and fees on our sales and to our purchases of telecommunications services from various carriers. In many cases, the applicability and method of calculating these surcharges, taxes and fees may be uncertain, and our calculation, assessment and remittance of these amounts may be contested. In the event that we have incorrectly assessed and remitted amounts that were due, we could be subject to fines and penalties, which could materially impact our financial condition. In the event that federal, state, local and/or non-U.S. municipalities were to significantly increase taxes and regulatory fees on our services or seek to impose new ones, it could have a material adverse effect on our margins and financial and operational results.

Our wireless licenses are subject to renewal and may be revoked in the event that we violate applicable laws.

Our existing wireless licenses are subject to renewal upon the expiration of the 10-year or 15-year period for which they are granted. Historically, the FCC has approved our license renewal applications. However, the Communications Act provides that licenses may be revoked for cause and license renewal applications denied if the FCC determines that a renewal would not serve the public interest. In addition, our licenses are subject to our compliance with the terms set forth in the agreement pertaining to national security among Deutsche Telekom, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security and the Company. If we fail to timely file to renew any wireless license, or fail to meet any regulatory requirements for renewal, including construction and substantial service requirements, we could be denied a license renewal. Many of our wireless licenses are subject to interim or final construction requirements and there is no guarantee that the FCC will find our construction, or the construction of prior licensees, sufficient to meet the build-out or renewal requirements. The FCC has pending a rulemaking proceeding to reevaluate, among other things, its wireless license renewal showings and standards and may in this or other proceedings promulgate changes or additional substantial requirements or conditions to its renewal rules, including revising license build out requirements. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that the FCC will renew our wireless licenses upon their expiration. If any of our wireless licenses were to be revoked or not renewed upon expiration, we would not be permitted to provide services under that license, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our business could be adversely affected by findings of product liability for health/safety risks from wireless devices and transmission equipment, as well as by changes to regulations/RF emission standards.

We do not manufacture devices or other equipment sold by us, and we depend on our suppliers to provide defect-free and safe equipment. Suppliers are required by applicable law to manufacture their devices to meet certain governmentally imposed safety criteria. However, even if the devices we sell meet the regulatory safety

 

27


Table of Contents

criteria, we could be held liable with the equipment manufacturers and suppliers for any harm caused by products we sell if such products are later found to have design or manufacturing defects. We generally seek to enter into indemnification agreements with the manufacturers who supply us with devices to protect us from losses associated with product liability, but we cannot guarantee that we will be fully protected against all losses associated with a product that is found to be defective.

Allegations have been made that the use of wireless handsets and wireless transmission equipment, such as cell towers, may be linked to various health concerns, including cancer and brain tumors. Lawsuits have been filed against manufacturers and carriers in the industry claiming damages for alleged health problems arising from the use of wireless handsets. In addition, the FCC recently indicated that it plans to gather additional data regarding wireless handset emissions to update its assessment of this issue. The media has also reported incidents of handset battery malfunction, including reports of batteries that have overheated. These allegations may lead to changes in regulatory standards. There have also been other allegations regarding wireless technology, including allegations that wireless handset emissions may interfere with various electronic medical devices (including hearing aids and pacemakers), airbags, and anti-lock brakes.

Additionally, there are safety risks associated with the use of wireless devices while operating vehicles or equipment. Concerns over any of these risks and the effect of any legislation, rules or regulations that have been and may be adopted in response to these risks could limit our ability to sell our wireless services.

We are controlled by Deutsche Telekom, whose interests may differ from the interests of our other stakeholders.

Deutsche Telekom beneficially owns and possesses voting power over approximately 67% of the fully diluted shares of our common stock. Through its control of the voting power of our common stock and the rights granted to Deutsche Telekom in our certificate of incorporation and the Stockholder’s Agreement, Deutsche Telekom controls the election of a majority of our directors and all other matters requiring the approval of our stockholders. By virtue of Deutsche Telekom’s voting control, we are a “controlled company,” as defined in the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, listing rules, and are not subject to NYSE requirements that would otherwise require us to have a majority of independent directors, a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors, or a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation and the Stockholder’s Agreement restrict us from taking certain actions without Deutsche Telekom’s prior written consent as long as Deutsche Telekom beneficially owns 30% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the incurrence of debt (excluding certain permitted debt) if our consolidated ratio of debt to cash flow for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available would exceed 5.25 to 1.0 on a pro forma basis, the acquisition of any business, debt or equity interests, operations or assets of any person for consideration in excess of $1 billion, the sale of any of our or our subsidiaries’ divisions, businesses, operations or equity interests for consideration in excess of $1 billion, any change in the size of our board of directors, the issuances of equity securities in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares or to repurchase debt held by Deutsche Telekom, the repurchase or redemption of equity securities or the declaration of extraordinary or in-kind dividends or distributions other than on a pro rata basis, or the termination or hiring of our chief executive officer. These restrictions could prevent us from taking actions that our board of directors may otherwise determine are in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders or that may be in the best interests of our other stakeholders.

Deutsche Telekom effectively has control over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election or removal of directors, changes to our certificate of incorporation, a sale or merger of our company and other transactions requiring stockholder approval under Delaware law. Deutsche Telekom may have strategic, financial, or other interests different from our other stakeholders, including as the holder of a substantial amount of our indebtedness, and may make decisions adverse to the interests of our other stakeholders.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are making the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the original notes, the indentures and the registration rights agreements. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration of issuing the exchange notes in the exchange offer, we will receive an equal principal amount of original notes. Any original notes that are properly tendered and accepted in the exchange offer will be canceled.

 

29


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the last five years and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. For periods prior to the Business Combination Transaction, the ratio represents only T-Mobile USA as the accounting acquirer in the business combination.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     2008      2009      2010      2011     2012    

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)

     3.48x         2.47x         2.55x           (2)         (2)       1.16x   

 

(1) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings available for fixed charges consists of (loss) income before income taxes and earnings from unconsolidated affiliates plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest and earnings from non-controlling interests. Fixed charges include interest expense including capitalized interest and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the appropriate interest component of rental expense. The portion of total rental expense that represents the interest factor is estimated to be 33%.
(2) The ratio coverage for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was less than 1:1 in each of these periods. T-Mobile USA would have needed to generate additional earnings of $7.0 billion and $4.9 billion in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1 in each of these periods.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2013:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to the Common Stock Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

    on an as further adjusted basis, to give effect to November 2013 Notes Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and related notes thereto incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2013  
     Actual      As
Adjusted
     As Further
Adjusted
 
     (in millions)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 2,365       $ 4,152       $ 6,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt:

        

5.250% senior notes due 2018

     500         500         500   

7.875% senior notes due 2018

     1,000         1,000         1,000   

6.464% senior notes due 2019

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

5.578% senior notes due 2019 (reset date in April 2015)

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

6.625% senior notes due 2020

     1,000         1,000         1,000   

6.542% senior notes due 2020

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

5.656% senior notes due 2020 (reset date in April 2015)

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

6.633% senior notes due 2021

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

5.747% senior notes due 2021 (reset date in October 2015)

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

6.731% senior notes due 2022

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

5.845% senior notes due 2022 (reset date in October 2015)

     1,250         1,250         1,250   

6.836% senior notes due 2023

     600         600         600   

5.950% senior notes due 2023 (reset date in April 2016)

     600         600         600   

6.250% senior notes due 2021

     1,750         1,750         1,750   

6.625% senior notes due 2023

     1,750         1,750         1,750   

6.125% senior notes due 2022

     —           —           1,000   

6.500% senior notes due 2024

     —           —           1,000   

Working Capital Facility (1)

     —           —           —     

Unamortized premium on debt (2)

     422         422         422   

Capital lease obligations

     356         356         356   

Short-term debt (3)

     178         178         178   

Long term financial obligation (4)

     2,488         2,488         2,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 20,644       $ 20,644       $ 22,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

     12,415         14,202         14,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 33,059       $ 34,846       $ 36,846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents an unsecured revolving credit facility with Deutsche Telekom that allows for up to $500 million in borrowings.

 

31


Table of Contents
(2) Represents an unamortized premium from the purchase price allocation fair value adjustment as a result of the Business Combination Transaction.
(3) The Company maintains vendor financing arrangements with its primary network equipment suppliers that extend financing terms.
(4) Represents a financing obligation related to the Towers Transaction, including approximately 7,000 cell sites that are managed and operated by a third party.

 

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the Company. The data should be read in conjunction with T-Mobile’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the three years ended December 31, 2012 which are incorporated in this prospectus by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to T-Mobile’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2013. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from T-Mobile’s consolidated financial statements which are not included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

T-Mobile’s historical financial data may not be indicative of the results of operations or financial position to be expected in the future.

 

    Nine months ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions, except share and per shares amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Revenues:

             

Service revenues

  $ 13,899      $ 13,086      $ 17,213      $ 18,481      $ 18,733      $ 18,960      $ 19,279   

Equipment sales

    3,452        1,524        2,242        1,901        2,404        2,403        2,451   

Other revenues

    242        200        264        236        210        168        155   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    17,593        14,810        19,719       20,618        21,347        21,531        21,885   

Operating expenses:

             

Network costs

    3,880        3,515        4,661        4,952        4,895        4,936        5,007   

Cost of equipment sales

    4,837        2,456        3,437        3,646        4,237        3,856        3,643   

Customer acquisition

    2,804        2,323        3,286        3,185        3,205        3,382        3,540   

General and administrative

    2,482        2,681        3,510        3,543        3,535        3,442        3,579   

Depreciation and amortization

    2,630        2,391        3,187        2,982        2,773        2,859        2,746   

Impairment charges

    —          8,134        8,134        6,420        —          —          —     

MetroPCS transaction-related costs

    51        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Restructuring costs

    54        90        85        —          —          —          —     

Other, net

    (2     (136     (184     169        (3     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    16,736        21,454        26,116        24,897        18,642        18,475        18,515   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    857        (6,644     (6,397 )     (4,279 )     2,705       3,056       3,370  

Other (expense) income:

             

Interest expense to affiliates

    (586     (487     (661     (670     (556     (740     (402

Interest expense

    (311     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Interest income

    125        53        77        25        14        12        26   

Other (expense) income, net

    105        22        (5     (10     16        8        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (667     (412     (589     (655     (526     (720     (374
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    190        (7,056     (6,986     (4,934     2,179        2,336        2,996   

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (135     (272     (350     216        (822     (860     (1,151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss), including non-controlling interest

    55        (7,328     (7,336     (4,718     1,357        1,476        1,845   

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          (3     (6     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 55      $ (7,328   $ (7,336   $ (4,718   $ 1,354      $ 1,470      $ 1,839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

             

Basic

  $ 0.09      $ (13.69   $ (13.70   $ (8.81   $ 2.53      $ 2.75      $ 3.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.09      $ (13.69   $ (13.70   $ (8.81   $ 2.53      $ 2.75      $ 3.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares:

             

Basic

    642,957,645        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    645,520,524        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077        535,286,077   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 2,541      $ 2,707      $ 3,862      $ 4,980      $ 4,905      $ 5,437      $ 5,802   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    868        (2,667     (3,915     (4,699     (5,126     (5,603     (6,153

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    298        —          57        —          123        67        593   

 

33


Table of Contents
     As of
September 30,
     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
     (In millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Current assets

   $ 7,964       $ 5,541       $ 6,602       $ 5,311       $ 5,845       $ 5,951   

Property and equipment, net

     15,370         12,807         12,703         13,213         13,192         12,600   

Goodwill, spectrum licenses and other intangible assets, net

     21,394         14,629         21,009         27,439         27,440         27,477   

Other assets

     1,039         645         295         328         297         262   

Total assets

     45,767         33,622         40,609         46,291         46,774         46,290   

Current liabilities

     5,514         5,592         4,504         4,455         8,149         5,978   

Long-term payables to affiliates

     11,200         13,655         15,049         15,854         9,682         13,850   

Long-term debt

     6,761         —           —           —           —           —     

Long-term financial obligation

     2,488         2,461         —           —           —           —     

Other long-term liabilities

     7,389         5,799         5,271         5,490         4,693         3,679   

Stockholders’ equity

     12,415         6,115         15,785         20,492         24,250         22,783   

 

34


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

We entered into registration rights agreements (the “registration rights agreements”) with the initial purchasers of the original notes issued on March 19, 2013 (the 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023) and with the initial purchasers of the original notes issued on August 21, 2013 (the 5.250% senior notes due 2018). In the registration rights agreements, we and the guarantors agreed to, at our cost:

 

    use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement (which we refer to as an exchange offer registration statement) with the SEC with respect to a registered exchange offer (which we refer to as a registered exchange offer) to exchange the notes for new notes of the company, guaranteed by the guarantors and having terms identical in all material respects to the notes (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest (as defined below)); and

 

    use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and to consummate the exchange offer not later than April 25, 2014 (in the case of the 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023) and August 9, 2014 (in the case of the 5.250% senior notes due 2018).

In addition, we agreed to provide that upon the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, we would promptly commence the exchange offer, whereby the exchange notes will be offered in exchange for surrender of the original notes, and that we will keep the registered exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law including in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 14E under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) after the date notice of the registered exchange offer is first mailed, sent or given to the noteholders. For each note surrendered to Issuer for exchange pursuant to the registered exchange offer, the holder of such note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered note.

We are offering the exchange notes under this prospectus in an exchange offer for the original notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements. We refer to our offer to exchange the exchange notes for the original notes as the “exchange offer.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as described in no-action letters issued to third parties that are not related to us, we believe the exchange notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the exchange notes represents to us in the exchange offer that it is acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes and that it is not our affiliate, as such terms are interpreted by the SEC; provided , however , that broker-dealers (“Participating Broker-Dealers”) receiving exchange notes in the exchange offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such exchange notes. We also believe that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the notes) with this prospectus.

If you tender your original notes in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the exchange notes, you:

 

    cannot rely on such interpretations of the SEC staff; and

 

    must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the exchange notes.

 

35


Table of Contents

Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available, the resale by any security holder intending to distribute exchange notes should be covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act containing the selling security holder’s information required under the Securities Act. This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically described in this prospectus. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Shelf Registration

In the registration rights agreements, we agreed that in the event that:

 

    any changes in applicable law or interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit the us and the guarantors to effect such a registered exchange offer;

 

    for any other reason, the registered exchange offer is not consummated within 360 days after the closing date of each offering, unless the notes are earlier redeemed;

 

    any noteholder is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the registered exchange offer or in the case of any noteholder who participates in the registered exchange offer, does not receive exchange notes that may be sold without Securities Act restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions resulting solely by reason of the status of such noteholder as our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor) (subject, in each case, to certain exceptions); or

 

    the placement agents so request with respect to notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of unsold allotments in the original distribution of the notes,

then in all such cases, we and the guarantors will, at our cost, use our commercially reasonable efforts to (a) file a registration statement (which we refer to as a shelf registration statement) covering resales of the original notes or the exchange notes, as the case may be, from time to time, (b) cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreements and (c) keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of the 18 month anniversary of the closing date of each offering or such date on which all original notes and/or exchange notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the shelf registration statement. In addition, we agreed to, in the event a shelf registration statement is filed, use our commercially reasonable efforts to provide to each noteholder for which such shelf registration statement was filed, copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such noteholder when the shelf registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the original notes or the exchange notes, as the case may be. A noteholder selling original notes or exchange notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreements which are applicable to such noteholder (including certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each holder of the original notes or exchange notes to be registered under the shelf registration statement will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement within the time period set forth in the registration rights agreement in order to have such holder’s original notes or exchange notes included in the shelf registration statement and to benefit from the provisions regarding additional interest set forth in the following paragraph.

Additional Interest

If we have not exchanged the exchange notes for all original notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer on or before April 25, 2014 (in the case of the issued and outstanding 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and 6.625% senior notes due 2023) or August 16, 2014 (in the case of the issued and outstanding

 

36


Table of Contents

5.250% senior notes due 2018), or, if applicable, the shelf registration statement is required to be filed but is not declared effective within the time period required by the registration rights agreements or is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions), then, upon the occurrence of any such events, additional interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the original notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such date, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to any subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 0.50% per annum thereafter, until the exchange offer is completed, the shelf registration statement is filed or declared effective or, if such shelf registrations statement ceased to be effective, again become effective. Such interest will be computed ratably on the basis of twelve 30-day months.

Under certain circumstances, we and the guarantors may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement and will not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the exchange offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement for one or more periods not to exceed an aggregate of 120 days during any 12-month period. Any delay period will not defer our obligation to pay additional interest.

This summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreements does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the applicable registration rights agreement. A copy of each registration rights agreement is an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange any original notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration time of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of original notes surrendered under the exchange offer and accepted by us. Original notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000, subject to a $2,000 minimum, and untendered original notes may only be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes, except the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions and holders of the exchange notes, with limited exceptions, will have no registration rights. Also, the exchange notes will not include provisions contained in the original notes that required payment of additional interest in the event we failed to satisfy our registration obligations with respect to the original notes. Each series of exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the related original notes.

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of original notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the unregistered 5.250% senior notes due 2018, $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the unregistered 6.250% senior notes due 2021, and $1,750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the unregistered 6.625% senior notes due 2023 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of the original notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the original notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the SEC rules and regulations. Original notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer:

 

    will remain outstanding;

 

    will continue to accrue interest; and

 

37


Table of Contents
    will be entitled to the rights and benefits that holders have under the indenture relating to such notes and, under limited circumstances, the registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered original notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

If you tender original notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of original notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details about fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

We will return any original notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Expiration Time

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014, unless at our sole discretion we extend the exchange offer.

Extensions, Delay in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. We may delay acceptance for exchange of any original notes by giving oral or written notice of the extension to their holders. During any such extensions, all original notes you have previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer for that series, and we may accept them for exchange.

To extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing (if oral to be promptly confirmed in writing) of any extension. We also will make a public announcement of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration time.

If any of the conditions described below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied with respect to the exchange offer, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion:

 

    to extend the exchange offer;

 

    to delay accepting for exchange any original notes; or

 

    to terminate the exchange offer.

We will give oral or written notice (if oral to be promptly confirmed in writing) of such extension, delay or termination to the exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

Any such extension, delay in acceptance, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders of the original notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose that amendment by means of a prospectus supplement and we will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer period following notice of the material change. We will distribute the supplement to the registered holders of the original notes. Depending on the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, we may extend, pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement and the requirements of federal securities law, the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during such period.

 

38


Table of Contents

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any extension, delay in acceptance, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer and subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any original notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the expiration time of the exchange offer any of the following events occur:

 

    any injunction, order or decree has been issued by any court or any governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

    the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the original notes of any holder that has not made to us:

 

    the representations described under “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

    such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registering the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer notwithstanding the satisfaction of the foregoing, and to reject for exchange any original notes upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, non-acceptance, termination or amendment to the holders of the original notes as promptly as practicable.

These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various times at our sole discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of these rights will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times. If we waive a condition, we may be required in order to comply with applicable securities laws, to extend the expiration time of the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such original notes, if at such time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indentures relating to the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

Procedures for Tendering

How to Tender Generally

Only a holder of the original notes as determined by our records or those of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee or DTC may tender original notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must either (1) comply with the procedures for physical tender or (2) comply with the automated tender offer program procedures of DTC, described below.

To complete a physical tender, a holder must:

 

    complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal;

 

    have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires;

 

39


Table of Contents
    mail or deliver the letter of transmittal or facsimile to the exchange agent prior to the expiration time; and

 

    deliver the original notes to the exchange agent prior to the expiration time or comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at its address provided above under “Prospectus Summary—The Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration time.

To complete a tender through DTC’s automated tender offer program, the exchange agent must receive, prior to the expiration time, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration time and our acceptance of that tender will constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL NOTES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT YOUR ELECTION AND RISK. RATHER THAN MAIL THESE ITEMS, WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, YOU SHOULD ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION TIME. YOU SHOULD NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ORIGINAL NOTES TO US. YOU MAY REQUEST YOUR BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL BANK, TRUST COMPANY OR OTHER NOMINEE TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR YOU.

How to Tender if You Are a Beneficial Owner

If you beneficially own original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender those original notes, you should contact the registered holder as soon as possible and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you are a beneficial owner and wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your original notes, either:

 

    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in your name, or

 

    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of your original notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the expiration time.

Signatures and Signature Guarantees

You must have signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below under “—Withdrawal of Tenders” guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the original notes are tendered:

 

    by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

    for the account of an eligible institution.

An “eligible institution” is a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the letter of transmittal.

 

40


Table of Contents

When Endorsements or Bond Powers Are Needed

If a person other than the registered holder of any original notes signs the letter of transmittal, the original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The registered holder must sign the bond power as the registered holder’s name appears on the original notes. An eligible institution must guarantee that signature.

If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, they also must submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of transmittal.

Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender. Accordingly, participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer electronically. They may do so by causing DTC to transfer the original notes to the exchange agent in accordance with its procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent.

An agent’s message is a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, stating that:

 

    DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC’s automated tender offer program that is tendering original notes that are the subject of such book-entry confirmation;

 

    the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or, in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

 

    we may enforce the agreement against such participant.

Determinations Under the Exchange Offer

We will determine at our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered original notes and withdrawal of tendered original notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any original notes not properly tendered or any original notes our acceptance of which, in the opinion of our counsel, might be unlawful. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within such time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of original notes, nor will we or those persons incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of original notes will not be deemed made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any original notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration time.

 

41


Table of Contents

When We Will Issue Exchange Notes

In all cases, we will issue exchange notes for original notes that we have accepted for exchange in the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

    original notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of transfer of such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC; and

 

    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

Return of Original Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged

If we do not accept any tendered original notes for exchange for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if original notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, we will return the unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes without expense to their tendering holder. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described below, such non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These actions will occur as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Your Representations to Us

By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

    you hold all right, title and interest in and to the original notes;

 

    you transfer all right, title and interest in the original notes to us in exchange for the exchange notes free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, or rights or interests of third parties;

 

    any exchange notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

    you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the public distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

 

    you are not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of us or any guarantor, or if you are such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

 

    if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a public distribution of exchange notes; and

 

    if you are a broker-dealer (a participating broker-dealer) that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. If you are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of your original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration time, you must tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

 

42


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your original notes but they are not immediately available or if you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent, or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program prior to the expiration time, you may tender if:

 

    the tender is made through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution;

 

    prior to the expiration time, the exchange agent receives from such member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery:

 

    stating your name and address, the registered number(s) of your original notes and the principal amount of original notes tendered,

 

    stating that the tender is being made thereby, and

 

    guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration time, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof or agent’s message in lieu thereof, together with the original notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

    the exchange agent receives such properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile or agent’s message, as well as all tendered original notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration time.

Upon request to the exchange agent, the exchange agent will send a notice of guaranteed delivery to you if you wish to tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above.

Resales

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender at any time prior to the expiration time.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

    the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at one of the addresses listed above under “Prospectus Summary—The Exchange Agent;” and

 

    the withdrawing holder must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s automated tender offer program.

 

43


Table of Contents

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

    specify the name of the person who tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;

 

    identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the registration number or numbers and the principal amount of such original notes;

 

    be signed by the person who tendered the original notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal used to deposit those original notes or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee to register the transfer in the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

    specify the name in which such original notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person who tendered the original notes.

If original notes have been tendered under the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any original notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.

Any original notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder without cost to the holder, or, in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described above, such original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the original notes. This return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn original notes by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time on or prior to the expiration time.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, we may make additional solicitation by facsimile, email, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the original notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

We will pay cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. They include:

 

    SEC registration fees for the exchange notes;

 

    fees and expenses of the exchange agent and the trustee;

 

    accounting and legal fees;

 

    printing costs; and

 

    related fees and expenses.

 

44


Table of Contents

Transfer Taxes

If you tender your original notes for exchange, you will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of original notes in the exchange offer. The tendering holder will, however, be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

    certificates representing exchange notes or original notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the original notes tendered;

 

    tendered original notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of any transfer taxes payable by a tendering holder is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of the transfer taxes will be billed directly to that tendering holder. The exchange agent will retain possession of exchange notes with a face amount equal to the amount of the transfer taxes due until it receives payment of the taxes.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as the original notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon completion of the exchange offer.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will remain subject to the existing restrictions on transfer of the original notes. In general, you may not offer or sell the original notes unless either they are registered under the Securities Act or the offer or sale is exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the original notes under the Securities Act. We generally have no obligation to re-offer to exchange the exchange notes for original notes following the expiration of the exchange offer.

The tender of original notes in the exchange offer will reduce the outstanding principal amount of the original notes. Due to the corresponding reduction in liquidity, this may have an adverse effect on, and increase the volatility of, the market price of any original notes that you continue to hold.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decision on what action to take. In the future, we may at our discretion seek to acquire untendered original notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plan to acquire any original notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered original notes, except as required by the registration rights agreement.

 

45


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description of the 5.250% senior notes due 2018, the 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and the 6.625% senior notes due 2023 under the caption “—Certain Definitions” below. In this Description of Notes, “ Issuer ” refers only to T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, and “ Parent ” refers only to T-Mobile US, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

Issuer will issue the 2021 exchange notes and the 2023 exchange notes as two series of debt securities under that certain base indenture, dated March 19, 2013 (the “ March 2013 base indenture ”), among itself, Parent, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ trustee ”) as supplemented with respect to each of such series of the exchange notes by a separate supplemental indenture, and Issuer will issue the 2018 exchange notes as a series of debt securities under that certain base indenture, dated April 28, 2013 (the “ April 2013 base indenture ” and with the March 2013 base indenture, the “ base indentures ,” or separately a “ base indenture ”), among itself, Parent, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee, as supplemented with respect to such series of the exchange notes by a separate supplemental indenture (for each such series of notes the “ supplemental indenture ”). In this description of the exchange notes, the term “ indenture ” refers to the applicable base indenture as supplemented separately by the applicable supplemental indenture or applicable supplemental indentures, for each series of notes. The terms of the exchange notes of each series include those stated in the applicable indenture and those made part of the applicable indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”).

The obligations and covenants of Issuer described hereunder are only of Issuer and not of Parent, its direct parent company. Although Parent is a guarantor of the notes, it and its Subsidiaries, except Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, are generally not subject to any of the obligations and covenants described hereunder.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indentures applicable to both the exchange notes and the original notes. As such, when we refer to each of the “ 2018 notes, ” the “ 2021 notes” and the “2023 notes ” we are describing the material provisions of each such series of both the original notes and the exchange notes. The following description does not restate the indentures in their entirety. We urge you to read each indenture applicable to the series of notes you hold in their entirety because such indentures, and not this description of the notes, defines your rights as a holder of the notes. For more information on how you can obtain a copy of the applicable base indenture and applicable supplemental indenture, see “Where You Can Find More Information.” Certain defined terms used in this description of the notes but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the applicable indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of the note for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the applicable indenture.

The Notes

The original notes of each series are and the exchange notes of such series will be:

 

    general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of Issuer;

 

    pari passu in right of payment with each other and all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of Issuer that are not by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, including Issuer’s existing senior notes;

 

    senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of Issuer to the extent that such future Indebtedness provides by its terms that it is subordinated to the notes; and

 

    unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.

However, the notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of Issuer or any Guarantor to the extent of the assets securing such Indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all

 

46


Table of Contents

liabilities and preferred stock of any of Issuer’s Subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes to the extent of the assets of those Subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The exchange notes and the guarantees will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to Issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to any future indebtedness and other liabilities of Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

As of September 30, 2013, assuming Issuer had completed the November 2013 Notes Offering, Issuer would have had approximately $22.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness on a pro forma basis, including $19.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness under Issuer’s senior notes (including the original notes), approximately $0.4 billion of which would have been secured (and including approximately $2.49 billion of long term financial obligation relating to the Towers Transaction). Issuer’s Subsidiaries that do not guarantee the original notes and will not guarantee the exchange notes had approximately $1 billion of total assets (excluding receivables due from Issuer and its guarantor Subsidiaries) and $2.3 billion in Indebtedness, other liabilities and preferred stock as of September 30, 2013.

The Note Guarantees

The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, guaranteed by Parent, all of Issuer’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (other than Designated Tower Entities, Immaterial Subsidiaries and the Reinsurance Entity), Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee any Specified Issuer Indebtedness, and any future Subsidiary of Parent that directly or indirectly owns equity interests of Issuer. These Note Guarantees are joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The guarantees may not be enforceable because of fraudulent conveyance laws.”

Each Guarantor’s guarantee relating to the original notes is and its guarantee of the exchange notes will be:

 

    a general unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of that Guarantor;

 

    pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of that Guarantor that are not by their terms subordinated to its guarantee of the notes, including its guarantee each series of notes and Issuer’s existing senior notes; and

 

    senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor to the extent that such future Indebtedness provides by its terms that it is subordinated in right of payment to its guarantee of the notes.

However, the Note Guarantees are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Guarantors to the extent of the assets securing such Indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all liabilities and preferred stock of any Subsidiaries of such Guarantors that do not guarantee the notes to the extent of the assets of those Subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The exchange notes and the guarantees will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to Issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to any future indebtedness and other liabilities of Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

Under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Additional Note Guarantees,” one or more of Issuer’s Subsidiaries (including Issuer’s existing Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries) together with certain newly created or acquired Subsidiaries in the future may not guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay their trade creditors and holders of their debt and other obligations before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to Issuer.

As of the Series Issue Date applicable to each series of original notes, all of Issuer’s Subsidiaries were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “—Certain

 

47


Table of Contents

Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” Issuer will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the applicable indenture. Issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Except as otherwise provided in the following paragraph, a Guarantor of the notes of any series (other than Parent) may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) subject to the following paragraph and if it is not already a Guarantor of the notes of such series, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the applicable indenture and its Note Guarantee of the notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; or

(b) such sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the applicable indenture (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is or is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with the terms of such indenture needs to be so applied).

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in respect of the notes of any series:

(1) only in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, if the sale or other disposition is not prohibited by the “Asset Sale” provisions of the applicable indenture;

(2) only in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, in connection with any issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, if the issuance, sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” or “Restricted Investment” provisions of the applicable indenture, and the Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Issuer as a result of such sale or other disposition and does not guarantee any Specified Issuer Indebtedness;

(3) if such Guarantor (other than Parent) ceases to guarantee any Specified Issuer Indebtedness and such Guarantor would not otherwise be required to guarantee the notes pursuant to the covenant described below under the caption “—Additional Note Guarantees”;

(4) if Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the applicable indenture;

(5) upon the legal defeasance, covenant defeasance, or satisfaction and discharge of the applicable indenture as provided below under the captions “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(6) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor (other than Parent) provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or

(7) if such Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary and such Guarantor would not otherwise be required to guarantee the notes pursuant to the covenant described below under the caption “—Additional Note Guarantees.”

See “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” below.

 

48


Table of Contents

Principal, Maturity and Interest

Issuer has outstanding $19.2 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior notes, including the original notes to be exchanged for the exchange notes. Issuer may issue additional notes from time to time, and such additional notes may be issued either under one of the base indentures as supplemented by one or more other supplemental indentures. Any issuance of additional notes is subject to all of the covenants in the applicable indentures, including the covenant described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The original notes and any additional notes subsequently issued, together with the exchange notes issued in accordance with the applicable registration rights agreement, will be treated as a single series for all purposes under the applicable indentures, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Issuer will issue notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The 2018 notes will mature on September 1, 2018. The 2021 notes will mature on April 1, 2021. The 2023 notes will mature on April 1, 2023.

Interest on the 2018 notes will accrue at the rate of 5.250% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2014. Issuer will make each Issuer will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the 2018 notes on the immediately preceding February 15 and August 15.

Interest on the 2021 notes will accrue at the rate of 6.250% per annum, and interest on the 2023 notes will accrue at the rate of 6.625% per annum, and in either case will be payable semiannually in arrears on April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 2013. Issuer will make each Issuer will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the 2021 notes and the 2023 notes on the immediately preceding March 15 and September 15.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. If an interest payment date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a business day, the related payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding business day as if made on the date the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Payments of principal of and interest on the notes issued in book-entry form or definitive form, if any, will be made as described below under the caption “—Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes.”

Each series of the notes initially will be evidenced by one or more global notes deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of, Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”). Except as described below, beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants. We do not intend to apply for the notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for the notes to be quoted on any quotation system.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder of a definitive note has given wire transfer instructions to Issuer and Issuer is the paying agent, Issuer will pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions until given written notice to the contrary. All other payments on the notes will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the trustee, unless Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholders at their address set forth in the books and records of the registrar.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The paying agent and registrar initially is the trustee. Issuer may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

 

49


Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange

Except as set forth below, the global notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee.

A holder of definitive notes may transfer or exchange the notes in accordance with the provisions of the applicable indentures. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes relating to, arising out of, or in connection with such transfer. Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

The 2018 notes

At any time prior to September 1, 2015, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 notes issued under the applicable indenture at a redemption price of 105.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer or contributions to Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent; provided that:

 

    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 notes issued under the indenture (excluding 2018 notes held by Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

    the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by Issuer or the date of contribution to Issuer’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

On or after September 1, 2015, Issuer may redeem all or a part of the 2018 notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, if any Global Notes are outstanding, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2018 notes redeemed to, but, not including, the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2015

     102.625

2016

     101.313

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

Unless Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the 2018 notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the redemption date.

At any time prior to September 1, 2015, Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the 2018 notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, if any Global Notes are outstanding, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2018 notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the notes as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2018 notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

 

50


Table of Contents

The 2021 notes

At any time prior to April 1, 2016, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 notes issued under the applicable indenture at a redemption price of 106.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer or contributions to Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent; provided that:

 

    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 notes issued under the applicable indenture (excluding 2021 notes held by Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

    the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by Issuer or the date of contribution to Issuer’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

On or after April 1, 2017, Issuer may redeem all or a part of the 2021 notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2021 notes redeemed to, but, not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of 2021 notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2017

     103.125

2018

     101.563

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

Unless Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the 2021 notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

At any time prior to April 1, 2017, Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the 2021 notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2021 notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2021 notes as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2021 notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

The 2023 notes

At any time prior to April 1, 2016, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2023 notes issued under the applicable indenture at a redemption price of 106.625%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer or contributions to Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent; provided that:

 

    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2023 notes issued under the applicable indenture (excluding 2023 notes held by Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

    the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by Issuer or the date of contribution to Issuer’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

 

51


Table of Contents

On or after April 1, 2018, Issuer may redeem all or a part of the 2023 notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2023 notes redeemed to, but, not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of 2023 notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2018

     103.313

2019

     102.208

2020

     101.104

2021 and thereafter

     100.000

Unless Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the 2023 notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

At any time prior to April 1, 2018, Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the 2023 notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2023 notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2023 notes as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2023 notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

Mandatory Redemption

Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs with respect to any series of the notes, each holder of notes of such series will have the right to require Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the applicable indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, Issuer will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such repurchase date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, Issuer will send a notice (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder of notes to which such Change of Control Triggering Event applies and the trustee describing the transaction or transactions and identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the notes of such series on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required by the applicable indenture and described in such notice. Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of the applicable indenture, or compliance with the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of the applicable indenture would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions

 

52


Table of Contents

of the applicable indenture by virtue of such compliance. In connection with the tender of any notes with respect to a Change of Control Triggering Event, the tendering holder shall provide good title to the notes, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and shall represent and warrant that such holder is presenting good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and such other representations and warranties as are customary.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the paying agent the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by Issuer.

The paying agent will promptly make payment, to each holder of notes properly tendered, of the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder, a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the applicable indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control Triggering Event, the applicable indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require, or otherwise provide, that Issuer repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer with respect to any series of the notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer for such series of the notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the applicable indenture that apply to a Change of Control Offer made by Issuer and purchases all of such series of notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption with respect to such series has been given pursuant to the applicable indenture as described above under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement has been executed for a transaction that would constitute a Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

In the event that holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding any series of the notes accept a Change of Control Offer and Issuer purchases all of the notes held by such holders, Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all of such series of the notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest on the notes that remain outstanding, to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 

53


Table of Contents

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require Issuer to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since (i) the Closing Date in the case of the 2018 notes, and (ii) September 21, 2010 in the case of the 2021 notes and the 2023 notes, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet (or as would be shown on Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such Asset Sale), of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a novation agreement that releases Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Issuer, or any such Restricted Subsidiary, from such transferee that are converted by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets within 90 days after such Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets received in that conversion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds:

(1) to purchase Replacement Assets; or

(2) to prepay, repay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit Facility or Indebtedness secured by property that is subject to such Asset Sale and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a binding written agreement committing Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, subject to customary conditions, to an application of funds of the kind described in clause (1) above, Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be in violation of the preceding paragraph so long as such application of funds is consummated within 545 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds.

 

54


Table of Contents

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale, Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the applicable indenture.

An amount equal to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the third paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, within 20 days thereof, Issuer shall apply the entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of the notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes containing provisions requiring Issuer to make an offer to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and purchase or redeem such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of consummation of the purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the applicable indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee shall select the notes and Issuer will select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the applicable indenture, or compliance with the Asset Sale provisions of the applicable indenture would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the applicable indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The agreements governing Issuer’s other Indebtedness contain, and future agreements may contain, prohibitions of certain events, including events that would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and may prohibit repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the notes. The exercise by the holders of the notes of their right to require Issuer to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event or an Asset Sale could cause a default under these other agreements, even if the Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases or other prepayments on Issuer. In the event a Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale occurs at a time when Issuer is prohibited from purchasing notes, Issuer could seek the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If Issuer does not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the applicable indenture that could, in turn, constitute a default under the other Indebtedness. Finally, Issuer’s ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by Issuer’s then existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby and our other existing senior notes, as well as our TMUS Working Capital Facility, include restrictive covenants that limit our operating flexibility.”

Selection and Notice

If less than all of a series of the notes are to be redeemed, the trustee will select notes such series for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements.

 

55


Table of Contents

No notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 10 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of notes of a series or a satisfaction and discharge of the applicable indenture. Except as otherwise set forth in the provisions described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event,” notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any exchange note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that exchange note will state the portion of the principal amount of that exchange note that is to be redeemed. If in definitive form a new exchange note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original exchange note will be issued in the name of the holder of notes upon cancellation of the original exchange note. Except to the extent that a notice of redemption is conditional as permitted in the provisions described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event,” notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of notes called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

If on any date following the Series Issue Date:

(1) the notes of any series are rated Investment Grade by two out of the three Rating Agencies; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the notes of such series (other than with respect to the covenants specifically listed under the following captions), then, beginning on that day, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this prospectus will cease to apply to such series of the notes and will not be later reinstated even if the ratings of such series of the notes should subsequently decline:

(1) “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(4) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”; and

(7) clauses (3) (to the extent that a Default or Event of Default exists by reason of one or more of the covenants specifically listed in this paragraph) and (4) of the covenant described below under the caption “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.”

There can be no assurance that the notes will ever achieve an Investment Grade rating.

Restricted Payments

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend, or make any other payment or distribution, on account of Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as

 

56


Table of Contents

such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer and other than dividends or distributions payable to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Issuer) any Equity Interests of Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (11), (12), (13), (14) and (15) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 100% of Issuer’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the period (taken as one accounting period) from and after the Closing Date to the end of Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, less the product of 1.4 times Issuer’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds, and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash, in each case received by Issuer after the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital (other than any such contribution resulting, or deemed to result, from the Merger) or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of Issuer); plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Closing Date, or, that any Restricted Investment that was made by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after November 3, 2006 and prior to the Closing Date (provided that, and solely to the extent that, such Restricted Investment, at the time made, reduced the amount that would be calculated pursuant to clause (g) below), in each case, is sold for cash or Cash Equivalents, or otherwise is liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, an amount equal to such cash and Cash Equivalents; plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Issuer designated as such after the Closing Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of Issuer’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation; other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

(e) 100% of any cash dividends or cash distributions, and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash, in each case actually received directly or indirectly by Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that is a Guarantor after the Closing Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Issuer, in each

 

57


Table of Contents

case, to the extent that such dividends, cash distributions or other property were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of Issuer for such period and other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; minus

(f) the aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds taken into account for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”, after the Closing Date; plus

(g) the amount that would be calculated immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger on the Closing Date pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07(a) of the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes Indenture, as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes Sixth Supplemental Indenture (provided, that any calculation of cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense in subclause (A) of such clause (3) shall include (x) Issuer’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the Closing Date, and (y) the period from the beginning of Issuer’s fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the Closing Date, in each case, if internal financial statements are available for such period at the time of calculation, even if they are not available immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger on the Closing Date).

As of September 30, 2013, the amount calculated pursuant to clause (3)(a)—(g) above, was approximately $5.7 billion.

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the applicable indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Issuer) of, Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph; provided , further , that any Net Equity Proceeds (x) used for making a Restricted Investment pursuant to clause (10) of this paragraph or (y) taken into account for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” may not also be used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (2);

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent, Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of Parent, Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed an amount equal to $50.0 million in any fiscal year; provided , further , that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount equal to (a) the net cash proceeds contributed to Issuer from the sale of Equity Interests of Parent to current or former members of management, directors, consultants or employees that occurs after the Closing Date plus (b) the net cash

 

58


Table of Contents

proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided , further , that such amount in any fiscal year shall be reduced by the amount of Indebtedness incurred in such fiscal year pursuant to clause (21) of the second paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price of those stock options, warrants or other similar rights, and the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the vesting, exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights;

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(8) Permitted Payments to Parent;

(9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent to the extent necessary to comply with law or to prevent the loss or secure the renewal or reinstatement of any FCC License held by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(10) Restricted Investments in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds, less the aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds (x) used for making a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph or (y) taken into account for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(11) payments made to DT or its Subsidiaries from the proceeds of the Towers Transaction;

(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all notes tendered by the holders of the notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value;

(13) Restricted Payments in connection with the Cash Payment, as defined in the Business Combination Agreement;

(14) the making of cash payments in connection with any conversion of Convertible Debt in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed the sum of (a) the principal amount of such Convertible Debt plus (b) any payments received by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions; and

(15) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed $375.0 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided ,

 

59


Table of Contents

however , that Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Preferred Stock, if the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio for Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”), nor will it prohibit Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries from issuing the following types of Preferred Stock:

(1) the incurrence by Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of (a) additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, provided that giving effect to such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) of all Indebtedness under Credit Facilities then outstanding under this paragraph (1), together with any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the following clause (b), does not exceed the greater of (x) $9.0 billion and (y) 150% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available, calculated on a pro forma basis in the manner described in the definition of “ Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” and (b) without duplication, all Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing clause (a); provided , however , that the maximum amount permitted under this clause (1) shall not be deemed to limit additional Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities to the extent that the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to any of the other provisions of this covenant;

(2) the incurrence by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Existing Indebtedness or any Series Issue Date Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the original notes to be issued on the date of the supplemental indenture and the notes to be issued in exchange therefor and, in each case, the related Note Guarantees;

(4) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing (whether prior to or within 270 days after) all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets used in the business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (x) $2.5 billion and (y) 5.0% of Issuer’s Total Assets, at the time of any such incurrence pursuant to this clause (4);

(5) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the applicable indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (13), (14), (15), (24) or (25) of this paragraph;

(6) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Parent, Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Guarantors; provided , however , that:

(a) if Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in

 

60


Table of Contents

cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the notes, in the case of Issuer, or the related Note Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Parent, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, or a Guarantor and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either Parent, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, or a Guarantor, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to Issuer or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than Parent, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or a Guarantor; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either Parent, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, or a Guarantor, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations (other than for speculative purposes);

(9) the guarantee by Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu , as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(10) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, deposits, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds, indemnity bonds, specific performance or injunctive relief bonds or similar bonds or obligations in the ordinary course of business, and any Guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing;

(11) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from (a) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days of notice to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) in respect of netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement or (c) in respect of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11)(b) and (c) shall not, at any time outstanding exceed $250.0 million;

(12) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit required to be issued in connection with any Permitted Joint Venture Investment;

(13) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness for relocation or clearing obligations relating to Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s FCC Licenses in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (13), at any time outstanding not to exceed $400.0 million at the time of such incurrence;

(14) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Contribution Indebtedness;

(15) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt or Indebtedness) used to finance an acquisition of or a merger with another Person, provided that, Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer or a

 

61


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, would either (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant or (b) have a Debt to Cash Flow Ratio no greater than the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio of Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

(16) the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition;

(17) the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(18) the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the notes;

(19) the incurrence by Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (19), not to exceed the greater of (x) $1.0 billion and (y) 2.0% of Issuer’s Total Assets as of the time of incurrence;

(20) the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(21) the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes subordinated to the notes and the Note Guarantees issued to current or former employees or directors of Parent, Issuer or any Subsidiary (or their respective spouses or estates) in lieu of cash payments for Capital Stock being repurchased from such Persons, not to exceed, in any twelve-month period, an amount equal to the amount of Restricted Payments that could be made during such twelve-month period pursuant to clause (5) of the third paragraph under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments,” less the amount of Restricted Payments that have been made during such twelve-month period pursuant to such clause;

(22) the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent that deposits with, or payments owed to, the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of Governmental Authorizations are deemed to be Indebtedness, the incurrence by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Indebtedness;

(24) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Towers Transaction; and

(25) the incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Indebtedness; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (25), when aggregated with the principal amount (or accreted value) of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (25), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (25), does not exceed $250.0 million.

Issuer will not incur, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt, but excluding Indebtedness permitted by clause (6) above) that is contractually subordinated in

 

62


Table of Contents

right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor solely by virtue of such Indebtedness being unsecured or by virtue of such Indebtedness being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.

For purposes of (x) determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (25) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Issuer will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant and (y) determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to clause (1)(a)(y) of the definition of Permitted Debt, Issuer may elect, pursuant to an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness (and any refinancing with respect thereto) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment or refinancing, as the case may be, shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles or the application thereof, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values, and in no event shall the reclassification of any lease or other liability as indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles after the Closing Date be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness. In determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under one of the clauses above, the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness of any Person shall be counted only once and any obligation of such Person or any other Person arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded so long as it is permitted to be incurred by the Person or Persons incurring such obligation.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) in the case of Hedging Obligations, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such time;

(3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(4) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Liens

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness upon any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the notes are equally and ratably secured (except that Liens securing Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the notes shall be expressly subordinate to any Lien securing the notes to at least the same extent that such Indebtedness is subordinate to the notes).

 

63


Table of Contents

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements or instruments governing (a) Existing Indebtedness and (b) Equity Interests and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Closing Date, and, in each case, any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of Issuer or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive) not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Closing Date;

(2) agreements or instruments governing Credit Facilities not in effect on the Closing Date so long as either (a) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein do not impair the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to pay dividends or make any other distributions or payments directly or indirectly to Issuer in an amount sufficient to permit Issuer to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the notes, or (b) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the applicable indenture;

(3) Series Issue Date Existing Indebtedness, the notes issued on the Series Issue Date, and any additional notes of the same series, the Note Guarantees in respect thereof, and the base indenture, as supplemented by the applicable supplemental indenture;

(4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(5) agreements or instruments with respect to a Person acquired by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) or as may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (so long as the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, extension, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are, in the good faith judgment of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of agreements or instruments governing Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the applicable indenture to be incurred;

(6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business and customary contractual restrictions on transfers of all or substantially all assets of a Person;

(7) any instrument governing any secured Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation that imposes restrictions on the assets securing such Indebtedness or the subject of such lease of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

 

64


Table of Contents

(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1) and/or (3) of the preceding paragraph on the Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(10) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(11) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in partnership and joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) restrictions in other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued in compliance with the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; provided that such restrictions, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive, not materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing agreements referenced in clauses (1) and (3) above;

(14) the issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such Preferred Stock is permitted pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and the terms of such Preferred Stock do not expressly restrict the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such Preferred Stock prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock);

(15) any agreement or instrument with respect to Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, by any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (a) either (i) apply only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such agreement or instrument or (ii) will not materially affect Issuer’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on the notes, as determined in good faith by Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive; and (b) are not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes than is customary in comparable financings; and

(16) any agreement or instrument of Issuer, Parent, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., or any of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.’s Subsidiaries existing prior to, or entered into or assumed by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Merger, in each case, as such agreements or instruments may be amended, restated, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, and replacements are (in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of Issuer or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive) not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those agreements or instruments as in effect as of the Closing Date; and

(17) restrictions arising from the Towers Transaction.

 

65


Table of Contents

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Issuer will not: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) directly or indirectly sell, assign, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided that if such Person is not a corporation, such Person immediately causes a Subsidiary that is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia to be added as a co-issuer of the notes under the applicable indenture;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the trustee, the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the applicable indenture on the part of Issuer to be performed or observed;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (b) have a Debt to Cash Flow Ratio no greater than the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio of Issuer immediately prior to such transaction.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, this “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which Issuer is merged or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for Issuer (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of the applicable indenture referring to Issuer shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of Issuer under the applicable indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as Issuer therein. When the successor Person assumes all of Issuer’s obligations under the applicable indenture, Issuer shall be discharged from those obligations.

This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to (and the following shall be permitted notwithstanding such covenant):

(1) a merger of Issuer with a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent solely for the purpose of reincorporating Issuer in another jurisdiction in the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby;

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) the Transactions, including the Merger.

 

66


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Issuer (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), in any one or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) Issuer delivers to the trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0 million, an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $250.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Issuer set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Issuer.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, agreement or plan relating to employee, officer or director compensation or severance, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a direct or indirect parent of Issuer existing on the Closing Date, or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements and payments pursuant thereto;

(2) transactions between or among Parent, Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Issuer) that is an Affiliate of Issuer solely because Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer to, or receipt of any capital contribution from, any Affiliate of Issuer;

(5) transactions in connection with any Permitted Joint Venture Investment;

(6) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the applicable indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

(7) (x) any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Issue Date and disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012, (y) any agreement listed on Schedule 3.2(r)—Related-Party Agreements—to the “T-Mobile Disclosure Letter” to the Business Combination Agreement, and (z) any agreement listed under the section entitled “Transactions with Related Persons and Approval” in the proxy statement of Parent filed with the SEC under cover of Schedule 14A on April 16, 2012 and, in each case, any amendments to, replacements of, or orders pursuant to such contracts, agreements or understandings so long as any such amendments, replacements, or orders, taken as a whole, are not (in the good faith judgment of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive) more disadvantageous to Issuer or to the holders of the notes in any material respect than the original contracts, agreements or understandings as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

67


Table of Contents

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the applicable indenture, provided that in the good faith determination of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive, such transactions are on terms, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of Issuer;

(9) issuances, purchases or repurchases of notes or other Indebtedness of Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or solicitations of amendments, waivers or consents in respect of notes or such other Indebtedness, if such issuance, purchase, repurchase or solicitation is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Issuer;

(10) reasonable payments made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting, placement or syndication services approved by Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer in good faith;

(11) amendments, extensions, replacements and other modifications of transactions with Affiliates otherwise permitted by the applicable indenture, provided that in the good faith determination of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive, such amendments, extensions, replacements or other modifications, taken as a whole, are no less favorable in any material respect to Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than the transaction or transactions being amended, extended, replaced or modified; and

(12) (i) the Business Combination Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements, as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time on terms that, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive, are not materially less favorable to Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than those of the agreement being amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, (ii) transactions or agreements relating to the DT Notes and the TMUS Working Capital Facility, each as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and any indebtedness incurred in connection with the refinancing of the foregoing, on terms that, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive, are not materially less favorable to Issuer than those of the DT Notes or TMUS Working Capital Facility, as applicable, and (iii) transactions between Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Designated Tower Entities that have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in connection with the Towers Transaction.

Business Activities

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Additional Note Guarantees

If (a) Issuer or any of Issuer’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (and such Subsidiary is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and is neither a Designated Tower Entity, the Reinsurance Entity nor an Immaterial Subsidiary) after the Series Issue Date or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer guarantees any Specified Issuer Indebtedness of Issuer after the Series Issue Date or (c) Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent acquires or creates a Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns Equity Interests of Issuer, then Issuer or Parent, as applicable, will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary of Parent to become a Guarantor of the notes and

 

68


Table of Contents

execute a supplemental indenture and, if requested by the trustee, deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the trustee within 10 business days after the date on which it was acquired or created or guarantees such Specified Issuer Indebtedness, as applicable, or reasonably promptly thereafter.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Issuer in its discretion, and (ii) any Guarantee by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiary being so designated will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment and/or incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.” The Board of Directors of Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default would be in existence following such designation, and as a result of, such designation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Issuer may at any time and from time to time designate any Designated Entity, by written notice to the trustee, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and any such Subsidiary shall upon such notice immediately be designated and deemed an Unrestricted Subsidiary, without any further action by Issuer (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require delivery of a resolution of the Board of Directors or of an officers’ certificate) (each, a “Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation”). The aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Designated Entities so designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries will, as calculated and to the extent permitted by clause (18) of the definition of Permitted Investments, be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation under such clause (18), and not reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.”

Payments for Consent

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of any series of notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the applicable indenture with respect to the notes or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of such series of notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

 

69


Table of Contents

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, Parent will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below with the SEC for public availability within the time periods (including all applicable extension periods) specified in the SEC rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial reports that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by its certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Parent or Issuer were required to file such reports;

provided that the availability of the foregoing reports on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy Issuer’s delivery obligations to the trustee and any holder of notes.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports;  provided  that, if neither Parent nor Issuer is required under the rules and regulations of the SEC to file such reports with the SEC for public availability, such reports need not be prepared in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports and shall only be required to include the information or disclosure that would be required by such form to the extent that, and in the same general style of presentation as, the same or substantially similar information or disclosure is also included in the offering memorandum dated March 8, 2013 relating to the $3.5B Notes. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on Parent’s consolidated financial statements by Parent’s certified independent accountants. Issuer will at all times comply with TIA §314(a).

If the SEC will not accept Parent’s or Issuer’s filings for any reason, Parent or Issuer will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website, on intralinks.com or another website within the time periods that would apply if Parent were required to file those reports with the SEC (including all applicable extension periods). If (i) Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the combined operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries, excluding the operations of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and excluding cash and Cash Equivalents, would, if held by a single Unrestricted Subsidiary of Issuer, constitute a Significant Subsidiary of Issuer, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of (A) in the case of (i) above, the financial condition and results of operations of Parent, Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Issuer and (B) in the case of (ii) above, the financial condition and results of operations of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its other Subsidiaries; provided, however , that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply if Parent or Issuer files with the SEC the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant, and any such report contains the information required in this paragraph.

For so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, Issuer and the Guarantors will furnish to the holders of notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ” in respect of each series of the notes:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the such series of notes;

 

70


Table of Contents

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the such series of notes;

(3) failure by Issuer for 120 days after notice to Issuer by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such series of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions described under the caption “—Reports”;

(4) failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to Issuer by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such series of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event” or “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” (in each case other than a failure to purchase notes that will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above), or “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(5) failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 90 days after notice to Issuer by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such series of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the applicable indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Series Issue Date, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “ Payment Default ”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates an amount equal to $100.0 million or more, in each case for so long as such failure or acceleration is continuing;

(7) failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay or discharge final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

(8) Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters a final order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

71


Table of Contents

(b) appoints a custodian of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(c) orders the liquidation of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the final order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and

(10) except as permitted by the applicable indenture, any Note Guarantee with respect to such series of the notes is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. However, the effect of such provisions may be limited by applicable laws. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to any series of the notes, the trustee or the holders, with a copy to the trustee, of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such then outstanding series of notes may declare all such series of the notes to be due and payable immediately.

Subject to certain limitations, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes of a series may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power in respect of such series. The trustee may withhold from holders of the notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the notes.

Subject to the provisions of the applicable indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder of any series of notes may pursue any remedy with respect to the applicable indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such holder has previously given to the trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of notes then outstanding have made a written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee;

(3) such holder or holders have offered the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the trustee has not complied with such request within 90 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) during such 90-day period, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of the then outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of the then outstanding notes by written notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all such series of the notes, rescind an acceleration

 

72


Table of Contents

or waive any existing Default or Event of Default in respect of such series and its consequences under the applicable indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, such series of the notes.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of Issuer with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that Issuer would have had to pay if Issuer then had elected to redeem the notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the applicable indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the notes.

Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the applicable indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of Issuer or the Guarantors under the notes, the applicable indenture, the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an officers’ certificate, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to any series of the notes outstanding and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“ Legal Defeasance ”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of any series of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) Issuer’s obligations with respect to such series of notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment of money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the trustee, and Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the applicable indenture.

In addition, Issuer may, at its option and at any time with respect to any series of the notes, elect to have the obligations of Issuer and the Guarantors released with respect to the provisions of the applicable indenture described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and under the caption “—Certain Covenants” (other than the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,” except to the extent described below) and the limitation imposed by clause (4) under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” (such release and termination being referred to as “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations or provisions will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs with respect to any series of the notes in accordance with the applicable indenture, the Events of Default described under clauses (3) through (9) under the caption “—Events of Default and Remedies” (in the case of clauses (8) and (9), only with respect to Issuer’s Subsidiaries), in each case, will no longer constitute an Event of Default.

 

73


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to any series of the notes:

(1) Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the trustee or its designee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the such series of notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such series of the outstanding notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Issuer must specify whether such notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions) confirming that (a) Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Closing Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the notes on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds, or the imposition of Liens in connection therewith, to be applied to such deposit, or a Default or Event of Default that will be cured by such Covenant Defeasance or Legal Defeasance) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material instrument to which Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the applicable indenture) to which Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of Issuer or others;

(7) Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate, stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and

(8) Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this paragraph, as applicable, have been complied with; provided that the opinion of counsel with respect to clause (5) of this paragraph may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the applicable indenture or the notes or the related Note Guarantees of any series of notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such series of the notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes of such series), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the applicable indenture with

 

74


Table of Contents

respect to such series of notes or related Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such series of notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the notes of such series).

Without the consent of each holder of the applicable series of notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any particular series of notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount any note of such series of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note of such series of notes or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of any note of such series of notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note of such series of notes;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the notes of any such series of notes (except a rescission of acceleration of such series of notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such series of notes then outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any exchange note of such series payable in money other than that stated in such series of the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the applicable indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes of such series of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the notes of such series of the notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any note of such series of notes (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its related Note Guarantee of the notes of such series or the applicable indenture, except in accordance with the terms of such indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes, Issuer, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement any applicable indenture, the notes or the related Note Guarantees:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of notes and related Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

(4) to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in respect of such series of notes and the termination of such Note Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of the applicable indenture governing such release and termination;

(5) to add any Guarantor or Note Guarantee with respect to such series of the notes or to secure the notes or the related Note Guarantee;

(6) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of such series of notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the applicable indenture of any such holder in any material respect;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the applicable indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

75


Table of Contents

(8) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of the applicable indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall not become effective with respect to any outstanding notes of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision;

(9) to provide for the issuance of and establish forms and terms and conditions of a new series of notes as permitted by the applicable base indenture;

(10) to conform the text of the applicable supplemental indenture, the applicable notes, or the related Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus to the extent that such provision in such description of notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the applicable indenture, the Note Guarantees, or the notes, in each case, as conclusively evidenced by an officers’ certificate;

(11) to provide for the issuance of additional notes, provided that such additional notes have the same terms as, and be deemed part of the same series as, the notes to the extent required under the applicable indenture;

(12) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of and appointment by a successor trustee with respect to the notes of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the applicable indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trust by more than one trustee; and

(13) to allow any Guarantor of the notes to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the notes.

The consent of the holders of the notes is not necessary under the applicable indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The applicable indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes of a particular series issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all notes of such series have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to Issuer, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all notes of such series that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee or its designee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of such series of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such series of the notes on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds, or the imposition of any Liens in connection therewith, to be applied to such deposit, or a Default or Event of Default that will be cured by such discharge);

(3) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the applicable indenture) to which Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

76


Table of Contents

(4) Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture applicable to such series of the notes; and

(5) Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the applicable indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such series of notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Issuer must deliver to the trustee (a) an officers’ certificate, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) above have been satisfied, and (b) an opinion of counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) above have been satisfied; provided that the opinion of counsel with respect to clause (3) above may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

Governing Law

The indentures, the notes and the Note Guarantees are governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Concerning the Trustee

We maintain ordinary banking relationships with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and its affiliates.

If the trustee becomes a creditor of Issuer or any Guarantor, the indentures limit the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest when a Default is continuing it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days of the date such conflict arises, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if the applicable indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture applicable to each series of notes provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs.

Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the applicable indenture at the request of any holder of the applicable series of the notes, unless such holder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indentures. Reference is made to the applicable indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

$3.5B Notes ” means the $1,750,000,000 in principal amount of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.’s 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and $1,750,000,000 in principal amount of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.’s 6.625% senior notes due 2023, each issued as of March 19, 2013, pursuant to the Indenture, between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.’s, MetroPCS, Inc., MetroPCS Communications, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated March 19, 2013 or the Second Supplemental Indenture dated March 19, 2013 thereto, as applicable, as amended by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated April 29, 2013, as further supplemented by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and as further supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2013, among T-

 

77


Table of Contents

Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (as so supplemented and amended, the “ March 2013 base indenture ”), (ii) any additional 6.250% senior notes due 2021 and 6.625% senior notes due 2023 issued under the March 2013 base indenture as part of the same series, and (iii) any “Exchange Notes” (as defined in the March 2013 base indenture) relating thereto.

6  5 / 8 % senior notes Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 17, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2010, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as further supplemented by the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes Sixth Supplemental Indenture, governing the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2020 issued by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., as further supplemented by the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, and as further supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.

6  5 / 8 % senior notes Sixth Supplemental Indenture ” means the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2012, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

The term “Acquired Debt” does not include Indebtedness of a Person that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of, or immediately upon, consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or acquires such asset, as the case may be.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement relating to amounts to be paid in respect of a particular series of notes in the event Issuer fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth therein. For all purposes of the applicable indenture, the term “interest” with respect to the notes shall include Additional Interest, if any, with respect to the notes.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Premium ”, as calculated by Issuer and provided to the trustee, means, with respect to any note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the note; or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the note at September 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the applicable table appearing above under the caption “—Optional

 

78


Table of Contents

Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the note through September 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the note, if greater.

“Asset Acquisition” means:

(1) an Investment by Issuer (or any predecessor thereto) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only if (x) such Person’s primary business constitutes a Permitted Business and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated with those of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Investment, or

(2) an acquisition by Issuer (or any predecessor thereto) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person, other than Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that constitute all or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line of business of such Person but only (x) if the property and assets so acquired constitute a Permitted Business and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated with those of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Merger shall be deemed to be an Asset Acquisition.

Asset Disposition ” means the sale or other disposition by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than to Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of (1) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock owned by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment or (2) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division, operating unit or line of business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the applicable indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $100.0 million;

(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets or Equity Interests between or among Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

(4) the sale, lease, sub-lease, conveyance or other disposition of (a) assets, products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, (b) equipment or other assets pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets, or (c) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of damaged, worn-out, uneconomic or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

79


Table of Contents

(5) the sale, conveyance or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by the applicable indenture;

(7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”;

(8) arms-length sales, leases or sub-leases (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leasebacks, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions of assets or rights to a Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment;

(9) licenses and sales of intellectual property or other general intangibles (other than FCC Licenses) in the ordinary course of business;

(10) a Permitted Investment;

(11) dispositions of assets to the ISIS Joint Venture;

(12) one or more sales, conveyances, leases, subleases, licenses, contributions, or other dispositions, assignments or transfers made as part of, or in connection with, the Towers Transaction; or

(13) the settlement or early termination of any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the provision described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that (a) in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time and (b) in the case of a “group” pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act which group includes one or more Permitted Holders (or one or more Permitted Holders is deemed to share Beneficial Ownership with one or more other persons of any shares of Capital Stock), (i) such “group” shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by such Permitted Holder and (ii) any person (other than such Permitted Holder) that is a member of such group (or sharing such Beneficial Ownership) shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by such Permitted Holder (or in which any such Person shares beneficial ownership). The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Combination Agreement ” means that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2012, as amended from time to time, by and among Deutsche Telekom AG, T-Mobile Global Zwischenholding GmbH, T-Mobile Global Holding GmbH, Issuer and MetroPCS Communications, Inc.

 

80


Table of Contents

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the City of New York or in any place of payment with respect to the notes on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests, respectively; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) demand deposits, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from a Rating Agency at the date of acquisition and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or agency or instrumentality thereof, rated at least “A” by a Rating Agency at the date of acquisition and having maturities of not more than two years after the date of acquisition;

(7) auction rate securities rated at least “AA-” or “Aa3” by a Rating Agency at the time of purchase and with reset dates of one year or less from the time of purchase;

(8) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market funds, mutual funds or investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, at least 90% of the portfolios of which constitute investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition;

 

81


Table of Contents

(9) in the case of any Person that is operating outside the United States or anticipates operating outside the United States within the next 12 months, any substantially similar investment to the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition rated at least “P-2” by Moody’s or “A-2” by S&P or the equivalent thereof; and

(10) deposits or payments made to the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of Governmental Authorizations that are fully refundable.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than any such disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Permitted Holder;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Issuer;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Parent (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets or its equity), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(4) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body of Issuer or Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body, (iii) whose election or nomination to that Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body, or (iv) in the case of Issuer, whose election or nomination to that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was approved by Parent; or

(5) Issuer ceases to be a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent.

provided , that the Transactions and other transactions pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement (including the changes to the Beneficial Ownership of the Voting Stock of Parent contemplated therein) shall not be a Change of Control.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control (x) that is accompanied or followed by a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the notes within the Ratings Decline Period by at least two out of the three Rating Agencies and (y) the rating of the notes on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by each such Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement), provided that in making the relevant decision(s) referred to above to downgrade or withdraw such ratings, as applicable, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing during such Ratings Decline Period that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence (or expected occurrence) of such Change of Control or the announcement of the intention to effect such Change of Control; provided , further , that no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if at the time of the applicable downgrade the rating of the notes by at least two out of the three Rating Agencies is Investment Grade.

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Merger was consummated, or May 1, 2013.

 

82


Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) depreciation, amortization (including non-cash impairment charges and any write-off or write-down or amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of ordinary course prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses or charges (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an ordinary course accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of any ordinary course prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income, expenses or charges (including all fees and expenses relating thereto), including (a) any fees, expenses and costs relating to the Towers Transaction, (b) any fees, expenses or charges related to any sale or offering of Equity Interests of such Person or Parent, any acquisition or disposition or any Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted to be incurred hereunder (in each case, whether or not successful), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the notes, provided that Consolidated Cash Flow shall not be deemed to be increased by more than $250.0 million in any twelve-month period pursuant to this clause (b), (c) any premium, penalty or fee paid in relation to any repayment, prepayment or repurchase of Indebtedness, (d) any fees or expenses relating to the Transactions and the offering, issuance and sale (in each case, whether or not successful) of the DT Notes and any “Exchange Notes” (as defined in the April 2013 base indenture) issued in respect thereof and the Permitted MetroPCS Notes and any “Exchange Notes” (as defined in March 2013 base indenture), and (e) restructuring charges, integration costs (including retention, relocation and contract termination costs) and related costs and charges, provided such costs and charges under this clause (e) shall not exceed $300.0 million in any twelve-month period, plus, for the first four years after the Closing Date, up to an additional $300.0 million in any twelve-month period related to the Transactions); plus

(5) New Market Losses, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $300.0 million in any twelve-month period; minus

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of Issuer only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

For the avoidance of doubt, calculations of “Consolidated Cash Flow” of Issuer for any period prior to the Closing Date for purposes of calculating the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio shall be on a pro forma basis as described in the last paragraph of the definition of “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio .”

 

83


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (ii) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (iii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization of debt issuance costs or original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations); plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest expense on that portion of Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; excluding, however, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any lease or other liability is reclassified as indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation due to a change in accounting principles or the application thereof after the Closing Date, the interest component of all payments associated with such lease or other liability shall be excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the positive Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause 3(A) of the second paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(3) the effect of a change in accounting principles or in the application thereof (including any change to IFRS and any cumulative effect adjustment) will be excluded;

 

84


Table of Contents

(4) unrealized losses and gains attributable to Hedging Obligations, including those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815, will be excluded; and

(5) any non-cash compensation charge or expense realized from grants of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock option or other rights to officers, directors and employees, will be excluded.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means, Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge such Indebtedness, not to exceed 150% of the aggregate amount of all Net Equity Proceeds.

“Convertible Debt” means Debt of Issuer (which may be Guaranteed by the Guarantors) permitted to be incurred hereunder that is either (a) convertible or exchangeable into common stock of Parent (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock) or (b) sold as units with call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common stock of Parent and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock).

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means, solely for purposes of presenting the notes, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, and, for all other purposes, the office of the trustee at which any time its corporate trust business will be administered, which at the date hereof is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, or such other address as the trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and Issuer).

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including the TMUS Working Capital Facility), capital leases, purchase money financings or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), capital leases, purchase money debt, debt securities or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including, in each case, by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Debt to Cash Flow Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above:

(1) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including the Merger and including giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during such four-quarter period or subsequent to such four quarter period but on or prior to the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such four-quarter period;

(2) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and, asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or has been merged with or into Issuer (including MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.) or any Restricted Subsidiary during such four-quarter period or subsequent to such four quarter period but on or prior to the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary, as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such four-quarter period;

 

85


Table of Contents

(3) to the extent that the pro forma effect of any transaction is to be made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above, such pro forma effect shall be determined in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the specified Person, whose determination shall be conclusive, as if the subject transaction(s) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

(4) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of (without duplication of clauses (1) and (2) above) prior to the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated, shall be excluded;

(5) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

(6) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is determined for any period commencing prior to the date that is four fiscal quarters after the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs, the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred on the first day of the four quarter reference period.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Entity” means (i) Iowa Wireless Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or (ii) any Designated Tower Entity.

“Designated Tower Entity” means any entity established solely or primarily for the limited purpose of holding wireless communications sites, towers, and related contracts, equipment, improvements, real estate, and other assets, and performing other activities incidental thereto or in connection with the Towers Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, T-Mobile USA Tower LLC and T-Mobile West Tower LLC are each Designated Tower Entities.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature; provided that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms, requires such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Capital Stock, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for cash, Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock, so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Capital Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the applicable indenture will be the maximum amount that Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

86


Table of Contents

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“DT” means Deutsche Telekom AG, an  Aktiengesellschaft  organized and existing under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

“DT Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Exchange Notes” means the notes issued pursuant to the applicable indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Existing Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness in respect of the DT Notes) in existence on the Closing Date, until such amounts are repaid, (b)(1) the $3.5B Notes in existence on the Closing Date (and any “Exchange Notes” (as defined in the March 2013 base indenture) relating thereto) and the TMUS Working Capital Facility, and (2) all other Indebtedness of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date that was not incurred in violation of the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, in each case until such amounts are repaid (provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of the Transactions, including any Indebtedness in the form of the $3.5B Notes and notes issued on the date of the April 2013 base indenture (other than Indebtedness under the TMUS Working Capital Facility), in each case permitted by this clause (b), shall not exceed $20.5 billion).

existing senior notes ” means (i) the 7  7 / 8 % senior notes due 2018 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as amended and supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as further supplemented by that certain Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, and as amended and restated by that certain Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2012, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, (ii) the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2020 issued pursuant to the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes Indenture, (iii) the $3.5B Notes, (iv) the DT Notes, (v) the 5.250% senior notes due 2018 issued pursuant to that certain Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 21, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, (vi) the 6.125% senior notes due 2022 issued pursuant to that certain Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 21, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and (vii) the 6.500% senior notes due 2024 issued pursuant to that certain Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 21, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by Issuer’s Board of Directors or a senior officer of Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive.

“FCC” means the United States Federal Communications Commission and any successor agency that is responsible for regulating the United States telecommunications industry.

“FCC Licenses” means all licenses or permits now or hereafter issued by the FCC.

“Fitch” means Fitch Inc., a Subsidiary of Fimalac, S.A., and its successors.

 

87


Table of Contents

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Issuer other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, or any direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, Issuer may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP or parts of the Accounting Standards Codification or “ASC” shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the applicable indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable;  provided , further , that any calculation or determination in the indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the trustee and the holders of notes.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent, permission, consent order or consent decree of or from any governmental authority.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

“Guarantor” means any Person who has guaranteed the obligations of Issuer under the applicable indenture until released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of such indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices,

and any guarantee in respect thereof.

“IFRS” means the international accounting standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as adopted by the European Union, as in effect from time to time.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Issuer that at any time has less than $100.0 million in Total Assets; provided , that the aggregate Total Assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall not at any time exceed $300.0 million.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication,

(a) any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

 

88


Table of Contents

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations; and

(b) any financial liabilities recorded in respect of the upfront proceeds received in connection with the Towers Transaction,

in each case, if and only to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the reclassification of any lease or other liability as indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles (or in the application thereof) after the Closing Date be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for any purpose under the applicable indenture. The amount of any Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the last paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees), advances (excluding commission, travel, entertainment, drawing accounts and similar advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and excluding the purchase of assets, equipment, property or accounts receivables created or acquired in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions, and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities. If Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Issuer’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by Issuer or any Subsidiary of Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Issuer or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” as of the date the acquisition of the acquired Person is consummated. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Investment Grade ” means

(1) with respect to Moody’s (or any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of Baa3 (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s) or better;

(2) with respect to S&P (or any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of BBB- (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P) or better;

(3) with respect to Fitch (or any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of BBB- (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch) or better; and

 

89


Table of Contents

(4) if any Rating Agency ceases to exist or ceases to rate the notes for reasons outside of the control of Issuer, the equivalent investment grade credit rating for the notes from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by Issuer as a replacement agency.

ISIS Joint Venture ” means Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of JVL Ventures, LLC dated October 1, 2010, as amended.

Issue Date ” means the effective date of the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture pursuant to which the first series of DT Notes was issued under the April 2013 base indenture, or April 28, 2013.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

Merger ” means the merger of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. with and into Issuer with Issuer as the surviving Person, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Net Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds received by Issuer since the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock).

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock accretion or dividends, excluding however:

(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss) realized in connection with: (a) dispositions of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business); or (b) the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale, but excluding any items deemed to be cash pursuant to clause (2)(a) of the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset sales”), net of all costs relating to such Asset Sale, including (a) legal, accounting and investment banking fees, finder’s fees, sales commissions, employee severance costs, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (b) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (d) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale and (e) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

 

90


Table of Contents

New Markets ” means the collective reference to any wireless telephone markets other than the metropolitan areas of Las Vegas, Nevada; Los Angeles, San Francisco and Sacramento California; Detroit, Michigan; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Tampa/Sarasota, Orlando, Miami and Jacksonville, Florida; Atlanta, Georgia; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; New York, New York; Boston, Massachusetts; and Hartford, Connecticut.

New Market Losses ” means, for any period, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income during the applicable period, an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss (without duplication) realized by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with construction, launch and operations in any New Market for such period, so long as such net losses are incurred on or prior to the fourth anniversary after the initial commencement of commercial operations in the applicable New Market.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), subject to customary “bad-boy” exceptions, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Note Guarantee ” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of obligations of Issuer under the applicable indenture and the notes, executed in accordance with the provisions of such indenture.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, cash collateral obligations, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction ” means any call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on Parent’s common stock purchased by Issuer in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Debt; provided that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, does not exceed the net cash proceeds received by Issuer from the sale of such Convertible Debt issued in connection with the Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

Permitted Business ” means those businesses in which Issuer and its Subsidiaries were engaged on the Closing Date, or any business similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof, or any business reasonably related to the telecommunications industry, and the acquisition, holding or exploitation of any license relating to the delivery of those services.

Permitted Holder ” means (i) DT and (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of DT.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in Issuer or in any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

91


Table of Contents

(3) any Investment by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset sales”;

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer or Equity Interests of Parent;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redemption, defeasement or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) the notes, and any additional notes of the same series, and any Exchange Notes in respect of any such notes or additional notes, (ii) the DT Notes, and any additional notes of the same series, and any Exchange Notes (as defined in the April 2013 base indenture) relating thereto, (iii) any of MetroPCS Wireless Inc.’s 7  7 / 8 % senior notes due 2018 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as amended and supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as further supplemented by that certain Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, and as amended and restated by that certain Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2012, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, (iv) any of MetroPCS Wireless Inc.’s 6  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2020 issued pursuant to the 6  5 / 8 % senior notes Indenture, (v) any of the $3.5B Notes or (vi) any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes;

(10) advances and prepayments for asset purchases in the ordinary course of business in a Permitted Business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) Investments existing on the Closing Date, including Investments held by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., Issuer and their Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Merger;

(12) Investments in the ISIS Joint Venture having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) since the Closing Date that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300.0 million;

(13) Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions which constitute Investments;

(14) (a) Permitted Joint Venture Investments, and (b) other Investments in any Person other than an Affiliate of Issuer (excluding any Person that is an Affiliate of Issuer solely by reason of Parent’s ownership, directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests or Parent’s control, of such Person or which becomes

 

92


Table of Contents

an Affiliate as a result of such Investment), to the extent such Investment under (a) or (b) has an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed 12.5% of Issuer’s Total Assets on the date of such Investment;

(15) Investments in a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) since the Closing Date that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $250.0 million;

(16) guarantees permitted under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(17) deposits or payments made with the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of Governmental Authorizations;

(18) any Investment deemed made from time to time pursuant to the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries” in connection with a Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation, in an amount equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation, but only to the extent not in excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such designated Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (for this purpose, it shall be assumed, as regards to Investments in any Designated Tower Entity, that all wireless communications sites, towers, and related contracts, equipment, improvements, real estate, and other assets of Issuer and its Subsidiaries subject to the Towers Transaction that are contemplated to be transferred to the Designated Tower Entities in accordance with the terms of the Towers Transaction, as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of March 19, 2013, had been transferred to the Designated Tower Entities, whether or not all such transfers have in fact then taken place, but disregarding any transfers of assets not part of the Towers Transaction as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of March 19, 2013); and

(19) any other Investments made in connection with the Towers Transaction, as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of March 19, 2013.

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, no Permitted Investment shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment.

Permitted Joint Venture Investment ” means, with respect to any specified Person, Investments in any other Person engaged in a Permitted Business of which at least 40% of the outstanding Capital Stock of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto permitted by clauses (1), (8) and (19) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”, provided that any secured Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of Indebtedness or other Obligations previously secured pursuant to this clause (1) will be treated as Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (1) in making any determination as to whether additional Indebtedness or other Obligations may be secured pursuant to this clause (1);

(2) Liens in favor of Issuer or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with Issuer or any Subsidiary of Issuer; provided that such Liens were

 

93


Table of Contents

in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof) other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Issuer or the Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Issuer or any Subsidiary of Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(5) (a) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, and (b) Liens, deposits (including deposits with the FCC) or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or governmental contracts, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof) acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date (including Liens on the assets of MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and its Subsidiaries existing immediately prior to the Merger);

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(9) Liens imposed by law or contract, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, suppliers’, vendors’, construction, repairmen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens or other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(11) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, attachment, decree or court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;

(12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the exchange notes (or the Note Guarantees);

(13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the applicable indenture; provided , however , that:

(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to such property and assets and proceeds or distributions of such property and assets and improvements and accessions thereto); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(14) (a) Liens contained in purchase and sale agreements or lease agreements limiting the transfer of assets pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby or the termination of the lease,

 

94


Table of Contents

respectively, (b) spectrum leases or other similar lease or licensing arrangements contained in, or entered into in connection with, purchase and sale agreements, and (c) Liens relating to deposits or escrows established in connection with purchase and sale agreements;

(15) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that restrict the ability of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting to exist Liens on their respective assets;

(16) Liens in favor of the trustee as provided for in the applicable indenture on money or property held or collected by the trustee in its capacity as trustee;

(17) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, indemnity bonds, specific performance or injunctive relief bonds, surety bonds, public liability obligations, or other similar bonds or obligations, or securing any Guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) letters of credit required to be issued for the benefit of any Person that controls a Permitted Joint Venture Investment to secure any put right for the benefit of the Person controlling the Permitted Joint Venture Investment;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business covering only the property under lease (plus improvements and accessions to such property and proceeds or distributions of such property and improvements and accessions thereto);

(19) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject to any lease, license or sublicense entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents on deposit to secure reimbursement obligations under letters of credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(21) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment owned by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Person;

(22) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, contracts for sale and other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business that are customary in the Permitted Business, and applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements or contracts;

(23) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(24) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(27) Liens securing any arrangement for treasury, depositary or cash management services provided to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens with respect to obligations that do not exceed at any time the greater of (x) $500.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Issuer’s Total Assets at such time;

(29) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements; and

(30) Liens, if any, incurred in connection with the Towers Transaction.

 

95


Table of Contents

Permitted MetroPCS Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.

Permitted Payments to Parent ” means, without duplication as to amounts:

(1) payments to Parent to permit Parent to pay reasonable accounting, legal, investment banking fees and administrative expenses of Parent when due; and

(2) for so long as Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with Parent, payments to Parent in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to Issuer and its Subsidiaries (“Tax Payments”). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that Issuer would owe if Issuer were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of Issuer and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (ii) the net amount of the relevant tax that Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued (a) in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend the maturity, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a deferral or renewal of ((a) and (b) above, collectively, a “Refinancing”), any other Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), any Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock of Issuer or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, liquidation preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of:

(1) the principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock so Refinanced (plus, in the case of Indebtedness, the amount of accrued interest and premium, if any paid in connection therewith), and

(2) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued with any original issue discount, the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing;

in each case, except to the extent that any such excess principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) would be then permitted to be incurred by other provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” provided, that such excess principal amount of Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred under such other provision.

Notwithstanding the preceding, no Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, unless:

(1) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock has a final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced;

(2) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the notes, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is contractually subordinated in right of payment to, the notes, on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced at the time of the Refinancing; and

 

96


Table of Contents

(3) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued by Issuer or such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is incurred or issued by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced or the issuer of the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced, or a Restricted Subsidiary of such obligor or issuer.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation.

Rating Agency ” means each of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and, if any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch ceases to exist or ceases to rate the notes for reasons outside of the control of Issuer, any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by Issuer as a replacement agency.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by Issuer or a shareholder of Issuer as applicable, to effect a Change of Control or (b) the occurrence thereof and (ii) ends 90 days following consummation of such Change of Control; provided that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the notes, as noted by the applicable Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by Issuer and the Guarantors, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of initial notes, to issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for the initial notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Series Issue Date, among Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Reinsurance Entity ” means TMUS Assurance Corporation, a Hawaii corporation and any successor thereto.

Replacement Assets ” means: (i) capital expenditures with respect to any assets, (ii) other assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business, (iii) all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, (iv) Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that, when taken together with all other Voting Stock of such Person owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes a majority of the Voting Stock of such Person and such Person will become a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the acquisition thereof or (v) deposits or payments to acquire FCC Licenses.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referenced Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Series Issue Date ” means the effective date of the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture pursuant to which a particular series of notes are first issued.

Series Issue Date Existing Indebtedness ” means the notes of any series issued under the April 2013 base indenture and in existence on the Series Issue Date (including the DT Notes) (and any “Exchange Notes” (as defined in the April 2013 base indenture) relating thereto) and, in each case, the related Note Guarantees (other than the notes issued on the date of the supplemental indenture).

 

97


Table of Contents

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Specified Issuer Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of Issuer in a principal amount of $250 million or more.

Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to Issuer, any Indebtedness of Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Guarantors that are Subsidiaries of Issuer.

TMUS Working Capital Facility ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.

Total Assets ” means the consolidated total assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Towers Transaction ” means the transactions contemplated by the Towers Transaction Agreements.

Towers Transaction Agreements ” means: (i) the Master Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), among Issuer, Crown Castle International

 

98


Table of Contents

Corp., a Delaware corporation, and certain Subsidiaries of Issuer; and (ii) each of the other transaction documents entered into in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as they may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Transactions ” means (i) the Merger, (ii) the offering of the Permitted MetroPCS Notes and the DT Notes and the incurrence of the TMUS Working Capital Facility, (iii) the refinancing of Existing Indebtedness on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) the “Cash Payment” and the “MetroPCS Reverse Stock Split”, each as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, and (v) all other transactions consummated in connection therewith.

Treasury Rate ” means,

(a) with respect to the 2018 notes and any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. Issuer will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail;

(b) with respect to the 2021 notes and any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to April 1, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to April 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. Issuer will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail; and

(c) with respect to the 2023 notes and any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2018; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. Issuer will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors of Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that:

(1) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are, taken as a whole, no less favorable to Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Issuer;

(2) such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens on any property of Parent, Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

99


Table of Contents

(3) such Subsidiary has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that such guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation.

Voting Stock ” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Except if expressly otherwise specified, Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Issuer.

 

100


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The following discussion is based on the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and related United States Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, changes to which subsequent to the date hereof may affect the tax consequences described below.

We encourage holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the United States federal tax consequences of the exchange offer and being a holder of the notes in light of their particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

An exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, holders will not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the original notes, and the tax basis in the exchange notes will be the same as the tax basis in the original notes immediately before the exchange.

 

101


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC, as described in no-action letters issued to third parties that are not related to us, we believe that the exchange notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the exchange notes represents to us in the exchange offer that it is acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes and that it is not our affiliate, as such terms are interpreted by the SEC; provided , however , that broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in the exchange offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such exchange notes as further discussed below. We also believe that such broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the notes) with this prospectus.

We believe that you may not transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without further compliance with such requirements or an exemption from such requirements if you are:

 

    our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; or

 

    a broker-dealer that acquired original notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

The information described above concerning interpretations of and positions taken by the SEC staff is not intended to constitute legal advice. Broker-dealers should consult their own legal advisors with respect to these matters.

If you wish to exchange your original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make representations to us as described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “—Your Representations to Us” of this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. Further, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. Until (and including)                     , 2014, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation

 

102


Table of Contents

under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay expenses incident to the exchange offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

103


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith file annual, quarterly and special reports, as well as registration and proxy statements and other information, with the SEC. These reports, statements and other information may be inspected and copied at prescribed rates from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. These materials may also be accessed electronically by means of commercial document retrieval services and the SEC’s website on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our filings with the SEC are also available on our website at www.t-mobile.com. The information on or accessible through our website is not incorporated into or part of this prospectus.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus and later information filed with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and all documents subsequently filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the termination of the offering under this prospectus (other than information deemed furnished and not filed in accordance with SEC rules, including Items 2.02 and 7.01 of Form 8-K):

 

    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on March 1, 2013;

 

    Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 (filed with the SEC on April 25, 2013), June 30, 2013 (filed with the SEC on August 8, 2013), and September 30, 2013 (filed with the SEC on November 7, 2013); and

 

    Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013 (two filings), February 26, 2013, March 14, 2013, March 22, 2013, April 15, 2013, April 24, 2013, May 2, 2013, May 8, 2013, June 4, 2013, June 10, 2013, June 18, 2013, August 14, 2013 (two filings), August 22, 2013, October 11, 2013, October 25, 2013, November 7, 2013, November 8, 2013, November 20, 2013 and November 22, 2013, and the Current Reports on Form 8-K/A filed on May 8, 2013 and June 4, 2013.

You may request a copy of these filings (other than an exhibit to a filing unless that exhibit is specifically incorporated by reference into that filing) at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us at the following address:

David A. Miller

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

T-Mobile US, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

(425) 383-4000

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon by Perkins Coie LLP, Seattle, Washington.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The audited historical financial statements of T-Mobile USA, Inc. incorporated in this prospectus by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to T-Mobile US, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2013, have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries incorporated in this prospectus by reference from MetroPCS Communications, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the effectiveness of MetroPCS Communications, Inc.’s and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

 

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

 

LOGO

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021, and

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for an equal amount of its outstanding

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021, and

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023, as applicable, that were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 

 

PRELIMINARY P R O S P E C T U S

 

 

                    , 2013

Until                     , 2014, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides, in effect, that any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company may and, in some cases, must be indemnified by the Company against, in the case of a non-derivative action, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him as a result of such action and in the case of a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), if in either type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal action, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. This indemnification does not apply, in a derivative action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Company, unless upon court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director is liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The organizational documents of our subsidiaries generally provide for indemnification of directors, managers and officers, as applicable, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers and have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

Reference is made to the Exhibit Index starting on page E-1.

 

Item 22. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be this initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(8) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(9) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

T-MOBILE US, INC.
By:   /s/ John J. Legere
Name:   John J. Legere
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Timotheus Höttges

Timotheus Höttges

  

Chairman of the Board

  December 13, 2013

/s/ W. Michael Barnes

W. Michael Barnes

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Thomas Dannenfeldt

Thomas Dannenfeldt

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Srikant Datar

Srikant Datar

  

Director

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Lawrence H. Guffey

Lawrence H. Guffey

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Raphael Kübler

Raphael Kübler

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Thorsten Langheim

Thorsten Langheim

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ James N. Perry, Jr.

James N. Perry, Jr.

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Teresa A. Taylor

Teresa A. Taylor

  

Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Kelvin R. Westbrook

Kelvin R. Westbrook

  

Director

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Director (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller

  

Director

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

GSV LLC

T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC

T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC

T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC

T-MOBILE WEST LLC

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller

  

Manager

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

POWERTEL MEMPHIS LICENSES, INC.

POWERTEL/MEMPHIS, INC.

SUNCOM WIRELESS HOLDINGS, INC.

SUNCOM WIRELESS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

SUNCOM WIRELESS, INC.

VOICESTREAM PCS I IOWA CORPORATION

VOICESTREAM PITTSBURGH GENERAL PARTNER, INC.

T-MOBILE RESOURCES CORPORATION

T-MOBILE SUBSIDIARY IV CORPORATION

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller

  

Director

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

SUNCOM WIRELESS LICENSE COMPANY, LLC

SUNCOM WIRELESS OPERATING COMPANY, L.L.C.

SUNCOM WIRELESS PROPERTY COMPANY, L.L.C.

T-MOBILE PUERTO RICO HOLDINGS LLC

T-MOBILE PUERTO RICO LLC

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer of SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc., the Registrant’s Manager

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

T-MOBILE CENTRAL LLC

T-MOBILE PCS HOLDINGS LLC

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer of T-Mobile USA, Inc., the Registrant’s Member

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

TRITON PCS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ David A. Miller
  David A. Miller
  President

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David A. Miller and Thomas J. Sugrue, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller

  

President and Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Brian T. Harrison

Brian T. Harrison

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary, and Director

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Thomas J. Sugrue

Thomas J. Sugrue

  

Secretary and Director

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

VOICESTREAM PITTSBURGH, L.P.

 

By:VoiceStream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.

Its:General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on December 13, 2013.

 

METROPCS CALIFORNIA, LLC

METROPCS FLORIDA, LLC

METROPCS GEORGIA, LLC

METROPCS MASSACHUSETTS, LLC

METROPCS MICHIGAN, LLC

METROPCS NEVADA, LLC

METROPCS NEW YORK, LLC

METROPCS PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

METROPCS TEXAS, LLC

METROPCS NETWORKS, LLC

METROPCS NETWORKS CALIFORNIA, LLC

METROPCS NETWORKS FLORIDA, LLC

By:   /s/ John J. Legere
  John J. Legere
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John J. Legere and J. Braxton Carter, and each or either of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John J. Legere

John J. Legere

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

J. Braxton Carter

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Manager

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Michael J. Morgan

Michael J. Morgan

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 13, 2013

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller

  

Manager

  December 13, 2013

/s/ Thomas C. Keys

Thomas C. Keys

  

Manager

  December 13, 2013


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

          Incorporated by Reference         

Exhibit
No.

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Date of
Filing

    

Exhibit
No.

    

Filed
Herewith

 
2.1    Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2012, among Deutsche Telekom AG, T-Mobile USA, Inc., T-Mobile Global Zwischenholding GmbH, T-Mobile Global Holding GmbH and MetroPCS Communications, Inc.      8-K         10/3/2012         2.1      
2.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2013, among Deutsche Telekom AG, T-Mobile USA, Inc., T-Mobile Global Zwischenholding GmbH, T-Mobile Global Holding GmbH and MetroPCS Communications, Inc.      8-K         4/15/2013         2.1      
3.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of T-Mobile US, Inc.      8-K         5/2/2013         3.1      
3.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws of T-Mobile US, Inc.      8-K         5/2/2013         3.2      
3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of T-Mobile USA, Inc.               X   
3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of T-Mobile USA, Inc.               X   
3.5    Certificate of Formation of GSV LLC               X   
3.6    Limited Liability Company Agreement of GSV LLC               X   
3.7    Certificate of Incorporation of Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc., as amended               X   
3.8    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc.               X   
3.9    Certification of Incorporation of Powertel/Memphis, Inc., as amended               X   
3.10    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Powertel/Memphis, Inc.               X   
3.11    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc., as amended               X   
3.12    Amended and Restated Bylaws of SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc.               X   
3.13    Certificate of Formation of SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC, as amended               X   
3.14    Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC               X   
3.15    Certificate of Formation of SunCom Wireless License Company, LLC, as amended               X   
3.16    Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunCom Wireless License Company, LLC               X   
3.17    Certificate of Incorporation of SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc., as amended               X   

 

E-1


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
No.

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

  

Date of
Filing

  

Exhibit
No.

  

Filed
Herewith

 
3.18    Bylaws of SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc.               X   
3.19    Certificate of Formation of SunCom Wireless Operating Company, L.L.C., as amended               X   
3.20    Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunCom Wireless Operating Company, L.L.C.               X   
3.21    Certificate of Formation of SunCom Wireless Property Company, L.L.C., as amended               X   
3.22    Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunCom Wireless Property Company, L.L.C.               X   
3.23    Certificate of Incorporation of SunCom Wireless, Inc., as amended               X   
3.24    Bylaws of SunCom Wireless, Inc.               X   
3.25    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile Central LLC, as amended               X   
3.26    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile Central LLC               X   
3.27    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile License LLC               X   
3.28    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile License LLC               X   
3.29    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile Northeast LLC               X   
3.30    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile Northeast LLC               X   
3.31    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile PCS Holdings LLC, as amended               X   
3.32    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile PCS Holdings LLC               X   
3.33    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile Puerto Rico Holdings LLC, as amended               X   
3.34    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile Puerto Rico Holdings LLC               X   
3.35    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile Puerto Rico LLC, as amended               X   
3.36    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile Puerto Rico LLC               X   
3.37    Certificate of Incorporation of T-Mobile Resources Corporation, as amended               X   
3.38    Bylaws of T-Mobile Resources Corporation               X   
3.39    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile South LLC               X   
3.40    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile South LLC               X   
3.41    Certificate of Incorporation of T-Mobile Subsidiary IV Corporation, as amended               X   

 

E-2


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference       

Exhibit
No.

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

  

Date of
Filing

  

Exhibit
No.

  

Filed
Herewith

 
3.42    Bylaws of T-Mobile Subsidiary IV Corporation               X   
3.43    Certificate of Formation of T-Mobile West LLC               X   
3.44    Limited Liability Company Agreement of T-Mobile West LLC               X   
3.45    Certificate of Incorporation of Triton PCS Finance Company, Inc.               X   
3.46    Bylaws of Triton PCS Finance Company, Inc.               X   
3.47    Certificate of Formation of Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., as amended               X   
3.48    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.               X   
3.49    Certificate of Incorporation of VoiceStream PCS I Iowa Corporation, as amended               X   
3.50    Bylaws of VoiceStream PCS I Iowa Corporation               X   
3.51    Certificate of Incorporation of VoiceStream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc., as amended               X   
3.52    Bylaws of VoiceStream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.               X   
3.53    Certificate of Limited Partnership of VoiceStream Pittsburgh, L.P., as amended               X   
3.54    Agreement Establishing VoiceStream Pittsburgh, L.P.               X   
3.55    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS California, LLC, as amended               X   
3.56    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS California, LLC               X   
3.57    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Florida, LLC               X   
3.58    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Florida, LLC               X   
3.59    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Georgia, LLC               X   
3.60    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Georgia, LLC               X   
3.61    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC               X   
3.62    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC               X   
3.63    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Michigan, LLC               X   
3.64    Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Michigan, LLC               X   
3.65    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Nevada, LLC               X   
3.66    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Nevada, LLC               X   

 

E-3


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference         

Exhibit
No.

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Date of
Filing

    

Exhibit
No.

    

Filed
Herewith

 
3.67    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS New York, LLC               X   
3.68    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS New York, LLC               X   
3.69    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC               X   
3.70    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC               X   
3.71    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Texas, LLC               X   
3.72    Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Texas, LLC               X   
3.73    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Networks, LLC, as amended               X   
3.74    Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Networks, LLC               X   
3.75    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Networks California, LLC, as amended               X   
3.76    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Networks California, LLC               X   
3.77    Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC, as amended               X   
3.78    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC               X   
4.1    Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      8-K         3/22/2013         4.1      
4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      8-K         3/22/2013         4.2      
4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      8-K         3/22/2013         4.4      
4.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2013, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      10-Q         8/8/2013         4.17      
4.5    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2013, among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      8-K         5/2/2013         4.16      
4.6    Form of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021      8-K         3/22/2013         4.3      

 

E-4


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference         

Exhibit
No.

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Date of
Filing

    

Exhibit
No.

    

Filed
Herewith

 
4.7    Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023      8-K         3/22/2013         4.5      
4.8    Indenture, dated as of April 28, 2013 among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee      8-K         5/2/2013         4.1      
4.9    Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2013, by and among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, including the Form of 5.250% Senior Note due 2018      8-K         8/22/2013         4.4      
4.10    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Initial Guarantors (as defined therein), and Deutsche Bank Securities, as representative of the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein)      8-K         3/22/2013         10.1      
4.11    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2013, by and among T-Mobile USA, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein), and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Initial Purchaser (as defined therein)      8-K         8/22/2013         10.1      
4.12    Form of 5.250% Exchange Note due 2018               X   
4.13    Form of 6.250% Exchange Note due 2021               X   
4.14    Form of 6.625% Exchange Note due 2023               X   
5.1    Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP               X   
12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges               X   
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP               X   
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP               X   
23.3    Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)               X   
25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas               X   
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal               X   
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery               X   
99.3    Form of Letter to DTC Participants               X   
99.4    Form of Letter to Clients               X   

 

E-5

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

 

 

T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is T-Mobile USA, Inc.

 

  2. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name VoiceStream Wireless Holding Corporation. The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 18, 1999.

 

  3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Sections 141(f), 242, and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in lieu of a meeting thereof in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

  4. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended hereby, shall, upon the effectiveness hereof, read in its entirety, as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) is T-Mobile USA, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Page 1


ARTICLE IV

Section 1 . The Corporation shall be authorized to issue five hundred million (500,000,000) shares of capital stock, all of which shall be shares of common stock, $0.000001 par value (“Common Stock”).

Section 2 . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any Bylaws made by the Board.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 1 . Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors . A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Section 2 . Indemnification and Insurance .

 

  a.

Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or

 

Page 2


  was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in paragraph (b) hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

  b.

Right to Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under paragraph a. of this Section is not paid in paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of

 

Page 3


  the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

  i. Nonexclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

  ii. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, T-MOBILE USA, INC. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by David A. Miller, this 30 day of May, 2013.

 

T-MOBILE USA, INC.
/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller, Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

 

Page 4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 . Registered Office . The registered office of T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be established and maintained at the office of Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808, and Corporation Service Company shall be the registered agent of the Corporation in charge thereof.

Section 2 . Other Offices . The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time select or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting. If the Board of Directors fails so to determine the time, date and place of meeting, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation on the first Friday in January. If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and they may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary, or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 3 . Voting . Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and these Bylaws may vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. All elections for directors shall be decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Page 1


A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of shares held by each, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is entitled to be present.

Section 4 . Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of stockholders holding shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

Section 5 . Notice of Meetings . Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.

Section 6 . Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . Number and Term . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than one person. The exact number of directors shall initially be two (2) and may thereafter be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify. A director need not be a stockholder.

Section 2 . Resignations . Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Page 2


Section 3 . Vacancies . If the office of any director becomes vacant, the remaining directors in the office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his or her successor shall be duly chosen. If the office of any director becomes vacant and there are no remaining directors, the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation, at a special meeting called for such purpose, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy.

Section 4 . Removal . Except as hereinafter provided, any director or directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors, at an annual meeting or a special meeting called for the purpose, and the vacancy thus created may be filled, at such meeting, by the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation.

Section 5 . Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

Section 6 . Meetings . The newly elected directors may hold their first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum be present, immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders; or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent of all the Directors.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Secretary on the written request of any director, on at least one day’s notice to each director (except that notice to any director may be waived in writing by such director) and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or as shall be stated in the call of the meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 7 . Quorum . A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned. The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws shall require the vote of a greater number.

 

Page 3


Section 8 . Compensation . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors or as members of committees, but by resolution of the Board of Directors a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 9 . Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 . Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary, both of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Controller and one or more Vice Presidents and such Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers as they may deem proper. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2 . President . The President shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. The President shall have the power to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation, and to cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed the seal shall be attested to by the signature of the Secretary or the Controller or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Controller.

Section 3 . Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any, shall be elected and shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 4 . Secretary . The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Board of Directors, upon whose request the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. He or she shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors, any committees thereof and the stockholders of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. He or she shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, and attest to the same.

Section 5 . Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers . Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, if any, shall be elected and shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

Page 4


ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1 . Certificates of Stock . The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe or be uncertificated.

The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation, in the case of certificated shares of stock, by the holder thereof in person or by his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require; and, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

The certificates of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation in both the certificated and uncertificated form.

Section 2 . Lost Certificates . A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, not exceeding double the value of the stock, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

Section 3 . Stockholders’ Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, that shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Page 5


Section 4 . Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon stock of the Corporation as and when they deem appropriate. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

Section 5 . Seal . The corporate seal, if any, of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise imprinted upon the subject document or paper.

Section 6 . Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7 . Checks . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 8 . Notice and Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under these Bylaws, personal notice is not required unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by law. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing and signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any annual meeting of the stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof if notice of such proposed alteration, amendment or repeal to be considered is contained in the notice of such special meeting) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may by majority vote of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, or enact such other Bylaws as in their judgment may be advisable for the regulation and conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

Page 6

Exhibit 3.5

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

1. The name of the limited liability company is GSV LLC.

2. The name and address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808.

3. The effective date of this Certificate of Formation shall be at 12:01 a.m. on January 26, 2012.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of January 25, 2012.

 

GSV LLC
By   /s/ David A. Miller
 

David A. Miller, Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 3.6

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GSV LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated effective as of January 26, 2012, is made and entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §18-101 et seq. (the “LLC Act”), by T-Mobile USA, Inc. as the sole member (the “Member”) of GSV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Member does hereby certify and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME; FORMATION; PURPOSE; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS

Section 1.1 Name; Formation. The name of the Company shall be GSV LLC or such other name as the Managers (as such term is defined below) may from time to time hereafter designate. The Company was formed upon the execution and filing on January 26, 2012 of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth all of the information required by Section 18-201 of the LLC Act.

Section 1.2 Purpose. The purpose for which the Company is formed and the business and objects to be carried on and promoted by it are to engage in any lawful act or activity which may be carried on by a limited liability company under the LLC Act.

Section 1.3 Term. The Company shall have perpetual existence beginning on the effective date set forth in the Certificate of Formation filed with the Secretary of State; provided, however, that the Company may be dissolved in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Place of Business and Resident Agent. The initial location of the place of business of the Company shall be 12920 SE 38 th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. The initial address of the registered office and the name and address of the initial resident agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.

ARTICLE II

MEMBERS; INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1 Members and Capital Contributions.

A. The initial Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by 100 units of membership interest (the “Units”). An unlimited number of Units are authorized.

 

Page 1


B. The Member has accepted and agreed to the provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart signature page hereto.

C. Subject to Section 4.1.1, one or more persons may be admitted to the Company from time to time as additional Members upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Members or Managers.

D. A person may be admitted to the Company as a Member without the requirements of becoming a party to this Agreement if such person evidences the intent to become a Member in writing by accepting and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and, with respect to any additional or substitute Members, complies with the other conditions for becoming a Member established by the Members or Managers.

Section 2.2 Capital Contributions.

A. Each Member has contributed to the capital of the Company (in the case of the initial Member, by virtue of the Conversion; in the case of any additional Members, as determined by the Managers) cash, services or property at such times, in such amounts, and of such types as are reflected in the books and records of the Company.

B. The Managers may from time to time, on behalf of the Company and without the requirement of any consent by the Members, seek and accept from one or more Members selected by the Managers additional capital contributions of cash, services or in-kind contributions of property on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Managers in their sole discretion.

C. Except for the capital contributions of the Members required under Sections 2.2.A and 2.2.B, no Member shall be required to make any further capital contributions to the Company or to lend any funds to the Company, although any Member may agree and become obligated to do so. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute additional capital to the Company to restore a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account (as defined below).

Section 2.3 Issuance and Classification of Units. The relative ownership interests of the Members in the Company shall be represented by Units of membership interest. Ownership interests in the Company shall constitute a security governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6 Del. C. §§ 8-10 et seq., as adopted and in effect in the State of Delaware. The Units of the Company shall be of a single class. Each Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company, right to receive distributions from the Company (prior to its termination and dissolution) and voting powers shall be in proportion to the number of Units held by that Member.

 

Page 2


Section 2.4 Certification and Registration of Units.

A. All membership interests in the Company shall be evidenced by security certificates in registered form (the “Certificates of Units”). The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register (the “Membership Interest Register”) in which, subject to reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, but at its expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Certificates of Units.

B. Whenever one or more Certificates of Units shall be surrendered at the principal executive office of the Company for transfer (which shall be subject to satisfaction of Section 6.1 hereof) or exchange, accompanied by a written statement of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the holder of the Certificate of Units or its attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Certificates of Units as may be requested by such holder, representing the same aggregate number of Units as the Certificate or Certificates of Units so surrendered. Each new Certificate of Units shall be dated as of the date of issuance and registered in the name or names as such holder may designate in writing.

C. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Certificate of Units and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of a Certificate of Units (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of the original Certificate of Units a new Certificate of Units of like tenor and number of Units, dated as of the date of issuance.

D. The Company, the Managers and the officers of the Company shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any Units registered on the Membership Interest Register as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such Units has been received and accepted by the Manager and recorded on the books of the Membership Interest Register. The Manager may refuse to accept an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period. In no event shall any Units, or any portion thereof, be sold, transferred, or assigned to a minor or incompetent, and any such attempted sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind the Company or the Managers.

 

Page 3


E. Each Certificate of Units now or hereafter held by a Member shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“The units of membership interest represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such units may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such units under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to T-Mobile USA, Inc. that registration is not required under said Act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the units of membership interest represented hereby.”

Section 2.5 Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Member. The Capital Account of a Member shall be increased by (a) the amount of cash contributed by such Member; (b) the agreed fair market value of any property contributed by such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (c) the amount of all profits (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. Each Member’s Capital Account shall be decreased by (d) the amount of all distributions to such Member; (e) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liability to which such property is subject), and (f) the amount of all losses (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. The Capital Accounts shall be determined, maintained and adjusted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including the capital account maintenance rules in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-(l)(b)(2)(iv).

Section 2.6 General Rules Relating to Capital of the Company.

A. No Member shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return of contributions shall be made solely from the Company assets.

B. No Member shall have the right to withdraw or receive a return of all or any part of that Member’s capital contributions, or to demand or (except pursuant to Article III) receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for that Member’s capital contributions.

 

Page 4


Section 2.7 Liability of Members.

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner for the debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. A Member may be liable only to make the contributions described in Section 2.2 hereof, and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company, or to make any other contributions, assessments or payments to the Company.

ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Distributions Prior to Dissolution and Termination. Prior to the dissolution and termination of the Company, cash not needed by the Company for the operation of its business shall be distributed to the Members at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managers. All such distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.2 Allocation of Profits and Losses. Profits and losses for each fiscal year (or other portion thereof) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.3 Distributions Upon Dissolution and Termination. Upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, the assets remaining after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the number of Units held by each Member. If assets are to be distributed in kind, the Member’s Capital Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with Section 3.2, before any such distribution to reflect any profits and losses which would have been allocated if the property distributed in kind had been sold for its fair market value (net of liabilities) by the Company prior to dissolution.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS AND

AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management of Business and Affairs of the Company. All Company powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, the Managers, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Formation; provided, however, that only the Members, by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units, may take the following actions or may direct the Managers to take the following actions:

 

Page 5


4.1.1 The admission of an additional Member;

4.1.2 The approval of a merger or reorganization of the Company, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets;

4.1.3 The amendment of this Agreement or taking any action in violation of this Agreement, or the waiver of any provision of this Agreement; or

4.1.4 The causing of the Company to voluntarily initiate a proceeding under which the Company would become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.2 Number, Election and Term of Office. The number of Managers of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers or of the Members from time to time and shall initially be one (1); provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Manager.

Section 4.3 Initial Board of Managers. The Member hereby appoints David A. Miller as the initial Manager.

Section 4.4 Removal of Managers. Any individual Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. A removed Manager’s successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Members to serve the unexpired term.

Section 4.5 Vacancies. Subject to Section 4.4, a vacancy occurring in the Managers may be filled (for the unexpired term, if applicable) by either action of Members holding a majority of the Units or the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Managers, whether or not the remaining Managers constitute a quorum. A vacancy or vacancies in the Managers may result from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any Manager, or from an increase in the number of Managers.

Section 4.6 Compensation. Managers may receive such compensation for their services as Managers as may be fixed by the Members from time to time. A Manager may also serve the Company in one or more capacities other than that of Manager and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

Section 4.7 Committees of the Managers. The Managers may designate from among themselves an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more Managers, who serve at the pleasure of the Managers. Each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Managers specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

 

Page 6


Section 4.8 Action by Managers or Members. Any action taken by the Managers may be taken by vote of a majority of the entire number of Managers at a meeting thereof or unanimous written consent of the Managers. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action by Members may be taken by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units. Participation in meetings may be by conference telephone if all persons can hear and speak to each other. A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum of meetings of the Managers. Members holding a majority of the Units shall constitute a quorum for meetings of Members.

Section 4.9 Liability of Member and Managers. No Member nor any Manager shall be liable as a Member or Manager for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the LLC Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on any Member or any Manager for liabilities of the Company.

Section 4.10 Other Businesses of Members; Conflicts of Interest

4.10.1 Except as may be otherwise agreed in writing, any Member and any affiliate of any Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description independently or with others, and neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and such activities shall not be construed as a breach of any duty of loyalty or other duty to the other Members or the Company.

4.10.2 The Members and their affiliates shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with, or a business opportunity that may be beneficial to, the Company. It is expressly understood that the Members and their affiliates may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter.

4.10.3 A Member or Manager does not violate a duty or obligation to the Company merely because the Member’s or Manager’s conduct further the Member’s interest. A Member may lend money to and transact other business with the Company. The rights and obligations of a Member who lends money to or transacts business with the Company are the same as those of a person who is not a Member, subject to other applicable law. No transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member or any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair to the Company.

 

Page 7


Section 4.11 Authority of Managers to Bind the Company. Only the Managers and agents of the Company authorized by the Managers shall have the authority to bind the Company. The Manager of the Company is authorized by the Members to, from time to time as necessary for the business of the Company, authorize officers of the Company to execute such documents and to do any and all acts necessary to bind the Company in furtherance of its business objectives.

Section 4.12 Standard of Care of Members and Managers. A Member’s or Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of the Member’s or Manager’s duty to the Company is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. In discharging their duties, the Members and Managers shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon such information, opinions, reports or statements by any of their agents, or by any other person, as to matters the Member or Manager reasonably believe are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.13 Indemnification.

A. The Company shall indemnify (i) its Managers and officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in force applied as if the Company were a Delaware corporation, including (without limitation) the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, and (ii) other employees and agents of the Company to such extent as shall be authorized by the Managers and is permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Managers may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment to the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or repeal of any of the provisions thereof shall limit or eliminate the right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The indemnification shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal, corporate or limited liability company liability therefor.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no Manager or officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Members for money damages. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement, or repeal of any of their respective provisions, shall limit or eliminate the limitation on liability provided to Managers and officers hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

Page 8


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

A. The Managers shall appoint or elect (and may remove and replace) officers of the Company for the purpose of managing the day-to-day operations of the Company.

B. The names of the initial officers serving the Company and the capacities in which they serve are as follows:

 

Phillip Humm    Chief Executive Officer & President
James Ailing    Executive Vice President & Chief Operations Officer
David A. Miller    Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
Larry Myers    Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Cole Brodman    Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer
Neville Ray    Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Peter Ewens    Executive Vice President & Chief Strategy Officer
Michael Morgan    Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Lauren Venezia    Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
H. “Skip” Cornett    Vice President, Tax
Yvonne Smith    Vice President & Controller
Harvey Woodford    Assistant Secretary

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 6.1 Transfer of Units; Withdrawal. No Member shall (i) endorse, sell, give, pledge, encumber, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law, all or any part of such Member’s Units (hereinafter referred to as “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of the Managers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) voluntarily withdraw or retire from the Company as a Member. Any attempted Transfer or withdrawal in contravention of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company. As a condition to any transfer, the Managers may require evidence satisfactory to them that all applicable securities laws have been complied with.

Section 6.2 Effect of Bankruptcy, Dissolution or Termination of a Member. Except as required by the LLC Act, the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or termination of a Member shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Company, and the business of the Company shall continue. Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor, administrator,

 

Page 9


committee or conservator of such Member shall have all the rights of an assignee of the Units of such Member for the purpose of settling or managing the former Member’s estate or property. The Transfer by such trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of any Member of any Unit shall be subject to all of the restrictions hereunder to which such Transfer would have been subject if such Transfer had been made by such bankrupt, dissolved, liquidated or terminated Member.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

Section 7.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

A. The election by the Managers to dissolve or terminate the Company; or

B. The election by the Members holding more than two-thirds of the Units to dissolve and terminate the Company.

Section 7.2 Liquidation and Termination.

A. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the officers and Managers of the Company shall cause the Company to liquidate by converting the assets of the Company to cash or its equivalent and arranging for the affairs of the Company to be wound up by reasonable speed but with a view towards obtaining fair value for Company assets, and, after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall distribute the remaining assets to and among the Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

B. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s capital contribution thereto and share of profits, gains and losses thereof and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member.

 

Page 10


ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS;

ACCOUNTING, TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

Section 8.1 Books, Records and Reports.

A. The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its Members and Managers and of any executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Managers. The books and records of the Company may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a certified copy of this Agreement shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other place designated by the President of the Company. The books and records of the Company shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be available for examination by any Member, or its duly authorized representatives, during regular business hours.

B. The President or other appropriate officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall furnish to the Members within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet and report of the receipts, disbursements, profits or losses of the Company, and each Member’s share of such items for the fiscal year, and (ii) information necessary for the Members to prepare their respective federal and state income tax returns. The cost of such financial and tax reports shall be an expense of the Company.

8.2 Bank Accounts, Checks, Drafts, etc. The bank accounts of the Company shall be maintained in the name of and under the tax identification number of the Company in such banking institutions as the Managers or the appropriate officers shall determine. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Company, shall be signed by such officers or such other persons as may be authorized by the Board of Managers from time to time.

Section 8.3 Fiscal Year; Methods of Accounting. The fiscal year of the Company shall be the year ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers. The method of accounting to be used in keeping the books of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with applicable law.

 

Page 11


ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Binding Provisions. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Members, Managers and officers.

Section 9.2 Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable, and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect any other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Rules of Construction. Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following rules apply to the construction of this Agreement:

(i) References to the singular include the plural, and references to the plural shall include the singular.

(ii) Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders.

(iii) The headings or captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference and do not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect.

(iv) References to a person include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organizational or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(v) Any reference in this Agreement to a particular “Article, “Section” or other subdivision shall be to such Article, Section or subdivision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(vi) Any use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall not be constructed as limiting the phase so modified to the particular items or actions enumerated.

(vii) When any reference is made in this document or any of the schedules or exhibits attached to this Agreement, it shall mean this Agreement, together with all other schedules and exhibits attached hereto, as though one document.

 

Page 12


Section 9.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

A. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

B. This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be modified or amended only pursuant to a written amendment adopted by the Managers and approved by the Members holding a majority of the Units; provided, however, no amendment shall be effective with respect to any Member without the prior written consent of such Member if the effect of the amendment would be to increase the capital contributions required to be made by the Member or otherwise to increase the liabilities of the Member. Once an amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation has been approved, the proper officers of the Company shall authorize the preparation and filing, if necessary, of a written amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation, as applicable.

Section 9.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

[Signatures appear on the Counterpart Signature Page]

 

Page 13


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GSV LLC

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to GSV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of January 26, 2012, does hereby cause this Counterpart Signature Page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf.

 

MEMBER:
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By   /s/ David A. Miller
  David A. Miller, Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

Page 14

Exhibit 3.7

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERCEL MEMPHIS MTA, INC.

1. NAME

The name of this corporation is InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805 in the County of New Castle. The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be Corporation Service Company.

3. PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”). The Corporation shall have all power necessary or helpful to engage in such acts and activities.

4. CAPITAL STOCK

4.1. Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1000 shares of voting common stock, all of one class, having a par value of $.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”).

4.2. Common Stock

4.2.1. Relative Rights

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects to all the other shares of Common Stock.


4.2.2. Dividends

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of shares of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then dividends may be paid on the Common Stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

4.2.3. Dissolution, Liquidation, Winding Up

In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts (if any) to which they are entitled.

4.2.4. Voting Rights

Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and, share for share and without regard to class, together with the holders of all other classes of stock entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing (including, without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders.

5. INCORPORATOR; INITIAL DIRECTORS

5.1. Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the incorporator (the “ Incorporator ”) are Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., 555 Thirteenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004-1109. The powers of the Incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

- 2 -


5.2. Initial Directors

The following persons, having the following mailing addresses, shall serve as the directors of the Corporation until the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation or until their successors are elected and qualified:

 

NAME    MAILING ADDRESS
Campbell B. Lanier, III   

1239 O.G. Skinner Drive

West Point, Georgia 31833

William H. Scott, III   

1239 O.G. Skinner Drive

West Point, Georgia 31833

Allen E. Smith   

1239 O.G. Skinner Drive

West Point, Georgia 31833

Fred G. Astor, Jr.   

1239 O.G. Skinner Drive

West Point, Georgia 31833

6. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

6.1. Number; Election

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation. Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

6.2. Limitation of Liability

No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) for the types of liability set forth in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director received any improper personal benefit.

 

- 3 -


7. INDEMNIFICATION

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer [or employee or agent] of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer [or employee or agent] of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

The Corporation shall advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification.

The Corporation shall advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

8. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, being the Incorporator hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies that the facts hereinabove stated are truly set forth, and accordingly executes this Certificate of Incorporation this      day of September, 1995.

 

HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.

Incorporator

By:   LOGO
 

 

- 5 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERCEL MEMPHIS MTA, INC.

InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: That the Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

SECOND: That in accordance with the requirements of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by written consent signed by all of the directors of the Corporation pursuant to Sections 108 and 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly adopted resolutions: (1) changing the Corporation’s name to “InterCel Memphis Licenses, Inc.” and (2) amending the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such change.

THIRD: That the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is as follows:

ARTICLE 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“1. NAME

The name of this corporation is InterCel Memphis Licenses, Inc. (the “Corporation”).”

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 108, 141(f), and 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: That upon this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective, the name of the Corporation shall be changed to “InterCel Memphis Licenses, Inc.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Allen E. Smith, its President, and attested by Fred G. Astor, Jr., its Secretary, on February 19, 1996.

 

By:   /s/ Allen E. Smith
 

Allen E. Smith

President

 

Attest:
  /s/ Fred G. Astor, Jr.
 

Fred G. Astor, Jr.

Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERCEL MEMPHIS LICENSES, INC.

InterCel Memphis Licenses, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: That in accordance with the requirements of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by written consent signed by all of the directors of the Corporation pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly adopted resolutions: (1) proposing and declaring advisable the changing of the Corporation’s name to “Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc.,” (2) proposing and declaring advisable the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such change and (3) recommending that such name change and amendment be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration, action and approval.

SECOND: That the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is as follows:

ARTICLE 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“1. NAME

The name of the corporation is Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc. (the “Corporation”).”

THIRD: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, the sole stockholder of the Corporation, acting by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 229 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware, duly approved such name change and the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such name change.

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 228, 229 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: That upon this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective, the name of the Corporation shall be changed to “Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InterCel Memphis Licenses, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Allen E. Smith, its President, and attested by Fred G. Astor, Jr., its Secretary, on July 9, 1996.

 

By:   /s/ Allen E. Smith
 

Allen E. Smith

President

 

Attest:
  /s/ Fred G. Astor, Jr.
 

Fred G. Astor, Jr.

Secretary

Exhibit 3.8

POWERTEL MEMPHIS LICENSES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1. OFFICES

     1   

1.1. Registered Office

     1   

1.2. Other Offices

     1   

2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1. Place of Meetings

     1   

2.2. Annual Meetings

     1   

2.3. Special Meetings

     1   

2.4. Notice of Meetings

     2   

2.5. Waivers of Notice

     2   

2.6. Business at Special Meetings

     2   

2.7. List of Stockholders

     2   

2.8. Quorum at Meetings

     3   

2.9. Voting and Proxies

     3   

2.10. Required Vote

     3   

2.11. Action Without a Meeting

     4   

3. DIRECTORS

     4   

3.1. Powers

     4   

3.2. Number and Election

     4   

3.3. Nomination of Directors

     5   

3.4. Vacancies

     5   

3.5. Meetings

     5   

3.5.1. Regular Meetings

     5   

3.5.2. Special Meetings

     6   

3.5.3. Telephone Meetings

     6   

3.5.4. Action Without Meeting

     6   

3.5.5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting

     6   

3.6. Quorum and Vote at Meetings

     6   

3.7. Committees of Directors

     7   

3.8. Compensation of Directors

     7   

4. OFFICERS

     8   

4.1. Positions

     8   

4.2. Chairperson

     8   

4.3. President

     8   

4.4. Vice President

     9   

4.5. Secretary

     9   

4.6. Assistant Secretary

     9   

4.7. Treasurer

     9   

 

- 1 -


4.8. Assistant Treasurer

     9   

4.9. Term of Office

     10   

4.10. Compensation

     10   

4.11. Fidelity Bonds

     10   

5. CAPITAL STOCK

     10   

5.1. Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

     10   

5.2. Lost Certificates

     10   

5.3. Record Date

     11   

5.3.1. Actions by Stockholders

     11   

5.3.2. Payments

     12   

5.4. Stockholders of Record

     12   

6. INDEMNIFICATION

     12   

6.1. Authorization of Indemnification

     12   

6.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

     13   

6.3. Non-exclusivity

     14   

6.4. Survival of Indemnification

     14   

6.5. Insurance

     14   

7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     15   

7.1. Inspection of Books and Records

     15   

7.2. Dividends

     15   

7.3. Reserves

     15   

7.4. Execution of Instruments

     15   

7.5. Fiscal Year

     15   

7.6. Seal

     15   

 

- 2 -


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

POWERTEL MEMPHIS LICENSES, INC.

1. OFFICES

1.1. Registered Office

The initial registered office of the Corporation shall be in Wilmington, Delaware, and the initial registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company.

1.2. Other Offices

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be necessary or useful in connection with the business of the Corporation.

2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1. Place of Meetings

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President.

2.2. Annual Meetings

The Corporation shall hold annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1996, on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President, at which stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3. Special Meetings

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President.


2.4. Notice of Meetings

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and (if it is a special meeting) the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law” ) or these Bylaws). Such notice shall be given in accordance with, and shall be deemed effective as set forth in, Section 222 (or any successor section) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

2.5. Waivers of Notice

Whenever the giving of any notice is required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing and delivered to the Corporation, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice (1) of such meeting, except when the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (2) (if it is a special meeting) of consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter at the beginning of the meeting.

2.6. Business at Special Meetings

Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or these Bylaws).

2.7. List of Stockholders

After the record date for a meeting of stockholders has been fixed, at least ten days before such meeting, the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall make a list of all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place in the city where the meeting is to be held, which place is to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or at the place where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also, for the duration of the meeting, be produced and kept open to the examination of any stockholder who is present at the time and place of the meeting.

 

- 2 -


2.8. Quorum at Meetings

Stockholders may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum exists with respect to that matter. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, and who are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting (other than solely to object (1) to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, or (2) (if it is a special meeting) to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice), it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.

2.9. Voting and Proxies

Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote on each matter, in person or by proxy, for each share of the Corporation’s capital stock that has voting power and that is held by such stockholder. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed appointment of proxy shall be irrevocable if the appointment form states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

2.10. Required Vote

When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, all matters shall be determined, adopted and approved by the affirmative vote (which need not be by ballot) of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote with respect to the matter, unless the proposed action is one upon which, by express provision of statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is specified and required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control with respect to that vote on that matter. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, the affirmative

 

- 3 -


vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

2.11. Action Without a Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a stockholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the action is taken by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting and who hold shares having voting power equal to not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law for inclusion in the minute book. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action specified unless the number of consents required to take such action are delivered to the Corporation within sixty days of the delivery of the earliest-dated consent. All stockholders entitled to vote on the record date of such written consent who do not participate in taking the action shall be given written notice thereof in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3. DIRECTORS

3.1. Powers

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise may be provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3.2. Number and Election

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall not be fewer than one nor more than seven. The first Board of Directors shall consist of four. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

- 4 -


3.3. Nomination of Directors

The Board of Directors shall nominate candidates to stand for election as directors; and other candidates also may be nominated by any Corporation stockholder, provided such other nomination(s) are submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than 90 days prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such directors are to be elected, together with the identity of the nominor and the number of shares of the Corporation’s stock owned, directly or indirectly, by the nominor. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.4 hereof, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.4. Vacancies

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although fewer than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event that one or more directors resigns from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5. Meetings

3.5.1. Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

- 5 -


3.5.2. Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson or President on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by telephone, express delivery service (so that the scheduled delivery date of the notice is at least one day in advance of the meeting), telegram or facsimile transmission, and on five days’ notice by mail (effective upon deposit of such notice in the mail). The notice need not describe the purpose of a special meeting.

3.5.3. Telephone Meetings

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by any communication by means of which all participating directors can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.5.4. Action Without Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board of Directors. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each director, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

3.5.5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting

A director may waive any notice required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as set forth below, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

3.6. Quorum and Vote at Meetings

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the total number of directors prescribed pursuant to Section 3.2 of these Bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

 

- 6 -


3.7. Committees of Directors

The Board of Directors may by resolution create one or more committees and appoint members of the Board of Directors to serve on the committees at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may, by unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 151(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to Sections 251 or 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws; and unless the resolutions, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors, when required. Unless otherwise specified in the Board resolution appointing the Committee, all provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and these Bylaws relating to meetings, action without meetings, notice (and waiver thereof), and quorum and voting requirements of the Board of Directors apply, as well, to such committees and their members.

3.8. Compensation of Directors

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

- 7 -


4. OFFICERS

4.1. Positions

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairperson, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors (or an officer authorized by the Board of Directors) from time to time may appoint, including one or more Vice Chairmen, Executive Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Each such officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth below and such other powers and duties as from time to time may be specified by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the duties of such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that in no event shall the President and the Secretary be the same person. Each of the Chairperson, President, and/or any Vice President may execute bonds, mortgages and other documents under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise executed and except where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

4.2. Chairperson

The Chairperson shall (when present) preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall ensure that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and stockholders are carried into effect. The Chairperson may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

4.3. President

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have overall responsibility and authority for management of the operations of the Corporation, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors. The President may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


4.4. Vice President

In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there shall be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President.

4.5. Secretary

The Secretary shall have responsibility for preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and for authenticating records of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also attest all instruments signed by any other officer of the Corporation.

4.6. Assistant Secretary

The Assistant Secretary, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

4.7. Treasurer

The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have responsibility for the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall see to it that full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements are kept in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall render to the Chairperson, the President, and the Board of Directors, upon request, an account of all financial transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

4.8. Assistant Treasurer

The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

- 9 -


4.9. Term of Office

The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

4.10. Compensation

The compensation of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the compensation of such other officers.

4.11. Fidelity Bonds

The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

5. CAPITAL STOCK

5.1. Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates, and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate (representing the number of shares registered in certificate form) signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson, President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose signature or facsimile signature appears on a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

5.2. Lost Certificates

The Board of Directors, Chairperson, President or Secretary may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making

 

- 10 -


of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming that the certificate of stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate, the Board of Directors or any such officer may, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors or such officer shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond or indemnity, in such sum or on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors or such officer may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or on account of the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

5.3. Record Date

5.3.1. Actions by Stockholders

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 213(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

- 11 -


5.3.2. Payments

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

5.4. Stockholders of Record

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to receive notifications, to vote as such owner, and to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise may be provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

6. INDEMNIFICATION

6.1. Authorization of Indemnification

Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor to the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent authorized by, and subject to the conditions and (except as provided herein) procedures set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but any such amendment shall not be deemed to limit or prohibit the rights of indemnification

 

- 12 -


hereunder for past acts or omissions of any such person insofar as such amendment limits or prohibits the indemnification rights that said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however , that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person (except for a suit or action pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof) only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Persons who are not directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 also shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation (and such successor) the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in the defense of or other involvement in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, if and to the extent the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so paid in advance if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or otherwise; and provided further , that, such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid in advance upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

6.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

If a claim under Section 6.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or is otherwise not entitled to indemnification under Section 6.1, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. The failure of the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) to have made a determination prior to or after the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not be a defense to the action or create a presumption that

 

- 13 -


the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Unless otherwise specified in an agreement with the claimant, an actual determination by the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) after the commencement of such action that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall not be a defense to the action, but shall create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

6.3. Non-exclusivity

The rights to indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by Section 6.1 hereof shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advance payment of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.4. Survival of Indemnification

The indemnification and advance payment of expenses and rights thereto provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 6.1 hereof shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, partner or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the personal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

6.5. Insurance

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, and related expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

- 14 -


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1. Inspection of Books and Records

Any stockholder, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

7.2. Dividends

The Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.3. Reserves

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may set apart, out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends, a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

7.4. Execution of Instruments

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.5. Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.6. Seal

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall approve. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SOUTH ATLANTIC PCS CORPORATION

*  *  *  *  *  *

FIRST. The name of the corporation is South Atlantic PCS Corporation (the “Corporation”).

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1 , 000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of One Cent ($.01) per share.

FIFTH. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SIXTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware:

A. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.


B. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

C. The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

SEVENTH. The Corporation eliminates the personal liability of each member of its Board of Directors to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided, however, that, to the extent provided by applicable law, the foregoing shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or (iv) for any transaction from which such director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

EIGHTH. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon a stockholder herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

- 2 -


NINTH. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

    

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Suanne M. Garnier   

Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 26th day of October, 1994.

 

 

/s/ Suanne M. Garnier

  Suanne M. Garnier
  Sole Incorporator

 

- 3 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SOUTH ATLANTIC PCS CORPORATION

South Atlantic PCS Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring advisable the amendment of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to increase the authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock to three million five hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares, par value $.01 per share, so that, as amended, said Article in its entirety shall read as follows:

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Three Million Five Hundred Thousand (3,500,000) shares of Common Stock with a par value of One Cent ($.01) per share.

SECOND: That all stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon duly adopted such amendment by unanimous written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be hereto affixed and this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and attested by its Secretary, this     day of May, 1995.

 

SOUTH ATLANTIC PCS CORPORATION
/s/ Donald W. Burton
Donald W. Burton
President

 

ATTEST:
/s/ Sandra P. Barber
Sandra P. Barber
Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SOUTH ATLANTIC PCS CORPORATION

South Atlantic PCS Corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: That in accordance with the requirements of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by written consent signed by all of the directors of the Corporation pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly adopted resolutions: (1) proposing and declaring advisable the changing of the Corporation’s name to “InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc.,” (2) proposing and declaring advisable the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such change and (3) recommending that such name change and amendment be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration, action and approval.

SECOND: That the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is as follows:

ARTICLE FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“FIRST. The name of the corporation is InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. (the “Corporation”).”

THIRD: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, the sole stockholder of the Corporation, acting by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 229 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly approved such name change and the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such name change.

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 228, 229 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


FIFTH: That upon this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective, the name of the Corporation shall be changed to “InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, South Atlantic PCS Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Nicholas J. Jebbia, its Executive Vice President, and attested by Fred G. Astor, Jr., its Secretary, on February 19, 1996.

 

By:   /s/ Nicholas J. Jebbia
  Nicholas J. Jebbia
  Executive Vice President

 

Attest:
/s/ Fred G. Astor, Jr.
Fred G. Astor, Jr.
Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERCEL MEMPHIS MTA, INC.

InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: That in accordance with the requirements of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by written consent signed by all of the directors of the Corporation pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly adopted resolutions: (1) proposing and declaring advisable the changing of the Corporation’s name to “Powertel/Memphis, Inc.,” (2) proposing and declaring advisable the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such change and (3) recommending that such name change and amendment be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration, action and approval.

SECOND: That the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is as follows:

ARTICLE FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“FIRST. The name of the corporation is Powertel/Memphis, Inc. (the “Corporation”).”

THIRD: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, the sole stockholder of the Corporation, acting by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 229 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware, duly approved such name change and the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to reflect such name change.

FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 228, 229 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: That upon this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective, the name of the Corporation shall be changed to “Powertel/Memphis, Inc.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InterCel Memphis MTA, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Allen E. Smith, its President, and attested by Fred G. Astor, Jr., its Secretary, on July 9, 1996.

 

By:   /s/ Allen E. Smith
  Allen E. Smith
  President

 

Attest:
/s/ Fred G. Astor, Jr.
Fred G. Astor, Jr.
Secretary

Exhibit 3.10

POWERTEL/MEMPHIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1. OFFICES

     1   

1.1. Registered Office

     1   

1.2. Other Offices

     1   

2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1. Place of Meetings

     1   

2.2. Annual Meetings

     1   

2.3. Special Meetings

     2   

2.4. Notice of Meetings

     2   

2.5. Waivers of Notice

     2   

2.6. Business at Special Meetings

     2   

2.7. List of Stockholders

     2   

2.8. Quorum at Meetings

     3   

2.9. Voting and Proxies

     3   

2.10. Required Vote

     4   

2.11. Action Without a Meeting

     4   

3. DIRECTORS

     4   

3.1. Powers

     4   

3.2. Number and Election

     5   

3.3. Nomination of Directors

     5   

3.4. Vacancies

     5   

3.5. Meetings

     6   

3.5.1. Regular Meetings

     6   

3.5.2. Special Meetings

     6   

3.5.3. Telephone Meetings

     6   

3.5.4. Action Without Meeting

     6   

3.5.5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting

     6   

3.6. Quorum and Vote at Meetings

     7   

3.7. Committees of Directors

     7   

3.8. Compensation of Directors

     8   

4. OFFICERS

     8   

4.1. Positions

     8   

4.2. Chairperson

     9   

4.3. President

     9   

4.4. Vice President

     9   

4.5. Secretary

     9   

4.6. Assistant Secretary

     9   

4.7. Treasurer

     10   


4.8. Assistant Treasurer

     10   

4.9. Term of Office

     10   

4.10. Compensation

     10   

4.11. Fidelity Bonds

     10   

5. CAPITAL STOCK

     10   

5.1. Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

     10   

5.2. Lost Certificates

     11   

5.3. Record Date

     11   

5.3.1. Actions by Stockholders

     11   

5.3.2. Payments

     12   

5.4. Stockholders of Record

     12   

6. INSURANCE

     13   

7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     15   

7.1. Inspection of Books and Records

     15   

7.2. Dividends

     16   

7.3. Reserves

     16   

7.4. Execution of Instruments

     16   

7.5. Fiscal Year

     16   

7.6. Seal

     16   


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

POWERTEL/MEMPHIS, INC.

 

1. OFFICES

 

  1.1. Registered Office

The initial registered office of the Corporation shall be in Wilmington, Delaware, and the initial registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company.

 

  1.2. Other Offices

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be necessary or useful in connection with the business of the Corporation.

 

2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1. Place of Meetings

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President.

 

  2.2. Annual Meetings

The Corporation shall hold annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1996, on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President, at which stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.


  2.3. Special Meetings

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President.

 

  2.4. Notice of Meetings

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and (if it is a special meeting) the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law ) or these Bylaws). Such notice shall be given in accordance with, and shall be deemed effective as set forth in, Section 222 (or any successor section) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

  2.5. Waivers of Notice

Whenever the giving of any notice is required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing and delivered to the Corporation, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice (1) of such meeting, except when the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (2) (if it is a special meeting) of consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter at the beginning of the meeting.

 

  2.6. Business at Special Meetings

Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or these Bylaws).

 

  2.7. List of Stockholders

After the record date for a meeting of stockholders has been fixed, at least ten days before such meeting, the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall make a list of all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the

 

- 2 -


number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place in the city where the meeting is to be held, which place is to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or at the place where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also, for the duration of the meeting, be produced and kept open to the examination of any stockholder who is present at the time and place of the meeting.

 

  2.8. Quorum at Meetings

Stockholders may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum exists with respect to that matter. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, and who are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting (other than solely to object (1) to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, or (2) (if it is a special meeting) to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice), it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.

 

  2.9. Voting and Proxies

Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote on each matter, in person or by proxy, for each share of the Corporation’s capital stock that has voting power and that is held by such stockholder. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed appointment of proxy shall be irrevocable if the appointment form states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

- 3 -


  2.10. Required Vote

When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, all matters shall be determined, adopted and approved by the affirmative vote (which need not be by ballot) of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote with respect to the matter, unless the proposed action is one upon which, by express provision of statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is specified and required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control with respect to that vote on that matter. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

  2.11. Action Without a Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a stockholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the action is taken by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting and who hold shares having voting power equal to not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law for inclusion in the minute book. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action specified unless the number of consents required to take such action are delivered to the Corporation within sixty days of the delivery of the earliest-dated consent. All stockholders entitled to vote on the record date of such written consent who do not participate in taking the action shall be given written notice thereof in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

3. DIRECTORS

 

  3.1. Powers

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise may be provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

- 4 -


  3.2. Number and Election

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall not be fewer than one nor more than seven. The first Board of Directors shall consist of two. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

  3.3. Nomination of Directors

The Board of Directors shall nominate candidates to stand for election as directors; and other candidates also may be nominated by any Corporation stockholder, provided such other nomination(s) are submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than 90 days prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such directors are to be elected, together with the identity of the nominor and the number of shares of the Corporation’s stock owned, directly or indirectly, by the nominor. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.4. hereof, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

  3.4. Vacancies

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although fewer than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event that one or more directors resigns from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

- 5 -


  3.5. Meetings

 

  3.5.1. Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

  3.5.2. Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson or President on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by telephone, express delivery service (so that the scheduled delivery date of the notice is at least one day in advance of the meeting), telegram or facsimile transmission, and on five days’ notice by mail (effective upon deposit of such notice in the mail). The notice need not describe the purpose of a special meeting.

 

  3.5.3. Telephone Meetings

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by any communication by means of which all participating directors can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

  3.5.4. Action Without Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board of Directors. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each director, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

 

  3.5.5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting

A director may waive any notice required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as set forth below, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

- 6 -


  3.6. Quorum and Vote at Meetings

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the total number of directors prescribed pursuant to Section 3.2. of these Bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

 

  3.7. Committees of Directors

The Board of Directors may by resolution create one or more committees and appoint members of the Board of Directors to serve on the committees at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may, by unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 151(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to Sections 251 or 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws; and unless the resolutions, these Bylaws or the Certificate of

 

- 7 -


Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certicate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors, when required. Unless otherwise specified in the Board resolution appointing the Committee, all provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and these Bylaws relating to meetings, action without meetings, notice (and waiver thereof), and quorum and voting requirements of the Board of Directors apply, as well, to such committees and their members.

 

  3.8. Compensation of Directors

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

4. OFFICERS

 

  4.1. Positions

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairperson, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors (or an officer authorized by the Board of Directors) from time to time may appoint, including one or more Vice Chairmen, Executive Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Each such officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth below and such other powers and duties as from time to time may be specified by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the duties of such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that in no event shall the President and the Secretary be the same person. Each of the Chairperson, President, and/or any Vice President may execute bonds, mortgages and other documents under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise executed and except where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


  4.2. Chairperson

The Chairperson shall (when present) preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall ensure that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and stockholders are carried into effect. The Chairperson may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

  4.3. President

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have overall responsibility and authority for management of the operations of the Corporation, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors. The President may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

  4.4. Vice President

In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there shall be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President.

 

  4.5. Secretary

The Secretary shall have responsibility for preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and for authenticating records of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also attest all instruments signed by any other officer of the Corporation.

 

  4.6. Assistant Secretary

The Assistant Secretary, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

- 9 -


  4.7. Treasurer

The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have responsibility for the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall see to it that full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements are kept in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall render to the Chairperson, the President, and the Board of Directors, upon request, an account of all financial transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

  4.8. Assistant Treasurer

The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

  4.9. Term of Office

The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

  4.10. Compensation

The compensation of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the compensation of such other officers.

 

  4.11. Fidelity Bonds

The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

 

5. CAPITAL STOCK

 

  5.1. Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such

 

- 10 -


a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates, and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate (representing the number of shares registered in certificate form) signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson, President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose signature or facsimile signature appears on a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

  5.2. Lost Certificates

The Board of Directors, Chairperson, President or Secretary may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming that the certificate of stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate, the Board of Directors or any such officer may, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors or such officer shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond or indemnity, in such sum or on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors or such officer may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or on account of the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  5.3. Record Date

 

  5.3.1. Actions by Stockholders

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

- 11 -


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 213(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

  5.3.2.  Payments

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  5.4. Stockholders of Record

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to receive notifications, to vote as such owner, and to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise may be provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

- 12 -


6. INDEMNIFICATION

 

  6.1. Authorization of Indemnification

Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor to the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent authorized by, and subject to the conditions and (except as provided herein) procedures set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but any such amendment shall not be deemed to limit or prohibit the rights of indemnification hereunder for past acts or omissions of any such person insofar as such amendment limits or prohibits the indemnification rights that said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person (except for a suit or action purusant to Section 6.2 hereof) only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Persons who are not directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 also shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation (and such successor) the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in the defense of or other involvement in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if and to the extent the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so paid in advance if

 

- 13 -


it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or otherwise; and provided further , that, such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid in advance upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

  6.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

If a claim under Section 6.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or is otherwise not entitled to indemnification under Section 6.1, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. The failure of the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) to have made a determination prior to or after the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Unless otherwise specified in an agreement with the claimant, an actual determination by the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) after the commencement of such action that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall not be a defense to the action, but shall create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

  6.3. Non-exclusivity

The rights to indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by Section 6.1 hereof shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advance payment of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

- 14 -


  6.4. Survival of Indemnification

The indemnification and advance payment of expenses and rights thereto provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 6.1 hereof shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, partner or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the personal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

 

  6.5. Insurance

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a parnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, and related expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  7.1. Inspection of Books and Records

Any stockholder, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

 

- 15 -


  7.2. Dividends

The Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

  7.3. Reserves

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may set apart, out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends, a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

  7.4. Execution of Instruments

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  7.5. Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

  7.6. Seal

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall approve. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 3.11

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.

Triton PCS Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Triton PCS Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 1, 1997 under the name “Triton PCS, Inc.” A Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 6, 1998 changing the name of the Corporation to “Triton PCS Holdings, Inc.”

SECOND: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Triton PCS Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in, carry on and conduct any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).


ARTICLE IV

4.1 Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 15,500,000, consisting of (a) 5,500,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), including 1,000,000 shares designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 2,000,000 shares designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 2,000,000 shares designated “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”) and 500,000 shares designated “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and (b) 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). (Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Section 4.10.)

4.2 Additional Series of Preferred Stock.

(a) Subject to approval by holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock to the extent such approval is required by its terms, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock in addition to the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock. Before any shares of any such series are issued, the Board of Directors shall fix, and hereby is expressly empowered to fix, by resolutions, the following provisions of the shares thereof:

(i) the designation of such series, the number of shares to constitute such series and the stated value thereof if different from the par value thereof;

(ii) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

(iii) the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

(iv) whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

2


(v) the amount or amounts payable upon shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Corporation;

(vi) whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

(vii) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

(viii) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption other acquisition by the Corporation of, the Common Stock or shares of stock of any other class or any other series of this class;

(ix) the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or upon the issue of any additional stock, including additional shares of such series or of any other series of this class or of any other class; and

(x) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

(b) The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. All shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

(c) Shares of Preferred Stock of any series that have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or that, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for any other security shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the same series and

 

3


may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of shares of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors or as part of any other series of shares of Preferred Stock, all subject to the conditions or restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any series of shares of Preferred Stock.

(d) Subject to the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and except as otherwise provided by law, the stock of the Corporation, regardless of class, may be issued for such consideration and for such corporate purposes as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

4.3 Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series A Preferred Stock . The powers, preferences and rights of the Series A Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:

(a) Ranking . The Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, and rank senior to Junior Stock.

(b) Dividends and Distributions .

(i) Dividends . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, dividends on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, at an annual rate per share equal to 10% of the Accreted Value, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Dividends shall be paid quarterly in arrears on the Dividend Payment Date commencing March 31, 1998 in the manner provided in paragraph (iii) below.

(ii) Accrued Dividends; Record Date . Dividends payable pursuant to paragraph (i) above shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the date on which shares of Series A Preferred Stock are issued, and shall begin to accrue on a daily basis, in each case whether or not earned or declared. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of the dividends payable pursuant to paragraph (i) above, which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to the Dividend Payment Date.

(iii) Payment . All dividends shall be payable in cash. Until the 42nd Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation shall have the option to defer payment of dividends on Series A Preferred Stock. Any dividend payments so deferred shall be payable on and not earlier than the 42nd Dividend Payment Date.

 

4


(iv) Dividends Pro Rata . All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) shall be paid pro rata to the holders entitled thereto. In the event that the funds legally available therefor shall be insufficient for the payment of the entire amount of cash dividends payable at any Dividend Payment Date, subject to Section 4.3(c), such funds shall be allocated for the payment of dividends with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pro rata based upon the Liquidation Preference of the outstanding shares.

(c) Certain Restrictions.

(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.3(b), (c) and (f), cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock may not be declared, paid or set apart for payment, nor may the Corporation redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, if (A) the Corporation is not solvent or would be rendered insolvent thereby or (B) at such time the terms and provisions of any law or agreement of the Corporation, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness, specifically prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or such redemption, purchase or other acquisition, or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or such redemption, purchase or other acquisition would constitute a violation or breach thereof or a default thereunder.

(ii) So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding or dividends payable on shares of Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid in full in cash, then the Corporation shall not declare or pay cash dividends on, or redeem , purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any shares of Common Stock or other shares of Junior Stock, except with the prior written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, except that the Corporation may acquire, in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Corporation and its employees, shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock at a price not greater than the Market Price as of such date.

(iii) The Corporation shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or cause any other Person, to make any distribution with respect to, or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, unless the Corporation could, pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, make such distribution or purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

5


(d) Voting Rights; Election of Director.

(i) The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below or as provided by law, and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares voting or entitled to vote on any such matters (other than the matters described in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below or as otherwise required by law).

(ii) Unless the consent or approval of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock in person or by proxy, at each special and annual meeting of stockholders called for the purpose, or by written consent, shall be necessary to (A) authorize, increase the authorized number of shares of or issue (including on conversion or exchange of any convertible or exchangeable securities or by reclassification) any shares of any class or classes of Senior Stock or Parity Stock or any additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (B) authorize, adopt or approve each amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any other capital stock of the Corporation if after such alteration or change such capital stock would be Senior Stock or Parity Stock, (C) amend , alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect the shares of Series A Preferred Stock adversely, or (D) authorize or issue any security convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of any class or classes of Senior Stock or Parity Stock.

(iii) So long as the Initial Holder owns at least two-thirds (2/3) of the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned by it on the date hereof, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately as a single class, to elect one director of the Corporation. The foregoing right to elect one director may be exercised at any annual meeting of stockholders or a special meeting of stockholders or holders of Series A Preferred Stock held for such purpose or any adjournment thereof, or by the written consent, delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Holder shall have the right, exercisable at any time by written notice delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, to surrender and cancel irrevocably such right to elect one director of the Corporation.

 

6


(e) Redemption at Option of the Corporation . The Corporation shall have the right to redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the following provisions:

(i) The Corporation shall not have any right to redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock prior to, February 4, 2008. Thereafter, subject to the restrictions in Section 4.3(c)(i), the Corporation shall have the right, at its sole option and election, to redeem the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at any time at a redemption price (the “ Series A Redemption Price ”) per share equal to the Accreted Value as of the redemption date;

(ii) Notice of any redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be mailed at least ten, but not more than sixty, days prior to the date fixed for redemption to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at such holder’s address as it appears on the books of the Corporation. In order to facilitate the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, or may cause the transfer books of the Corporation to be closed for the transfer of the Series A Preferred Stock, not more than sixty days prior to the date fixed for such redemption;

(iii) Within two Business Days after the redemption date specified in the notice given pursuant to paragraph (ii) above and the surrender of the certificate(s) representing shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares being redeemed the Series A Redemption Price therefor. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such holder or by overnight delivery (by a nationally recognized courier) of a bank check to such holder’s address as it appears on the books of the Corporation; and

(iv) Effective upon the date of the notice given pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, notwithstanding that any certificate for such shares shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the shares represented thereby shall no longer be deemed outstanding, the rights to receive dividends thereon shall cease to accrue from and after the date of redemption designated in the notice of redemption and all rights of the holders of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease and terminate , excepting only the right to receive the Series A Redemption Price therefor in accordance with paragraph (iii) above and the right to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock until the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date, as provided in Section 4.3(i).

 

7


(f) Redemption at Option of Holder .

(i) No holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have any right to require the Company to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock prior to February 4, 2018. Thereafter, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.3(c)(i), each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, at the sole option and election of such holder, to require the Corporation to redeem all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned by such holder at a price per share equal to the Series A Redemption Price;

(ii) The holder of any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock may exercise such holder’s right to require the Corporation to redeem such shares by surrendering for such purpose to the Corporation, at its principal office or at such other office or agency maintained by the Corporation for that purpose, certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, accompanied by a written notice stating that such holder elects to require the Corporation to redeem all (but not less than all) of such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3(f), which notice may specify an account for delivery of the Series A Redemption Price;

(iii) Within two (2) Business Days after the surrender of such certificates, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares being redeemed the Series A Redemption Price therefor. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such holder or by overnight delivery (by a nationally recognized courier) of a bank check to such holder’s address as it appears on the books of the Corporation; and

(iv) Such redemptions shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of the receipt of such notice and of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed and the rights of the holder thereof, except for the right to receive the Series A Redemption Price therefor in accordance herewith, shall cease on such date of receipt and surrender.

(g) Reacquired Shares . Any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock redeemed or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued pursuant to Section 4.2(c) as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions or restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

 

8


(h) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .

(i) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment to holders of Junior Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the Accreted Value with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

(ii) If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to such holders of the sums which such holders are entitled to receive in such case, then all of the assets available for distribution to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be distributed among and paid to such holders ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

(iii) Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other Person nor the sale or other distribution to another Person of all or substantially all the assets, property or business of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 4.3(h).

(i) Conversion .

(i) Stockholders’ Right To Convert . No holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have any right to convert any shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock or any other securities of the Company prior to February 4, 2006. Thereafter, each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Initial Holder or a Qualified Transferee shall be convertible, at the sole option and election of such Initial Holder or Qualified Transferee, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock.

(ii) Number of Shares of Common Stock Issuable upon Conversion . The number of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph (i) above shall be equal to the product of (A) the Series A Conversion Rate as of the date of the applicable notice pursuant to paragraph (vi) below, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted.

(iii) Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of shares upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares, the Corporation may pay therefor, at the time of any conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided, an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Market Price of a share of Common Stock on such date.

 

9


(iv)  Reorganization, Reclassification and Merger Adjustment . If there occurs any capital reorganization or any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person (other than a merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding shares of its Common Stock) or the sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another Person, then each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the same kind and amounts of securities (including shares of stock) or other assets, or both, which were issuable or distributable to the holders of outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, in respect of that number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance; and, in any such case, appropriate adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be conclusive) shall be made to assure that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be practicable, in relation to any securities or other assets thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) Notice of Adjustment . Whenever the securities or other property deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice thereof to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation and shall forthwith file, at its principal executive office and with any transfer agent or agents for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, a certificate, signed by the Chairman of the Board, President or one of the Vice Presidents of the Corporation, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or one of its Assistant Treasurers, stating the securities or other property deliverable per share of Series A Preferred Stock calculated to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such calculation is based. Each adjustment shall remain in effect until a subsequent adjustment hereunder is required.

(vi) Mechanics of Conversion . The Initial Holder or Qualified Transferee may exercise its option to convert by surrendering for such purpose to the Corporation, at its principal office or such other office or agency maintained by the Corporation for that purpose, certificates representing the shares of

 

10


Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, accompanied by a written notice stating that such holder elects to convert such shares in accordance with Section 4.3(i). The date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the Corporation at such office shall be the conversion date (the “ Series A Conversion Date ”). If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Within ten (10) Business Days after the Series A Conversion Date (or, if at the time of such surrender the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange and are not quoted on NASDAQ or any similar service, within ten Business Days of the determination of the Market Price pursuant to Section 4.3(l)), the Corporation shall issue to such holder a number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible pursuant to paragraph (ii) above. Certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to such holder at such holder’s address as it appears on the books of the Corporation.

(vii) Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock the maximum number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock as is reasonably anticipated to be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and shall take all action required to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(viii) Termination of Rights . All shares of Series A Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate on the Series A Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and payment of any declared and unpaid dividends thereon.

(ix) No Conversion Charge or Tax . The issuance and delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock for any issue or transfer tax, or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities represented thereby, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

11


(x) FCC Approval . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Federal Communications Commission or other regulatory approval is required to be obtained prior to the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holder thereof may nevertheless elect to convert any or all of its shares of Series A Preferred Stock by written notice given to the Company in accordance with this paragraph (i), provided , that such conversion shall not become effective until the close of business on the date of the receipt of the last of any such approvals and of the surrender of the certificates representing the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, and the rights of the holder thereof shall continue in full force and effect pending the receipt of all such approvals, except that no dividends shall be payable in respect of the period following the Series A Conversion Date, unless the required approvals are not obtained and the conversion has not been effected within one (1) year of the Series A Conversion Date and the applicable conversion notice is withdrawn, in which event the obligation to pay dividends from and after the Series A Conversion Date shall be payable in accordance with the terms of Section 4.3(b).

(xi) Qualified Transfer . If at any time an Initial Holder or Qualified Transferee desires to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a Qualified Transfer, it shall, with respect to each such proposed transfer, give written notice (a “Qualified Transfer Notice”) to the Company at its principal executive office specifying up to 10 prospective transferees. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall have ten (10) days to give written notice to such Initial Holder or Qualified Transferee specifying its disapproval of (A) any or all of such prospective transferees if it has good reason for such disapproval and specifying such reason and (B) up to two (2) of such prospective transferees with or without good reason.

(j) Notice of Certain Events. In case the Corporation shall propose at any time or from time to time (i) to declare or pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of Common Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of Common Stock, (ii) to offer to the holders of Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Common Stock, (iv) to effect any consolidation, merger or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property, assets or business of the Corporation which would, if consummated, adjust the Series A Conversion Rate or the securities issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, then, in each such case, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation, a written notice of such proposed action, which shall specify (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of shares of Common Stock of record to be

 

12


entitled to such dividend or distribution of rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and such notice shall be so given as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable record, determination or effective date, specified in such notice.

(k) Certain Remedies . Any registered holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such holder may be entitled at law or in equity.

(l) Appraisal Procedure . If, at the time the Market Price must be determined for the purpose of calculating the Series A Conversion Rate, the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange and are not quoted on NASDAQ or any similar service, the Market Price shall be determined as follows:

(i) Two independent accounting or investment banking firms of nationally recognized standing (each, an “ Appraiser ”), one chosen by the Corporation and one by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shall each determine and attempt to mutually agree upon, the Market Price. Each party shall deliver a notice to the other appointing its Appraiser within 15 days after the applicable notice and surrender pursuant to Section 4.3(i)(vi). If either the Corporation or such holders fail to appoint an appraiser within such 15-day period, the Market Price shall be determined by the Appraiser that has been so appointed.

(ii) If within 30 days after appointment of the two Appraisers they are unable to agree upon the Market Price, an independent accounting or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing shall within ten days thereafter be chosen to serve as a third Appraiser by the mutual consent of such first two Appraisers. The determination of the Market Price by the third Appraiser so appointed and chosen shall be made within 30 days after the selection of such third Appraiser.

(iii) If three Appraisers shall be appointed and the determination of one Appraiser is disparate from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the other determination is disparate from the middle determination, then the determination of such Appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two determinations shall be averaged, and such average shall be binding and conclusive on the Corporation and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; otherwise the average of all three determinations shall be binding and conclusive on the Corporation and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

13


(iv) In connection with any appraisal conducted pursuant to this paragraph (I), the Appraiser shall adhere to the guidelines provided in the definition of “ Market Price ” set forth below, including the proviso thereto.

(v) The fees and expenses of each Appraiser shall be borne by the Corporation.

4.4 Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Preferred Stock . The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, and the powers, preferences and rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereof, shall be identical to those of the Series A Preferred Stock, except that (a) shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be, pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3(i) or otherwise, convertible into shares of Common Stock or any other security issued by the Corporation, (b) the Corporation may redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of Section 4.3(e) at any time without regard to whether the redemption date is before, on or after the date referred to in Section 4.3(e)(i), (c) shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be issued by the Corporation in accordance with the terms of Section 4.8, (d) holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not pursuant to Section 4.3(d) or otherwise, have the right to elect any directors of the Corporation and (e) the words “Series B Preferred Stock” and “Series A Preferred Stock” shall be substituted for all references in Section 4.3 to Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively.

4.5 Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series C Preferred Stock . The powers, preferences and rights of the Series C Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:

(a) Ranking . The Series C Preferred Stock shall rank (i) junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, (ii) junior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to rights on a Statutory Liquidation, (iii) on a parity with Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock with respect to dividend rights, and (iv) senior to the Common Stock and any series or class of the Corporation’s common or preferred stock, now or hereafter authorized (other than Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock), with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up.

(b) Dividends . Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to dividends in cash or property when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. No cash or property dividend or distributions shall be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock or on any other series of preferred stock ranking junior to

 

14


or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, unless the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock receive cash or property dividend or distributions in an amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock at least equal to the greater of (i) the dividends or distributions payable on the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series C Preferred Stock is then convertible or (ii) the dividends or distributions per share payable to holders of any series of preferred stock ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series C Preferred Stock is then convertible and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of such series of preferred stock ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock is then convertible; provided , that if such other series of preferred stock is not convertible into Common Stock, then the numerator of such fraction shall be the liquidation preference of a share of Series C Preferred Stock and the denominator of such fraction shall be the liquidation preference of a share of such other series of preferred stock.

(c) Liquidation Preference.

(i) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets are capital or surplus of any nature, after payment is made to holders of all series of preferred stock ranking senior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up (including, in the case of a Statutory Liquidation, the Series D Preferred Stock), but before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of Common Stock or any series of preferred stock ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference and no more.

(ii) If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the assets of the Corporation to be distributed are insufficient to permit the payment to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and any other series of preferred stock ranking on a parity with Series C Preferred Stock with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, (including, in the case of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up other than a Statutory Liquidation of the Series D Preferred Stock) to receive their full preferential amounts, the entire assets of the Corporation shall be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and all such other series ratably in accordance with their respective liquidation preference.

 

15


(iii) After payment to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in paragraph (i) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stock then held by them and the shares of Common Stock into which their shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are convertible (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 4.5(f)) as of the date of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(iv) Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other Person nor the sale or other distribution to another Person of all or substantially all the assets, property or business of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 4.5(c).

(d) Voting Rights .

(i) Except as set forth in paragraph (ii) below, on all matters to be submitted to the stockholders (including, without limitation, the election of directors), the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right and power to vote on any question or in any proceeding and to be represented on any question or in any proceeding and to be represented at, or to receive notice of, any meeting of stockholders in the same manner as holders of Common Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock shall vote together with the Common Stock as a single class.

(ii) The affirmative vote of holders of not less than a majority of Series C Preferred Stock shall be required to (A) authorize, increase the authorized number of shares of or issue (including on conversion or exchange of any convertible or exchangeable securities or by reclassification) any shares of any class or classes of stock ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock or any additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (B) authorize, adopt or approve each amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of any other capital stock of the Corporation if after such alteration or change such capital stock would rank senior to or pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock, (C) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation so as to affect the shares of Series C Preferred Stock adversely, or (D) authorize or issue any security convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of any class or classes of stock senior to or pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

16


(iii) On any matters on which the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which its shares of Series C Preferred Stock are convertible (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4.5(f) hereof) on the record date for such vote.

(e) Conversion. The shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into shares of Common Stock as follows:

(i) Optional Conversion . Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Corporation as is determined by dividing the Initial Conversion Price (as hereafter defined) by the Current Conversion Price (as defined in Section 4.5(f) below) in effect at the time of conversion. For purposes of this Section 4.5(e), the “Initial Conversion Price” shall equal $100.00.

(ii) Automatic Conversion . Upon the IPO Date, each share of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Corporation as is determined by dividing the Initial Conversion Price by the Current Conversion Price then in effect.

(iii) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled after determination of the aggregate full number of shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of the Series C Preferred Stock then being converted, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then Current Conversion Price.

(iv) Mechanics of Optional Conversion . In order for a holder of Series C Preferred Stock to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the office of the transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock (or if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent, at the principal office of the Corporation), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the conversion date (the “ Optional Conversion Date ”). The Corporation shall, within

 

17


ten (10) Business Days after the Optional Conversion Date, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series C Preferred Stock, or to his or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock (and any shares of Series C Preferred Stock represented by the certificate delivered to the Corporation by the holder thereof that are not converted into Common Stock) issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares calculated in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this Section 4.5(e).

(v) Mechanics of Automatic Conversion . All holders of record of shares of Series C Preferred Stock will be given at least thirty but not more than sixty days’ prior written notice of the date fixed (the “ Automatic Conversion Date ”) and the place designated for automatic conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.5(e). Such notice will be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Series C Preferred Stock at such holder’s address last shown on the records of the transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock (or the records of the Corporation if it serves as its own transfer agent). On or before the Automatic Conversion Date, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall surrender his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. On and after the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series C Preferred Stock has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. As soon as practicable after the Automatic Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or on his or its written order to his or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares calculated in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this Section 4.5(e).

(vi) Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Series C Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Before taking

 

18


any action which would cause Common Stock, upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, to be issued below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action that may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock.

(vii) Adjustments for Dividends . Upon any conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Initial Conversion Price or the Current Conversion Price shall be made for declared and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

(viii) Termination of Rights . All shares of Series C Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided or, as to shares of Series C Preferred Stock which are subject to automatic conversion pursuant to paragraph (vi) above, which have not been so surrendered prior to the Automatic Conversion Date, shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate on the Optional Conversion Date or the Automatic Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and payment of any declared and unpaid dividends thereon. On and as of the Optional Conversion Date or the Automatic Conversion Date, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to be outstanding, and the holder thereof shall be entitled to exercise and enjoy all rights with respect to such shares of Common Stock, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock will be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series, and may thereafter be issued, whether or not designated as shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(ix) No Conversion Charge or Tax . The issuance and delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock for any issue or transfer tax, or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities represented thereby, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation.

(f) Adjustments to Conversion Price .

(i) Current Conversion Price. The Initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time and such conversion price as adjusted shall likewise be subject to further adjustment, all as hereinafter set forth. The term “ Current Conversion Price ” shall mean, as of any time, the Initial Conversion Price in case no adjustment shall have been made pursuant to this Section 4.5(f), or the Initial Conversion Price as adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.5(f), as the case may be.

 

19


(ii) Adjustment Formula . If at any time the Corporation shall issue any shares of Common Stock (other than Excluded Stock, as defined in paragraph (vii) below) or any shares of a class or series convertible into Common Stock (other than Excluded Stock) or any Rights or Related Rights (as defined below) (collectively with the Common Stock, “ Securities ”) (other than a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock or Convertible Securities, to which paragraph (iv) below applies) for no consideration or a consideration per share (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in clauses (E) and (F) of paragraph (iii) below) less than the Market Price, as in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Securities, the Current Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith be adjusted to a Current Conversion Price obtained by multiplying such Current Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance by a fraction having (i) a numerator equal to the sum of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis immediately prior to such issuance multiplied by the Market Price as in effect immediately prior to such issuance, plus (y) the consideration received by the Corporation upon such issuance, and (ii) a denominator equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis immediately after such issuance, multiplied by the Market Price as in effect immediately prior to such issuance.

(iii) Adjustment Considerations . For the purpose of any adjustment of the Current Conversion Price pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(A) In the case of the issuance of options or warrants to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, Common Stock other than Excluded Stock (collectively, the “ Rights ”), the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of the Rights shall be deemed to have been issued at the time the Rights were issued , for an aggregate consideration equal to (i) the consideration (determined in the manner provided in clauses (E) and (F) below), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of the Rights, plus (ii) the minimum purchase price provided in the Rights for the Common Stock covered thereby; provided , however , that such shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights shall not be deemed to have been issued unless such aggregate consideration per share would be less than the Market Price as in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance.

 

20


(B) In the case of the issuance of securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock other than Excluded Stock (collectively, the “ Convertible Securities ”), or options or warrants to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock other than Excluded Stock (collectively, the “ Related Rights ”), the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Convertible Securities or Related Rights shall be deemed to have been issued at the time the Convertible Securities or the Related Rights were issued and for an aggregate consideration equal to (i) the consideration received by the Corporation upon issuance of the Convertible Securities or the Related Rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus (ii) the additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of the Convertible Securities or Related Rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in clauses (E) and (F) below); provided , however , that such shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion, exchange or exercise of the Convertible Securities or Related Rights shall not be deemed to have been issued unless such aggregate consideration per share would be less than the Market Price as in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance.

(C) On any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights or Related Rights or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of the Convertible Securities or on any change in the minimum purchase price of the Rights, Related Rights or Convertible Securities other than a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions of the Rights, Related Rights or Convertible Securities, the Current Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted to such Current Conversion Price as would have been obtained had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such Rights, Related Rights or Convertible Securities not converted, exchanged or exercised prior to such change, been made upon the basis of such change.

(D) On the expiration of any of the Rights, Related Rights or Convertible Securities, the Current Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted to such Current Conversion Price as would have been obtained had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such Rights or Related Rights or the issuance of any such Convertible Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Rights or Related Rights or the conversion, exchange or exercise of any such Convertible Securities.

(E) In the case of the issuance of Securities for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor.

 

21


(F) In the case of the issuance of Securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be conclusive.

(iv) Effect of Dividends, Distributions, Subdivisions or Combinations . If the Corporation declares a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock or Convertible Securities or subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number or combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number, then the Current Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such dividend, other distribution, subdivision or combination, as the case may be, shall forthwith be adjusted to that price determined by multiplying the Current Conversion Price by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis immediately prior to such dividend, other distribution, subdivision or combination and (y) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis immediately after such dividend, other distribution, subdivision or combination.

(v) Effect of Distributions In Kind . In case the Corporation shall distribute to the holders of its capital stock any additional shares of its capital stock (other than Securities), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options, warrants or rights (excluding Rights or Related Rights), then, in each such case, immediately following the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution, the Current Conversion Price in effect thereafter shall be determined by multiplying the Current Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be an amount equal to the remainder of (x) the Market Price of one share of Common Stock less (y) the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the stock, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets, options, warrants or rights so distributed in respect of one share of Common Stock, as of the record date applicable to such distribution, as the case may be, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the Market Price of one share of Common Stock, as of the record date applicable to such distribution. Such adjustment shall be made on the date such distribution is made, and shall become effective at the opening of business on the business day following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to such distribution.

 

22


(vi) Notice of Changes . Whenever the Current Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 4.5(f), the Corporation shall forthwith file, at the office of the transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock, at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, a statement, certified by the chief financial officer of the Corporation, showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Current Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment. The Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Series C Preferred Stock at such holder’s address as shown in the records of the Corporation.

(vii) Excluded Stock . As used in this Section 4.5(f), “Excluded Stock” shall mean (A) a maximum of 100,000 shares (such amount to be appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock dividend, stock split or combination, or similar recapitalization affecting the Common Stock) of Common Stock or options for the purchase thereof issued, sold or granted, in the past or future, by the Corporation to its employees or consultants pursuant to bona fide employee stock purchase, option or similar benefit plans or other arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (B) with the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, a maximum of 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis consisting of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to creditors in connection with incurrence of indebtedness, and (C) any shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock as provided herein.

(g) Certain Restrictions .

(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.5(b), cash dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock may not be declared, paid or set apart for payment, nor may the Corporation redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, if (A) the Corporation is not solvent or would be rendered insolvent thereby or (B) at such time the terms and provisions of any law or agreement of the Corporation, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness, specifically prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or such redemption, purchase or other acquisition, or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or such redemption, purchase or other acquisition would constitute a violation or breach thereof or a default thereunder.

(ii) So long as shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding or dividends payable on shares of Series C Preferred Stock have not been paid in full in cash, the Corporation shall not declare or pay cash dividends on, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any shares of Common Stock or other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity basis with the Series C Preferred Stock (including the Series D Preferred), except with the prior written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding

 

23


shares of Series C Preferred Stock, except that the Corporation may acquire, in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Corporation and its employees, shares of Common Stock from its employees at a price equal to such employee’s purchase price therefor without such consent.

(iii) The Corporation shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or cause any other Person, to make any distribution with respect to, or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any shares of Common Stock or other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity basis with the Series C Preferred Stock (including the Series D Preferred Stock) unless the Corporation could, pursuant to paragraph (i) above, make such distribution or purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

(h) Redemption . The Series C Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

(i) Sinking Fund . There shall be no sinking fund for the payment of dividends or liquidation preferences on the Series C Preferred Stock.

4.6 Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series D Preferred Stock .

(a) Ranking . The Series D Preferred Stock shall rank (i) junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, (ii) senior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to rights on a Statutory Liquidation, (iii) on a parity with Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock with respect to dividend rights, and (iv) senior to the Common Stock and any series or class of the Corporation’s common or preferred stock, now or hereafter authorized (other than Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock), with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up.

(b) Other Powers, Preferences and Rights . Subject to paragraph (a) above, the powers, preferences and rights of the Series D Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereof, shall be identical to those of the Series C Preferred Stock, except that (a) in addition to the conversion rights set forth in Section 4.5(e) (subject to clause (c) below), shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into an equivalent number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series C Preferred Stock, any such conversion being made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 4.5(e); (b) the shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not have any right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation, and the shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares voting or entitled to vote on any such matters, except that it shall have the right to vote on matters specified in Section 4.5(d)(ii) or as otherwise provided by law; (c) shares of Series D

 

24


Preferred Stock shall not be subject to automatic conversion upon the IPO Date in accordance with Section 4.5(e)(ii); provided, however, that (i) on and after the IPO Date, the Current Conversion Price shall be deemed to be the Current Conversion Price as of the IPO Date and (ii) the Series D Preferred Stock shall be renamed “Senior Common Stock” upon the IPO Date; and (d) the words “Series D Preferred Stock” and “Series C Preferred Stock” shall be substituted for all references in Section 4.5 to Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively.

(c) Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when the Series D Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(d) FCC Approval . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Federal Communications Commission or other regulatory approval is required to be obtained prior to the conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the holder thereof may nevertheless elect to convert any or all of its shares of Series D Preferred Stock by written notice given to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5(e), provided, that such conversion shall not become effective until the close of business on the date of the receipt of the last of any such approvals and of the surrender of the certificates representing the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock to be converted and the rights of the holder thereof shall continue in full force and effect pending the receipt of all such approvals.

4.7 Common Stock . Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote and to all other rights, powers and privileges of stockholders under Delaware law. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after any preferential amounts to be distributed to the holders of the Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock then outstanding have been paid or declared and funds sufficient for the payment thereof in full set apart for payment, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

4.8 Exchange of Capital Stock . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, in the event that the Initial Holder terminates its obligations under Section 8.6 of the Stockholders Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8(c) thereof with respect to any Overlap Territory (as defined therein) (any such termination being referred to hereinafter as the “ Exchange Event ”), the following provisions shall apply:

 

25


(a) Right to Exchange. The Corporation shall have the right, exercisable in its sole discretion by written notice (the “ Exchange Notice ”) given to the Initial Holder within 60 days after the Exchange Event, to:

(i) require the Initial Holder and each Section 4.8 Transferee to exchange for an equivalent number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock either (A) all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then owned by the Initial Holder and each Section 4.8 Transferee or (B) a number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then owned by each such holder equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then owned by such holder multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of POPs (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) in the Overlap Territory and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of POPs in the Territory (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement); and

(ii) require the Initial Holder and each Section 4.8 Transferee to exchange, for a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock determined in accordance with paragraph (b) below, either (A) all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock owned by the Initial Holder on the date hereof (or shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock into which such shares or any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been converted) and that the Initial Holder or such Section 4.8 Transferee, as the case may be, continues to own on the date of delivery of the Exchange Notice (any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock being referred to hereinafter collectively as “ Original Shares ”) or (B) a number of Original Shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, equal to the product of (x) the number of Original Shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, then owned by each such holder, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of POPs in the Overlap Territory and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of POPs in the Territory:

provided, that (x) if the Corporation exercises its right under clause (i)(A) of this paragraph (a), it shall be required to exercise its right under clause (ii)(A) of this paragraph (a), and vice-versa; and if the Corporation exercises its right under clause (i)(B) of this paragraph (a), it shall be required to exercise its right under clause (ii)(B) of this paragraph (a), and vice-versa and (y) the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to any Section 4.8 Transferee which is a Cash Equity Investor.

(Shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and shares of Series D Preferred Stock (and shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock into which such shares shall have been converted) subject to exchange pursuant to this Section 4.8 are hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Exchange Shares .”)

 

26


(b) Number of Shares of Series B Preferred Stock Issuable in Exchange . The number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable in exchange for Original Shares pursuant to clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above shall be equal to the quotient of the aggregate purchase price paid by the Initial Holder for the Original Shares being exchanged, divided by the Liquidation Preference of the Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of shares upon exchange of any Exchange Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares, the Corporation may pay therefor, at the time of any exchange of Exchange Shares as herein provided, an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Market Price of a share of Common Stock on such date.

(d) Mechanics of Exchange . The Exchange Notice shall specify the date fixed for the exchange (the “ Exchange Date ”), which shall be at least 10 but no more than 60 days following delivery of the Exchange Notice, and the place designated for exchange of the Exchange Shares pursuant to this Section 4.8. Such notice will be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Initial Holder at such holder’s address last shown on the records of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock (or the records of the Corporation if it serves as its own transfer agent). On or before the Exchange Date, the Initial Holder shall surrender its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for exchange shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the Initial Holder or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

(e) Termination of Rights . On and after the Exchange Date (whether or not the applicable certificates have theretofore been surrendered), all rights with respect to the Exchange Shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, will terminate, except only the rights of the Initial Holder and Section 4.8 Transferees to receive certificates for the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock into which such Exchange Shares have been exchanged, upon surrender of its certificate or certificates therefor, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon (which shall accrue and be payable at the times and on the other terms applicable to such dividends when declared) and payment of any deferred dividends in respect of Series A Preferred Stock which shall be payable as set forth in Section 4.3(b)(iii). Within ten (10) Business Days after the Exchange Date, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Initial Holder, or on its written order to its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon such exchange in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares calculated in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 4.8.

 

27


(f) Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the exchange of Exchange Shares the maximum number of its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock as is reasonably anticipated to be sufficient to permit the exchange of all outstanding Exchange Shares and shall take all action required to increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock to permit such reservation or to permit the exchange of all outstanding Exchange Shares.

(g) Adjustments for Dividends . Upon any exchange of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the rate of conversion shall be made for accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on the Series A Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, surrendered for exchange or on the Series B Preferred Stock delivered upon exchange.

(h) No Exchange Charge or Tax . The issuance and delivery of certificates for shares of Series B Preferred Stock upon the exchange of Exchange Shares shall be made without charge to the Initial Holder for any issue or transfer tax, or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities represented thereby, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation.

4.9 Redemption of Capital Stock . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation held by Disqualified Holders shall always be subject to redemption by the Corporation, by action of the Board of Directors, if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such action should be taken, pursuant to Section l51(b) of the GCL or any other applicable provision of law, to the extent necessary to prevent the loss or secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise from any governmental agency held by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to conduct any portion of the business of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, which license or franchise is conditioned upon some or all of the holders of the Corporation’s stock possessing prescribed qualifications. The terms and conditions of such redemption shall be as follows:

(a) the redemption price of the shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the Market Price or (ii) if such stock was purchased by such Disqualified Holder within one year of the Section 4.9 Redemption Date, such Disqualified Holder’s purchase price for such shares;

(b) the redemption price of such shares may be paid in cash, Redemption Securities or any combination thereof;

(c) if less than all the shares held by Disqualified Holders are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected in such manner as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, which may include selection first of the most recently purchased shares thereof, selection by lot or selection in any other manner determined by the Board of Directors;

 

28


(d) at least 30 days’ written notice of the Section 4.9 Redemption Date shall be given to the record holders of the shares selected to be redeemed (unless waived in writing by any such holder); provided , however , that only 10 days’ written notice of the Redemption Date shall be given to record holders if the cash or Redemption Securities necessary to effect the redemption shall have been deposited in trust for the benefit of such record holders and subject to immediate withdrawal by them upon surrender of the stock certificates for their shares to be redeemed; provided , further , that the record holders of the shares selected to be redeemed may transfer such shares prior to the Section 4.9 Redemption Date to any holder that is not a Disqualified Holder and, thereafter, for so long as such shares are not held by a Disqualified Holder, such shares shall not be subject to redemption by the Corporation;

(e) from and after the Section 4.9 Redemption Date, any and all rights of whatever nature (including without limitation any rights to vote or participate in dividends declared on stock of the same class or series as such shares) with respect to the shares selected from redemption held by Disqualified Holders on the Section 4.9 Redemption Date shall cease and terminate and such Disqualified Holders thenceforth shall be entitled only to receive the cash or Redemption Securities payable upon redemption; and

(f) such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine.

4.10 Definitions . For the purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

Accreted Value ” shall mean, with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as of any date, the sum of the Liquidation Preference, plus an amount equal to all unpaid dividends thereon, including accrued dividends whether or not declared, through such date.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the terms “controlling” and “controlled”) means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise.

Appraiser ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3(l)(i).

 

29


Board of Directors ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

Closing Price ” shall mean, with respect to each share of any class or series of capital stock for any day, (i) the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case as reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such class or series of capital stock is listed or admitted for trading or (ii) if such class or series of capital stock is not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange, the last reported sale price or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the highest reported bid and the lowest reported asked quotation for such class or series of capital stock, in either case as reported on NASDAQ or a similar service if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such information.

Common Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Disqualified Holder ” shall mean any holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation whose holding of such stock, either individually or when taken together with the holding of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by any other holders, may result, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, in the loss of, or the failure to secure the reinstatement of, any license or franchise from any governmental agency held by the corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to conduct any portion of the business of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Dividend Payment Date ” shall mean the last day of each March, June, September and December, except that if any Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be the Dividend Payment Date.

Excluded Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.5(f)(vii).

Fully Diluted Basis ” shall mean, with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities (other than the Series A Preferred Stock) and the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Common Stock.

Initial Holder ” means AT&T Wireless PCS Inc., a Delaware corporation, and/or any of its Affiliates that is a Subsidiary of AT&T Corp.

 

30


IPO Date ” shall mean the first date on which (a) the Common Stock shall have been registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (b) the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Company in connection with such Registration Statement(s) equals or exceeds $20 million, and (c) the Common Stock shall be listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or authorized for trading on NASDAQ, including without limitation its National Market System.

Junior Stock ” shall mean, with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, any capital stock of the Corporation, including without limitation the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with respect to dividends, distribution in liquidation or any other preference, right or power.

Liquidation Preference ” shall mean, with respect to each share of Preferred Stock, $100 and no more (subject to adjustment for subdivisions or combinations affecting the number of shares of the applicable class or series of Preferred Stock).

Market Price ” shall mean, with respect to each share of any class or series of capital stock for any day, (i) the average of the daily Closing Prices for the ten consecutive trading days commencing 15 days before the day in question or (ii) if on such date the shares of such class or series of capital stock are not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange and are not quoted on NASDAQ or any similar service, the cash amount that a willing buyer would pay a willing seller (neither acting under compulsion) in an arm’s-length transaction without time constraints per share of such class or series of capital stock as of such date, viewing the Company on a going concern basis, as determined (A) in the case of a determination of “Market Price” for the purpose of calculating the Series A Conversion Rate, pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3(1) and (B) in the case of a determination of Market Price for any other purpose, in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive; provided that, in determining such cash amount, the following shall be ignored: (i) any contract or legal limitation in respect of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, including transfer, voting and other rights, (ii) the “minority interest” status of shares of Common Stock into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock would be converted, and (iii) any illiquidity arising by contract in respect of the shares of Common Stock and any voting rights or control rights amongst the stockholders.

NASDAQ ” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.

Parity Stock ” shall mean, with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, any capital stock of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with respect to dividends, distribution in liquidation or any other preference, right or power.

 

31


Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Preferred Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Qualified Transfer ” shall mean a sale, transfer or other disposition of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to any prospective transferee specified in a Qualified Transfer Notice, other than a prospective transferee as to which the Company disapproves in accordance with the terms of the second sentence of Section 4.3(i)(xi), provided such sale, transfer or other disposition is made pursuant to a binding agreement entered into no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the applicable Qualified Transfer Notice is given.

Qualified Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (i) any Cash Equity Investor that acquired such shares pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Stockholders Agreement or (ii) any other holder that acquired such shares in a Qualified Transfer from an Initial Holder or Qualified Transferee.

Qualified Transfer Notice ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3(i)(x).

Redemption Securities ” shall mean any debt or equity securities of the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any other corporation, or any combination thereof, having such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and which, together with any cash to be paid as part of the redemption price payable pursuant to Section 4.9, in the opinion of any nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors (which may be a firm which provides investment banking, brokerage or other services to the Corporation), has a value, at the time notice of redemption is given pursuant to Section 4.9(d) at least equal to the price required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.9(a) (assuming, in the case of Redemption Securities to be publicly traded, that such Redemption Securities were fully distributed and subject only to normal trading activity).

Section 4.8 Transferee ” shall mean any transferee of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock issued to the Initial Holder on the date hereof (or any shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock into which any such shares are converted) that are acquired in a private transaction.

 

32


Section 4.9 Redemption Date ” shall mean the date fixed by the Board of Directors for the redemption of any shares of stock of the corporation pursuant to Section 4.9.

Senior Stock ” shall mean, with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, any capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with respect to dividends, distribution in liquidation or any other preference, right or power.

Series A Conversion Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3(i)(vi).

Series A Conversion Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a fraction in which the numerator is the Accreted Value of one share of Series A Preferred Stock as of such date, and the denominator is the Market Price of Common Stock as of such date.

Series A Preferred Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Series A Redemption Price ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3(e)(i).

Series B Preferred Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Series C Preferred Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Series D Preferred Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.

Statutory Liquidation ” shall mean the liquidation of the Corporation pursuant to Section 275 of the GCL, as amended.

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 4, 1998, by and among the Corporation, the Initial Holder and the other stockholders of the Corporation named therein, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the terms thereof, a copy of which is available for inspection by any stockholder at the principal executive offices of the company.

 

33


Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a corporation or other entity of which 50% or more of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

ARTICLE V

Election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to the separate class vote requirements relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy, at a special or annual meeting of stockholders called for the purpose, or by written consent, may amend, alter or repeal this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).

ARTICLE VII

7.1 Indemnification . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (a “ Proceeding ”), whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, incorporator, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an “ Other Entity ”), shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent then permitted by law against expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements), judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan), and amounts paid in settlement incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Persons who are not Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the benefits of this Article VII.

7.2 Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that, if (and only if) required by the GCL, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon

 

34


receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

7.3 Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

7.4 Continuing Rights . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), shall inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person, and in either case, shall inure whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters which antedate the adoption of this Article VII.

7.5 Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII, the Bylaws or under Section 145 of the GCL or any other provision of law.

7.6 Contract Rights; No Repeal . The provisions of this Article VII shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect and any other person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer, or other person intend to be legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article VII shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or, heretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

7.7 Enforceability; Burden of Proof . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The

 

35


burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding.

7.8 Service at the Request of the Corporation . Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving in any capacity in (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

7.9 sight to Be Covered by Applicable Law . Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article VII may elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made, by a notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided , however , that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.

ARTICLE VIII

No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, provided that this provision does not eliminate the liability of the Director (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. For purposes of the prior sentence, the term “damages” shall, to the extent permitted by law, include without limitation, any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages, excise or other tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or expense of any

 

36


nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements). Each person who serves as a Director of the Corporation while this Article VIII is in effect shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance on the provisions of this Article VIII, and neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Director of the Corporation for, arising out of, based upon, or in connection with any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The provisions of this Article VIII are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of any and all other limitations on or eliminations of the liabilities of Directors of the Corporation, as such, whether such limitations or eliminations arise under or are created by any law, rule, regulation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Corporation has executed this Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 4th day of February, 1992.

 

/s/ David D. Clark

Name: DAVID D. CLARK
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

 

37


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: Pursuant to a Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, resolutions were duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL setting forth proposed amendments of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendments to be advisable and recommending that the stockholders of the Corporation consider such resolutions. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are as follows:

“RESOLVED, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by changing Section 4.1 thereof so that, as amended, said Section shall be and read as follows:

4.1 Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 17,000,000, consisting of (a) 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), including 1,000,000 shares designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 2,000,000 shares designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 3,000,000 shares designated “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), and 1,000,000 shares designated “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and (b) 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). (Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Section 4.10).”

and

“RESOLVED, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by changing Section 4.5(h) thereof so that, as amended, said Section shall be and read as follows:


(h) Redemption . The Series C Preferred Stock is not redeemable without the prior written consent of (i) all holders of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) all holders of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) the prior written consent of any other holders of the Corporation’s capital stock that may be required pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, pursuant to the provisions contained in Section 4.3(c)(ii) hereof).”

SECOND: Pursuant to a Consent of the Stockholders of the Corporation, such amendments were duly adopted in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer, this 27 th day of November 1998.

 

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Triton PCS Holdings, Inc. resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “First” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

The name of the Corporation shall be SunCom Wireless PCS Holdings, Inc.

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 11 th day of January, 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  Authorized Officer
Title:   EVP & CFO
Name:  

David D. Clark

  Print or Type


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

Suncom Wireless PCS Holdings, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Suncom Wireless PCS Holdings, INC.

2. The certificate of incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article first thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

The name of the corporation shall be Triton PCS Holdings, INC.

3. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted and written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Signed on February 3, 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

Name:   David D. Clark
 

Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The certificate of incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article I thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

“I. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is: SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc.”

2. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be May 4, 2005.

Signed on: May 4, 2005

 

/s/ David D. Clark

David D. Clark,

EVP and Chief Financial Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The certificate of incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article I thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

“I. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is: SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc.”

2. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be May 4, 2005.

Signed on: May 4, 2005

 

/s/ David D. Clark

David D. Clark,

EVP and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.12

BY-LAWS

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS HOLDINGS, INC.

Amended and Restated as of February 22, 2008

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Service Company, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this corporation in charge thereof.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting.

If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next business day. At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2. OTHER MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders for any purpose other than the election of directors may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of meeting.


SECTION 3. VOTING. Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote for directors and the vote upon any question before the meeting, shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be decided by plurality vote; all other matters shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the ensuing election, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of shares held by each, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the meeting and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

SECTION 4. QUORUM. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or Secretary, or by resolution of the directors.

SECTION 6. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.

SECTION 7. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting

 

2


forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. NUMBER AND TERM. The number of directors shall be not less than two (2) and not more than twelve (12), as fixed from time to time by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting thereof. In the event of any increase of the number of directors that becomes effective on a date other than the date of an annual meeting of the stockholders or any special meeting thereof called for that purpose, the additional directors shall be elected by vote of a majority of the board for a term ending at the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors.

Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and directors shall be nominated for election by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an annual meeting of the stockholders or any special meeting thereof. Each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

SECTION 2. RESIGNATIONS. Any director, member of a committee or other officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 3. VACANCIES. If the office of any director, member of a committee or other officer becomes vacant, the remaining directors in office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

SECTION 4. REMOVAL. Except as hereinafter provided, any director or directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote, at a special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose and the vacancies thus created may be filled, at the meeting held for the purpose of removal, by the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote.

 

3


SECTION 5. POWERS. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the corporation except such as are by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or by these By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.

SECTION 6. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these By-Laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-Laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution, these By-Laws, or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

SECTION 7. MEETINGS. The newly elected directors may hold their first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum be present, immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders; or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent in writing of all the directors.

Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors.

Special meetings of the board may be called by any director at the request of any director on at least two hours’ notice to each director and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the directors, or shall be stated in the call of the meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

4


SECTION 8. QUORUM. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.

SECTION 9. COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors or as members of committees, but by resolution of the board a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 10. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board, or of such committee as the case may be, in accordance with applicable law, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Secretary and Controller, each of whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint a Chairman of the Board of Directors who shall be a member of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as shall be deemed appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited by law.

All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors. Nothing in these By-Laws shall be construed as creating any kind of contractual right to employment with the corporation.

SECTION 2. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation unless the Board of Directors designates some other officer to serve in such capacity. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation, shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5


If some officer other than the President is designated as the chief executive officer, such other officer shall have all of the powers conferred upon the President by these By-Laws to the extent permitted by law, and, in the absence or disability of such other officer, the President shall perform and exercise the duties of chief executive officer. The President or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors at any time is authorized to vote, grant proxies or consents for, or represent all shares of other corporations standing in the name of this corporation and may exercise all rights incident to such shares on behalf of this corporation.

In the event the President is absent or disabled, the Board of Directors shall promptly meet to confer the title, powers and duties of the President on another officer or officers.

SECTION 3. VICE PRESIDENT. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

SECTION 4. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof, and shall record the proceedings of the meetings in the minute book of the corporation and shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody. The Secretary shall give notice, in conformity with these By-Laws, of all meetings of the stockholders, and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

SECTION 5. CONTROLLER. The Controller shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. He shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Controller shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He shall render to the President and Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his transactions as Controller and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such amount and with such surety as the board shall prescribe.

SECTION 7. RESIGNATION. Any officer may resign at any time, such resignation to be made in writing and to take effect from the time of its receipt by the corporation, unless some time be fixed in the resignation, and then from that time. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

 

6


ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Certificate of stock, signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if they be elected, President or Vice-President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any of or all the signatures may be facsimiles.

SECTION 2. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, not exceeding double the value of the stock, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. The shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other person as the directors may designate, by whom they shall be cancelled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.

SECTION 4. STOCKHOLDERS RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 5. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation as and when they

 

7


deem expedient. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the corporation.

SECTION 6. SEAL. The corporate seal shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its creation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

SECTION 7. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 8. CHECKS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolutions of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. OTHER INSTURMENTS. All other instruments, formal contracts of the corporation, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents with or without the corporate seal, and certificates of shares of stock owned by the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required by these By-Laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by law.

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 1. INDEMNFICATION. Any individual who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (a “Proceeding”), whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (whether or

 

8


not by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such individual, or an individual of whom such individual is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, incorporator, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an “Other Entity”), shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent then permitted by law against expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements), judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an individual with respect to an employee benefit plan), and amounts paid in settlement incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding. Any other individual may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent the Board of Directors at any time specifies that any such individual is entitled to the benefits of this Article VI.

SECTION 2. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any director or officer or such other individual entitled to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that, if (and only if) required by General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any director or officer or other individual may be paid in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer (or other individual indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that such director, officer or other individual is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

SECTION 3. RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE. The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an individual seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding such office.

SECTION 4. CONTINUING RIGHTS. The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall continue as to an individual who has ceased to be a director or officer (or other individual indemnified hereunder), shall inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such individual, and in any case, shall inure whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters which antedate the adoption of this Article VI.

SECTION 5. INSURANCE. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any individual who is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, manager, officer, incorporator, employee, partner, trustee or agent of

 

9


an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such individual and incurred by such individual in any such capacity, or arising out of such individual’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such individual against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI, these By-Laws or under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other provision of law.

SECTION 6. CONTRACT RIGHTS; NO REPEAL. The provisions of this Article VI shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each director and officer and any other individual indemnified hereunder who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article VI is in effect, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Corporation and each such director, officer, or other individual intend to be legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article VI shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any claim then or, heretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any state of facts existing or occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

SECTION 7. ENFORCEABILITY; BURDEN OF PROOF. The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall be enforceable by any individual entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is inappropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such Proceeding that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such individual is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the Proceeding or create a presumption that such individual is not so entitled. Such an individual shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding.

SECTION 8. SERVICE AT THE REQUEST OF THE CORPORATION. Any director or officer of the Corporation serving in any capacity in (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, (b) a limited liability company of which a majority of the membership interests is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, or (c) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation or limited liability company referred to in clauses (a) or (b) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. RIGHT TO BE COVERED BY APPLICABLE LAW. Any individual entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article VI may elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the

 

10


time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made, by a notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided, however, that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered or repealed and By-Laws may be made at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting thereof if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal or By-Law or By-Laws to be made be contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors, if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal, or By-Law or By-Laws to be made, be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

11

Exhibit 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

The undersigned, being authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) is SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC.

SECOND: The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of this 12th day of November, 2004.

 

/s/ Edward J. O’Connell
Edward J. O’Connell, Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement:

 

   “The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 14th day of June, A.D. 2005.

 

By:

  /s/ Daniel E. Hopkins
  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Daniel E. Hopkins, Authorized Signer

  Print or Type


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement:

 

   “The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 14th day of June, A.D. 2005.

 

By:   /s/ Daniel E. Hopkins
  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Daniel E. Hopkins, Authorized Signer

  Print or Type

Exhibit 3.14

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 12 th day of November, 2004, by and between SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC.

2. Purpose . The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Registered Agent . The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company.

5. Addresses . The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

COMPANY :

SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC

103 Foulk Road

Suite 202

Wilmington, DE 19803

INITIAL MEMBER :

Triton PCS Holdings, Inc.

1100 Cassatt Road

Berwyn, PA 19312


       as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

 

  (b) After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14, the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

 

  (c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15. Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16. Management .

 

  (a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager; (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other persons or entities.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in §18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in-kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


  (c) The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

 

  (d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

  (e) The Manager in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

 

  (f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

 

  (g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC
By: Triton Management Company, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

Name:   Daniel E. Hopkins
Title:   SVP of Finance & Treasurer
INITIAL MEMBER:
TRITON PCS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

Name:   Daniel E. Hopkins
Title:   SVP of Finance & Treasurer

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER:
TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

Name:   Daniel E. Hopkins
Title:   SVP of Finance & Treasurer

 

- 5 -


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC

This First Amendment to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC (this “Amendment”), is dated as of December 23, 2005, and is entered into by and among SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Triton PCS Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation which is the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “Act”) and pursuant to that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November     , 2004 (the “LLC Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the LLC Agreement in order to provide that the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers, rather than a sole manager, and that SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc. shall no longer serve as the manager of the Company immediately after giving effect to this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 16 of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“16. Management.

 

  (a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, a Board of Managers; (ii) the Board of Managers, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Board of Managers may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Board of Managers shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Board of Managers’ rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Board of Managers, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other persons or entities.


  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Board of Managers may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in §18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in-kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (c) The initial Board of Managers of the Company shall consist of the following individual (a “Manager”):

Andrew T. Panaccione

The Manager shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. A Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware. Thereafter, the number of Managers shall not be less than one nor more than five. The number of Managers may be fixed or changed from time to time by the Members.

 

  (d) Any vacancy in the Board of Managers may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. Any Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

  (e) A quorum of the Board of Managers consists of a majority of the number of Managers prescribed in or fixed in accordance with this Agreement. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of Managers present shall be the act of the Board of Managers. The Board of Managers may permit any or all Managers to participate in a meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all Managers participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A Manager participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

- 2 -


  (f) Pursuant to Section 18-404 of the Act, action to be taken at a Board of Managers meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is consented to in writing signed by the Managers having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Managers entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents, signed by the requisite number of Manager, describing the action taken, and included in the minutes or filed with the records of the Company reflecting the action taken. Action taken under this paragraph is effective when the last required Manager signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date.

 

  (g) The Board of Managers in its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

 

  (h) The Managers shall receive such compensation, if any, for their services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Managers shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his or her service hereunder.

 

  (i) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.”

2. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
SUNCOM WIRELESS INVESTMENT COMPANY LLC
By: Andrew T. Panaccione., its Manager
/s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
Name:   Andrew T. Panaccione
Title:   Manager
MEMBER:
SUNCOM WIRELESS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Daniel E. Hopkins
Name:   Daniel E. Hopkins
Title:   SVP of Finance and Treasurer

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER:

ANDREW T. PANACCIONE

/s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
Name: Andrew T. Panaccione

Exhibit 3.15

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TRITON PCS LICENSE

COMPANY L.L.C.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Limited Liability Company is Triton PCS License Company L.L.C.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Limited Liability Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

MEMBER:

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

 

David D. Clark, Senior Vice President


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: Triton PCS License Company L.L.C.

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

Effective May 31, 2007, the name of the limited liability company shall be: SunCom Wireless License Company, LLC

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the 31 st day of May, A.D. 2007.

 

By:   /s/ Eric Haskell
  Authorized Person

Name:

  SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc.,
  its manager, by Eric Haskell, EVP & CFO

Exhibit 3.16

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY L.L.C.

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 1997 by and between Triton PCS License Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C . §§ 18-101, et seq .) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company is Triton PCS License Company L.L.C.

2. Purpose . The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Company Trust Company, Company Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Registered Agent . The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Company Trust Company.

5. Addresses . The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

COMPANY :

Triton PCS License Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355


INITIAL MEMBER :

Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

6. Members; Power of Members . As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Initial Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of a majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members or pursuant to a written consent of such Members.

7. Term . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all of the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under § 18-802 of the Act.

8. Capital Contributions . The Initial Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, and no other property, to the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Allocation of Profit and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members of the Company.

11. Distributions . At the time determined by the Members of the Company, but at least once during each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

12. Assignments . A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent the Members.

13. Withdrawal . Except as provided in the following Section 14 , no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

 

2


14. Additional Members .

(a) The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

(b) After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14 , the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

(c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15. Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16. Management .

(a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other pesons or entities.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in Section 18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


(c) The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

(d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

(e) The Managers in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

(f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

(g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY :
TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY L.L.C.
By:   Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

 

David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

INITIAL MEMBER :

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.
By:  

Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

 

David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER :
TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

 

David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 3.17

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Triton Management Company, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in, carry on and conduct any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

The incorporator of the Corporation is Ralph J. Mauro and his mailing address is c/o Kleinbard, Bell & Brecker, 1900 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

ARTICLE VI

Election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 Indemnification . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (a “ Proceeding ”), whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal


representative, is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was incorporator, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an “ Other Entity ”), shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent then permitted by law against expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements), judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan), and amounts paid in settlement incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Persons who are not Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the benefits of this Article VII.

7.2 Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that, if (and only if) required by the GCL, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

7.3 Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

7.4 Continuing Rights . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), shall inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person, and in either case, shall inure whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters which antedate the adoption of this Article VII.

7.5 Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII, the Bylaws or under Section 145 of the GCL or any other provision of law.

 

2


7.6 Contract Rights; No Repeal . The provisions of this Article VII shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who services in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect and any other person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer, or other person intend to be legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article VII shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or, heretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

7.7 Enforceability; Burden of Proof . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding.

7.8 Service at the Request of the Corporation . Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving any capacity in (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

7.9 Right to be Covered by Applicable Law . Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article VII may elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided , however , that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

3


ARTICLE VIII

No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, provided that this provision does not eliminate the liability of the Director (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. For purposes of the prior sentence, the term “damages” shall, to the extent permitted by law, include without limitation, any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages, excise or other tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements). Each person who serves as a Director of the Corporation while this Article VIII is in effect shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance on the provisions of this Article VIII, and neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability or any Director of the Corporation for, arising out of, based upon, or in connection with any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The provisions of this Article VIII are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of any and all other limitations on or eliminations of the liabilities of Directors of the Corporation, as such, whether such limitations or eliminations arise under or are created by any law, rule, regulation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

/s/ Ralph J. Mauro
Ralph J. Mauro, Incorporator

 

4


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Triton Management Company, Inc. resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “First” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

The name of the Corporation shall be SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc.
 
 
 
 

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 11 th day of January, 2005.

 

By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  Authorized Officer
Title:   EVP & CFO
Name:   David D. Clark
  Print or Type

Exhibit 3.18

 

 

 

TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

BYLAWS

Adopted as of December 22,1997

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE 1.

  

STOCKHOLDERS

  

1.1 Annual Meeting

     1   

1.2 Special Meetings

     1   

1.3 Notice of Meetings; Waiver

     1   

1.4 Quorum

     2   

1.5 Voting

     2   

1.6 Voting by Ballot

     2   

1.7 Adjournment

     2   

1.8 Proxies

     3   

1.9 Organization; Procedure

     3   

1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

     3   

ARTICLE 2.

  

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  

2.1 General Powers

     3   

2.2 Number and Term of Office

     4   

2.3 Election of Directors

     4   

2.4 Annual and Regular Meetings

     4   

2.5 Special Meetings; Notice

     4   

2.6 Quorum; Voting

     5   

2.7 Adjournment

     5   

2.8 Action Without a Meeting

     5   

2.9 Regulations; Manner of Acting

     5   

2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications

     5   

2.11 Resignation

     5   

2.12 Removal of Directors

     5   

2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

     6   

2.14 Compensation

     6   

2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc

     6   

 

i


ARTICLE 3.

  

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

  

3.1 How Constituted

     6   

3.2 Powers

     7   

3.3 Quorum; Voting

     7   

3.4 Action without a Meeting

     7   

3.5 Regulations; Manner of Acting

     7   

3.6 Action by Telephonic Communications

     7   

3.7 Resignation

     8   

3.8 Removal

     8   

3.9 Vacancies

     8   

ARTICLE 4.

  

OFFICERS

     8   

4.1 Titles

     8   

4.2 Election

     8   

4.3 Salaries

     8   

4.4 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies

     8   

4.5 Authority and Duties

     9   

4.6 The Chairman of the Board

     9   

4.7 The President

     9   

4.8 The Vice Presidents

     10   

4.9 The Secretary

     10   

4.10 The Treasurer

     11   

4.11 Additional Officers

     11   

4.12 Security

     11   

ARTICLE 5.

  

CAPITAL STOCK

     12   

5.1 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares

     12   

5.2 Signatures; Facsimile

     12   

5.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     12   

5.4 Transfer of Stock

     12   

5.5 Record Date

     13   

5.6 Registered Stockholders

     13   

5.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar

     13   

ARTICLE 6.

  

INDEMNIFICATION

     13   

6.1 Indemnification

     13   

6.2 Definition

     14   

 

ii


ARTICLE 7.

  

OFFICES

     14   

7.1 Registered Office

     14   

7.2 Other Offices

     14   

ARTICLE 8.

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14   

8.1 Dividends

     14   

8.2 Reserves

     14   

8.3 Execution of Instruments

     15   

8.4 Corporate Indebtedness

     15   

8.5 Deposits

     15   

8.6 Checks

     15   

8.7 Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities

     15   

8.8 Voting as Stockholder

     15   

8.9 Fiscal Year

     16   

8.10 Seal

     16   

8.11 Books and Records

     16   

ARTICLE 9.

  

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     16   

9.1 Amendment

     16   

ARTICLE 10.

  

CONSTRUCTION

     17   

10.1 Construction

     17   

 

iii


BYLAWS

TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE 1.

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, at 9:00 A.M. on the second Wednesday of each April of each year (or, if such day is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day), or at such other date and hour, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

1.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be called by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Secretary, immediately upon receipt of a written request therefor by stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation at the time entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. If such officers or the Board of Directors shall fail to call such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, any stockholder executing such request may call such meeting. Any such special meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be specified in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

1.3 Notice of Meetings; Waiver . The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.

 

1


Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders hereunder, a written waiver, signed by a stockholder, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a written waiver of notice. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

1.4 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

1.5 Voting . If, pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a record date has been fixed, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date. If no record date has been fixed, then every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.

1.6 Voting by Ballot . No vote of the stockholders need be taken by written ballot or conducted by inspectors of election, unless otherwise required by law. Any vote which need not be taken by ballot may be conducted in any manner approved by the meeting.

1.7 Adjournment . If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders present in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn any such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, date and hour thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.3 hereof, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

 

2


1.8 Proxies . Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action without a meeting may, by a written instrument signed by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such consent or dissent for him by proxy. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.

1.9 Organization; Procedure . At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, the President or, in the event of his absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by a majority of the stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as Secretary of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by such presiding officer.

1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . To the fullest extent permitted by law, whenever the vote of the stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing.

ARTICLE 2.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

 

3


2.2 Number and Term of Office . The Board of Directors shall consist of one to three members, as determined by and as may be modified from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall the number of Directors be less than one. Each Director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.3 Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of these Bylaws, the Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that unless otherwise named in the Certificate of Incorporation, the initial Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator(s) of the Corporation. If the annual meeting for the election of Directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, provided a quorum is present, the Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.

2.4 Annual and Regular Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held as soon as possible following adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders at the place of such annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given. The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided, however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telegram, facsimile or cable, to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him at his usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any Director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on 24 hours’ notice, if notice is given to each Director personally or by telephone or facsimile, or on five days’ notice, if notice is mailed to each Director, addressed to him at his usual place of business. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.

 

4


2.6 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.7 Adjournment . A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.5 shall be given to each Director.

2.8 Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

2.9 Regulations; Manner of Acting . To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. The Directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual Directors shall have no power as such.

2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.11 Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Any Director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of such Director, cast at a special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the Director so removed. If such stockholders do not fill such vacancy at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting such removal, if such removal was effected by consent without a meeting), such vacancy may be filled in the manner provided in Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

 

5


2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . If any vacancies shall occur in the Board of Directors, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, or if the authorized number of Directors shall be increased, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and such vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. A Director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any such vacancy or newly created directorship may also be filled at any time by vote of the stockholders.

2.14 Compensation . The amount, if any, which each Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his services as such shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or Committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including without limitation independent certified public accountants and appraisers.

ARTICLE 3.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

3.1 How Constituted . The Board of Directors may designate one or more Committees, including an Executive Committee, each such Committee to consist of such number of Directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of such Committee. In addition, unless the Board of Directors has so designated an alternate member of such Committee, in the absence or disqualification of a member of such Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Thereafter, members (and alternate members, if any) of each such Committee may be designated at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. Any such Committee may be abolished or redesignated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each member (and each alternate member) of any such Committee (whether designated at an annual meeting of the Board of Directors or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold office until his successor shall have been designated or until he shall cease to be a Director, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

6


3.2 Powers . During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, if created by the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise provided in this section, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation, including the power to declare dividends and to authorize the issuance of stock. Each such other Committee shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution of the Board, provided, that neither the Executive Committee nor any such other Committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any of these Bylaws. The Executive Committee shall have, and any such other Committee may be granted by the Board of Directors, power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to any or all papers which may require it.

3.3 Quorum; Voting . Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such Committee, at all meetings of any Committee the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such Committee.

3.4 Action without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any such Committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such Committee shall consent to such action in writing and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee.

3.5 Regulations; Manner of Acting . Each such Committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time. Each such Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors next following any such proceeding. The members of any such Committee shall act only as a Committee, and the individual members of such Committee shall have no power as such.

3.6 Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7


3.7 Resignation . Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman of the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

3.8 Removal . Any member (any alternate member) of any Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

3.9 Vacancies . If any vacancy shall occur in any Committee, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members (and any alternate members) shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors or the remaining members of the Committee as provided in Section 3.1 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

OFFICERS

4.1 Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors also may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers in such numbers as the Board of Directors may determine, and shall also elect a Chairman of the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a Director of the Corporation.

4.2 Election . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at such annual meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.3 Salaries . The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

4.4 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies . Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

8


4.5 Authority and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

4.6 The Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, together with the President and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the business and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a Chairman of the Board of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.7 The President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, together with the Chairman of the Board and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief operating officer of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


4.8 The Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him from time to time by the President. In the absence of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed and his powers may be exercised by such Vice President as shall be designated by the President, or failing such designation, such duties shall be performed and such powers may be exercised by each Vice President in the order of their election to that office; subject in any case to review and superseding action by the President.

4.9 The Secretary . The Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in books provided for that purpose.

(b) He shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law.

(c) Whenever any Committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, he shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such Committee.

(d) He shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal shall have been duly authorized in accordance with these Bylaws, and when so affixed he may attest to same.

(e) He shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(f) He shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each became such holder of record.

(g) He shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

(h) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

10


4.10 The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts of the Corporation.

(b) He shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with Section 8.5 of these Bylaws.

(c) He shall cause moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed as provided in Section 8.6 of these Bylaws) upon the authorized depositories of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

(d) He shall render to the Board of Directors or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

(e) He shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.

(f) He may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing stock of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

(g) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the President.

4.11 Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it my deem appropriate, and such other officers and agents shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any such officer or agent may remove any such subordinate officer or agent appointed by him, with or without cause.

4.12 Security . The Board of Directors may direct that the Corporation secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

 

11


ARTICLE 5.

CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until each certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by the Chairman of the Board, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

5.2 Signatures; Facsimile . All of such signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

5.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Secretary of the Corporation may cause a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Secretary of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, or his or their legal representative setting forth such allegation. The Secretary may require the owner or owners of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or their legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

5.4 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Section 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law.

 

12


Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

5.5 Record Date . In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5.6 Registered Stockholders . Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interest. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

5.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

ARTICLE 6.

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law from time to time in effect, indemnify any and all persons who may serve or who have served at any time as Directors or officers of the Corporation, or who at the request of the Corporation may serve or at any time have served as Directors or officers of another corporation (including subsidiaries of the Corporation) or of any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said law. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a

 

13


Director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may also indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under any applicable law from time to time in effect to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by such law. The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, other Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.2 Definition . For purposes of this Article, the term “Corporation” shall include constituent corporations referred to in Subsection (h) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law (or any similar provision of applicable law at the time in effect).

ARTICLE 7.

OFFICES

7.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the Corporation’s registered agent shall be the Corporation Trust Company.

7.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 8.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Dividends . Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the Corporation.

8.2 Reserves . There may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

14


8.3 Execution of Instruments . The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer or agent to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

8.4 Corporate Indebtedness . No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Loans so authorized may be effected at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual. All bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be made, executed and delivered as the Board of Directors shall authorize. When so authorized by the Board of Directors, any part of or all the properties, including contract rights, assets, business or good will of the Corporation, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, may be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or conveyed or assigned in trust as security for the payment of such bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and of any interest thereon, by instruments executed and delivered in the name of the Corporation.

8.5 Deposits . Any funds of the Corporation may be deposited from time to time in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the President, or by such officers or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President to make such determination.

8.6 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President from time to time may determine.

8.7 Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities . To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or by the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or any other officers designated by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President may sell, transfer, endorse, and assign any shares of stock, bonds or other securities owned by or held in the name of the Corporation, and may make, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, under its corporate seal, any instruments that may be appropriate to effect any such sale, transfer, endorsement or assignment.

 

15


8.8 Voting as Stockholder . Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

8.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year (except for the Corporation’s first fiscal year which shall commence on the date of incorporation) and shall end in each case on December 31.

8.10 Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.

8.11 Books and Records . Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

9.1 Amendment . These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed:

(a) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting; or

(b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

16


ARTICLE 10.

CONSTRUCTION

10.1 Construction . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

 

17

Exhibit 3.19

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TRITON PCS OPERATING

COMPANY L.L.C.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Limited Liability Company is Triton PCS Operating Company L.L.C.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Limited Liability Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

MEMBER:

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President


Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

of

TRITON PCS OPERATING COMPANY L.L.C.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

TRITON PCS OPERATING COMPANY L.L.C.

2. The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

Executed on January 7, 2005

 

/s/ Charles H.N. Kallenbach         
Name: Charles H.N. Kallenbach
Title: Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: Triton PCS Operating Company L.L.C.

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: The name shall be SunCom Wireless Operating Company, L.L.C.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 11 th day of January, A.D. 2005.

 

By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

David D. Clark, EVP & CFO

  Print or Type

Exhibit 3.20

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRITON PCS OPERATING COMPANY L.L.C.

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 1997 by and between Triton PCS Operating Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq .) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company is Triton PCS Operating Company L.L.C.

2. Purpose . The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Company Trust Company, Company Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Registered Agent . The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Company Trust Company.

5. Addresses . The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

COMPANY :

Triton PCS Operating Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355


INITIAL MEMBER :

Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

6. Members; Power of Members . As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Initial Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of a majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members or pursuant to a written consent of such Members.

7. Term . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all of the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under § 18-802 of the Act.

8. Capital Contributions . The Initial Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, and no other property, to the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Allocation of Profit and Logses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members of the Company.

11. Distributions . At the time determined by the Members of the Company, but at least once during each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

12. Assignments . A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent the Members.

13. Withdrawal . Except as provided in the following Section 14 , no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

 

2


14. Additional Members .

(a) The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

(b) After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14 , the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

(c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15. Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16. Management .

(a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other pesons or entities.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in Section 18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


(c) The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

(d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

(e) The Managers in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

(f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

(g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY :

TRITON PCS OPERATING COMPANY L.L.C.

By: Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President
INITIAL MEMBER :

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By: Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER :

TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 3.21

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TRITON PCS PROPERTY

COMPANY L.L.C.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Limited Liability Company is Triton PCS Property Company L.L.C.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Limited Liability Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

MEMBER:

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President


Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

of

TRITON PCS PROPERTY COMPANY L.L.C.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

TRITON PCS PROPERTY COMPANY L.L.C.

2. The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

Executed on January 7, 2005

 

/s/ Charles H.N. Kallenbach         
Name: Charles H.N. Kallenbach
Title: Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: Triton PCS Property Company, L.L.C.

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Article I. The name of the Limited Liability Company is SunCom Wireless Property Company, L.L.C.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 8 th day of September, A.D. 2006.

 

By:   /s/ Eric Haskell
  Authorized Person(s)
Name:   SunCom Wireless Management
  Company, Inc., its manager, by Eric Haskell, EVP and CFO

Exhibit 3.22

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRITON PCS PROPERTY COMPANY L.L.C.

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 1997 by and between Triton PCS Property Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C . §§ 18-101, et seq .) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company is Triton PCS Property Company L.L.C.

2. Purpose . The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Company Trust Company, Company Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Registered Agent . The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Company Trust Company.

5. Addresses . The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

COMPANY :

Triton PCS Property Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355


INITIAL MEMBER :

Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

101 Lindenwood Drive

Suite 125

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

6. Members; Power of Members . As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Initial Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of a majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members or pursuant to a written consent of such Members.

7. Term . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all of the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under § 18-802 of the Act.

8. Capital Contributions . The Initial Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, and no other property, to the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Allocation of Profit and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members of the Company.

11. Distributions . At the time determined by the Members of the Company, but at least once during each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

12. Assignments . A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent the Members.

13. Withdrawal . Except as provided in the following Section 14, no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

 

2


14. Additional Members .

(a) The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

(b) After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14 , the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

(c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15. Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16. Management .

(a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other pesons or entities.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in Section 18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


(c) The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

(d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

(e) The Managers in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

(f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

(g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY :

TRITON PCS PROPERTY COMPANY L.L.C.

By: Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President
INITIAL MEMBER :

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

By: Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER :

TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 3.23

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Triton PCS License Company, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in, carry on and conduct any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

The incorporator of the Corporation is Ralph J. Mauro and his mailing address is c/o Kleinbard, Bell & Brocker, 1900 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

ARTICLE VI

Election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 Indemnification . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (a “ Proceeding ”), whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal

 

     


representative, is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was incorporator, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an “ Other Entity ”), shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent then permitted by law against expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements), judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan), and amounts paid in settlement incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Persons who are not Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the benefits of this Article VII.

7.2 Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that, if (and only if) required by the GCL, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

7.3 Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

7.4 Continuing Rights . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), shall inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person, and in either case, shall inure whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters which antedate the adoption of this Article VII.

7.5 Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII, the Bylaws or under Section 145 of the GCL or any other provision of law.

 

2


7.6 Contract Rights; No Repeal . The provisions of this Article VII shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who services in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect and any other person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer, or other person intend to be legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article VII shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or, heretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

7.7 Enforceability; Burden of Proof . The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding.

7.8 Service at the Request of the Corporation . Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving any capacity in (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

7.9 Right to be Covered by Applicable Law . Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article VII may elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided , however , that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

3


ARTICLE VIII

No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, provided that this provision does not eliminate the liability of the Director (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. For purposes of the prior sentence, the term “damages” shall, to the extent permitted by law, include without limitation, any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages, excise or other tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements). Each person who serves as a Director of the Corporation while this Article VIII is in effect shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance on the provisions of this Article VIII, and neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability or any Director of the Corporation for, arising out of, based upon, or in connection with any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The provisions of this Article VIII are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of any and all other limitations on or eliminations of the liabilities of Directors of the Corporation, as such, whether such limitations or eliminations arise under or are created by any law, rule, regulation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 2nd day of October, 1997.

 

/s/ Ralph J. Mauro
Ralph J. Mauro, Incorporator

 

4


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC.

TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Triton PCS License Company, Inc., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing Article FIRST thereof, so that, as amended the said Article shall be and read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Triton PCS, Inc.

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, the stockholders of said corporation, by unanimous written consent, voted the necessary number of shares as required by statute in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: The said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

 

     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

2


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA   :    SS.
  :   
COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA   :   

On this 19 th day of December, 1997 before me the undersigned officer, personally appeared David D. Clark, known to me (or satisfactorily proven) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed it for the purposes therein contained.

Witness my hand and official seal the day and year aforesaid.

 

/s/ Vincenza J. Tribuiani
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:

 

3


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Triton PCS, Inc. resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “ First” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows: The name of the Corporation shall be SunCom Wireless PCS, Inc.

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 11 th day of January, 2005.

 

By:   /s/ David D. Clark
  Authorized Officer
Title:   EVP & CFO
Name:   David D. Clark
  Print or Type


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS PCS, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is SUNCOM WIRELESS PCS, INC.

2. The certificate of incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article[s] FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article[s] the following new Article[s]:

“The name of the limited liability company is SunCom Wireless, Inc.

3. The amendment[s] of the certificate of incorporation herein certified has [have] been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Signed on February 10, 2005

 

/s/ David D. Clark

David D. Clark, Executive Vice President and CFO


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

  1. The name of the corporation is SunCom Wireless, Inc.

 

  2. That a Certificate of the Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 10, 2005 and that said Certificate requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  3. The inaccuracy or defect of said Certificate to be corrected as follows:

Item 2 states the incorrect entity type being corrected.

 

  4. Article I of the Certificate is corrected to read as follows:

The name of the Corporation shall be SunCom Wireless, Inc.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Michael E. Kalogris, an Authorized Officer, this 25 th Day of March, A.D. 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ Michael E. Kalogris

Name:   Michael E. Kalogris
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.24

 

 

 

TRITON PCS, INC.

(formerly Triton PCS License Company, Inc.)

BYLAWS

Adopted as of October 2,1997

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE 1.

     1   

STOCKHOLDERS

  

1.1 Annual Meeting

     1   

1.2 Special Meetings

     1   

1.3 Notice of Meetings; Waiver

     1   

1.4 Quorum

     2   

1.5 Voting

     2   

1.6 Voting by Ballot

     2   

1.7 Adjournment

     2   

1.8 Proxies

     3   

1.9 Organization; Procedure

     3   

1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

     3   

ARTICLE 2.

     3   

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  

2.1 General Powers

     3   

2.2 Number and Term of Office

     4   

2.3 Election of Directors

     4   

2.4 Annual and Regular Meetings

     4   

2.5 Special Meetings; Notice

     4   

2.6 Quorum; Voting

     5   

2.7 Adjournment

     5   

2.8 Action Without a Meeting

     5   

2.9 Regulations; Manner of Acting

     5   

2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications

     5   

2.11 Resignation

     5   

2.12 Removal of Directors

     5   

2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

     6   

2.14 Compensation

     6   

2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc

     6   

 

i


ARTICLE 3.

     6   

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

  

3.1 How Constituted

     6   

3.2 Powers

     7   

3.3 Quorum; Voting

     7   

3.4 Action without a Meeting

     7   

3.5 Regulations; Manner of Acting

     7   

3.6 Action by Telephonic Communications

     7   

3.7 Resignation

     8   

3.8 Removal

     8   

3.9 Vacancies

     8   

ARTICLE 4.

     8   

OFFICERS

  

4.1 Titles

     8   

4.2 Election

     8   

4.3 Salaries

     8   

4.4 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies

     8   

4.5 Authority and Duties

     9   

4.6 The Chairman of the Board

     9   

4.7 The President

     9   

4.8 The Vice Presidents

     9   

4.9 The Secretary

     10   

4.10 The Treasurer

     10   

4.11 Additional Officers

     11   

4.12 Security

     11   

ARTICLE 5.

     12   

CAPITAL STOCK

  

5.1 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares

     12   

5.2 Signatures; Facsimile

     12   

5.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     12   

5.4 Transfer of Stock

     12   

5.5 Record Date

     13   

5.6 Registered Stockholders

     13   

5.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar

     13   

ARTICLE 6.

     13   

INDEMNIFICATION

  

6.1 Indemnification

     13   

6.2 Definition

     14   

 

ii


ARTICLE 7.

     14   

OFFICES

  

7.1 Registered Office

     14   

7.2 Other Offices

     14   

ARTICLE 8.

     14   

GENERAL PROVISIONS

  

8.1 Dividends

     14   

8.2 Reserves

     14   

8.3 Execution of Instruments

     15   

8.4 Corporate Indebtedness

     15   

8.5 Deposits

     15   

8.6 Checks

     15   

8.7 Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities

     15   

8.8 Voting as Stockholder

     15   

8.9 Fiscal Year

     16   

8.10 Seal

     16   

8.11 Books and Records

     16   

ARTICLE 9.

     16   

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

  

9.1 Amendment

     16   

ARTICLE 10.

     16   

CONSTRUCTION

  

10.1 Construction

     16   

 

iii


BYLAWS

TRITON PCS, INC.

(formerly Triton PCS License Company, Inc.)

ARTICLE 1.

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, at 9:00 A.M. on the second Wednesday of each April of each year (or, if such day is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day), or at such other date and hour, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

1.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be called by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Secretary, immediately upon receipt of a written request therefor by stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation at the time entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. If such officers or the Board of Directors shall fail to call such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, any stockholder executing such request may call such meeting. Any such special meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be specified in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

1.3 Notice of Meetings; Waiver . The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.

 

1


Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders hereunder, a written waiver, signed by a stockholder, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a written waiver of notice. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

1.4 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

1.5 Voting . If, pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a record date has been fixed, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date. If no record date has been fixed, then every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.

1.6 Voting by Ballot . No vote of the stockholders need be taken by written ballot or conducted by inspectors of election, unless otherwise required by law. Any vote which need not be taken by ballot may be conducted in any manner approved by the meeting.

1.7 Adjournment . If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders present in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn any such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, date and hour thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.3 hereof, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

 

2


1.8 Proxies . Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action without a meeting may, by a written instrument signed by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such consent or dissent for him by proxy. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.

1.9 Organization; Procedure . At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, the President or, in the event of his absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by a majority of the stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as Secretary of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by such presiding officer.

1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . To the fullest extent permitted by law, whenever the vote of the stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing.

ARTICLE 2.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

 

3


2.2 Number and Term of Office . The Board of Directors shall consist of one to three members, as determined by and as may be modified from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall the number of Directors be less than one. Each Director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.3 Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of these Bylaws, the Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that unless otherwise named in the Certificate of Incorporation, the initial Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator(s) of the Corporation. If the annual meeting for the election of Directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, provided a quorum is present, the Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.

2.4 Annual and Regular Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held as soon as possible following adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders at the place of such annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given. The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided, however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telegram, facsimile or cable, to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him at his usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any Director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on 24 hours’ notice, if notice is given to each Director personally or by telephone or facsimile, or on five days’ notice, if notice is mailed to each Director, addressed to him at his usual place of business. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.

 

4


2.6 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.7 Adjournment . A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.5 shall be given to each Director.

2.8 Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

2.9 Regulations; Manner of Acting . To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. The Directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual Directors shall have no power as such.

2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.11 Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Any Director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of such Director, cast at a special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the Director so removed. If such stockholders do not fill such vacancy at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting such removal, if such removal was effected by consent without a meeting), such vacancy may be filled in the manner provided in Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

 

5


2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . If any vacancies shall occur in the Board of Directors, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, or if the authorized number of Directors shall be increased, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and such vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. A Director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any such vacancy or newly created directorship may also be filled at any time by vote of the stockholders.

2.14 Compensation . The amount, if any, which each Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his services as such shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or Committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including without limitation independent certified public accountants and appraisers.

ARTICLE 3.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

3.1 How Constituted . The Board of Directors may designate one or more Committees, including an Executive Committee, each such Committee to consist of such number of Directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of such Committee. In addition, unless the Board of Directors has so designated an alternate member of such Committee, in the absence or disqualification of a member of such Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Thereafter, members (and alternate members, if any) of each such Committee may be designated at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. Any such Committee may be abolished or redesignated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each member (and each alternate member) of any such Committee (whether designated at an annual meeting of the Board of Directors or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold office until his successor shall have been designated or until he shall cease to be a Director, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

6


3.2 Powers . During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, if created by the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise provided in this section, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation, including the power to declare dividends and to authorize the issuance of stock. Each such other Committee shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution of the Board, provided, that neither the Executive Committee nor any such other Committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any of these Bylaws. The Executive Committee shall have, and any such other Committee may be granted by the Board of Directors, power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to any or all papers which may require it.

3.3 Quorum; Voting . Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such Committee, at all meetings of any Committee the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such Committee.

3.4 Action without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any such Committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such Committee shall consent to such action in writing and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee.

3.5 Regulations; Manner of Acting . Each such Committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time. Each such Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors next following any such proceeding. The members of any such Committee shall act only as a Committee, and the individual members of such Committee shall have no power as such.

3.6 Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7


3.7 Resignation . Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman of the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

3.8 Removal . Any member (any alternate member) of any Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

3.9 Vacancies . If any vacancy shall occur in any Committee, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members (and any alternate members) shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors or the remaining members of the Committee as provided in Section 3.1 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

OFFICERS

4.1 Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors also may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers in such numbers as the Board of Directors may determine, and shall also elect a Chairman of the Board, Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a Director of the Corporation.

4.2 Election . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at such annual meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.3 Salaries . The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

4.4 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies . Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

8


4.5 Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

4.6 Authority and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

4.7 The Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, together with the President and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the business and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a Chairman of the Board of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.8 The President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, together with the Chairman of the Board and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief operating officer of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


4.9 The Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him from time to time by the President. In the absence of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed and his powers may be exercised by such Vice President as shall be designated by the President, or failing such designation, such duties shall be performed and such powers may be exercised by each Vice President in the order of their election to that office; subject in any case to review and superseding action by the President.

4.10 The Secretary . The Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in books provided for that purpose.

(b) He shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law.

(c) Whenever any Committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, he shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such Committee.

(d) He shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal shall have been duly authorized in accordance with these Bylaws, and when so affixed he may attest to same.

(e) He shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(f) He shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each became such holder of record.

(g) He shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

10


(h) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

4.11 The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts of the Corporation.

(b) He shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with Section 8.5 of these Bylaws.

(c) He shall cause moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed as provided in Section 8.6 of these Bylaws) upon the authorized depositories of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

(d) He shall render to the Board of Directors or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

(e) He shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.

(f) He may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing stock of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

(g) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the President.

4.12 Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it my deem appropriate, and such other officers and agents shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any such officer or agent may remove any such subordinate officer or agent appointed by him, with or without cause.

 

11


4.13 Security . The Board of Directors may direct that the Corporation secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

ARTICLE 5.

CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until each certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by the Chairman of the Board, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

5.2 Signatures; Facsimile . All of such signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

5.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Secretary of the Corporation may cause a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Secretary of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, or his or their legal representative setting forth such allegation. The Secretary may require the owner or owners of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or their legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

12


5.4 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Section 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

5.5 Record Date . In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5.6 Registered Stockholders . Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interest. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

5.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

 

13


ARTICLE 6.

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law from time to time in effect, indemnify any and all persons who may serve or who have served at any time as Directors or officers of the Corporation, or who at the request of the Corporation may serve or at any time have served as Directors or officers of another corporation (including subsidiaries of the Corporation) or of any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said law. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may also indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under any applicable law from time to time in effect to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by such law. The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, other Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.2 Definition . For purposes of this Article, the term “Corporation” shall include constituent corporations referred to in Subsection (h) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law (or any similar provision of applicable law at the time in effect).

ARTICLE 7.

OFFICES

7.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the Corporation’s registered agent shall be the Corporation Trust Company.

7.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 8.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Dividends . Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the Corporation.

 

14


8.2 Reserves . There may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

8.3 Execution of Instruments . The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer or agent to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

8.4 Corporate Indebtedness . No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Loans so authorized may be effected at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual. All bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be made, executed and delivered as the Board of Directors shall authorize. When so authorized by the Board of Directors, any part of or all the properties, including contract rights, assets, business or good will of the Corporation, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, may be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or conveyed or assigned in trust as security for the payment of such bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and of any interest thereon, by instruments executed and delivered in the name of the Corporation.

8.5 Deposits . Any funds of the Corporation may be deposited from time to time in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the President, or by such officers or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President to make such determination.

8.6 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President from time to time may determine.

8.7 Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities . To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or by the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or any other officers designated by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President may sell, transfer, endorse, and assign any shares of stock, bonds or other securities owned by or held in the name of the Corporation, and may make, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, under its corporate seal, any instruments that may be appropriate to effect any such sale, transfer, endorsement or assignment.

 

15


8.8 Voting as Stockholder . Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

8.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year (except for the Corporation’s first fiscal year which shall commence on the date of incorporation) and shall end in each case on December 31.

8.10 Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.

8.11 Books and Records . Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

9.1 Amendment . These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed:

(a) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting; or

(b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

 

16


ARTICLE 10.

CONSTRUCTION

10.1 Construction . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

 

17

Exhibit 3.25

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS I L.L.C.

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is VoiceStream PCS I L.L.C.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are: Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

Executed on April 5, 1999.

 

  /s/ Angela R. Morrill
  Angela R. Morrill


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS I L.L.C.

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: VoiceStream PCS I L.L.C.

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article FIRST:

“FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”), is T-Mobile Central LLC.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 30 th day of September, 2005

 

By  

/s/ David A. Miller

 

David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

Exhibit 3.26

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS I L.L.C.

THE UNDERSIGNED Sole Member is executing this Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement”) for the purpose of forming a limited liability company (the “Company”) pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq. (the “Delaware Act”), and does hereby certify and agree as follows:

1. Name; Formation . The name of the Company shall be VoiceStream PCS I L.L.C., or such other name as the Sole Member may from time to time hereafter designate. The Company shall be formed upon the execution and filing by Angela R. Morrill, acting as the duly authorized agent of the Sole Member for such purpose, of a certificate of formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth all of the information required by Section 18-201 of the Delaware Act.

2. Definitions; Rules of Construction . In addition to terms otherwise defined herein, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Sole Member” means Western PCS I Corporation, a Delaware Corporation.

“Member” means the Sole Member and/or any other Member admitted pursuant to Sections 9 and 10 below.

Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires. As used herein, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provisions or sections hereof.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company shall be to engage in any lawful business activity or transaction that may be engaged in by a limited liability company organized under the Delaware Act, as such business activities and transactions may be determined by the Sole Member from time to time.

4. Offices .

1. The principal business office of the Company, and such additional offices as the Sole Member may determine to establish, shall be located at such place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware as the Sole Member may designate from time to time.

1. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is located at 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805. The registered agent of the Company for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

5. Members . The only Member of the Company is the Sole Member. The name and business or residence address of the Sole Member of the Company is as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.


6. Term . The Company shall have a perpetual existence unless its existence is sooner terminated in accordance with Section 15 of this Agreement.

7. Management of the Company .

1. The Sole Member shall have the full and exclusive right to manage the business and affairs of the Company, and shall have all powers and rights necessary, appropriate, desirable or advisable to effectuate and carry out the purposes and business of the Company. The Sole Member may appoint, employ, or otherwise contract with any persons or entities for the transaction of the business of the Company or the performance of services for or on behalf of the Company, and the Sole Member may delegate to any such person or entity such authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Sole Member may from time to time deem appropriate. In furtherance thereof, the Sole Member, on behalf of the Company, may enter into an agreement with any such individual or entity for the purpose of effecting or evidencing any such delegation. Each such agreement shall be binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms. No person dealing with any employee or agent authorized by the Sole Member shall be required to determine the authority of such employee or agent to act on behalf of the Company, or to determine any facts or circumstances bearing on the existence of such authority, or to see to the application by such employee or agent of any money or other property paid or delivered to him as a recipient for the Company. Without limitation, the Sole Member hereby appoints, as the initial officers (the “Initial Officers”) of the Company, the persons listed below to the offices listed opposite their respective names:

 

John W. Stanton

   Chief Executive Officer

Robert R. Stapleton

   President

Don Guthrie

   Chief Financial Officer

Alan R. Bender

   Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

Cregg B. Baumbaugh

   Executive Vice President, Finance, Strategy and Development

David A. Miller

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Patricia L. Miller

   Executive Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer and Controller

Lee Tostevin

   Assistant Secretary

The Sole Member hereby delegates to the foregoing officers, or any successors to the offices of President, Vice-President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company (such parties are collectively the “Senior Officers”), or any of their respective designees, full power and authority as to the care, custody, operation, maintenance and control of the Company and all related facilities and assets of the Company or any real property or assets acquired by the Company. The Senior Officers and any of their respective designees shall have authority to execute all documents and instruments relating to the Company and/or the registration, operation, maintenance or financing thereof. Each officer of the Company (including the Initial Officers) shall serve until his successor is appointed, or his earlier death, disability, resignation or removal.

2. The Sole Member may execute and file on behalf of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware any certificates of amendment to the Company’s certificate of formation, one or more restated certificates of formation and certificates of merger or consolidation and, upon the dissolution and completion of the winding up of the Company, a certificate of cancellation canceling the Company’s certificate of formation.


8. Capital Contributions . The Sole Member has made a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount set forth on Schedule I attached hereto. The Sole Member shall not be required to make any further contributions to the capital of the Company. Persons or entities hereafter admitted as Members of the Company shall make such contributions of cash (or evidences of obligations), property or services to the Company as shall be determined by the Members, acting unanimously, at the time of each such admission.

9. Assignments of Company Interest .

1. After the admission of any Members in addition to the Sole Member, pursuant to the terms of Section 10 below, no Member may sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of its interest in the Company, and no transferee of all or any part of a Member’s interest in the Company shall be admitted as a substituted Member, without, in either event, having obtained the prior written consent of the other Member (which consent may be given or withheld in such other Member’s sole discretion); provided, however, that no such prior consent shall be required for any Member to transfer all or any part of its interest in the Company to any entity beneficially owned by such Member. Any permitted transferee of all or any part of a Member’s interest in the Company shall as a condition precedent to such transfer agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as the transferor of such interest.

2. The Members shall amend Schedule I attached hereto from time to time to reflect transfers made in accordance with, and as permitted under, this Section 9. Any purported transfer in violation of this Section 9 shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

10. Additional Members . The Sole Member shall have the right to admit additional Members upon such terms and conditions, at such time or times, and for such capital contributions as shall be determined by the Sole Member; and in connection with any such admission, the Sole Member shall amend Schedule I hereof to reflect the name, address and capital contribution of each additional Member.

11. Withdrawal . After the admission of any Members in addition to the Sole Member, pursuant to the terms of Sections 9 and 10 above, no Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company except with the consent of the other Members and upon such terms and conditions as may be specifically agreed upon between such other Members and the withdrawing Member. The provisions of this Agreement with respect to distributions upon withdrawal are exclusive and no Member shall be entitled to claim any further or different distribution upon withdrawal under Section 18-604 of the Delaware Act or otherwise.

12. Distributions/Allocations . Distributions of cash or other assets of the Company shall be made at such time and in such amounts as the Sole Member may determine. Such distributions shall be allocated to the Sole Member in the same proportion as its then capital account balance.

13. Return of Capital . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Sole Member shall not have the right to receive any return of its capital contribution.


14. Membership Interests; Certificates . Each membership interest in the Company shall be a security governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware, 6 Del. C. § 1-101 et seq., and shall be represented by a certificate. Each certificate representing a membership interest in the Company now or hereafter held by a Member shall be stamped with a legend in substantially the following form:

“The Membership Interest represented by this Certificate has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such Membership Interest may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such Membership Interest under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to counsel of VoiceStream PCS I L.L.C. that registration is not required under said act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this Certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the Membership Interest represented hereby.”

15. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up and terminated upon the first to occur of the following:

1. The determination of the Sole Member to dissolve the Company; or

2. The occurrence of an event of withdrawal of the Sole Member or any other event causing a dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801 of the Delaware Act.

16. Limitation on Liability . The debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sole Member (the “Indemnitee”), from and against any claims, losses, liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other professionals) arising out of or in connection with any act or failure to act by an Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, or the business and affairs of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that an Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder if there is a judicial determination that (a) such indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act were made in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) such Indemnitee personally gained a financial benefit to which the Indemnitee was not legally entitled.

17. Further Assurances . The Members shall hereafter execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and do such further acts and things as may be required or useful to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, including, without limitation, executing and delivering any amended, modified or restated limited liability company agreements.

18. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only upon the written consent of all of the Members.

19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.


20. Section Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall have no force or effect for any purpose whatsoever.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned party has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of April 27, 1999.

 

SOLE MEMBER:
WESTERN PCS I CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Alan R. Bender

  Name: Alan R. Bender
 

Title: Senior Vice President

          General Counsel


SCHEDULE I

MEMBERS OF VOICESTREAM PCS I L.L.C.

 

Name & Address

  

Percentage Interest

  

Capital Contribution

Western PCS I Corporation       All assets of Western PCS I
3650 131 st Avenue SE       Corporation.

Bellevue, WA 98006

 

transferred its membership interest to:

     
Western PCS Holding Corporation      
3650 131 st Avenue SE      

Bellevue,WA 98006

 

transferred its membership interest to:

     
VoiceStream PCS Holding L.L.C.    100%   
3650 131 st Avenue SE      
Bellevue, WA 98006      

Exhibit 3.27

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is

T-Mobile License LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

THIRD: The effective date and time of the formation shall be January 1, 2006 at 1:35 a.m.

Executed on December 15, 2005

 

/s/ Carolyn Cornell

Carolyn Cornell, Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.28

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated effective as of January 1, 2006, is made and entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq. (the “LLC Act”), by T-MOBILE USA, INC. as the sole Member (the “Member”) of T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Member does hereby certify and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION; NAME; PURPOSE; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS

Section 1.1 Name; Formation.

Western PCS BTA I License Corporation (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware Corporation on January 14, 1998. The Corporation’s name was changed to VoiceStream PCS BTA I License Corporation on April 28, 1999. The Corporation was converted into the Company pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) of a Certificate of Formation and a Certificate of Conversion, each effective as of January 1, 2006 at 1:35 a.m. EST (the “Conversion”), pursuant to which T-Mobile USA, Inc., which had been the sole stockholder of the Corporation, became the sole Member of the Company. The name of the Company is and shall be T-Mobile License LLC.

Section 1.2 Purpose.

The purpose for which the Company is formed and the business and objects to be carried on and promoted by it are to engage in any lawful act or activity which may be carried on by a limited liability company under the LLC Act.

Section 1.3 Term.

The Company shall have perpetual existence beginning at the effective time set forth in the Certificate of Formation filed with by the Secretary of State; provided, however, that the Company may be dissolved in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Place of Business and Resident Agent.

The initial location of the place of business of the Company shall be 12920 S.E. 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. The initial address of the registered office and the name and address of the initial resident agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.


ARTICLE II

MEMBERS; INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY;

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1 Members and Capital Contributions.

A. The initial Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by 100 units of membership interest (“Units”). An unlimited number of Units are authorized.

B. The Member has acquired its Units in the Company by virtue of the Conversion, pursuant to which all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the Member were coverted into all of the Units of membership interest in the Company. The Member has accepted and agreed to the provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart signature page hereto.

C. Subject to Section 4.1.1, one or more persons may be admitted to the Company from time to time as additional Members upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Members or the Managers (as such term is defined below).

D. A person may be admitted to the Company as a Member without the requirement of becoming a party to this Agreement if such person evidences the intent to become a Member in writing by accepting and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, with respect to any additional or substitute Members, complies with any other conditions for becoming a Member established by the Members or the Managers.

Section 2.2 Capital Contributions.

A. Each Member has contributed to the capital of the Company (in the case of the initial Member, by virtue of the Conversion; in the case of any additional Members, as determined by the Managers) cash, services or property at such times, in such amounts, and of such types as are reflected in the books and records of the Company.

B. The Managers may from time to time, on behalf of the Company and without the requirement of any consent by the Members, seek and accept from one or more Members selected by the Managers additional capital contributions of cash, services or in-kind contributions of property on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Managers in their sole discretion.

C. Except for the capital contributions of the Members required under Sections 2.2.A and 2.2.B, no Member shall be required to make any further capital contributions to the Company or to lend any funds to the Company, although any Member may agree and become obligated to do so. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute additional capital to the Company to restore a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account (as defined below).

 

2


Section 2.3 Issuance and Classification of Units.

The relative ownership interests of the Members in the Company shall be represented by Units of membership interest. Ownership interests in the Company shall constitute a security governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6 Del. C. §§ 8-101 et seq., as adopted and in effect in the State of Delaware. The Units of the Company shall be of a single class. Each Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company, right to receive distributions from the Company (prior to its termination and dissolution) and voting powers shall be in proportion to the number of Units held by that Member.

Section 2.4 Certification and Registration of Units.

A. All membership interests in the Company shall be evidenced by security certificates in registered form (the “Certificates of Units”). The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register (the “Membership Interest Register”) in which, subject to reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, but at its expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Certificates of Units.

B. Whenever one or more Certificates of Units shall be surrendered at the principal executive office of the Company for transfer (which shall be subject to satisfaction of Section 6.1 hereof) or exchange, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the holder of the Certificate of Units or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Certificates of Units as may be requested by such holder, representing the same aggregate number of Units as the Certificate or Certificates of Units so surrendered. Each new Certificate of Units shall be dated as of the date of issuance and registered in the name or names as such holder may designate in writing.

C. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Certificate of Units and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of a Certificate of Units (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of the original Certificate of Units a new Certificate of Units of like tenor and number of Units, dated as of the date of issuance.

D. The Company, the Managers, and the Officers of the Company shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any Units registered on the Membership Interest Register as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such Units has been received and accepted by the Managers and recorded on the books of the Membership Interest Register. The Managers may refuse to accept an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period. In no event shall any Units, or any portion thereof, be sold, transferred, or assigned to a minor or incompetent, and any such attempted sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind the Company or the Managers.

 

3


E. Each Certificate of Units now or hereafter held by a Member shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“The Units of membership interest represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such Units may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such Units under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to T-Mobile USA, Inc. that registration is not required under said Act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the Units of membership interest represented hereby.”

Section 2.5 Capital Accounts.

A separate capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Member. The Capital Account of a Member shall be increased by (a) the amount of cash contributed by such member; (b) the agreed fair market value of any property contributed by such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (c) the amount of all profits (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. Each Member’s capital account shall be decreased by (d) the amount of all distributions to such Member; (e) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (f) the amount of all losses (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. The Capital Accounts shall be determined, maintained and adjusted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including the capital account maintenance rules in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-(l)(b)(2)(iv).

Section 2.6 General Rules Relating to Capital of the Company.

A. No Member shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return of contributions shall be made solely from the Company assets.

B. No Member shall have the right to withdraw or receive a return of all or any part of that Member’s capital contributions, or to demand or (except pursuant to Article III) receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for that Member’s capital contributions.

Section 2.7 Liability of the Members

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner for the debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. A Member shall be liable only to make the contributions described in Section 2.2 hereof, and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company, or to make any other contributions, assessments or payments to the Company.

 

4


ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Distributions Prior to Dissolution and Termination.

Prior to the dissolution and termination of the Company, cash not needed by the Company for the operation of its business shall be distributed to the Members at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managers. All such distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.2 Allocations of Profits and Losses.

Profits and losses for each fiscal year (or other portion thereof) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.3 Distributions Upon Dissolution and Termination

Upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, the assets remaining after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the number of Units held by each Member. If assets are to be distributed in kind, the Members’ Capital Accounts shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with Section 3.2, before any such distribution to reflect any profits and losses which would have been allocated if the property distributed in kind had been sold for its fair market value (net of liabilities) by the Company prior to dissolution.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS AND

AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management of Business and Affairs of the Company.

All Company powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, the Managers, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Formation; provided, however, that only the Members, by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units, may take the following actions or may direct the Managers to take the following actions:

4.1.1 The admission of an Additional Member;

4.1.2 The approval of a merger or reorganization of the Company, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets;

4.1.3 The amendment of this Agreement or taking any action in violation of this Agreement, or the waiver of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

5


4.1.4 The causing of the Company to voluntarily initiate a proceeding under which the Company would become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.2 Number, Election and Term of Office.

The number of Managers of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers or of the Members from time to time and shall initially be two; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Manager.

Section 4.3 Initial Board of Managers.

The Member hereby appoints the following individuals as the initial Managers:

Brian Kirkpatrick

David Miller

Section 4.4 Removal of Managers.

Any individual Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. A removed Manager’s successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Members to serve the unexpired term.

Section 4.5 Vacancies.

Subject to Section 4.4, a vacancy occurring in the Managers may be filled (for the unexpired term, if applibable) by either action of Members holding a majority of the Units or the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Managers, whether or not the remaining Managers constitute a quorum. A vacancy or vacancies in the Managers may result from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any Manager, or from an increase in the number of Managers.

Section 4.6 Compensation.

Managers may receive such compensation for their services as Managers as may be fixed by the Members from time to time. A Manager may also serve the Company in one or more capacities other than that of Manager and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

Section 4.7 Committees of the Managers.

The Managers may designate from among themselves an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more Managers, who serve at the pleasure of the Managers. Each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Managers specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

 

6


Section 4.8 Action by Managers or Members.

Any action by the Managers may be taken by vote of a majority of the entire number of Managers at a meeting thereof or unanimous written consent of the Managers. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action by Members may be taken by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units. Participation in meetings may be by conference telephone if all persons can hear and speak to each other. A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum for meetings of the Managers. Members holding a majority of the Units shall constitute a quorum for meetings of Members.

Section 4.9 Liability of Member and Managers.

No Member nor any Manager shall be liable as a Member or Manager for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on any Member or any Manager for liabilities of the Company.

Section 4.10 Other Businesses of Members; Conflicts of Interest.

4.10.1 Except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, any Member and any affiliate of any Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description independently or with others, and neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and such activities shall not be construed as a breach of any duty of loyalty or other duty to the other Members or the Company.

4.10.2 The Members and their affiliates shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with, or a business opportunity that may be beneficial to, the Company. It is expressly understood that the Members and their affiliates may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter.

4.10.3 A Member or Manager does not violate a duty or obligation to the Company merely because the Member’s or the Manager’s conduct furthers the Member’s interest. A Member may lend money to and transact other business with the Company. The rights and obligations of a Member who lends money to or transacts business with the Company are the same as those of a person who is not a Member, subject to other applicable law. No transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member or any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair to the Company.

Section 4.11 Authority of Managers to Bind the Company.

Only the Managers and agents of the Company authorized by the Managers shall have the authority to bind the Company.

 

7


Section 4.12 Standard of Care of Member and Managers.

A Member’s and Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of the Member’s or Manager’s duty to the Company is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. In discharging their duties, the Members and Managers shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon such information, opinions, reports or statements by any of their agents, or by any other person, as to matters the Member or Manager reasonably believe are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.13 Indemnification.

A. The Company shall indemnify (i) its Managers and Officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in force applied as if the Company were a Delaware corporation, including (without limitation) the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, and (ii) other employees and agents of the Company to such extent as shall be authorized by the Managers and is permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Managers may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or repeal of any of the provisions thereof shall limit or eliminate the night to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The indemnification shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal, corporate or limited liability company liability therefor.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no Manager or Officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Members for money damages. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement, or repeal of any of their respective provisions shall limit or eliminate the limitation on liability provided to Managers and Officers hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

A. The Managers shall appoint or elect (and may remove and replace) Officers of the Company for the purpose of managing the day-to-day operations of the Company.

 

8


B. The names of the initial Officers serving the Company and the capacities in which they serve are as follows:

 

Robert P. Dotson    President and Chief Executive Officer
Brian Kirkpatrick    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Butler    Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Bruce Brown    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Cole Brodman    Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer
David A. Miller    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
John Clelland    Senior Vice President, Marketing
Susan Nokes    Senior Vice President, Customer Care
Neville Ray    Senior Vice President, Engineering Operations
Manny Sousa    Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer
Allyn Hebner    Vice President, Accounting Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
H. “Skip” Cornett    Vice President, Tax
Dirk Mosa    Vice President, Corporate Development
Lauren Venezia    Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Lee A. Tostevin    Assistant Secretary

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 6.1 Transfer of Units; Withdrawal.

No Member shall (i) endorse, sell, give, pledge, encumber, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law (hereinafter referred to as “Transfer”) all or any part of such Member’s Units, without the prior written consent of the Managers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) voluntarily withdraw or retire from the Company as a Member. Any attempted Transfer or withdrawal in contravention of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company. As a condition to any transfer, the Managers may require evidence satisfactory to them that all applicable securities laws have been complied with.

Section 6.2 Effect of Bankruptcy, Dissolution or Termination of a Member.

Except as required by the Act, the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or termination of a Member shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Company, and the business of the Company shall continue. Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of such Member shall have all the nights of an assignee of the Units of such Member for the purpose of settling or managing the former Member’s estate or property. The Transfer by such trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of any Member of any Unit shall be subject to all of the restrictions hereunder to which such Transfer would have been subject if such Transfer had been made by such bankrupt, dissolved, liquidated or terminated Member.

 

9


ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

Section 7.1 Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

A. the election by the Managers to dissolve and terminate the Company; or

B. the election by the Members holding more than two-thirds of the Units to dissolve and terminate the Company.

Section 7.2 Liquidation and Termination.

A. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Officers and Managers of the Company shall cause the Company to liquidate by converting the assets of the Company to cash or its equivalent and arranging for the affairs of the Company to be wound up with reasonable speed but with a view towards obtaining fair value for Company assets, and, after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall distribute the remaining assets to and among the Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

B. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s capital contribution thereto and share of profits, gains and losses thereof and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING,

TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

Section 8.1 Books, Records and Reports.

A. The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its Members and Managers and of any executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Managers. The books and records of the Company may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a certified copy of this Limited Liability Company Agreement shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other place designated by the President of the Company. The books and records of the Company shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be available for examination by any Member, or its duly authorized representatives, during regular business hours.

B. The President or other appropriate Officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall furnish to the Members within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet and report of the receipts, disbursements, profits or losses of the Company, and each Member’s share of such items for the fiscal year, and (ii) information necessary for the Members to prepare their respective federal and state income tax returns. The cost of such financial and tax reports shall be an expense of the Company.

 

10


Section 8.2 Bank Accounts Checks, Drafts, Etc.

The bank accounts of the Company shall be maintained in accounts in the name of and under the tax identification number for the Company in such banking institutions as the Managers or the appropriate Officers shall determine. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Company, shall be signed by such Officers or such other persons as may be authorized by the Board of Managers from time to time.

Section 8.3 Fiscal Year; Methods of Accounting.

The fiscal year of the Company shall be the year ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers. The method of accounting to be used in keeping the books of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Binding Provisions.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Members, Managers and Officers.

Section 9.2 Separability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable; and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect any other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following rules apply to the construction of this Agreement:

(i) References to the singular include the plural, and references to the plural include the singular.

(ii) Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders.

 

11


(iii) The headings or captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference and do not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect.

(iv) References to a person include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(v) Any reference in this Agreement to a particular “Article,” “Section” or other subdivision shall be to such Article, Section or subdivision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(vi) Any use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall not be construed as limiting the phrase so modified to the particular items or actions enumerated.

(vii) When any reference is made in this document or any of the schedules or exhibits attached to the Agreement, it shall mean this Agreement, together with all other schedules and exhibits attached hereto, as though one document.

Section 9.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

A. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

B. This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be modified or amended only pursuant to a written amendment adopted by the Managers and approved by the Member or Members holding a majority of the Units; provided, however, no amendment shall be effective with respect to any Member without the prior written consent of such Member if the effect of the amendment would be to increase the capital contributions required to be made by the Member or otherwise to increase the liabilities of the Member. Once an amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation has been approved, the proper Officers of the Company shall authorize the preparation and filing, if necessary, of a written amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation, as applicable.

Section 9.5 Applicable Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

[Signatures appear on the Counterpart Signature Page]

 

12


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to T-MOBILE LICENSE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Agreement of the Company dated as of January 1, 2006, does hereby cause this Counterpart Signature Page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf.

 

MEMBER :
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:   LOGO
Name:  David A. Miller
Title:    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 3.29

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is

T-Mobile Northeast LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

THIRD: The effective date and time of the formation shall be January 1,2006 at 1:20 a.m.

Executed on Dec 15, 2005

 

/s/ Carolyn Cornell
Carolyn Cornell, Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.30

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated effective as of January 1, 2006, is made and entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq. (the “LLC Act”), by T-MOBILE USA, INC. as the sole Member (the “Member”) of T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Member does hereby certify and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION; NAME; PURPOSE; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS

Section 1.1 Name; Formation.

Omnipoint Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware Corporation on January 14, 1998. The Corporation was converted into the Company pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) of a Certificate of Formation and a Certificate of Conversion, each effective as of January 1, 2006 at 1:20 a.m. EST (the “Conversion”), pursuant to which T-Mobile USA, Inc., which had been the sole stockholder of the Corporation, became the sole Member of the Company. The name of the Company is and shall be T-Mobile Northeast LLC.

Section 1.2 Purpose.

The purpose for which the Company is formed and the business and objects to be carried on and promoted by it are to engage in any lawful act or activity which may be carried on by a limited liability company under the LLC Act.

Section 1.3 Term.

The Company shall have perpetual existence beginning at the effective time set forth in the Certificate of Formation filed with by the Secretary of State; provided, however, that the Company may be dissolved in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Place of Business and Resident Agent.

The initial location of the place of business of the Company shall be 12920 S.E. 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. The initial address of the registered office and the name and address of the initial resident agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.


ARTICLE II

MEMBERS; INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY;

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1 Members and Capital Contributions.

A. The initial Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by 100 units of membership interest (“Units”). An unlimited number of Units are authorized.

B. The Member has acquired its Units in the Company by virtue of the Conversion, pursuant to which all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the Member were coverted into all of the Units of membership interest in the Company. The Member has accepted and agreed to the provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart signature page hereto.

C. Subject to Section 4.1.1, one or more persons may be admitted to the Company from time to time as additional Members upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Members or the Managers (as such term is defined below).

D. A person may be admitted to the Company as a Member without the requirement of becoming a party to this Agreement if such person evidences the intent to become a Member in writing by accepting and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, with respect to any additional or substitute Members, complies with any other conditions for becoming a Member established by the Members or the Managers.

Section 2.2 Capital Contributions.

A. Each Member has contributed to the capital of the Company (in the case of the initial Member, by virtue of the Conversion; in the case of any additional Members, as determined by the Managers) cash, services or property at such times, in such amounts, and of such types as are reflected in the books and records of the Company.

B. The Managers may from time to time, on behalf of the Company and without the requirement of any consent by the Members, seek and accept from one or more Members selected by the Managers additional capital contributions of cash, services or in-kind contributions of property on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Managers in their sole discretion.

C. Except for the capital contributions of the Members required under Sections 2.2.A and 2.2.B, no Member shall be required to make any further capital contributions to the Company or to lend any funds to the Company, although any Member may agree and become obligated to do so. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute additional capital to the Company to restore a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account (as defined below).

 

2


Section 2.3 Issuance and Classification of Units.

The relative ownership interests of the Members in the Company shall be represented by Units of membership interest. Ownership interests in the Company shall constitute a security governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6 Del. C. §§ 8-101 et seq., as adopted and in effect in the State of Delaware. The Units of the Company shall be of a single class. Each Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company, right to receive distributions from the Company (prior to its termination and dissolution) and voting powers shall be in proportion to the number of Units held by that Member.

Section 2.4 Certification and Registration of Units.

A. All membership interests in the Company shall be evidenced by security certificates in registered form (the “Certificates of Units”). The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register (the “Membership Interest Register”) in which, subject to reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, but at its expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Certificates of Units.

B. Whenever one or more Certificates of Units shall be surrendered at the principal executive office of the Company for transfer (which shall be subject to satisfaction of Section 6.1 hereof) or exchange, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the holder of the Certificate of Units or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Certificates of Units as may be requested by such holder, representing the same aggregate number of Units as the Certificate or Certificates of Units so surrendered. Each new Certificate of Units shall be dated as of the date of issuance and registered in the name or names as such holder may designate in writing.

C. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Certificate of Units and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of a Certificate of Units (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of the original Certificate of Units a new Certificate of Units of like tenor and number of Units, dated as of the date of issuance.

D. The Company, the Managers, and the Officers of the Company shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any Units registered on the Membership Interest Register as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such Units has been received and accepted by the Managers and recorded on the books of the Membership Interest Register. The Managers may refuse to accept an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period. In no event shall any Units, or any portion thereof, be sold, transferred, or assigned to a minor or incompetent, and any such attempted sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind the Company or the Managers.

 

3


E. Each Certificate of Units now or hereafter held by a Member shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“The Units of membership interest represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such Units may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such Units under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to T-Mobile USA, Inc. that registration is not required under said Act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the Units of membership interest represented hereby.”

Section 2.5 Capital Accounts.

A separate capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Member. The Capital Account of a Member shall be increased by (a) the amount of cash contributed by such member; (b) the agreed fair market value of any property contributed by such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (c) the amount of all profits (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. Each Member’s capital account shall be decreased by (d) the amount of all distributions to such Member; (e) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (f) the amount of all losses (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. The Capital Accounts shall be determined, maintained and adjusted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code ”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including the capital account maintenance rules in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-(l)(b)(2)(iv).

Section 2.6 General Rules Relating to Capital of the Company.

A. No Member shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return of contributions shall be made solely from the Company assets.

B. No Member shall have the right to withdraw or receive a return of all or any part of that Member’s capital contributions, or to demand or (except pursuant to Article III) receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for that Member’s capital contributions.

Section 2.7 Liability of the Members

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner for the debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. A Member shall be liable only to make the contributions described in Section 2.2 hereof, and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company, or to make any other contributions, assessments or payments to the Company.

 

4


ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Distributions Prior to Dissolution and Termination.

Prior to the dissolution and termination of the Company, cash not needed by the Company for the operation of its business shall be distributed to the Members at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managers. All such distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.2 Allocations of Profits and Losses.

Profits and losses for each fiscal year (or other portion thereof) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.3 Distributions Upon Dissolution and Termination

Upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, the assets remaining after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the number of Units held by each Member. If assets are to be distributed in kind, the Members’ Capital Accounts shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with Section 3.2, before any such distribution to reflect any profits and losses which would have been allocated if the property distributed in kind had been sold for its fair market value (net of liabilities) by the Company prior to dissolution.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS AND

AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management of Business and Affairs of the Company.

All Company powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, the Managers, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Formation; provided, however, that only the Members, by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units, may take the following actions or may direct the Managers to take the following actions:

4.1.1 The admission of an Additional Member;

4.1.2 The approval of a merger or reorganization of the Company, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets;

4.1.3 The amendment of this Agreement or taking any action in violation of this Agreement, or the waiver of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

5


4.1.4 The causing of the Company to voluntarily initiate a proceeding under which the Company would become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.2 Number, Election and Term of Office.

The number of Managers of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers or of the Members from time to time and shall initially be two; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Manager.

Section 4.3 Initial Board of Managers.

The Member hereby appoints the following individuals as the initial Managers:

Brian Kirkpatrick

David Miller

Section 4.4 Removal of Managers.

Any individual Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. A removed Manager’s successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Members to serve the unexpired term.

Section 4.5 Vacancies.

Subject to Section 4.4, a vacancy occurring in the Managers may be filled (for the unexpired term, if applicable) by either action of Members holding a majority of the Units or the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Managers, whether or not the remaining Managers constitute a quorum. A vacancy or vacancies in the Managers may result from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any Manager, or from an increase in the number of Managers.

Section 4.6 Compensation.

Managers may receive such compensation for their services as Managers as may be fixed by the Members from time to time. A Manager may also serve the Company in one or more capacities other than that of Manager and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

Section 4.7 Committees of the Managers.

The Managers may designate from among themselves an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more Managers, who serve at the pleasure of the Managers. Each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Managers specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

 

6


Section 4.8 Action by Managers or Members.

Any action by the Managers may be taken by vote of a majority of the entire number of Managers at a meeting thereof or unanimous written consent of the Managers. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action by Members may be taken by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units. Participation in meetings may be by conference telephone if all persons can hear and speak to each other. A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum for meetings of the Managers. Members holding a majority of the Units shall constitute a quorum for meetings of Members.

Section 4.9 Liability of Member and Managers.

No Member nor any Manager shall be liable as a Member or Manager for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on any Member or any Manager for liabilities of the Company.

Section 4.10 Other Businesses of Members; Conflicts of Interest.

4.10.1 Except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, any Member and any affiliate of any Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description independently or with others, and neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and such activities shall not be construed as a breach of any duty of loyalty or other duty to the other Members or the Company.

4.10.2 The Members and their affiliates shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with, or a business opportunity that may be beneficial to, the Company. It is expressly understood that the Members and their affiliates may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter.

4.10.3 A Member or Manager does not violate a duty or obligation to the Company merely because the Member’s or the Manager’s conduct furthers the Member’s interest. A Member may lend money to and transact other business with the Company. The rights and obligations of a Member who lends money to or transacts business with the Company are the same as those of a person who is not a Member, subject to other applicable law. No transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member or any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair to the Company.

Section 4.11 Authority of Managers to Bind the Company.

Only the Managers and agents of the Company authorized by the Managers shall have the authority to bind the Company.

 

7


Section 4.12 Standard of Care of Member and Managers.

A Member’s and Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of the Member’s or Manager’s duty to the Company is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. In discharging their duties, the Members and Managers shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon such information, opinions, reports or statements by any of their agents, or by any other person, as to matters the Member or Manager reasonably believe are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.13 Indemnification.

A. The Company shall indemnify (i) its Managers and Officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in force applied as if the Company were a Delaware corporation, including (without limitation) the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, and (ii) other employees and agents of the Company to such extent as shall be authorized by the Managers and is permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Managers may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or repeal of any of the provisions thereof shall limit or eliminate the night to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The indemnification shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal, corporate or limited liability company liability therefor.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no Manager or Officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Members for money damages. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement, or repeal of any of their respective provisions shall limit or eliminate the limitation on liability provided to Managers and Officers hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

A. The Managers shall appoint or elect (and may remove and replace) Officers of the Company for the purpose of managing the day-to-day operations of the Company.

 

8


B. The names of the initial Officers serving the Company and the capacities in which they serve are as follows:

 

Robert P. Dotson    President and Chief Executive Officer
Brian Kirkpatrick    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Butler    Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Bruce Brown    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Cole Brodman    Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer
David A. Miller    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
John Clelland    Senior Vice President, Marketing
Susan Nokes    Senior Vice President, Customer Care
Neville Ray    Senior Vice President, Engineering Operations
Manny Sousa    Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer
Allyn Hebner    Vice President, Accounting
   Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
H. “Skip” Cornett    Vice President, Tax
Dirk Mosa    Vice President, Corporate Development
Lauren Venezia    Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Lee A. Tostevin    Assistant Secretary

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 6.1 Transfer of Units; Withdrawal.

No Member shall (i) endorse, sell, give, pledge, encumber, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law (hereinafter referred to as “Transfer”) all or any part of such Member’s Units, without the prior written consent of the Managers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) voluntarily withdraw or retire from the Company as a Member. Any attempted Transfer or withdrawal in contravention of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company. As a condition to any transfer, the Managers may require evidence satisfactory to them that all applicable securities laws have been complied with.

Section 6.2 Effect of Bankruptcy, Dissolution or Termination of a Member.

Except as required by the Act, the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or termination of a Member shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Company, and the business of the Company shall continue. Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of such Member shall have all the nights of an assignee of the Units of such Member for the purpose of settling or managing the former Member’s estate or property. The Transfer by such trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of any Member of any Unit shall be subject to all of the restrictions hereunder to which such Transfer would have been subject if such Transfer had been made by such bankrupt, dissolved, liquidated or terminated Member.

 

9


ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

Section 7.1 Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

A. the election by the Managers to dissolve and terminate the Company; or

B. the election by the Members holding more than two-thirds of the Units to dissolve and terminate the Company.

Section 7.2 Liquidation and Termination.

A. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Officers and Managers of the Company shall cause the Company to liquidate by converting the assets of the Company to cash or its equivalent and arranging for the affairs of the Company to be wound up with reasonable speed but with a view towards obtaining fair value for Company assets, and, after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall distribute the remaining assets to and among the Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

B. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s capital contribution thereto and share of profits, gains and losses thereof and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING,

TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

Section 8.1 Books, Records and Reports.

A. The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its Members and Managers and of any executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Managers. The books and records of the Company may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a certified copy of this Limited Liability Company Agreement shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other place designated by the President of the Company. The books and records of the Company shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be available for examination by any Member, or its duly authorized representatives, during regular business hours.

B. The President or other appropriate Officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall furnish to the Members within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet and report of the receipts, disbursements, profits or losses of the Company, and each Member’s share of such items for the fiscal year, and (ii) information necessary for the Members to prepare their respective federal and state income tax returns. The cost of such financial and tax reports shall be an expense of the Company.

 

10


Section 8.2 Bank Accounts Checks, Drafts, Etc.

The bank accounts of the Company shall be maintained in accounts in the name of and under the tax identification number for the Company in such banking institutions as the Managers or the appropriate Officers shall determine. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Company, shall be signed by such Officers or such other persons as may be authorized by the Board of Managers from time to time.

Section 8.3 Fiscal Year; Methods of Accounting.

The fiscal year of the Company shall be the year ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers. The method of accounting to be used in keeping the books of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Binding Provisions.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Members, Managers and Officers.

Section 9.2 Separability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable; and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect any other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following rules apply to the construction of this Agreement:

(i) References to the singular include the plural, and references to the plural include the singular.

(ii) Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders.

 

11


(iii) The headings or captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference and do not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect.

(iv) References to a person include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(v) Any reference in this Agreement to a particular “Article,” “Section” or other subdivision shall be to such Article, Section or subdivision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(vi) Any use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall not be construed as limiting the phrase so modified to the particular items or actions enumerated.

(vii) When any reference is made in this document or any of the schedules or exhibits attached to the Agreement, it shall mean this Agreement, together with all other schedules and exhibits attached hereto, as though one document.

Section 9.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

A. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

B. This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be modified or amended only pursuant to a written amendment adopted by the Managers and approved by the Member or Members holding a majority of the Units; provided, however, no amendment shall be effective with respect to any Member without the prior written consent of such Member if the effect of the amendment would be to increase the capital contributions required to be made by the Member or otherwise to increase the liabilities of the Member. Once an amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation has been approved, the proper Officers of the Company shall authorize the preparation and filing, if necessary, of a written amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation, as applicable.

Section 9.5 Applicable Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

[Signatures appear on the Counterpart Signature Page]

 

12


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to T-MOBILE NORTHEAST LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Agreement of the Company dated as of January 1, 2006, does hereby cause this Counterpart Signature Page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf.

 

MEMBER:
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:   LOGO
Name:   David A. Miller
Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 3.31

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS HOLDING L.L.C.

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is VoiceStream PCS Holding L.L.C.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are: Corporation Services Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

Executed on February 18, 2000

 

/s/ Reema R. Sanghvi

Reema R. Sanghvi

Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS HOLDING L.L.C.

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: VoiceStream PCS Holding L.L.C.

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article FIRST:

“FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”), is T-Mobile PCS Holdings LLC.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 30 th day of September, 2005

 

By   /s/ David A. Miller
 

David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

Exhibit 3.32

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VOICESTREAM PCS HOLDING L.L.C.

THE UNDERSIGNED Sole Member is executing this Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement”) for the purpose of forming a limited liability company (the “Company”) pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18- 101 et seq. (the “Delaware Act”), and does hereby certify and agree as follows:

1. Name; Formation . The name of the Company shall be VoiceStream PCS Holding L.L.C. or such other name as the Sole Member may from time to time hereafter designate. The Company shall be formed upon the execution and filing by Reema Sanghvi, acting as the duly authorized agent of the Sole Member for such purpose, of a certificate of formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth all of the information required by Section 18-201 of the Delaware Act.

2. Definitions; Rules of Construction . In addition to terms otherwise defined herein, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Sole Member” means VoiceStream Wireless Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Member” means the Sole Member and/or any other Member admitted pursuant to Sections 9 and 10 below.

Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires. As used herein, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provisions or sections hereof.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company shall be to engage in any lawful business activity or transaction that may be engaged in by a limited liability company organized under the Delaware Act, as such business activities and transactions may be determined by the Sole Member from time to time.

4. Offices .

a. The principal business office of the Company, and such additional offices as the Sole Member may determine to establish, shall be located at such place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware as the Sole Member may designate from time to time.

b. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is located at 10 13 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805. The registered agent of the Company for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.


5. Members . The only Member of the Company is the Sole Member. The name and business or residence address of the Sole Member of the Company is as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.

6. Term . The Company shall have a perpetual existence unless its existence is sooner terminated in accordance with Section 15 of this Agreement.

7. Management of the Company .

a. The Sole Member shall have the full and exclusive right to manage the business and affairs of the Company, and shall have all powers and rights necessary, appropriate, desirable or advisable to effectuate and carry out the purposes and business of the Company. The Sole Member may appoint, employ, or otherwise contract with any persons or entities for the transaction of the business of the Company or the performance of services for or on behalf of the Company, and the Sole Member may delegate to any such person or entity such authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Sole Member may from time to time deem appropriate. In furtherance thereof, the Sole Member, on behalf of the Company, may enter into an agreement with any such individual or entity for the purpose of effecting or evidencing any such delegation. Each such agreement shall be binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms. No person dealing with any employee or agent authorized by the Sole Member shall be required to determine the authority of such employee or agent to act on behalf of the Company, or to determine any facts or circumstances bearing on the existence of such authority, or to see to the application by such employee or agent of any money or other property paid or delivered to him as a recipient for the Company. Without limitation, the Sole Member hereby appoints, as the initial officers (the “Initial Officers”) of the Company, the persons listed below to the offices listed opposite their respective names:

 

John W. Stanton    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Donald Guthrie    Vice Chairman
Robert R. Stapleton    President
Alan R. Bender    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Cregg B. Baumbaugh    Executive Vice President - Finance, Strategy and Development
Robert P. Dotson    Senior Vice President - Marketing
Timothy R. Wong    Senior Vice President - Engineering
Patricia L. Miller    Vice President, Controller and Principal Assistant Secretary
Brian Kirkpatrick    Treasurer
Lee Tostevin    Assistant Secretary

The Sole Member hereby delegates to the foregoing officers, or any successors to the offices of President, Vice President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company (such parties are collectively the “Senior Officers”), or any of their respective designees, full power and authority as to the care, custody, operation, maintenance and control of the Company and all related facilities and assets of the Company

 

-2-


or any real property or assets acquired by the Company. The Senior Officers and any of their respective designees shall have authority to execute all documents and instruments relating to the Company and/or the registration, operation, maintenance or financing thereof. Each officer of the Company (including the Initial Officers) shall serve until his successor is appointed, or his earlier death, disability, resignation or removal.

b. The Sole Member may execute and file on behalf of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware any certificates of amendment to the Company’s certificate of formation, one or more restated certificates of formation and certificates of merger or consolidation and upon the dissolution and completion of the winding up of the Company, a certificate of cancellation canceling the Company’s certificate of formation.

8. Capital Contributions . The Sole Member has made a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount set forth on Schedule I attached hereto. The Sole Member shall not be required to make any further contributions to the capital of the Company. Persons or entities hereafter admitted as Members of the Company shall make such contributions of cash (or evidences of obligations), property or services to the Company as shall be determined by the Members, acting unanimously, at the time of each such admission.

9. Assignments of Company Interest .

a. After the admission of any Members in addition to the Sole Member, pursuant to the terms of Section 10 below, no Member may sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of its interest in the Company, and no transferee of all or any part of a Member’s interest in the Company shall be admitted as a substituted Member, without, in either event, having obtained the prior written consent of the other Member (which consent may be given or withheld in such other Member’s sole discretion); provided, however, that no such prior consent shall be required for any Member to transfer all or any part of its interest in the Company to any entity beneficially owned by such Member. Any permitted transferee of all or any part of a Member’s interest in the Company shall as a condition precedent to such transfer agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as the transferor of such interest.

b. The Members shall amend Schedule I attached hereto from time to time to reflect transfers made in accordance with, and as permitted under, this Section 9. Any purported transfer in violation of this Section 9 shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

10. Additional Members . The Sole Member shall have the right to admit additional Members upon such terms and conditions, at such time or times, and for such capital contributions as shall be determined by the Sole Member; and in connection with any such admission, the Sole Member shall amend Schedule I hereof to reflect the name, address and capital contribution of each additional Member.

 

-3-


11. Withdrawal . After the admission of any Members in addition to the Sole Member, pursuant to the terms of Sections 9 and 10 above, no Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company except with the consent of the other Members and upon such terms and conditions as may be specifically agreed upon between such other Members and the withdrawing Member. The provisions of this Agreement with respect to distributions upon withdrawal are exclusive and no Member shall be entitled to claim any further or different distribution upon withdrawal under Section 18-604 of the Delaware Act or otherwise.

12. Distributions/Allocations . Distributions of cash or other assets of the Company shall be made at such time and in such amounts as the Sole Member may determine. Such distributions shall be allocated to the Sole Member in the same proportion as its then capital account balance.

13. Return of Capital . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Sole Member shall not have the right to receive any return of its capital contribution.

14. Membership Interests; Certificates . Each membership interest in the Company shall be a security governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware, 6 Del. C. § I - 10 1 et seq., and shall be represented by a certificate. Each certificate representing a membership interest in the Company now or hereafter held by a Member shall be stamped with a legend in substantially the following form:

“The Membership Interest represented by this Certificate has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such Membership Interest may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such Membership Interest under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to counsel of VoiceStream PCS Holding L.L.C. that registration is not required under said act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this Certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the Membership Interest represented hereby.”

15. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up and terminated upon the first to occur of the following:

a. The determination of the Sole Member to dissolve the Company; or

b. The occurrence of an event of withdrawal of the Sole Member or any other event causing a dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801 of the Delaware Act.

16. Limitation on Liability . The debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sole Member (the “Indemnitee”), from and against any claims, losses, liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees

 

-4-


and disbursements of counsel and other professionals) arising out of or in connection with any act or failure to act by an Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, or the business and affairs of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that an Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder if there is a judicial determination that (a) such indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act were made in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) such Indemnitee personally gained a financial benefit to which the Indemnitee was not legally entitled.

17. Further Assurances . The Members shall hereafter execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and do such further acts and things as may be required or useful to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, including, without limitation, executing and delivering any amended, modified or restated limited liability company agreements.

18. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only upon the written consent of all of the Members.

19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

20. Section Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall have no force or effect for any purpose whatsoever.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned party has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of February 25, 2000.

 

SOLE MEMBER:
VOICESTREAM WIRELESS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Alan R. Bender

Name:   Alan R. Bender
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

-6-

Exhibit 3.33

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

The undersigned being authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) is SunCom Wireless International LLC.

SECOND: The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of this 30th day of November, 2004.

 

/s/ Edward J. O’Connell

Edward J. O’Connell, Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company:
   SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement: “The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 14th day of June, A.D. 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Daniel E. Hopkins, Authorized Signer

  Print or Type


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

1.       Name of Limited Liability Company:

         SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement: “The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 14th day of June, A.D. 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Daniel E. Hopkins, Authorized Signer

  Print or Type


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: SunCom Wireless International LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new article FIRST:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) is T-Mobile Puerto Rico Holdings LLC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 1st day of July, 2009.

 

By  

/s/ David A. Miller

 

David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

Exhibit 3.34

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 1st day of December, 2004, by and between SunCom Wireless International LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company is SunCom Wireless International LLC.

2. Purpose . The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4. Registered Agent . The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company.

5. Addresses. The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

COMPANY :

SunCom Wireless International LLC

103 Foulk Road

Suite 202

Wilmington, DE 19803

INITIAL MEMBER :

Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

1100 Cassatt Road

Berwyn, PA 19312


6. Members; Power of Members . As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Initial Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of a majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members or pursuant to a written consent of such Members.

7. Term . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all of the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under         § 18-802 of the Act.

8. Capital Contributions . The Initial Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, as an initial capital contribution, to the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Allocation of Profit and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members of the Company.

11. Distributions . At such times as may be determined by the Members of the Company, the Company may distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

12. Assignments . A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent the Members.

13. Withdrawal . Except as provided in the following Section 14, no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

14. Additional Members .

 

  (a) The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

 

- 2 -


  (b) After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14, the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

 

  (c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15. Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16. Management .

 

  (a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager; (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company, and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other persons or entities.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in §18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in-kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members shall appoint to act in such capacity.

 

- 3 -


  The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

 

  (d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

  (e) The Manager in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

 

  (f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

 

  (g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC
By:  

Triton Management Company, Inc., its

Manager

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

Name:

Title:

 

David D. Clark

EVP, CFO and Secretary

INITIAL MEMBER:
TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.
By:  

Triton Management Company, Inc., its

Manager

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

Name:

Title:

 

David D. Clark

EVP, CFO and Secretary

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGER:
TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David D. Clark

Name:

 

David D. Clark

Title:

  EVP, CFO and Secretary

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.35

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS PUERTO RICO OPERATING COMPANY LLC

The undersigned, being authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) is SunCom Wireless Puerto Rico Operating Company LLC.

SECOND: The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of this 16th day of November, 2004.

 

/s/ Edward J. O’Connell

Edward J. O’Connell, Authorized Person


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: SUNCOM WIRELESS PUERTO RICO OPERATING COMPANY LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement:

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 14 th day of June, A.D. 2005.

 

By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Hopkins

  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Daniel E. Hopkins, Authorized Signer

  Print or Type        


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATON

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: SunCom Wireless Puerto Rico Operating Company LLC.

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company, filed on November 16, 2004, is hereby amended to read as follows:

“FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) is T-Mobile Puerto Rico LLC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned as sole manager of the Company has executed this Certificate on this 21 st day of May, 2008.

 

Sole Manager: SUNCOM WIRELESS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 3.36

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNCOM WIRELESS PUERTO RICO OPERATING COMPANY LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 1, 2007 by and between SunCom Wireless Puerto Rico Operating Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and SunCom Wireless International LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sole Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Act (6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq.) (the “Act”). Prior to the date hereof, the Company has been subject to a certain Limited Liability Company Agreement dated November 16, 2004 (the “Original LLC Agreement”). As of the date hereof the membership interests of the Company have been assigned to the Sole Member.

In light of such changes the Company and the Sole Member wish to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement in its entirety in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement is intended to supersede and replace the Original LLC Agreement from and after the date hereof for all purposes. The Company and the Sole Member hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is SunCom Wireless Puerto Rico Operating Company LLC.

 

  2. Purpose. The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

 

  3. Registered Office. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.

 

  4. Registered Agent. The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Service Company.

 

  5. Addresses. The mailing addresses of the Company and the Sole Member are as follows:

COMPANY:

SunCom Wireless Puerto Rico Operating Company LLC

c/o Legal Department

654 Munoz Rivera Ave, Suite 2000

San Juan, PR 00918

SOLE MEMBER:

SunCom Wireless International LLC

103 Foulk Road

Suite 202

Wilmington, DE 19803

 

  6. Members; Powers of Members. As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Sole Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of the majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members pursuant to a written consent of such Members.


  7. Term. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under § 18-802 of the Act.

 

  8. Capital Contributions. The Sole Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, and no other property, to the Company.

 

  9. Additional Contributions. Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

 

  10. Allocation of Profit and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions to the Company.

 

  11. Distributions. At the time determined by the Members of the Company, but at least once during each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportions as their then capital account balances.

 

  12. Assignments. A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent of the Members.

 

  13. Withdrawal. Except as provided in the following Section_14 , no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

 

  14. Additional Members.

 

  (a) The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s Membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

 

  (b) After admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14 , the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

 

  (c) The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of the State of the State of Delaware.

 

  15. Certificates. The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

 

  16. Management.

 

  (a) Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement.


The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other persons or entities.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding, the provisions of the subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in Section 18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person, entity or business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of the Agreement.

 

  (c) The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any other person or entity that Members shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

 

  (d) Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at anytime. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

  (e) The Managers in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if is shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

 

  (f) The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members or as provided in a management agreement. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

 

  (g) Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

 

  17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY :

SUNCOM WIRELESS PUERTO RICO OPERATING COMPANY LLC

By: SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Eric Haskell

  Eric Haskell, EVP and CFO

SOLE MEMBER :

SUNCOM WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL LLC

By: SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Eric Haskell

  Eric Haskell, EVP and CFO

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to the Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MANAGER :

SUNCOM WIRELESS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ Eric Haskell

  Eric Haskell, EVP and CFO

Exhibit 3.37

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WIRELESS SYSTEMS PURCHASING II CORPORATION

ARTICLE I. NAME

The name of this Corporation is Wireless Systems Purchasing II Corporation

ARTICLE II. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III. PURPOSE

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV. DURATION

This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE V. AUTHORIZED SHARES

This Corporation is authorized to issue 3,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors of this Corporation from time to time to issue any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for such consideration and on such terms as it may determine.

ARTICLE VI. POWERS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal from time to time any or all of the Bylaws of this Corporation.

ARTICLE VII. DIRECTORS

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of this Corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of this Corporation.


ARTICLE VIII. LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR’S LIABILITY

A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or of any statute inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any acts or omissions occurring, or any causes of action, suits or claims that, but for this Article VIII would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX. AUTHORITY TO AMEND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

This Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained herein, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by law, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X. INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator of this corporation is:

 

Angela R. Schwab    c/o Western Wireless Corporation
   3650 - 131 st Avenue SE, Suite 400
   Bellevue, WA 98006

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator herein above named, for the purpose of forming a Corporation to do business within and without the State of Delaware, and in pursuance of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby make and file this Certificate of Incorporation.

Date: May 22, 1998

 

/s/ Angela R. Schwab

Angela R. Schwab, Incorporator

u:\wspcII


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION BEFORE

PAYMENT OF ANY PART OF THE CAPITAL

OF

WIRELESS SYSTEMS PURCHASING II CORPORATION

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the following Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation Before Payment of Any Part of the Capital of Wireless Systems Purchasing II Corporation is submitted for filing:

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is Wireless Systems Purchasing II Corporation.

2. Article I of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is PCS Wireless Systems Purchasing Corporation.

3. This Amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The effective time of the amendment shall be upon filing.

The undersigned, pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby executes this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation as his act and deed under penalty of perjury dated this 29 th day of May, 1998.

 

/s/ Alan R. Bender

Alan R. Bender
Vice President
Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

PCS WIRELESS SYSTEMS PURCHASING CORPORATION

PCS Wireless Systems Purchasing Corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That, by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation followed by written consent of the holder of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, the following resolutions proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, were adopted by the Board of Directors and the Sole Shareholder of the Corporation:

RESOLVED, that the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and hereby recommends to the Sole Shareholder, and the Sole Shareholder hereby accepts the recommendation of the Board, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, be amended so as to change the name of the Corporation, and for that purpose, to amend Article I thereof to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is T-Mobile Resources Corporation.

And be it further

RESOLVED, that Article I of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as aforesaid.

SECOND: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 30 th day of September, 2005

 

/s/ David A. Miller

David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,
General Counsel & Secretary

Exhibit 3.38

BYLAWS

OF

WIRELESS SYSTEMS PURCHASING II CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1013 Centre Road, in the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in this state or at such place, either within or without this state, as may be selected from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings: The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of June in each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next business day following at ten o’clock a.m., when they shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. If the annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 3. Election of Directors: Elections of the directors of the corporation shall be by written ballot.

Section 4. Cumulative Voting: Every shareholder entitled to a vote at an election of Directors shall have the right to vote the number of shares standing of record in such shareholder’s name for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate such vote by giving one candidate as many votes as shall be equal to the number of such Directors, multiplied by the number of shares of such shareholder, or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of such candidates. This right of cumulative voting shall not be exercised unless some shareholder or proxy holder announces in open meeting, before the voting for the Directors starts, such shareholder’s intention to so vote cumulatively and if such announcement is made, the chair shall declare that all shares entitled to vote have the right to vote cumulatively and shall thereupon grant a recess of not less than one or more than four hours, as he shall determine, or for such other period of time as is unanimously then agreed upon.

 

1


Section 5. Special Meetings: Special Meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the President, or the Board of Directors, or stockholders entitled to cast at least one-fifth of the votes which all stockholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting. At any time, upon written request of any person or persons who have duly called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the date of the meeting, to be held not more than sixty days after receipt of the request, and to give due notice thereof. If the secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the call and matters germane thereto, unless all stockholders entitled to vote are present and consent.

Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders stating the time and place and object thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at least ten days before such meeting, unless a greater period of notice is required by statute in a particular case.

Section 6. Quorum: A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. Proxies: Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted upon.

Section 8. Notice of Meetings: Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose for which the meeting is called.

 

2


Unless otherwise provided by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 9. Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of Meetings: Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a unanimous consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock.

Section 10. List of Stockholders: The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholder, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. No share of stock upon which any installment is due and unpaid shall be voted at any meeting. The list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified, or at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General: The business and affairs of this corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, three in number. The directors need not be residents of this state or stockholders in the corporation. They shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, and each director shall be elected for the term of one year, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 2. Regular Meetings: Regular meetings of the Board shall be held with ten (10) days prior notice at such time and place as shall be determined by the Board. The Board may hold its meetings within or without the state of Delaware.

Section 3. Special Meetings: Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on two (2) days notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the directors in office.

Section 4. Quorum: A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

3


Section 5. Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting: Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 6. Conference Telephone: One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, of a committee of the Board or of the stockholders, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in this manner shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7. Compensation: Directors as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but by resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board PROVIDED, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 8. Removal: Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, except that when cumulative voting is permitted, if less than the entire Board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he or she is a part.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The executive officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the directors and shall be a President, Secretary and Controller. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Salaries: Salaries of the officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Term of Office: The officers of the corporation shall hold office for one year and until their successors are chosen and have qualified. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby.

 

4


Section 4. President: The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation, shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, subject, however, to the right of the directors to delegate any specific powers, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, to any other officer or officers of the corporation. He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation. He or she shall be an EX-OFFICIO member of all committees, and shall have the general power and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation.

Section 5. Secretary: The secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and act as clerk thereof, and record all the votes of the corporation and the minutes of all its transactions in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for all committees of the Board of Directors when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, and under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall keep in safe custody the corporate seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it.

Section 6. Controller: The Controller shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall keep the monies of the corporation in a separate account to the credit of the corporation. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and directors, at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as Controller and of the financial condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

VACANCIES

Section 1. Vacancies by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.

Section 2. Resignations Effective at Future Date : When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

5


ARTICLE VII

CORPORATE RECORDS

Section 1. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in this state or at its principal place of business.

ARTICLE VIII

STOCK CERTIFICATES, DIVIDENDS, ETC.

Section 1. The stock certificates of the corporation shall be numbered and registered in the share ledger and transfer books of the corporation as they are issued. They shall bear the corporate seal and shall be signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

Section 2. Transfers: Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificates or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with the law.

Section 3. Lost Certificate: The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore signed by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Record Date: In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.

 

6


If no record is fixed:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(d) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 5. Dividends: The Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of the corporation from time to time and to such extent as they deem advisable, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by statute and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 6. Reserves: Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of the net profits of the corporation such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISION

Section 1. Checks: All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 2. Fiscal Year: The fiscal year shall end on December 31.

Section 3. Notice: Whenever written notice is required to be given to any person, it may be given to such person, either personally or by sending a copy thereof through the mail, or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his or her address appearing on the books of the corporation, or supplied by him to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail or by telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office for transmission to such person. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, the general nature of the business to be transacted.

 

7


Section 4. Waiver of Notice: Whenever any written notice is required by statute, or by the certificate or by the Bylaws of this corporation a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Except in the case of a special meeting of stockholders neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of the meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a person either in person or by proxy, at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5. Disallowed Compensation: Any payments made to an officer or employee of the corporation such as a salary, commission, bonus, interest, rent, travel or entertainment expense incurred by him or her, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such officer or employee to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the directors, as a Board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officers or employee, subject to the determination of the directors, proportionate amounts may be withheld from his or her future compensation payments until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Section 6. Resignations: Any director or other officer may resign at anytime, such resignation to be in writing, and to take effect from the time of its receipt by the corporation, unless such time is fixed in the resignation and then from that date. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

Section 7. Directors Held Harmless: Directors of the corporation shall not be liable to either the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duties unless the breach involves: (1) a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) liability for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption by the corporation; or (4) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the directors reserve the right to adopt separate indemnification agreements for each officer and/or director which will not be construed to supersede any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE X

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 1. The President and Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting a full and complete statement of the business and affairs of the corporation for the preceding year. Such statement shall be prepared and presented in whatever manner the Board of Directors shall deem advisable and need not be verified by a certified public accountant.

 

8


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the unanimous vote of all directors.

 

9


UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

T-MOBILE RESOURCES CORPORATION

The undersigned, being all of the directors of T-Mobile Resources Corporation, a Delaware corporation, do hereby consent to the following actions and adopt the following resolutions pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

RESOLVED, that it is in the best interests of the Corporation to amend Article IV, Section 1, General, of the Corporation’s Bylaws to provide for a minimum of one director; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that Article IV, Section 1, General, shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 1. General. The business and affairs of this corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors and shall consist of at least one (1) director, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. The directors do not need to be residents of this state or stockholders of the corporation. They shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, and each director shall be elected for the term of one (1) year, and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

DATED February 1, 2011.

 

T-MOBILE RESOURCES CORPORATION
By  

/s/ David A. Miller

  David A. Miller, Director
By  

/s/ Brian Kirkpatrick

  Brian Kirkpatrick, Director

Exhibit 3.39

   CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION   
  

 

OF

 

T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC

  

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is

 

   T-Mobile South LLC   

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are:

 

  

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

  

Executed on November 4, 2005

 

      /S/ Carolyn Cornell

 
    Carolyn Cornell, Authorized Person  

Exhibit 3.40

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated effective as of November 8, 2005, is made and entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq. (the “LLC Act”), by T-MOBILE USA, INC. as the sole Member (the “Member”) of T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Member does hereby certify and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION; NAME; PURPOSE; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS

 

  Section 1.1 Name; Formation.

The name of the Company is and shall be T-Mobile South LLC or such other name as the Managers (as such term is defined below) may from time to time hereafter designate. The Company was formed upon the execution and filing on November 8, 2005 of the certificate of formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth all of the information required by Section 18-201 of the LLC Act.

 

  Section 1.2 Purpose.

The purpose for which the Company is formed and the business and objects to be carried on and promoted by it are to engage in any lawful act or activity which may be carried on by a limited liability company under the LLC Act.

 

  Section 1.3 Term.

The Company shall have perpetual existence beginning at the effective time set forth in the Certificate of Formation filed with by the Secretary of State; provided, however, that the Company may be dissolved in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

  Section 1.4 Place of Business and Resident Agent.

The initial location of the place of business of the Company shall be 12920 S.E. 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. The initial address of the registered office and the name and address of the initial resident agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.


ARTICLE II

MEMBERS; INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY;

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

  Section 2.1 Members and Capital Contributions.

A.        The initial Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by 100 units of membership interest (“Units”). An unlimited number of Units are authorized.

B.        The Member has accepted and agreed to the provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart signature page hereto.

C.        Subject to Section 4.1.1, one or more persons may be admitted to the Company from time to time as additional Members upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Members or the Managers.

D.        A person may be admitted to the Company as a Member without the requirement of becoming a party to this Agreement if such person evidences the intent to become a Member in writing by accepting and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, with respect to any additional or substitute Members, complies with any other conditions for becoming a Member established by the Members or the Managers.

 

  Section 2.2 Capital Contributions.

A.        Each Member has contributed to the capital of the Company (in the case of the initial Member, by virtue of the Conversion; in the case of any additional Members, as determined by the Managers) cash, services or property at such times, in such amounts, and of such types as are reflected in the books and records of the Company.

B.        The Managers may from time to time, on behalf of the Company and without the requirement of any consent by the Members, seek and accept from one or more Members selected by the Managers additional capital contributions of cash, services or in-kind contributions of property on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Managers in their sole discretion.

C.        Except for the capital contributions of the Members required under Sections 2.2.A and 2.2.B, no Member shall be required to make any further capital contributions to the Company or to lend any funds to the Company, although any Member may agree and become obligated to do so. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute additional capital to the Company to restore a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account (as defined below).

 

  Section 2.3 Issuance and Classification of Units.

The relative ownership interests of the Members in the Company shall be represented by Units of membership interest. Ownership interests in the Company shall constitute a security governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6 Del C. §§ 8-101 et seq., as adopted and in effect in the State of Delaware. The Units of the Company shall be of a single

 

2


class. Each Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company, right to receive distributions from the Company (prior to its termination and dissolution) and voting powers shall be in proportion to the number of Units held by that Member.

 

  Section 2.4 Certification and Registration of Units.

A.        All membership interests in the Company shall be evidenced by security certificates in registered form (the “Certificates of Units”). The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register (the “Membership Interest Register”) in which, subject to reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, but at its expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Certificates of Units.

B.        Whenever one or more Certificates of Units shall be surrendered at the principal executive office of the Company for transfer (which shall be subject to satisfaction of Section 6.1 hereof) or exchange, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the holder of the Certificate of Units or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Certificates of Units as may be requested by such holder, representing the same aggregate number of Units as the Certificate or Certificates of Units so surrendered. Each new Certificate of Units shall be dated as of the date of issuance and registered in the name or names as such holder may designate in writing.

C.        Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Certificate of Units and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of a Certificate of Units (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of the original Certificate of Units a new Certificate of Units of like tenor and number of Units, dated as of the date of issuance.

D.        The Company, the Managers, and the Officers of the Company shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any Units registered on the Membership Interest Register as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such Units has been received and accepted by the Managers and recorded on the books of the Membership Interest Register. The Managers may refuse to accept an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period. In no event shall any Units, or any portion thereof, be sold, transferred, or assigned to a minor or incompetent, and any such attempted sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind the Company or the Managers.

E.        Each Certificate of Units now or hereafter held by a Member shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“The Units of membership interest represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such Units may be made in the absence of an effective registration

 

3


statement for such Units under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to T-Mobile USA, Inc. that registration is not required under said Act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the Units of membership interest represented hereby.”

 

  Section 2.5 Capital Accounts.

A separate capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Member. The Capital Account of a Member shall be increased by (a) the amount of cash contributed by such member; (b) the agreed fair market value of any property contributed by such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (c) the amount of all profits (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. Each Member’s capital account shall be decreased by (d) the amount of all distributions to such Member; (e) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (f) the amount of all losses (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. The Capital Accounts shall be determined, maintained and adjusted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including the capital account maintenance rules in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-(1)(b)(2)(iv).

 

  Section 2.6 General Rules Relating to Capital of the Company.

A.        No Member shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return of contributions shall be made solely from the Company assets.

B.        No Member shall have the right to withdraw or receive a return of all or any part of that Member’s capital contributions, or to demand or (except pursuant to Article III) receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for that Member’s capital contributions.

 

  Section 2.7 Liability of the Members

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner for the debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. A Member shall be liable only to make the contributions described in Section 2.2 hereof, and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company, or to make any other contributions, assessments or payments to the Company.

 

4


ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

  Section 3.1 Distributions Prior to Dissolution and Termination.

Prior to the dissolution and termination of the Company, cash not needed by the Company for the operation of its business shall be distributed to the Members at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managers. All such distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

 

  Section 3.2 Allocations of Profits and Losses.

Profits and losses for each fiscal year (or other portion thereof) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

 

  Section 3.3 Distributions Upon Dissolution and Termination

Upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, the assets remaining after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the number of Units held by each Member. If assets are to be distributed in kind, the Members’ Capital Accounts shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with Section 3.2, before any such distribution to reflect any profits and losses which would have been allocated if the property distributed in kind had been sold for its fair market value (net of liabilities) by the Company prior to dissolution.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS AND

AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY

 

  Section 4.1 Management of Business and Affairs of the Company.

All Company powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, the Managers, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Formation; provided, however , that only the Members, by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units, may take the following actions or may direct the Managers to take the following actions:

4.1.1        The admission of an Additional Member;

4.1.2        The approval of a merger or reorganization of the Company, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets;

4.1.3        The amendment of this Agreement or taking any action in violation of this Agreement, or the waiver of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

5


4.1.4        The causing of the Company to voluntarily initiate a proceeding under which the Company would become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

  Section 4.2 Number, Election and Term of Office.

The number of Managers of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers or of the Members from time to time and shall initially be two; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Manager.

 

  Section 4.3 Initial Board of Managers.

The Member hereby appoints the following individuals as the initial Managers:

Brian Kirkpatrick

David Miller

 

  Section 4.4 Removal of Managers.

Any individual Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. A removed Manager’s successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Members to serve the unexpired term.

 

  Section 4.5 Vacancies.

Subject to Section 4.4, a vacancy occurring in the Managers may be filled (for the unexpired term, if applicable) by either action of Members holding a majority of the Units or the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Managers, whether or not the remaining Managers constitute a quorum. A vacancy or vacancies in the Managers may result from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any Manager, or from an increase in the number of Managers.

 

  Section 4.6 Compensation.

Managers may receive such compensation for their services as Managers as may be fixed by the Members from time to time. A Manager may also serve the Company in one or more capacities other than that of Manager and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

 

  Section 4.7 Committees of the Managers.

The Managers may designate from among themselves an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more Managers, who serve at the pleasure of the Managers. Each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Managers specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

 

6


  Section 4.8 Action by Managers or Members.

Any action by the Managers may be taken by vote of a majority of the entire number of Managers at a meeting thereof or unanimous written consent of the Managers. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action by Members may be taken by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units. Participation in meetings may be by conference telephone if all persons can hear and speak to each other. A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum for meetings of the Managers. Members holding a majority of the Units shall constitute a quorum for meetings of Members.

 

  Section 4.9 Liability of Member and Managers.

No Member nor any Manager shall be liable as a Member or Manager for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on any Member or any Manager for liabilities of the Company.

 

  Section 4.10 Other Businesses of Members; Conflicts of Interest.

4.10.1      Except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, any Member and any affiliate of any Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description independently or with others, and neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and such activities shall not be construed as a breach of any duty of loyalty or other duty to the other Members or the Company.

4.10.2      The Members and their affiliates shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with, or a business opportunity that may be beneficial to, the Company. It is expressly understood that the Members and their affiliates may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter.

4.10.3      A Member or Manager does not violate a duty or obligation to the Company merely because the Member’s or the Manager’s conduct furthers the Member’s interest. A Member may lend money to and transact other business with the Company. The rights and obligations of a Member who lends money to or transacts business with the Company are the same as those of a person who is not a Member, subject to other applicable law. No transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member or any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair to the Company.

 

  Section 4.11 Authority of Managers to Bind the Company.

Only the Managers and agents of the Company authorized by the Managers shall have the authority to bind the Company.

 

7


  Section 4.12 Standard of Care of Member and Managers.

A Member’s and Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of the Member’s or Manager’s duty to the Company is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. In discharging their duties, the Members and Managers shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon such information, opinions, reports or statements by any of their agents, or by any other person, as to matters the Member or Manager reasonably believe are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

 

  Section 4.13 Indemnification.

A.        The Company shall indemnify (i) its Managers and Officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in force applied as if the Company were a Delaware corporation, including (without limitation) the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, and (ii) other employees and agents of the Company to such extent as shall be authorized by the Managers and is permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Managers may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or repeal of any of the provisions thereof shall limit or eliminate the night to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The indemnification shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal, corporate or limited liability company liability therefor.

B.        To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no Manager or Officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Members for money damages. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement, or repeal of any of their respective provisions shall limit or eliminate the limitation on liability provided to Managers and Officers hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

A.        The Managers shall appoint or elect (and may remove and replace) Officers of the Company for the purpose of managing the day-to-day operations of the Company.

B.        The names of the initial Officers serving the Company and the capacities in which they serve are as follows:

 

Robert P. Dotson      President and Chief Executive Officer
Brian Kirkpatrick      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Butler      Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

 

8


Bruce Brown      Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Cole Brodman      Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer
David A. Miller      Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
John Clelland      Senior Vice President, Marketing
Susan Nokes      Senior Vice President, Customer Care
Neville Ray      Senior Vice President, Engineering Operations
Manny Sousa      Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer
Allyn Hebner     

Vice President, Accounting

Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

H. “Skip” Cornett      Vice President, Tax
Dirk Mosa      Vice President, Corporate Development
Lauren Venezia      Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Lee A. Tostevin      Assistant Secretary

 

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

  Section 6.1 Transfer of Units; Withdrawal.

No Member shall (i) endorse, sell, give, pledge, encumber, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law (hereinafter referred to as “Transfer”) all or any part of such Member’s Units, without the prior written consent of the Managers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) voluntarily withdraw or retire from the Company as a Member. Any attempted Transfer or withdrawal in contravention of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company. As a condition to any transfer, the Managers may require evidence satisfactory to them that all applicable securities laws have been complied with.

 

  Section 6.2 Effect of Bankruptcy, Dissolution or Termination of a Member.

Except as required by the Act, the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or termination of a Member shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Company, and the business of the Company shall continue. Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of such Member shall have all the nights of an assignee of the Units of such Member for the purpose of settling or managing the former Member’s estate or property. The Transfer by such trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of any Member of any Unit shall be subject to all of the restrictions hereunder to which such Transfer would have been subject if such Transfer had been made by such bankrupt, dissolved, liquidated or terminated Member.

 

9


ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

 

  Section 7.1 Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

A.        the election by the Managers to dissolve and terminate the Company; or

B.        the election by the Members holding more than two-thirds of the Units to dissolve and terminate the Company.

 

  Section 7.2 Liquidation and Termination.

A.        Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Officers and Managers of the Company shall cause the Company to liquidate by converting the assets of the Company to cash or its equivalent and arranging for the affairs of the Company to be wound up with reasonable speed but with a view towards obtaining fair value for Company assets, and, after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall distribute the remaining assets to and among the Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

B.        Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s capital contribution thereto and share of profits, gains and losses thereof and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING,

TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

 

  Section 8.1 Books, Records and Reports.

A.        The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its Members and Managers and of any executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Managers. The books and records of the Company may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a certified copy of this Limited Liability Company Agreement shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other place designated by the President of the Company. The books and records of the Company shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be available for examination by any Member, or its duly authorized representatives, during regular business hours.

B.        The President or other appropriate Officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall furnish to the Members within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet and report of the receipts, disbursements, profits or losses of the Company, and

 

10


each Member’s share of such items for the fiscal year, and (ii) information necessary for the Members to prepare their respective federal and state income tax returns. The cost of such financial and tax reports shall be an expense of the Company.

 

  Section 8.2 Bank Accounts Checks, Drafts, Etc.

The bank accounts of the Company shall be maintained in accounts in the name of and under the tax identification number for the Company in such banking institutions as the Managers or the appropriate Officers shall determine. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Company, shall be signed by such Officers or such other persons as may be authorized by the Board of Managers from time to time.

 

  Section 8.3 Fiscal Year; Methods of Accounting.

The fiscal year of the Company shall be the year ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers. The method of accounting to be used in keeping the books of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  Section 9.1 Binding Provisions.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Members, Managers and Officers.

 

  Section 9.2 Separability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable; and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect any other provisions of this Agreement.

 

  Section 9.3 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following rules apply to the construction of this Agreement:

(i)        References to the singular include the plural, and references to the plural include the singular.

(ii)      Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders.

 

11


(iii)     The headings or captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference and do not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect.

(iv)     References to a person include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(v)      Any reference in this Agreement to a particular “Article,” “Section” or other subdivision shall be to such Article, Section or subdivision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(vi)     Any use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall not be construed as limiting the phrase so modified to the particular items or actions enumerated.

(vii)    When any reference is made in this document or any of the schedules or exhibits attached to the Agreement, it shall mean this Agreement, together with all other schedules and exhibits attached hereto, as though one document.

 

  Section 9.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

A.        This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

B.        This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be modified or amended only pursuant to a written amendment adopted by the Managers and approved by the Member or Members holding a majority of the Units; provided, however , no amendment shall be effective with respect to any Member without the prior written consent of such Member if the effect of the amendment would be to increase the capital contributions required to be made by the Member or otherwise to increase the liabilities of the Member. Once an amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation has been approved, the proper Officers of the Company shall authorize the preparation and filing, if necessary, of a written amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation, as applicable.

 

  Section 9.5 Applicable Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

[Signatures appear on the Counterpart Signature Page]

 

12


 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

 

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to T-MOBILE SOUTH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Agreement of the Company dated as of December 15, 2005, does hereby cause this Counterpart Signature Page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf.

 

MEMBER :
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   David A. Miller
Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 3.41

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOICESTREAM SUBSIDIARY IV CORPORATION

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the state of Delaware, the following Certificate of Incorporation is submitted for filing:

ARTICLE 1.   NAME

The name of this corporation is VoiceStream Subsidiary IV Corporation.

ARTICLE 2.   REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The respective names of the County and of the City within the County in which the registered office of the Corporation is to be located in the state of Delaware are the county of New Castle and the city of Wilmington. The street and number of said registered office and the address by street and number of said registered agent is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Center Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

ARTICLE 3.   PURPOSE

This corporation is organized for the purposes of transacting any and all lawful business for which a corporation may be incorporated under Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

ARTICLE 4.   CAPITAL STOCK

The authorized capital stock of this corporation shall consist of 10,000 shares of Common Stock with $.01 par value per share.

ARTICLE 5.   DURATION

This corporation has a perpetual existence.

ARTICLE 6.   PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Shareholders of this corporation have no preemptive rights to acquire additional shares of stock or securities convertible into shares of stock issued by the corporation.


ARTICLE 7.   CUMULATIVE VOTING

Shareholders of this corporation shall not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

ARTICLE 8.   DIRECTORS

The number of directors of this corporation shall be fixed in the manner specified by the bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE 9.   LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director, except for:

 

  a.

Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  b.

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  c.

under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended; or

 

  d.

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the shareholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 10.   POWERS OF INCORPORATORS

The powers of the incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2


The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified are:

 

Cregg Baumbaugh      Alan Bender
3650 131 st Avenue SE, Suite 400      3650 131 st Avenue SE, Suite 400
Bellevue, WA 98006      Bellevue, WA 98006

The undersigned, for the purposes of forming a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware, hereby executes this Certificate of Incorporation as his act and deed under penalty of perjury this 13th day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Robert Vallelunga

 
Robert Vallelunga  

Preston Gates & Ellis LLP

5000 Columbia Center

 
701 Fifth Avenue  
Seattle, WA 98104-7078  

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

VOICESTREAM SUBSIDIARY IV CORPORATION

VoiceStream Subsidiary IV Corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST : That, by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation followed by written consent of the holder of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, the following resolutions proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, were adopted by the Board of Directors and the Sole Shareholder of the Corporation:

RESOLVED , that the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and hereby recommends to the Sole Shareholder, and the Sole Shareholder hereby accepts the recommendation of the Board, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, be amended so as to change the name of the Corporation, and for that purpose, to amend Article 1 thereof to read as follows:

ARTICLE 1.  NAME

The name of the Corporation is T-Mobile Subsidiary IV Corporation.

And be it further

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as aforesaid.

SECOND : That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the General Corporation. Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this     30 th      day of September, 2005

 

/s/ David A. Miller

 
David A. Miller, Senior Vice President,  
General Counsel & Secretary  

Exhibit 3.42

BYLAWS

OF

VOICESTREAM SUBSIDIARY IV CORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

Section 1.     Annual Meeting .    The annual meeting of the stockholders of this Corporation shall be held during the month of March of each year on such date and at such time as determined by the Board of Directors. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the time stated in these Bylaws does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 2.     Special Meetings .    Except as otherwise provided by law, special meetings of stockholders of this Corporation shall be held whenever called by any officer or by the Board of Directors or one or more stockholders who hold at least ten percent (10%) of all shares entitled to vote on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.

Section 3.     Place of Meetings .    Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as determined by the Board of Directors, pursuant to proper notice.

Section 4.     Notice .    Written notice of each stockholders’ meeting stating the date, time, and place and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose(s) for which such meeting is called, shall be given by the corporation not less than ten (10) (unless a greater period of notice is required by law in a particular case) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting unless required by law to send notice to all stockholders (regardless of whether or not such stockholders are entitled to vote), to the stockholder’s address as it appears on the current record of stockholders of this Corporation.

Section 5.     Waiver of Notice .  A stockholder may waive any notice required to be given by these Bylaws, or the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, or any of the corporate laws of the State of Delaware, before or after the meeting that is the subject of such notice. A valid waiver is created by any of the following three methods: (a) in writing, signed by the stockholder entitled to the notice and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in its corporate records; (b) attendance at the meeting, unless the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; or (c) failure to object at the time of presentation of a matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice.

Section 6.     Quorum of Stockholders .    At any meeting of the stockholders, a majority in interest of all the shares entitled to vote on a matter, represented by stockholders of record in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.

Once a share is represented at a meeting, other than to object to holding the meeting or transacting business, it is deemed to be present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. At such reconvened meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.


If a quorum exists, action on a matter is approved by a voting group if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws a different vote is required.

Section 7.   Proxies .  Stockholders of record may vote at any meeting either in person or by proxy executed in writing. A proxy is effective when received by the person authorized to tabulate votes for the Corporation. A proxy is valid for eleven (11) months unless a longer period is expressly provided in the proxy.

Section 8.   Voting .  Subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, and unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, is entitled to one (1) vote on each matter voted on at a stockholders’ meeting.

Section 9.   Adjournment .  A majority of the shares represented at the meeting, even if less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting from time to time. At such reconvened meeting at which a quorum is present any business may be transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If a meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time, or place if a new date, time, or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment; however, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed in accordance with the corporate laws of the State of Delaware, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are stockholders as of the new record date.

ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Section 1.   Powers of Directors .  All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by its Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2.   Number and Qualifications .  The business affairs and property of this Corporation shall be managed by a Board of not less than one (1) director nor more than five (5) directors. The number of directors may at any time be increased or decreased by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Directors need not be stockholders of this Corporation or residents of the State of Delaware, but must have reached the age of majority.

Section 3.   Election - Term of Office .  The terms of the initial directors expire at the first stockholders’ meeting at which directors are elected. The directors shall be elected by the stockholders at each annual stockholders’ meeting to hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their respective successors are elected and qualified. If, for any reason, the directors shall not have been elected at any annual meeting, they may be elected at a special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided by these Bylaws.

 

- 2 -


Section 4.    Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such places, and at such times as the Board by vote may determine, and, if so determined, no notice thereof need be given.

Section 5.    Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place whenever called by any officer or one (1) or more directors, notice thereof being given to each director by the officer calling or by the officer directed to call the meeting.

Section 6.     Notice .  No notice is required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors, stating the date, time, and place thereof, shall be given at least two (2) days prior to the date of the meeting. The purpose of the meeting need not be given in the notice. Such notice may be oral or written.

Section 7.    Waiver of Notice .  A director may waive notice of a special meeting of the Board either before or after the meeting, and such waiver shall be deemed to be the equivalent of giving notice. The waiver must be in writing, signed by the director and entitled to the notice and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in its corporate records. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of that meeting unless said director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of business because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

Section 8.     Quorum of Directors .  A majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the members present thereat shall decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

Section 9.    Adjournment .  A majority of the directors present, even if less than a quorum, may adjourn a meeting and continue it to a later time. Notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement, shall not be necessary. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which could have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 10.    Resignation and Removal .   Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the President, or Secretary of this Corporation. Any such resignation is effective when the notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later effective date. The stockholders, at a special meeting called expressly for that purpose, may remove from office with or without cause one or more directors and elect their successors. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast for removal exceeds the number of votes cast against removal.

Section 11.   Vacancies .  Unless otherwise provided by law, in case of any vacancy in the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the remaining directors, whether constituting a quorum or not, or the stockholders, may fill the vacancy.

Section 12.    Compensation .  By resolution of the Board of Directors, each director may be paid expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a stated salary as director, or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or both. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving this Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

-   3   -


Section 13.   Presumption of Assent .  A director of this Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless:

a.          The director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon the director’s arrival, to holding it or transacting business at the meeting;

b.          The director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

c.          The director shall file written dissent or abstention with the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation within a reasonable time after adjournment of the meeting.

The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

Section 14.    Committees .   The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, may designate from among its members an Executive Committee and one or more other committees, each of which:

a.          Must have two (2) or more members;

b.          Must be governed by the same rules regarding meetings, action without meetings, notice, and waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as applied to the Board of Directors; and

c.          To the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board of Directors, except no such committee shall have the authority to:

(1)       Authorize or approve a distribution except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors;

(2)       Approve or propose to stockholders action which the Delaware General Corporation Law requires to be approved by stockholders;

(3)       Fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees;

(4)       Amend the Certificate of Incorporation;

(5)       Adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws;

(6)       Approve a plan of merger not requiring stockholder approval; or

(7)       Authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences, and limitations on a class or series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee, or a senior executive officer of the Corporation, to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE III

Special Measures Applying to Both

Stockholders’ Meetings and Directors’ Meetings

Section 1.     Action by Written Consent .   Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors may be accomplished without a meeting if the action is taken by all the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, or all the members of the Board, as the case may be. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action to be taken, signed by all the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, or by all directors, as the case may be, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. Directors’ consents may be signed either before or after the action taken.

Action taken by unanimous written consent is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date. Action taken by unanimous written consent of the stockholders is effective when all consents are in the possession of the Corporation, unless the consent specifies a later effective date.

If the corporate laws of the state of Delaware require that notice of a proposed action be given to nonvoting stockholders and the action is to be taken by unanimous consent of the voting stockholders, the Corporation must give its nonvoting stockholders written notice of the proposed action at least ten (10) days before the action is taken. The notice must contain or be accompanied by the same material that would have been required to be sent to the nonvoting stockholders in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Section 2.     Conference Telephone .   Meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors may be effectuated by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.    Oral and Written Notice .  Oral notice may be communicated in person or by telephone, wire or wireless equipment that does not transmit a facsimile of the notice. Oral notice is effective when communicated.

Written notice may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire, or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice. Written notice is effective at the earliest of the following: (a) when received; (b) five (5) days after its deposit in the U.S. mail if mailed with first-class postage; (c) on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 1.   Positions .  The officers of this Corporation may be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, as appointed by the Board. Such other officers and assistant officers as may be necessary may be appointed by the Board

 

-   5   -


of Directors or by a duly appointed officer to whom such authority has been delegated by Board resolution. No officer need be a stockholder or a director of this Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

The Board of Directors in its discretion may elect a Chairman from amongst its members to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors, who, when present shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and who shall have such other powers as the Board may determine.

Section 2.     Appointment and Term of Office .   The officers of this Corporation shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If officers are not appointed at such meeting, such appointment shall occur as soon as possible thereafter. Each officer shall hold office until a successor shall have been appointed and qualified or until said officer’s earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Section 3.    Powers and Duties .  If the Board appoints persons to fill the following officer positions, such officer shall have the powers and duties set forth below:

a.           President .  The President shall be the chief executive officer of this Corporation and, subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have general supervision of the business of this Corporation. Unless a Chairman of the Board of Directors has been elected and is present, the President shall preside at meetings of the Board of Directors.

The President, or any Vice President or such other person(s) as are specifically authorized by vote of the Board of Directors, shall sign all bonds, deeds, mortgages, and any other agreements, and such signature(s) shall be sufficient to bind this Corporation. The President shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall designate.

b.           Vice President .   During the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall exercise all functions of the President, except as limited by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each Vice President shall have such powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time to such Vice President by the President or by the Board of Directors.

c.           Secretary . The Secretary shall:

(1)       Prepare minutes of the directors’ and stockholders’ meetings and keep them in one or more books provided for that purpose;

(2)       Authenticate records of the Corporation;

(3)       See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law;

(4)       Be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation (if any), and affix the seal of the Corporation to all documents as may be required;

 

- 6 -


(5)       Keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder;

(6)       Sign with the President, or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;

(7)       Have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and

(8)       In general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. In the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the Secretary’s duties.

d.          Treasurer .   The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the money, funds, and securities of the Corporation, shall account for the same, and shall have and exercise, under the supervision of the Board of Directors, all the powers and duties commonly incident to this office.

Section 4.    Salaries and Contract Rights .  The salaries, if any, of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 5.    Resignation or Removal .  Any officer of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors. Any such resignation is effective when the notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later date, and shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of such officer.

The Board of Directors, by majority vote of the entire Board, may remove any officer or agent appointed by it, with or without cause. The removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 6.    Vacancies .  If any office becomes vacant by any reason, the directors may appoint a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.

ARTICLE V

Certificates of Shares and Their Transfer

Section 1.   Issuance; Certificates of Shares .  No shares of this Corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board. Such authorization shall include the maximum number of shares to be issued, the consideration to be received, and a statement that the Board considers the consideration to be adequate. Certificates for shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and shall state:

a.         The name of the Corporation and that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;

b.         The name of the person to whom issued; and

c.         The number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents.

 

-   7   -


The certificate shall be signed by original or facsimile signature of two officers of the Corporation, and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed thereto.

Section 2.    Transfer of Stock .  Shares of stock may be transferred by delivery of the certificate accompanied by either an assignment in writing on the back of the certificate or by a written power of attorney to assign and transfer the same on the books of this Corporation, signed by the record holder of the certificate. The shares shall be transferable on the books of this Corporation upon surrender thereof so assigned or endorsed.

Section 3.    Loss or Destruction of Certificates .  In case of the loss, mutilation, or destruction of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued upon such terms as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

Section 4.      Record Date and Transfer Books .   For the purpose of determining stockholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of stockholders, is to be taken.

If no record date is fixed for such purposes, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of stockholders.

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date is fixed for the original meeting.

Section 5.      Voting Record .   The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of this Corporation shall make at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders a complete record of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such record shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting for the purposes thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Books and Records

Section 1.    Books of Accounts, Minutes, and Share Register .  The corporation:

a.         Shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its stockholders and Board of Directors, a record of all actions taken by the stockholders or Board of Directors without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board of Directors exercising the authority of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation;

 

- 8 -


b.          Shall maintain appropriate accounting records;

c.          Or its agent shall maintain a record of its stockholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all stockholders, in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each; and

d.          Shall keep a copy of the following records at its principal office:

(1)       The Certificate of Incorporation or Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments to them currently in effect;

(2)       The Bylaws or Restated Bylaws and all amendments to them currently in effect;

(3)       The minutes of all stockholders’ meetings, and records of all actions taken by stockholders without a meeting, for the past three (3) years;

(4)       Its financial statements for the past three (3) years, including balance sheets showing in reasonable detail the financial condition of the Corporation as of the close of each fiscal year, and an income statement showing the results of its operations during each fiscal year prepared on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles or, if not, prepared on a basis explained therein;

(5)       All written communications to stockholders generally within the past three (3) years;

(6)       A list of the names and business addresses of its current directors and officers; and

(7)       Its most recent annual report delivered to the Secretary of State of Delaware.

Section 2.    Copies of Resolutions .  Any person dealing with the Corporation may rely upon a copy of any of the records of the proceedings, resolutions, or votes of the Board of Directors or stockholders, when certified by the President or Secretary.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents

Section 1.   Definitions .  As used in this Article:

a.         “Act” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, now or hereafter in force.

b.         “Agent” means an individual who is or was an agent of the Corporation or an individual who, while an agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. “Agent” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of an agent.

 

-   9   -


c.       “Corporation” means this Corporation, and any domestic or foreign predecessor entity which, in a merger or other transaction, ceased to exist.

d.       “Director” means an individual who is or was a director of the Corporation or an individual who, while a director of the Corporation, is or was serving Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. “Director” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a director.

e.       “Employee” means an individual who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an individual, while an employee of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. “Employee” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of an employee.

f.       “Expenses” include counsel fees.

g.       “Indemnitee” means an individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a Director, Officer, Employee, or Agent of the Corporation, and who possesses indemnification rights pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or other corporate action. “Indemnitee” shall also include the heirs, executors, and other successors in interest of such individuals.

h.       “Liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

i.       “Officer” means an individual who is or was an officer of the Corporation or an individual who, while an officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. “Officer” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of an officer.

j.       “Party” includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be named a defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

k.       “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, and whether formal or informal.

Section 2.   Indemnification Rights of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents . The Corporation shall indemnify its Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents to the full extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect against liability arising out of a proceeding to which such individual was made a party because the individual is or was a Director, Officer, Employee or Agent of the Corporation. The Corporation shall advance expenses incurred by such persons who are parties to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding, as provided herein.

 

- 10 -


Section 3.      Procedure for Seeking Indemnification and/or Advancement of Expenses .

a.          Notification and Defense of Claim .    Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing of any proceeding for which indemnification could be sought under this Article. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Corporation such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

With respect to any such proceeding as to which Indemnitee has notified the Corporation:

(1)       The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense;

(2)       Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Corporation, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to Indemnitee. Indemnitee’s consent to such counsel may not be unreasonably withheld.

After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Article for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such defense. However, Indemnitee shall continue to have the right to employ its counsel in such proceeding, at Indemnitee’s expense; and if:

(a)       The employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation;

(b)  Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense; or

(c)   The Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding,

the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.

The Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to which Indemnitee shall reasonably have made the conclusion that a conflict of interest may exist between the Corporation and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense.

b.           Information to be Submitted and Method of Determination and Authorization of Indemnification .      For the purpose of pursuing rights to indemnification under this Article, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Board a sworn statement requesting indemnification and reasonable evidence of all amounts for which such indemnification is requested (together, the sworn statement and the evidence constitutes an “Indemnification Statement”).

 

-   11   -


Submission of an Indemnification Statement to the Board shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, and the Corporation shall, within sixty (60) calendar days thereafter, make the payments requested in the Indemnification Statement to or for the benefit of the Indemnitee, unless: (1) within such sixty (60) calendar day period it shall be determined by the Corporation that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article; (2) such vote shall be based upon clear and convincing evidence (sufficient to rebut the foregoing presumption); and (3) the Indemnitee shall receive notice in writing of such determination, which notice shall disclose with particularity the evidence upon which the determination is based.

At the election of the President, the foregoing determination may be made by either: (1) the written consent of the stockholders owning a majority of the stock in the Corporation; (2) a committee chosen by written consent of a majority of the directors of the Corporation, and consisting solely of two (2) or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding; or (3) as provided by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, and any failure to make the payments requested in the Indemnification Statement, shall be subject to judicial review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

c.           Special Procedure Regarding Advance for Expenses .      An Indemnitee seeking payment of expenses in advance of a final disposition of the proceeding must furnish the Corporation, as part of the Indemnification Statement:

(1)       A written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct required to be eligible for indemnification; and

(2)       A written undertaking, constituting an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee did not meet the required standard of conduct.

If the Corporation determines that indemnification is authorized, the Indemnitee’s request for advance of expenses shall be granted.

d.          Settlement .  The Corporation is not liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any amounts paid in settlement of any proceeding without Corporation’s written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee may unreasonably withhold its consent to a proposed settlement.

Section 4.          Contract and Related Rights .

a.          Contract Rights .   The right of an Indemnitee to indemnification and advancement of expenses is a contract right upon which the Indemnitee shall be presumed to have relied in determining to serve or to continue to serve in his or her capacity with the Corporation. Such right shall continue as long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding. Any amendment to or

 

- 12 -


repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an Indemnitee with respect to any acts or omissions of such Indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

b.           Optional Insurance, Contracts, and Funding .    The Corporation may:

(1)       Maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Indemnitee against any liability, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify the individual against the same liability;

(2)       Enter into contracts with any Indemnitee in furtherance of this Article and consistent with the Act; and

(3)       Create a trust fund, grant a security interest, or use other means (including without limitation a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Article.

c.           Severability .  If any provision or application of this Article shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Article and its remaining applications shall not be affected thereby, and shall continue in full force and effect.

d.           Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .  If (1) a claim under this Article for indemnification is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation; or (2) a claim under this Article for advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, then the Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the extent successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to also be paid the expense (to be proportionately prorated if the Indemnitee is only partially successful) of prosecuting such claim.

Neither:     (1) the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its stockholders, or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such proceeding that indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances; nor (2) an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its stockholders, or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses, shall be a defense to the proceeding or create a presumption that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

Section 5.          Exceptions .        Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of these Bylaws to indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding:

a.          Claims Initiated by Indemnitee .  Initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under these Bylaws or any other statute or law or as otherwise required under the statute; but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Corporation in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate.

 

-   13   -


b.          Lack of Good Faith .     Instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

c.          Insured Claims .   For which any of the expenses or liabilities for indemnification is being sought have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Corporation.

d.          Prohibited by Law .     If the Corporation is prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law as then in effect from paying such indemnification and/or advancement of expenses. For example, the Corporation and Indemnitee acknowledge that the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has taken the position that indemnification is not possible for liabilities arising under certain federal securities laws, and federal legislation prohibits indemnification for certain ERISA violations. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Corporation has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Corporation’s right to indemnify Indemnitee.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment of Bylaws

Section 1.         By the Stockholders .  These Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders if notice of the proposed amendment is contained in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.         By the Board of Directors .   These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors of any meeting of the Board, if notice of the proposed amendment is contained in the notice of the meeting. However, the directors may not modify the Bylaws fixing their qualifications, classifications, or term of office.

ARTICLE IX

Rules of Order

The rules contained in the most recent edition of Robert’s Rules of Order, newly revised, shall govern all meetings of stockholders and directors where those rules are not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or other rules of order of this Corporation.

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 3.43

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

1.        The name of the limited liability company is T-Mobile West LLC.

2.        The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on June 25, 2012 at 8:00 a.m. EST.

 

 

By  

      /s/ David A. Miller

         David A. Miller, Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.44

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

T-MOBLE WEST LLC

 

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated effective as of June 25, 2012 at 8:00 a.m. EST, is made and entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §18-101 et seq . (the “LLC Act”), by T-Mobile USA, Inc. as the sole member (the “Member”) of T-Mobile West LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Member does hereby certify and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME; FORMATION; PURPOSE; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS

Section 1.1   Name; Formation .   The name of the Company shall be T-Mobile West LLC or such other name as the Managers (as such term is defined below) may from time to time hereafter designate. The Company was formed upon the execution and filing on June 25, 2012 at 8:00 a.m. EST of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth all of the information required by Section 18-201 of the LLC Act.

Section 1.2   Purpose .   The purpose for which the Company is formed and the business and objects to be carried on and promoted by it are to engage in any lawful act or activity which may be carried on by a limited liability company under the LLC Act.

Section 1.3    Term .    The Company shall have perpetual existence beginning on the effective date set forth in the Certificate of Formation filed with the Secretary of State; provided, however, that the Company may be dissolved in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.4     Place of Business and Resident Agent .  The initial location of the place of business of the Company shall be 12920 SE 38 th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006. The initial address of the registered office and the name and address of the initial resident agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Formation.

 

Page 1


ARTICLE II

MEMBERS; INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1  Members and Capital Contributions .

A.        The initial Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by 100 units of membership interest (the “Units”). An unlimited number of Units are authorized.

B.        The Member has accepted and agreed to the provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart signature page hereto.

C.        Subject to Section 4.1.1, one or more persons may be admitted to the Company from time to time as additional Members upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Members or Managers.

D.        A person may be admitted to the Company as a Member without the requirements of becoming a party to this Agreement if such person evidences the intent to become a Member in writing by accepting and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and, with respect to any additional or substitute Members, complies with the other conditions for becoming a Member established by the Members or Managers.

Section 2.2  Capital Contributions .

A.        Each Member has contributed to the capital of the Company (in the case of the initial Member, by virtue of the Conversion; in the case of any additional Members, as determined by the Managers) cash, services or property at such times, in such amounts, and of such types as are reflected in the books and records of the Company.

B.        The Managers may from time to time, on behalf of the Company and without the requirement of any consent by the Members, seek and accept from one or more Members selected by the Managers additional capital contributions of cash, services or in-kind contributions of property on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be determined by the Managers in their sole discretion.

C.        Except for the capital contributions of the Members required under Sections 2.2. A and 2.2.B, no Member shall be required to make any further capital contributions to the Company or to lend any funds to the Company, although any Member may agree and become obligated to do so. No Member shall have any obligation to contribute additional capital to the Company to restore a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account (as defined below).

 

Page 2


Section 2.3   Issuance and Classification of Units .   The relative ownership interests of the Members in the Company shall be represented by Units of membership interest. Ownership interests in the Company shall constitute a security governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6 Del. C. §§ 8-10 et seq. , as adopted and in effect in the State of Delaware. The Units of the Company shall be of a single class. Each Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company, right to receive distributions from the Company (prior to its termination and dissolution) and voting powers shall be in proportion to the number of Units held by that Member.

Section 2.4  Certification and Registration of Units .

A,        All membership interests in the Company shall be evidenced by security certificates in registered form (the “Certificates of Units”). The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register (the “Membership Interest Register”) in which, subject to reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, but at its expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Certificates of Units.

B.        Whenever one or more Certificates of Units shall be surrendered at the principal executive office of the Company for transfer (which shall be subject to satisfaction of Section 6.1 hereof) or exchange, accompanied by a written statement of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the holder of the Certificate of Units or its attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Certificates of Units as may be requested by such holder, representing the same aggregate number of Units as the Certificate or Certificates of Units so surrendered. Each new Certificate of Units shall be dated as of the date of issuance and registered in the name or names as such holder may designate in writing.

C.        Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Certificate of Units and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of a Certificate of Units (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of the original Certificate of Units a new Certificate of Units of like tenor and number of Units, dated as of the date of issuance.

D.        The Company, the Managers and the officers of the Company shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any Units registered on the Membership Interest Register as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such Units has been received and accepted by the Manager and recorded on the books of the Membership Interest Register. The Manager may refuse to accept an assignment until the end of

 

Page 3


the next successive quarterly accounting period. In no event shall any Units, or any portion thereof, be sold, transferred, or assigned to a minor or incompetent, and any such attempted sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind the Company or the Managers.

E.        Each Certificate of Units now or hereafter held by a Member shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“The units of membership interest represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. No transfer or other disposition of such units may be made in the absence of an effective registration statement for such units under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to T-Mobile USA, Inc. that registration is not required under said Act. Reference is also made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement entered into by the registered owner concurrently with or prior to the issuance of this certificate which should be referred to for additional restrictions on the transferability of the units of membership interest represented hereby.”

Section 2.5  Capital Accounts .  A separate capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Member. The Capital Account of a Member shall be increased by (a) the amount of cash contributed by such Member; (b) the agreed fair market value of any property contributed by such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liabilities to which such property is subject) and (c) the amount of all profits (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. Each Member’s Capital Account shall be decreased by (d) the amount of all distributions to such Member; (e) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company and any liability to which such property is subject), and (f) the amount of all losses (and any item thereof) allocated to such Member. The Capital Accounts shall be determined, maintained and adjusted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including the capital account maintenance rules in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-(1)(b)(2)(iv).

Section 2.6  General Rules Relating to Capital of the Company.

A.        No Member shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return of contributions shall be made solely from the Company assets.

 

Page 4


B.        No Member shall have the right to withdraw or receive a return of all or any part of that Member’s capital contributions, or to demand or (except pursuant to Article III) receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for that Member’s capital contributions.

Section 2.7  Liability of Members .

No Member shall be liable under a judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner for the debts or any other obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company, A Member may be liable only to make the contributions described in Section 2.2 hereof, and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company, or to make any other contributions, assessments or payments to the Company.

ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1     Distributions Prior to Dissolution and Termination .     Prior to the dissolution and termination of the Company, cash not needed by the Company for the operation of its business shall be distributed to the Members at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managers. All such distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.2  Allocation of Profits and Losses .  Profits and losses for each fiscal year (or other portion thereof) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member.

Section 3.3   Distributions Upon Dissolution and Termination .   Upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, the assets remaining after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the number of Units held by each Member. If assets are to be distributed in kind, the Member’s Capital Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with Section 3.2, before any such distribution to reflect any profits and losses which would have been allocated if the property distributed in kind had been sold for its fair market value (net of liabilities) by the Company prior to dissolution.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS AND

AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1   Management of Business and Affairs of the Company .   All Company powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the

 

Page 5


Company shall be managed by, the Managers, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Formation; provided, however, that only the Members, by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units, may take the following actions or may direct the Managers to take the following actions:

4.1.1   The admission of an additional Member;

4.1.2    The approval of a merger or reorganization of the Company, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets;

4.1.3    The amendment of this Agreement or taking any action in violation of this Agreement, or the waiver of any provision of this Agreement; or

4.1.4    The causing of the Company to voluntarily initiate a proceeding under which the Company would become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.2   Number, Election and Term of Office .  The number of Managers of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers or of the Members from time to time and shall initially be one (1); provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent Manager.

Section 4.3   Initial Board of Managers .  The Member hereby appoints David A. Miller as the initial Manager.

Section 4.4   Removal of Managers .  Any individual Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. A removed Manager’s successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Members to serve the unexpired term.

Section 4.5   Vacancies .  Subject to Section 4.4, a vacancy occurring in the Managers may be filled (for the unexpired term, if applicable) by either action of Members holding a majority of the Units or the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Managers, whether or not the remaining Managers constitute a quorum. A vacancy or vacancies in the Managers may result from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any Manager, or from an increase in the number of Managers.

Section 4.6   Compensation .  Managers may receive such compensation for their services as Managers as may be fixed by the Members from time to time. A Manager may also serve the Company in one or more capacities other than that of Manager and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

 

Page 6


Section 4.7   Committees of the Managers .  The Managers may designate from among themselves an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more Managers, who serve at the pleasure of the Managers. Each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Managers specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

Section 4.8  Action by Managers or Members .  Any action taken by the Managers may be taken by vote of a majority of the entire number of Managers at a meeting thereof or unanimous written consent of the Managers. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action by Members may be taken by vote or written consent of Members holding a majority of the Units. Participation in meetings may be by conference telephone if all persons can hear and speak to each other. A majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum of meetings of the Managers. Members holding a majority of the Units shall constitute a quorum for meetings of Members.

Section 4.9   Liability of Member and Managers.   No Member nor any Manager shall be liable as a Member or Manager for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the LLC Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on any Member or any Manager for liabilities of the Company.

Section 4.10  Other Businesses of Members; Conflicts of Interest

4.10.1     Except as may be otherwise agreed in writing, any Member and any affiliate of any Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description independently or with others, and neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and such activities shall not be construed as a breach of any duty of loyalty or other duty to the other Members or the Company.

4.10.2    The Members and their affiliates shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with, or a business opportunity that may be beneficial to, the Company. It is expressly understood that the Members and their affiliates may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter.

4.10.3     A Member or Manager does not violate a duty or obligation to the Company merely because the Member’s or Manager’s conduct further the Member’s interest. A Member may lend money to and transact other business with the Company. The rights and obligations of a Member who lends money to or transacts business with the Company are the same as those of a person who is not a Member, subject to other applicable law. No transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member or any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair to the Company.

 

Page 7


Section 4.11   Authority of Managers to Bind the Company .   Only the Managers and agents of the Company authorized by the Managers shall have the authority to bind the Company. The Manager of the Company is authorized by the Members to, from time to time as necessary for the business of the Company, authorize officers of the Company to execute such documents and to do any and all acts necessary to bind the Company in furtherance of its business objectives.

Section 4.12     Standard of Care of Members and Managers .     A Member’s or Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of the Member’s or Manager’s duty to the Company is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. In discharging their duties, the Members and Managers shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon such information, opinions, reports or statements by any of their agents, or by any other person, as to matters the Member or Manager reasonably believe are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.13  Indemnification .

A.        The Company shall indemnify (i) its Managers and officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in force applied as if the Company were a Delaware corporation, including (without limitation) the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law, and (ii) other employees and agents of the Company to such extent as shall be authorized by the Managers and is permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Managers may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment to the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or repeal of any of the provisions thereof shall limit or eliminate the right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The indemnification shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal, corporate or limited liability company liability therefor.

B.        To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no Manager or officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Members for money damages. No amendment of the Certificate of Formation

 

Page 8


or this Agreement, or repeal of any of their respective provisions, shall limit or eliminate the limitation on liability provided to Managers and officers hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

A.        The Managers shall appoint or elect (and may remove and replace) officers of the Company for the purpose of managing the day-to-day operations of the Company.

B.        The names of the initial officers serving the Company and the capacities in which they serve are as follows:

 

Phillip Humm      Chief Executive Officer & President
James Alling      Executive Vice President & Chief Operations Officer
David A. Miller      Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
Larry Myers      Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Neville Ray      Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Peter Ewens      Executive Vice President & Chief Strategy Officer
Michael Morgan      Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Lauren Venezia      Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel &
                 Assistant Secretary
H. “Skip” Cornett      Vice President, Tax
Yvonne Smith      Vice President & Controller
Harvey Woodford      Assistant Secretary

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 6.1   Transfer of Units; Withdrawal .   No Member shall (i) endorse, sell, give, pledge, encumber, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law, all or any part of such Member’s Units (hereinafter referred to as “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of the Managers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) voluntarily withdraw or retire from the Company as a Member. Any attempted Transfer or withdrawal in contravention of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company. As a condition to any transfer, the Managers may require evidence satisfactory to them that all applicable securities laws have been complied with.

Section 6.2   Effect of Bankruptcy, Dissolution or Termination of a Member .  Except as required by the LLC Act, the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or termination of a Member

 

Page 9


shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Company, and the business of the Company shall continue. Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of such Member shall have all the rights of an assignee of the Units of such Member for the purpose of settling or managing the former Member’s estate or property. The Transfer by such trustee, receiver, executor, administrator, committee or conservator of any Member of any Unit shall be subject to all of the restrictions hereunder to which such Transfer would have been subject if such Transfer had been made by such bankrupt, dissolved, liquidated or terminated Member.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

Section 7.1  Dissolution .  The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

A.        The election by the Managers to dissolve or terminate the Company; or

B.        The election by the Members holding more than two-thirds of the Units to dissolve and terminate the Company.

Section 7.2  Liquidation and Termination .

A.        Upon the dissolution of the Company, the officers and Managers of the Company shall cause the Company to liquidate by converting the assets of the Company to cash or its equivalent and arranging for the affairs of the Company to be wound up by reasonable speed but with a view towards obtaining fair value for Company assets, and, after satisfaction (whether by payment or by establishment of reserves therefor) of creditors, including Members who are creditors, shall distribute the remaining assets to and among the Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

B.        Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s capital contribution thereto and share of profits, gains and losses thereof and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member.

 

Page 10


ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS;

ACCOUNTING, TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

Section 8.1  Books, Records and Reports.

A.        The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its Members and Managers and of any executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Managers. The books and records of the Company may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a certified copy of this Agreement shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other place designated by the President of the Company. The books and records of the Company shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be available for examination by any Member, or its duly authorized representatives, during regular business hours.

B.        The President or other appropriate officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall furnish to the Members within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet and report of the receipts, disbursements, profits or losses of the Company, and each Member’s share of such items for the fiscal year, and (ii) information necessary for the Members to prepare their respective federal and state income tax returns. The cost of such financial and tax reports shall be an expense of the Company.

8.2        Bank Accounts, Checks, Drafts, etc.    The bank accounts of the Company shall be maintained in the name of and under the tax identification number of the Company in such banking institutions as the Managers or the appropriate officers shall determine. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Company, shall be signed by such officers or such other persons as may be authorized by the Board of Managers from time to time.

Section 8.3   Fiscal Year; Methods of Accounting .   The fiscal year of the Company shall be the year ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Managers. The method of accounting to be used in keeping the books of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with applicable law.

 

Page 11


ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1   Binding Provisions .   The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Members, Managers and officers.

Section 9.2   Separability of Provisions .   Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable, and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect any other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.3  Rules of Construction .  Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following rules apply to the construction of this Agreement:

(i)        References to the singular include the plural, and references to the plural shall include the singular.

(ii)       Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders.

(iii)      The headings or captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference and do not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect.

(iv)      References to a person include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organizational or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

(v)       Any reference in this Agreement to a particular “Article, “Section” or other subdivision shall be to such Article, Section or subdivision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.

(vi)      Any use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall not be constructed as limiting the phase so modified to the particular items or actions enumerated.

(vii)     When any reference is made in this document or any of the schedules or exhibits attached to this Agreement, it shall mean this Agreement, together with all other schedules and exhibits attached hereto, as though one document.

 

Page 12


Section 9.4  Entire Agreement; Amendments.

A.        This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

B.        This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be modified or amended only pursuant to a written amendment adopted by the Managers and approved by the Members holding a majority of the Units; provided, however, no amendment shall be effective with respect to any Member without the prior written consent of such Member if the effect of the amendment would be to increase the capital contributions required to be made by the Member or otherwise to increase the liabilities of the Member. Once an amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation has been approved, the proper officers of the Company shall authorize the preparation and filing, if necessary, of a written amendment to this Agreement and/or the Certificate of Formation, as applicable.

Section 9.5    Applicable Law .    This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to T-Mobile West LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of June 25, 2012 at 8:00 a.m. EST, does hereby cause this Counterpart Signature Page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf

 

MEMBER:
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By  

/s/ David A. Miller

         David A. Miller, Executive Vice
         President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

Page 13

Exhibit 3.45

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRITON PCS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Triton PCS Finance Company, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Entity Services (Delaware), Inc., 103 Foulk Road, Suite 200, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19803. The name of its registered agent at such address is Entity Services (Delaware), Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in, carry on and conduct any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

The incorporator of the Corporation is Benjamin C. Graff and his mailing address is c/o Kleinbard, Bell & Brecker LLP, 1900 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

ARTICLE VI

Election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VII

7.1       Indemnification . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (a “ Proceeding ”), whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, incorporator, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or


is or was incorporator, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an “ Other Entity ”), shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent then permitted by law against expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements), judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan), and amounts paid in settlement incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Persons who are not Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the extent the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the benefits of this Article VII.

7.2       Advancement of Expenses .   The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that, if (and only if) required by the GCL, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

7.3       Rights Not Exclusive .  The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

7.4       Continuing Rights .   The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person indemnified hereunder), shall inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person, and in either case, shall inure whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters which antedate the adoption of this Article VII.

7.5       Insurance .       The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII, the Bylaws or under Section 145 of the GCL or any other provision of law.

 

2


7.6       Contract Rights; No Repeal .  The provisions of this Article VII shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who services in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect and any other person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer, or other person intend to be legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article VII shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or, heretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

7.7       Enforceability; Burden of Proof .    The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding.

7.8       Service at the Request of the Corporation .  Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving any capacity in (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

7.9       Right to be Covered by Applicable Law . Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article VII may elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided , however , that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

3


ARTICLE VIII

No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, provided that this provision does not eliminate the liability of the Director (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. For purposes of the prior sentence, the term “damages” shall, to the extent permitted by law, include without limitation, any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages, excise or other tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements). Each person who serves as a Director of the Corporation while this Article VIII is in effect shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance on the provisions of this Article VIII, and neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability or any Director of the Corporation for, arising out of, based upon, or in connection with any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The provisions of this Article VIII are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of any and all other limitations on or eliminations of the liabilities of Directors of the Corporation, as such, whether such limitations or eliminations arise under or are created by any law, rule, regulation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 25 th day of October, 1999.

 

 /s/ Benjamin Graff
   Benjamin Graff, Incorporator

 

4

Exhibit 3.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRITON PCS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.

BYLAWS

Adopted as of October 25, 1999

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE 1.

    

STOCKHOLDERS

     1   
   1.1    Annual Meeting      1   
   1.2    Special Meetings      1   
   1.3    Notice of Meetings; Waiver      1   
   1.4    Quorum      2   
   1.5    Voting      2   
   1.6    Voting by Ballot      2   
   1.7    Adjournment      2   
   1.8    Proxies      3   
   1.9    Organization; Procedure      3   
   1.10    Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting      3   

ARTICLE 2.

    

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     3   
   2.1    General Powers      3   
   2.2    Number and Term of Office      4   
   2.3    Election of Directors      4   
   2.4    Annual and Regular Meetings      4   
   2.5    Special Meetings; Notice      4   
   2.6    Quorum; Voting      5   
   2.7    Adjournment      5   
   2.8    Action Without a Meeting      5   
   2.9    Regulations; Manner of Acting      5   
   2.10    Action by Telephonic Communications      5   
   2.11    Resignation      5   
   2.12    Removal of Directors      5   
   2.13    Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships      6   
   2.14    Compensation      6   
   2.15    Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc      6   

ARTICLE 3.

    

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

     6   
   3.1    How Constituted      6   
   3.2    Powers      7   

 

i


   3.3    Quorum; Voting      7   
   3.4    Action without a Meeting      7   
   3.5    Regulations; Manner of Acting      7   
   3.6    Action by Telephonic Communications      7   
   3.7    Resignation      8   
   3.8    Removal      8   
   3.9    Vacancies      8   

ARTICLE 4.

    

OFFICERS

     8   
   4.1    Titles      8   
   4.2    Election      8   
   4.3    Salaries      8   
   4.4    Removal and Resignation; Vacancies      8   
   4.5    Authority and Duties      9   
   4.6    The Chairman of the Board      9   
   4.7    The President      9   
   4.8    The Vice Presidents      10   
   4.9    The Secretary      10   
   4.10    The Treasurer      11   
   4.11    Additional Officers      11   
   4.12    Security      11   

ARTICLE 5.

    

CAPITAL STOCK

     12   
   5.1    Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares      12   
   5.2    Signatures; Facsimile      12   
   5.3    Lost Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      12   
   5.4    Transfer of Stock      12   
   5.5    Record Date      13   
   5.6    Registered Stockholders      13   
   5.7    Transfer Agent and Registrar      13   

ARTICLE 6.

    

INDEMNIFICATION

     13   
   6.1    Indemnification      13   
   6.2    Definition      14   

 

ii


ARTICLE 7.

  

OFFICES

     14   
  7.1    Registered Office      14   
  7.2    Other Offices      14   

ARTICLE 8.

    

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14   
  8.1    Dividends      14   
  8.2    Reserves      14   
  8.3    Execution of Instruments      15   
  8.4    Corporate Indebtedness      15   
  8.5    Deposits      15   
  8.6    Checks      15   
  8.7    Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities      15   
  8.8    Voting as Stockholder      15   
  8.9    Fiscal Year      16   
  8.10    Seal      16   
  8.11    Books and Records      16   

ARTICLE 9.

    

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     16   
  9.1    Amendment      16   

ARTICLE 10.

    

CONSTRUCTION

     17   
  10.1    Construction      17   

 

iii


BYLAWS

TRITON PCS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.

 

ARTICLE 1.

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1   Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, at 9:00 A.M. on the second Wednesday of each April of each year (or, if such day is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day), or at such other date and hour, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

1.2   Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be called by the Chairman of the Board (or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President), or by the Secretary, immediately upon receipt of a written request therefor by stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation at the time entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. If such officers or the Board of Directors shall fail to call such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, any stockholder executing such request may call such meeting. Any such special meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be specified in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

1.3   Notice of Meetings; Waiver .  The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.

 

1


Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders hereunder, a written waiver, signed by a stockholder, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a written waiver of notice. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

1.4     Quorum .   Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

1.5 Voting .  If, pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a record date has been fixed, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date. If no record date has been fixed, then every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.

1.6   Voting by Ballot .  No vote of the stockholders need be taken by written ballot or conducted by inspectors of election, unless otherwise required by law. Any vote which need not be taken by ballot may be conducted in any manner approved by the meeting.

1.7   Adjournment .  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders present in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn any such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, date and hour thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.3 hereof, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

 

2


1.8   Proxies .  Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action without a meeting may, by a written instrument signed by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such consent or dissent for him by proxy. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.

1.9 Organization; Procedure .  At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, the President or, in the event of his absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by a majority of the stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as Secretary of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by such presiding officer.

1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, whenever the vote of the stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE 2.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1   General Powers . Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

 

3


2.2   Number and Term of Office .  The Board of Directors shall consist of one to three members, as determined by and as may be modified from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall the number of Directors be less than one. Each Director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.3   Election of Directors .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of these Bylaws, the Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that unless otherwise named in the Certificate of Incorporation, the initial Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator(s) of the Corporation. If the annual meeting for the election of Directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, provided a quorum is present, the Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.

2.4   Annual and Regular Meetings .  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held as soon as possible following adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders at the place of such annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given. The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided, however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telegram, facsimile or cable, to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him at his usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any Director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

2.5   Special Meetings; Notice .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his absence or disability, by the President, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on 24 hours’ notice, if notice is given to each Director personally or by telephone or facsimile, or on five days’ notice, if notice is mailed to each Director, addressed to him at his usual place of business. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.

 

4


2.6 Quorum; Voting .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.7 Adjournment .  A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.5 shall be given to each Director.

2.8 Action Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

2.9 Regulations; Manner of Acting .  To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. The Directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual Directors shall have no power as such.

2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications .  Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.11 Resignation .  Any Director may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

2.12 Removal of Directors .  Any Director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of such Director, cast at a special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the Director so removed. If such stockholders do not fill such vacancy at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting such removal, if such removal was effected by consent without a meeting), such vacancy may be filled in the manner provided in Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

 

5


2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  If any vacancies shall occur in the Board of Directors, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, or if the authorized number of Directors shall be increased, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and such vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. A Director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any such vacancy or newly created directorship may also be filled at any time by vote of the stockholders.

2.14 Compensation .  The amount, if any, which each Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his services as such shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc.   A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or Committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including without limitation independent certified public accountants and appraisers.

 

ARTICLE 3.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

3.1 How Constituted .    The Board of Directors may designate one or more Committees, including an Executive Committee, each such Committee to consist of such number of Directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of such Committee. In addition, unless the Board of Directors has so designated an alternate member of such Committee, in the absence or disqualification of a member of such Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Thereafter, members (and alternate members, if any) of each such Committee may be designated at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. Any such Committee may be abolished or redesignated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each member (and each alternate member) of any such Committee (whether designated at an annual meeting of the Board of Directors or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold office until his successor shall have been designated or until he shall cease to be a Director, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

6


3.2 Powers .  During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, if created by the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise provided in this section, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation, including the power to declare dividends and to authorize the issuance of stock. Each such other Committee shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution of the Board, provided, that neither the Executive Committee nor any such other Committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any of these Bylaws. The Executive Committee shall have, and any such other Committee may be granted by the Board of Directors, power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to any or all papers which may require it.

3.3 Quorum; Voting .  Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such Committee, at all meetings of any Committee the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such Committee.

3.4 Action without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any such Committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such Committee shall consent to such action in writing and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee.

3.5 Regulations; Manner of Acting .  Each such Committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time. Each such Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors next following any such proceeding. The members of any such Committee shall act only as a Committee, and the individual members of such Committee shall have no power as such.

3.6 Action by Telephonic Communications .  Members of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7


3.7 Resignation .  Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman of the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

3.8 Removal .  Any member (any alternate member) of any Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

3.9 Vacancies .  If any vacancy shall occur in any Committee, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members (and any alternate members) shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors or the remaining members of the Committee as provided in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 4.

OFFICERS

4.1 Titles .  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors also may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers in such numbers as the Board of Directors may determine, and shall also elect a Chairman of the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a Director of the Corporation.

4.2 Election .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at such annual meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.3 Salaries .  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

4.4 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies .  Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

8


4.5 Authority and Duties .  The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

4.6 The Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, together with the President and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the business and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a Chairman of the Board of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.7 The President .  The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, together with the Chairman of the Board and subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief operating officer of a corporation. He shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation and, together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


4.8 The Vice Presidents .  Each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him from time to time by the President. In the absence of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed and his powers may be exercised by such Vice President as shall be designated by the President, or failing such designation, such duties shall be performed and such powers may be exercised by each Vice President in the order of their election to that office; subject in any case to review and superseding action by the President.

4.9 The Secretary .  The Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in books provided for that purpose.

(b) He shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law.

(c) Whenever any Committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, he shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such Committee.

(d) He shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal shall have been duly authorized in accordance with these Bylaws, and when so affixed he may attest to same.

(e) He shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(f) He shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each became such holder of record.

(g) He shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

(h) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

10


4.10 The Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) He shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts of the Corporation.

(b) He shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with Section 8.5 of these Bylaws.

(c) He shall cause moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed as provided in Section 8.6 of these Bylaws) upon the authorized depositories of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

(d) He shall render to the Board of Directors or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

(e) He shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.

(f) He may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing stock of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

(g) He shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the President.

4.11 Additional Officers .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it my deem appropriate, and such other officers and agents shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any such officer or agent may remove any such subordinate officer or agent appointed by him, with or without cause.

4.12 Security .  The Board of Directors may direct that the Corporation secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

 

11


ARTICLE 5.

CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until each certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by the Chairman of the Board, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

5.2 Signatures; Facsimile .  All of such signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

5.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The Secretary of the Corporation may cause a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Secretary of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, or his or their legal representative setting forth such allegation. The Secretary may require the owner or owners of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or their legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

5.4 Transfer of Stock .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Section 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law.

 

12


Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

5.5 Record Date .  In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5.6 Registered Stockholders .  Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interest. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

5.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

 

ARTICLE 6.

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification .  The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law from time to time in effect, indemnify any and all persons who may serve or who have served at any time as Directors or officers of the Corporation, or who at the request of the Corporation may serve or at any time have served as Directors or officers of another corporation (including subsidiaries of the Corporation) or of any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said law. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a

 

13


Director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may also indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under any applicable law from time to time in effect to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by such law. The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, other Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.2 Definition .  For purposes of this Article, the term “Corporation” shall include constituent corporations referred to in Subsection (h) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law (or any similar provision of applicable law at the time in effect).

 

ARTICLE 7.

OFFICES

7.1 Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the Corporation’s registered agent shall be the Corporation Trust Company.

7.2 Other Offices .  The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE 8.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Dividends .  Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the Corporation.

8.2 Reserves .  There may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

14


8.3 Execution of Instruments .  The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer or agent to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

8.4 Corporate Indebtedness .  No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Loans so authorized may be effected at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual. All bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be made, executed and delivered as the Board of Directors shall authorize. When so authorized by the Board of Directors, any part of or all the properties, including contract rights, assets, business or good will of the Corporation, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, may be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or conveyed or assigned in trust as security for the payment of such bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and of any interest thereon, by instruments executed and delivered in the name of the Corporation.

8.5 Deposits .  Any funds of the Corporation may be deposited from time to time in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the President, or by such officers or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President to make such determination.

8.6 Checks .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President from time to time may determine.

8.7 Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities .  To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or by the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or any other officers designated by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or the President may sell, transfer, endorse, and assign any shares of stock, bonds or other securities owned by or held in the name of the Corporation, and may make, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, under its corporate seal, any instruments that may be appropriate to effect any such sale, transfer, endorsement or assignment.

8.8 Voting as Stockholder .  Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and

 

15


authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

8.9 Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year (except for the Corporation’s first fiscal year which shall commence on the date of incorporation) and shall end in each case on December 31.

8.10 Seal .  The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.

8.11 Books and Records .  Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

9.1 Amendment .  These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed:

(a) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting; or

(b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

16


ARTICLE 10.

CONSTRUCTION

10.1 Construction .  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

 

17

Exhibit 3.47

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS

COMPANY L.L.C.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Limited Liability Company is Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Limited Liability Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

MEMBER:
TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

  David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

 

 


Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

of

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

It is hereby certified that:

1.   The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

2.  The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

 

Executed on January 7, 2005

 

 

 

       /s/ Charles H.N. Kallenbach  
  Name:   Charles H.N. Kallenbach  
  Title:   Authorized Person  

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.48

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.

 

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 1997 by and between Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Triton PCS License Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Member”).

The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq .) (the “Act”), and the Company and the Initial Member hereby agree as follows:

1.          Name .  The name of the limited liability company is Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

2.          Purpose .  The Company is organized to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted under the Act, and the Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

3.          Registered Office .   The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Company Trust Company, Company Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

4.          Registered Agent .  The name of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Company Trust Company.

5.          Addresses . The mailing addresses of the Company and the Initial Member are as follows:

             COMPANY :

            Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

            c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

            101 Lindenwood Drive

            Suite 125

            Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355


             INITIAL MEMBER :

            Triton PCS License Company, Inc.

            c/o Triton Communications L.L.C.

            101 Lindenwood Drive

            Suite 125

            Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

6.          Members; Power of Members .  As used herein, the term “Members” shall mean the Initial Member and any other person or entity admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Act and this Agreement. The power of the Members includes all powers, statutory and otherwise, possessed by Members of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Act. Unless a greater percentage shall be otherwise expressly required by the Act or by this Agreement, any action or determination that is required to be made by the Members shall require the assent of a majority in interest of the Members at a meeting of the Members or pursuant to a written consent of such Members.

7.          Term .  The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of (i) at such time as all of the Members of the Company approve unanimously in writing, or (ii) an entry of a decree of judicial dissolution has occurred under § 18-802 of the Act.

8.          Capital Contributions . The Initial Member shall contribute $1.00, in cash, and no other property, to the Company.

9.          Additional Contributions .  Each Member of the Company may, but is not required to, make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10.        Allocation of Profit and Losses .  The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members of the Company.

11.        Distributions .  At the time determined by the Members of the Company, but at least once during each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall distribute any cash held by it that is not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Company. Cash available for distribution shall be distributed to the Members of the Company in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

12.        Assignments .   A Member may assign all or any part of his, her or its membership interest in the Company only with the written consent of the Members. A Member has no right to grant an assignee of its membership interest in the Company the right to become a Member of the Company without the written consent the Members.

13.        Withdrawal .  Except as provided in the following Section 14 , no right is given to any Member of the Company to withdraw from the Company.

 

2


14.         Additional Members .

(a)       The Company may admit additional Members to the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members. The Company may also admit an assignee of a Member’s membership interest in the Company as a Member of the Company upon receiving the written consent of the Members.

(b)       After the admission of any additional Members pursuant to this Section 14 , the Company shall continue as a limited liability company under the Act.

(c)       The admission of additional Members to the Company pursuant to this Section 14 shall be accomplished by the amendment of this Agreement and, if required by the Act, the filing of an appropriate amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

15.         Certificates . The Company may, but is not required to, issue to the Members certificates representing their membership interests in the Company.

16.          Management .

(a)       Except for those matters for which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) the Company shall be managed by and under the authority and direction of, the Manager (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the Manager, acting alone, shall have the right, power and the authority to bind the Company; and (iii) the Manager may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. The Manager shall have the right, power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons or entities the Manager’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Manager, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other persons or entities.

(b)       Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Manager may not cause the Company to do any of the following without the consent of the Members: (i) amend the Certificate of Formation (except for amendments described in Section 18-202(b) of the Act); (ii) amend this Agreement; (iii) admit additional Members to the Company; (iv) approve a merger or division in which the Company is a party; (v) determine in kind distributions of the assets of the Company; (vi) form any subsidiary of the Company or acquire any equity interest in any other person or entity business; or (vii) take any other action for which the consent of the Members is expressly provided by the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)       The Manager of the Company (the “Manager”) shall be Triton Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other person or entity that the Members

 

3


shall appoint to act in such capacity. The Manager shall hold office until its successor shall have been elected and qualified. The Manager need not be a Member or a resident of the State of Delaware.

(d)       Any vacancy in the Manager position may be filled by the Members. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his/her/its predecessor in office. The Manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Members. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

(e)       The Managers in his/her/its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification to the Members, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Members shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the Members as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

(f)       The Manager shall receive such compensation, if any, for his/her/its services as may be designated from time to time by the Members. In addition, the Manager shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of his/her/its service hereunder.

(g)       Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, each Manager and Member of the Company at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Member or the Manager the right to participate, therein. The Company may transact business with the Manager or any Member or affiliate thereof, provided the terms of those transactions are no less favorable than those of the Company could obtain from unrelated third parties.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


16.        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY :
  TRITON PCS HOLDINGS COMPANY L.L.C.
  By:     Triton Management Company, Inc., its manager
  By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

    David D. Clark, Senior Vice President
  INITIAL MEMBER :
  TRITON PCS LICENSE COMPANY, INC.
  By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

    David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

JOINDER OF MANAGER

The undersigned, the within named Manager, hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of the foregoing Agreement that are applicable to Managers of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  MANAGER :
  TRITON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
  By:  

/s/ David D. Clark

    David D. Clark, Senior Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 3.49

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WESTERN PCS I IOWA CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is Western PCS I Iowa Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent at that address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The name and address of the incorporator of this corporation is:

 

Lee A. Tostevin      c/o Western Wireless Corporation
     2001 NW Sammamish Rd., #100
     Issaquah, WA 96027

ARTICLE IV

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE V

This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

This Corporation is authorized to issue 3,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors of this Corporation from time to time to issue any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for such consideration and on such terms as it may determine.

ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal from time to time any or all of the Bylaws of this Corporation.

 

1


ARTICLE VIII

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of this Corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of this Corporation, subject to the provisions of Article VII and this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or of any statute inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any acts or omissions occurring, or any causes of action, suits or claims that, but for this Article IX would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

This Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained herein, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by law, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article X.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held outside the State of Delaware, if the Bylaws so provide. The books of this Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of law) outside of the State of Delaware. Elections of directors need not be by ballot unless the Bylaws of this Corporation shall so provide.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator herein above named, for the purpose of forming a Corporation to do business within and without the State of Delaware, and in pursuance of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby make and file this Certificate of Incorporation.

Date:  August 15, 1997

 

/s/ Lee A. Tostevin

Lee A. Tostevin

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

WESTERN PCS I IOWA CORPORATION

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the following Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation is submitted for filing:

1.        The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is Western PCS I Iowa Corporation.

2.        Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is VoiceStream

PCS I Iowa Corporation.

3.        This Amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4.        The effective time of the amendment shall be upon filing.

The undersigned, pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby executes this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation as his act and deed under penalty of perjury dated this       28  day of       April             , 1999.

 

 

/s/ Alan R. Bender

  Alan R. Bender
  Senior Vice President
  General Counsel
  Secretary
State of Washington    )   
   )   
County of King    )   

I hereby certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Alan R. Bender is the person who appeared before me, that he is the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the above-name corporation, and that he signed this instrument and acknowledged it to be his free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in this instrument.

 

Dated this  28 day of April             , 1999

/s/ Shaun Addis Leibfried

Notary  
Name:  

Shaun Addis Leibfried

My appointment expires:  

6/4/02

 

Exhibit 3.50

 

BYLAWS

OF

WESTERN PCS I IOWA CORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.  The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1013 Centre Road, in the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

Section 2.  The corporation may also have offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in this state or at such place, either within or without this state, as may be selected from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings:   The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of June in each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next business day following at ten o’clock a.m., when they shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. If the annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 3. Election of Directors:   Elections of the directors of the corporation shall be by written ballot.

Section 4.   Cumulative Voting:   Every shareholder entitled to a vote at an election of Directors shall have the right to vote the number of shares standing of record in such shareholder’s name for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate such vote by giving one candidate as many votes as shall be equal to the number of such Directors, multiplied by the number of shares of such shareholder, or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of such candidates. This right of cumulative voting shall not be exercised unless some shareholder or proxy holder announces in open meeting, before the voting for the Directors starts, such shareholder’s intention to so vote cumulatively and if such announcement is made, the chair shall declare that all shares entitled to vote have the right to vote cumulatively and shall thereupon grant a recess of not less than one or more than four hours, as he shall determine, or for such other period of time as is unanimously then agreed upon.

 

1


Section 5.   Special Meetings:   Special Meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the President, or the Board of Directors, or stockholders entitled to cast at least one-fifth of the votes which all stockholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting. At any time, upon written request of any person or persons who have duly called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the date of the meeting, to be held not more than sixty days after receipt of the request, and to give due notice thereof. If the secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the call and matters germane thereto, unless all stockholders entitled to vote are present and consent.

Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders stating the time and place and object thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at least ten days before such meeting, unless a greater period of notice is required by statute in a particular case.

Section 6.   Quorum:   A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7.   Proxies:   Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted upon.

Section 8.   Notice of Meetings:   Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose for which the meeting is called.

 

2


Unless otherwise provided by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 9.   Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of Meetings : Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a unanimous consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock.

Section 10.   List of Stockholders:   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholder, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. No share of stock upon which any installment is due and unpaid shall be voted at any meeting. The list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified, or at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General :   The business and affairs of this corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, three in number. The directors need not be residents of this state or stockholders in the corporation. They shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, and each director shall be elected for the term of one year, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 2.   Regular Meetings:   Regular meetings of the Board shall be held with ten (10) days prior notice at such time and place as shall be determined by the Board. The Board may hold its meetings within or without the state of Delaware.

Section 3. Special Meetings:   Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on two (2) days notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the directors in office.

Section 4. Quorum:   A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

3


Section 5. Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting:   Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 6.   Conference Telephone: One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, of a committee of the Board or of the stockholders, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in this manner shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7. Compensation:   Directors as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but by resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board PROVIDED, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 8. Removal:   Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, except that when cumulative voting is permitted, if less than the entire Board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he or she is a part.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1.  The executive officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the directors and shall be a President, Secretary and Controller. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2.   Salaries:   Salaries of the officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Term of Office:   The officers of the corporation shall hold office for one year and until their successors are chosen and have qualified. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby.

 

4


Section 4. President:   The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation, shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, subject, however, to the right of the directors to delegate any specific powers, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, to any other officer or officers of the corporation. He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation. He or she shall be an EX-OFFICIO member of all committees, and shall have the general power and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation.

Section 5.   Secretary:   The secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and act as clerk thereof, and record all the votes of the corporation and the minutes of all its transactions in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for all committees of the Board of Directors when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, and under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall keep in safe custody the corporate seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it.

Section 6. Controller :  The Controller shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall keep the monies of the corporation in a separate account to the credit of the corporation. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and directors, at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as Controller and of the financial condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

VACANCIES

Section 1.    Vacancies by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise .  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.

Section 2.   Resignations Effective at Future Date:    When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

5


ARTICLE VII

CORPORATE RECORDS

Section 1.  Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in this state or at its principal place of business.

ARTICLE VIII

STOCK CERTIFICATES, DIVIDENDS, ETC.

Section 1.  The stock certificates of the corporation shall be numbered and registered in the share ledger and transfer books of the corporation as they are issued. They shall bear the corporate seal and shall be signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

Section 2.   Transfers:   Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificates or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with the law.

Section 3.   Lost Certificate:   The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore signed by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4.   Record Date:   In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.

 

6


If no record is fixed:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(d) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 5.   Dividends:   The Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of the corporation from time to time and to such extent as they deem advisable, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by statute and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 6.   Reserves:   Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of the net profits of the corporation such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISION

Section 1.   Checks:   All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 2.   Fiscal Year:   The fiscal year shall end on December 31.

Section 3.   Notice:   Whenever written notice is required to be given to any person, it may be given to such person, either personally or by sending a copy thereof through the mail, or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his or her address appearing on the books of the corporation, or supplied by him to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail or by telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office for transmission to such person. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, the general nature of the business to be transacted.

 

7


Section 4.   Waiver of Notice:   Whenever any written notice is required by statute, or by the certificate or by the Bylaws of this corporation a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Except in the case of a special meeting of stockholders neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of the meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a person either in person or by proxy, at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5.   Disallowed Compensation:   Any payments made to an officer or employee of the corporation such as a salary, commission, bonus, interest, rent, travel or entertainment expense incurred by him or her, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such officer or employee to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the directors, as a Board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officers or employee, subject to the determination of the directors, proportionate amounts may be withheld from his or her future compensation payments until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Section 6.   Resignations:   Any director or other officer may resign at anytime, such resignation to be in writing, and to take effect from the time of its receipt by the corporation, unless such time is fixed in the resignation and then from that date. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

Section 7.   Directors Held Harmless:   Directors of the corporation shall not be liable to either the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duties unless the breach involves: (1) a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) liability for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption by the corporation; or (4) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the directors reserve the right to adopt separate indemnification agreements for each officer and/or director which will not be construed to supersede any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE X

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 1.  The President and Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting a full and complete statement of the business and affairs of the corporation for the preceding year. Such statement shall be prepared and presented in whatever manner the Board of Directors shall deem advisable and need not be verified by a certified public accountant.

 

8


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

Section 1.  These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the unanimous vote of all directors.

 

9


UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

VOICESTREAM PCS I IOWA CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, being all of the directors of VoiceStream PCS I Iowa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), do hereby consent to the following actions and adopt the following resolutions pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

RESOLVED, that it is in the best interests of the Corporation to amend Article IV, Section 1, General, of the Corporation’s Bylaws to provide for a minimum of one director; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that Article IV, Section 1, General, shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 1.   General .  The business and affairs of this corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors and shall consist of at least one (1) director, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. The directors do not need to be residents of this state or stockholders of the corporation. They shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting of  stockholders of the corporation, and each director shall be elected for the term of one (1) year, and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

DATED February    1      , 2011.

 

VOICESTREAM PCS I IOWA CORPORATION
By  

/s/ David A. Miller

 

David A. Miller, Director

By  

/s/ Brian Kirkpatrick

 

Brian Kirkpatrick, Director

Exhibit 3.51

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NCAC 1304, INC.

THE UNDERSIGNED , being a natural person of age eighteen years or more, and acting as the incorporator of a corporation to be organized pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby adopt the following Certificate of Incorporation:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the corporation) is NCAC 1304, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the initial registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is: 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company, in New Castle County.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which are of a par value of $1.00 dollar each, and all of which are of one class and are designated as common shares.

ARTICLE FIVE

The name and address of the incorporator is Betty Ann Thornson, One First National Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60603


ARTICLE SIX

1.        In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation, subject to any specific limitation on such power provided by any Bylaws adopted by the stockholders.

2.        Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation so provide.

ARTICLE SEVEN

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, makes this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set her hand this 22nd day of July, 1992.

 

/s/ Betty Ann Thornson

Betty Ann Thornson, Incorporator

 

–2–


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NCAC 1304, INC.

NCAC 1304, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1. That the Incorporator of said corporation, by written consent, adopted a resolution adopting the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation:

RESOLVED, that the certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by striking out Article One thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the corporation) is USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc.

 

2. That the corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

 

3. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of §241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Betty Ann Thornson, its sole Incorporator as of the 1st day of February, 1993.

 

NCAC 1304, INC.
By:     

/s/ Betty Ann Thornson

  Name:  Betty Ann Thornson
  Its:  Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.

USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1. That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the to following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation:  

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by striking out Article One thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is APT Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.

 

2. That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of §228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of §228 and §242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed as of the 21st day of June, 1995.

 

    USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.
    By:  

/s/ ILLEGIBLE

ATTEST:       Name:  

  ILLEGIBLE

 
      Its:  

  Vice President

 

 

/s/ ILLEGIBLE

Name:  

  ILLEGIBLE

 
Its:  

  Assistant Secretary

 


STATE of DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE of AMENDMENT of

CERTIFICATE of INCORPORATION

 

  First: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of    APT Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.
 

 

  resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
  Resolved, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “   First   ” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

    The name of the Corporation is Voicestream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.
     
     

 

  Second: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
  Third: That said amendment was duly adopted id accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
  Fourth: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

 

BY:  

/s/ Lee A. Tostevin

 
  (Authorized Officer)  

 

NAME:  

Lee A. Tostevin, Assist Secretary

 
  (Type or Print)  

Exhibit 3.52

 

BYLAWS

OF

USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

n/k/a APT Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1.      Annual Meeting .     The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held on the second Tuesday of April of each year at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for the annual meeting of stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause such election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders to be called as soon thereafter as is convenient.

Section 1.2.      Special Meetings .     Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors or the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing, stating the purpose or purposes thereof, of holders of at least one-fifth of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Special meetings of stockholders may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or as may be specified in the call of any such special meeting. If not otherwise designated, the place of any special meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Illinois.

Section 1.3.      Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings .     Written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date, time and purposes thereof, shall, except when otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or the laws of the State of Delaware, be given at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to such meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat, in the manner set forth in Section 9.1 of these Bylaws, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary or the persons calling such meeting. Any meeting at which a quorum of stockholders is present, in person or by proxy, may be adjourned from time to time without notice, other than announcement at such meeting, until its business shall be completed. At such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if Name change effective June 22, 1995


after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as above provided.

Section 1.4.      Quorum .     Except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders, notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. If at any meeting a quorum shall not be present, the chairman of such meeting shall, if approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation so represented, adjourn such meeting to another time and/or place without notice other than announcement at such meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 3 0 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as above provided. At such adjourned meeting, if a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting, notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 1.5.      Voting .     Unless otherwise provided by these Bylaws, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation held of record. If a quorum shall be present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the question shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 1.6.      Proxies .     At every meeting of stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.

A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy (i) by executing a writing authorizing such person or persons to act as such, which, execution may he accomplished by such stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature, or (ii) by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission (a “Transmission”) to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation

 

–2–


firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such Transmission; provided , however , that any such Transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that such Transmission was authorized by such stockholder. The Secretary or such other person or persons as shall be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors shall examine Transmissions to determine if they are valid. If it is determined that a Transmission is valid, the person or persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which such person or persons relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of such a writing or such a Transmission may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or Transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or Transmission could be used: provided , however , that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or Transmission.

Section 1.7.      Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .     (a)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date shall be adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no such record date shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors, such record date shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which such notice is given or, if such notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which such meeting shall be held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date shall be adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which such resolution shall be adopted. If no such record date shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors, such record date shall be, if no prior action by the Board of Directors shall be required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken shall be delivered to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware, at its principal place of business or to the Secretary. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office

 

–3–


shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no such record date shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors shall be required by the laws of the State of Delaware, such record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors shall adopt the resolution taking such prior action.

(c)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or any allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of any capital stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date shall be adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such payment, allotment or other action. If no such record date shall have been fixed, such record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors shall adopt the resolution relating to such payment, allotment or other action.

Section 1.8.      Stockholder List .      The Secretary or any other officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to such meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to such meeting, either at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of such meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where such meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of such meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. Such stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.9.      Voting of Shares by Certain Holders .     Shares of capital stock of the Corporation standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, and entitled to vote may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such other corporation may determine.

Shares of capital stock of the Corporation standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor, an incompetent or a corporation declared bankrupt and entitled to vote may be voted

 

–4–


by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator or trustee, as the case may be, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into the name of the official so voting.

A stockholder whose shares of capital stock of the Corporation are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares unless on the transfer books of the Corporation the pledgor has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote such shares, in which ease only the pledgee, or such pledgee’s proxy, may represent such shares and vote thereon.

Shares of capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation, or to another corporation if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation shall be held by the Corporation, shall not be voted at any meeting of stockholders and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present. Nothing in this Section 1.9 shall be construed to limit the right of the Corporation to vote shares of capital stock of the Corporation held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 1.10.      Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .     Any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by persons entitled to vote capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than the minimum number of shares that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder (or his, her or its proxy) who shall sign such consent. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting of stockholders by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who shall not have consented in writing. All such written consents shall be delivered to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware, at its principal place of business or to the Secretary. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. No written consent shall be effective to authorize or take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated written consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 1.10 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of persons to authorize or take such action shall be delivered to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware, at its principal place of business or to the Secretary as aforesaid. All such written consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders and actions authorized or taken under such written consents shall have the same force and effect as those adopted by vote of the stockholders at any annual or special meeting thereof.

 

–5–


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 2.1.      General Powers .     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.2.      Number, Election and Term of Office of Directors .     The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one or more than five members. Directors shall be elected annually by the stockholders as provided by Sections 1.1 or 1.10 and 1.5 of these Bylaws and as may be provided by the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.3.      Resignation or Removal .     Any director may resign by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or the President. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by the laws of the state of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any director may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote far the election of directors.

Section 2.4.      Vacancies .     Except as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors provided in Section 2.2 of these Bylaws, may be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section 2.4 for the filling of other vacancies.

 

–6–


Section 2.5.      Place of Meetings .     Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be specified in the call of any such meeting.

Section 2.6.      Regular Meetings .     A regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organizing the Board of Directors, electing officers and transacting any other business that may properly come before such meeting. If the stockholders shall elect the directors by written consent of stockholders as permitted by Section 1.10 of these Bylaws, a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be called as soon as practicable after such election for the purposes described in the preceding sentence. Additional regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without call or notice at such times as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.7.      Special Meetings .     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President or any two directors then in office. Notice of each special meeting shall be mailed by the Secretary to each director at least two days before such meeting, or be given by the Secretary personally or by telegraph or telecopy at least 24 hours before such meeting, in the manner set forth in Section 9.1 of these Bylaws. Such notice shall set forth the date, time and place of such meeting but need not, unless otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, state the purpose of such meeting.

Section 2.8.      Quorum and Voting .     A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The act of the majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. A majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum shall be present may adjourn such meeting to any other date, time or place without further notice other than announcement at such meeting. If at any meeting a quorum shall not be present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn such meeting to any other date, time or place without notice other than announcement at such meeting.

Section 2.9.      Telephonic Meetings .     Members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee through conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other, and participation in any meeting conducted pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

–7–


Section 2.10.      Compensation .     Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors shall be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each such meeting and an annual retainer or salary for services as a director or committee member. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 2.11.      Presumption of Assent .     Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, a director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof at which action is taken on any corporate matter shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of such meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as secretary of such meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary immediately after the adjournment of such meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 2.12.      Action without Meeting .     Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

Section 2.13.      Presiding Officer .     The presiding officer at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be the President or, in his or her absence, any other director elected chairman by vote of a majority of the directors present at such meeting.

Section 2.14.      Executive Committee .     The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate an Executive Committee consisting of such number of directors as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with respect to any matter which may require action prior to, or which in the opinion of the Executive Committee may be inconvenient, inappropriate or undesirable to be postponed until, the next meeting of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the Executive Committee shall not have the power or authority of the Board of Directors in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or

 

–8–


consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of such a dissolution, amending these Bylaws, declaring a dividend, authorizing the issuance of capital stock of the Corporation or adopting a certificate of ownership and merger. Any member of the Board of Directors may request the chairman of the Executive Committee to call a meeting of the Executive Committee with respect to a specified subject.

Section 2.15.      Other Committees .     The Board of Directors may from time to time, in its discretion, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate other committees of the Board of Directors consisting of such number of directors as the Board of Directors shall determine, which shall have and may exercise such lawfully delegable powers and duties of the Board of Directors as shall be conferred or authorized by such resolution. The Board of Directors shall have the power to change at any time the members of any such committee, to fill vacancies and to dissolve any such committee.

Section 2.16.      Alternates .     The Board of Directors may from time to time designate from among the directors alternates to serve on any committee of the Board of Directors to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Whenever a quorum cannot be secured for any meeting of any committee from among the regular members thereof and designated alternates, the member or members of such committee present at such meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at such meeting in place of any absent or disqualified member.

Section 2.17.      Quorum and Manner of Acting-Committees .     A majority of the members of any committee of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee, and the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 2.18.      Committee Chairman, Books and Records, Etc .      (a)   The chairman of each committee of the Board of Directors shall be selected from among the members of such committee by the Board of Directors.

(b)   Each committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, and all actions of each committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next meeting.

 

–9–


(c)   Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure not inconsistent with these Bylaws or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee and shall meet at such times and places and upon such call or notice as shall be provided by such rules.

Section 2.19.      Reliance upon Records .     Every director, and every member of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director or member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, such records, information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid, or with which the corporation’s capital stock might properly be purchased or redeemed.

Section 2.20.      Interested Directors .     The presence of a director, who is directly or indirectly a party in a contract or transaction with the Corporation, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which such director is a director or officer or has a financial interest, may be counted in determining whether a quorum is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof at which such contract or transaction is discussed or authorized, and such director may participate in such meeting to the extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 144 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 3.1.      Number and Designation .     The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers or other officers or agents as may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws provide otherwise.

Section 3.2.      Election and Term of Office .     The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors

 

–10–


held after the election of directors. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3.3.      Removal and Resignation .     Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.4.      Vacancies .     A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 3.5.      President .     The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President may execute, alone or with the Secretary or any other officer of the Corporation authorized by the Board of Directors, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors or a committee thereof has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall he expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed, and in general he or she shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. When present, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6.      The Vice Presidents .     In the absence of the President or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there shall be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors or, if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may also designate

 

–11–


certain Vice Presidents as being in charge of designated divisions, plants or functions of the Corporation’s business and add appropriate descriptions to their titles. In addition, any Vice President shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.

Section 3.7.      The Secretary .     The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committee of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose: (b) see that ail notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) affix the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof, or cause it to be affixed, and, when so affixed, attest the seal by his or her signature, to all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation prior to the issue thereof and to all other documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or otherwise in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; (e) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder, director or committee member, which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder, director or member; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.

Section 3.8.      The Treasurer .     The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article IV of these Bylaws, disburse the funds of the Corporation as ordered by the Board of Directors or the President or as otherwise required in the conduct of the business of the Corporation and render to the President or the Board of Directors, upon request, an accounting of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and a report on the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond (which shall be renewed regularly), in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine, for the faithful discharge of his or her duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

–12–


Section 3.9.      Assistant Treasurers and Secretaries .     In the absence of the Secretary or the Treasurer, as the case may be, or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Secretaries and the Assistant Treasurers, respectively, in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary or the Treasurer, as the case may be. In addition, the Assistant Secretaries and the Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the President, the Secretary, the Treasurer or the Board of Directors. Each Assistant Treasurer shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give a bond (which shall be renewed regularly), in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine, for the faithful discharge of his or her duties.

Section 3.10.      Salaries .     The salaries of the officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such officer as it shall designate for such purpose. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS

Section 4.1.      Contracts .     The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4.2.      Loans .     No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in the name of the corporation unless authorized by or pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4.3.      Checks, Drafts, Etc.      All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officers, employees or agents of the Corporation as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 4.4.      Deposits .     All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer; and such officers may designate any type of depository arrangement (including, but not limited to, depository arrangements resulting in net debits against the Corporation) as may from time to time be offered or made available.

 

–13–


ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 5.1.      Certificates of Stock .     Shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates which shall be in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, shall be numbered and shall be entered on the books of the Corporation as they are issued. Such certificates shall indicate the holder’s name and the number of shares evidenced thereby and shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. If any stock certificate shall be manually signed (a) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or (b) by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any officer of the Corporation may be facsimile. In case any such officer whose facsimile signature has been used on any such stock certificate shall cease to be such officer, whether because of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, before such stock certificate shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such stock certificate may nevertheless be delivered by the Corporation as though the person whose facsimile signature has been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer.

Section 5.2.      Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .     The Board of Directors in individual cases, or by general resolution or by delegation to the transfer agent for the Corporation, may direct that a new stock certificate or certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation be issued in place of any stock certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the filing of an affidavit to that effect by the person claiming such loss, theft or destruction. When authorizing such an issuance of a new stock certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to such issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate or certificates to advertise the same in such manner as the corporation shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the stock certificate or certificates claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5.3.      Transfers of Stock .     Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer or, if the relevant stock certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation is claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon compliance

 

–14–


with the provisions of Section 5.2 of these Bylaws, and upon payment of applicable taxes with respect to such transfer, and in compliance with any restrictions on transfer applicable to such stock certificate or the shares represented thereby of which the Corporation shall have notice and subject to such rules and regulations as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable concerning the transfer and registration of stock certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the Corporation shall issue a new stock certificate or certificates for such shares to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old stock certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Transfers of shares shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof or by such holder’s attorney or successor duly authorized as evidenced by documents filed with the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation. Whenever any transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the stock certificate or certificates representing such shares are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

Section 5.4.      Stockholders of Record .     The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of capital stock of the Corporation as the holder thereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1.      Fiscal Year .     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

Section 6.2.      Seal .     The corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE VII

OFFICES

The Corporation may have offices at such other places, both within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

–15–


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1.      General .     (a)     The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if ho or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b)     The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

–16–


(c)     To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

(d)     Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the stockholders.

(e)     Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation pursuant to this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(f)     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g)     For purposes of this Article VIII, any reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII

 

–17–


with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(h)     For purposes of this Article VIII, any reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; any reference to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and any reference to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

(i)     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

Section 8.2.      Insurance .     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.]

ARTICLE IX

NOTICES

Section 9.1.      Manner of Notice .     Except as otherwise provided by law, whenever under the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, director or member of any committee of the Board of Directors, such notice may be given by personal delivery or by depositing it, in a sealed envelope, in the United States mails, air mail or first class, postage prepaid, addressed, or by delivering it to a telegraph company, charges prepaid, for transmission, or by transmitting it via telecopier, to such stockholder, director or member either at the address of such stockholder, director or member as it appears on the books of the Corporation or, in the

 

–18–


case of such a director or member, at his or her business address; and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when it is thus personally delivered, deposited, delivered or transmitted, as the case may be. Such requirement for notice shall also be deemed satisfied, except in the case of stockholder meetings with respect to which written notice is required by law, if actual notice is received orally or by other writing by the person entitled thereto as far in advance of the event with respect to which notice is being given as the minimum notice period required by the laws of the State of Delaware or these Bylaws.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders, and all notices of meetings of stockholders or of the taking of action by stockholders by written consent without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities of the corporation during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth the then current address of such stockholder, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated.

Section 9.2.      Waiver of Notice .     Whenever any notice is required to be given under any provision of the laws of the State of Delaware, the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance by a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of such meeting, to the transaction of any business because such meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

–19–


ARTICLE X

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends, in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock of the Corporation, on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, these Bylaws shall be subject to alteration, amendment or repeal, and new Bylaws may be adopted (i) by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or (ii) by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire Board of Directors at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which there is a quorum present and voting.

 

–20–

Exhibit 3.53

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS Certificate of Limited Partnership of New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”), dated as of the 12th day of March, 1993, is being duly executed and filed by USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the general partner of New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership, to form a limited partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (6 Del.C . §17-101 et seq .).

1.      Name .     The name of the limited partnership formed hereby is New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership.

2.      Registered Office .     The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19805.

3.      Registered Agent .     The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19805.

4.      General Partner .     The name and the business address of the sole general partner of the Partnership is:

USCOC of New York RSA #1,  Inc.

8410 West Bryn Mawr

Suite 700

Chicago,   Illinois   60631

Attention:     President

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership as of the date first-above written.

 

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:     USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.,
as the General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen P. Fitzell

  Stephen P. Fitzell
  Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

This Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Limited Partnership of New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”), dated as of the 21st day of June, 1995, is being duly executed and filed by USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the general partner of New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership, to amend the Certificate of Limited Partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Limited Partnership is hereby amended by striking out paragraph one thereof and by substituting in lieu of said paragraph the following new paragraph:

1.       Name .    The name of the limited partnership is APT Pittsburgh Limited Partnership.

This amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of §17-202 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment as of the date first-above written.

 

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc.,

as the General Partner

By:   

/s/ Randy H. Jenkin

  Name:  

Randy H. Jenkin

 
  Its:  

Vice President

 


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

APT PITTSBURGH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

It is hereby certified that:

FIRST:  The name of the limited partnership (hereinafter called the “partnership”) is

APT PITTSBURGH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

SECOND:  Pursuant to provisions of Section 17-202, Title 6, Delaware Code, the Certificate of Limited Partnership is amended as follows:

The name of the limited partnership is VOICESTREAM PITTSBURGH, L.P.

The undersigned, a general partner of the partnership, executed this Certificate of Amendment on January 15, 2001.

 

APT Pittsburgh Limited Partnership,
By: Voicestream Pittsburgh, Inc, its General Partner

 

/s/ Lee A. Tostevin

 
Lee A. Tostevin, Assistant Secretary  

Exhibit 3.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT

ESTABLISHING

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated as of March 12, 1993


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Description

   Page  

ARTICLE I

    

FORMATION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     2   

            1.1

    

Formation

     2   

            1.2

    

Name, Registered Agent, Delaware Office

     2   

            1.3

    

Business Purpose

     3   

            1.4

    

Effectiveness of the Agreement

     3   

ARTICLE II

    

DEFINITIONS

     3   

            2.1

    

Affiliate

     3   

            2.2

    

Agreement

     4   

            2.3

    

Capital Contribution

     4   

            2.4

    

Cellular Service

     4   

            2.5

    

Code

     4   

            2.6

    

CSA

     5   

            2.7

    

FCC Cellular Rules

     5   

            2.8

    

General Partner’s Interest

     5   

            2.9

    

Income or Loss

     5   

            2.10

    

Initial Capital Account Amount

     6   

            2.11

    

Initial Capital Contribution

     6   

            2.12

    

Limited Partner’s Interest

     6   

            2.13

    

Nonrecourse Debt

     6   

            2.14

    

Nonrecourse Deductions

     6   

            2.15

    

Partnership

     7   

            2.16

    

Partnership Act

     7   

            2.17

    

Partnership Interest

     7   

            2.18

    

Partner Nonrecourse Debt

     8   

            2.19

    

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions

     8   

            2.20

    

Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain

     8   

            2.21

    

Partnership Minimum Gain

     8   

            2.22

    

RSA

     9   

            2.23

    

System

     9   

ARTICLE III

    

PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS

     9   

            3.1

    

Management and Operating Services

     9   

            3.2

    

Ownership of Properties

     12   

            3.3

    

Licenses

     13   

ARTICLE IV

    

CAPITALIZATION OF PARTNERSHIP

     13   

            4.1

    

Initial Capital Contributions

     13   

            4.2

    

Financing

     14   

            4.3

    

Additional Capital Contributions

     15   

            4.4

    

Funding of Capital Contributions

     16   

            4.5

    

Additional Limited Partners

     16   

 

-i-


ARTICLE V

    

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     17   

            5.1

    

Capital Accounts

     17   

            5.2

    

Tax Allocations Between Partners for Capital Account Purposes

     18   

            5.3

    

Allocations for Tax Purposes

     21   

            5.4

    

Section 754 Election

     22   

            5.5

    

Distributions

     22   

ARTICLE VI

    

RIGHTS AND POWERS OF PARTNERSHIP, GENERAL PARTNER AND LIMITED PARTNERS

     23   

            6.1

    

Partnership Powers

     23   

            6.2

    

Powers of the General Partner

     25   

            6.3

    

Rights of Limited Partners

     25   

            6.4

    

Ownership or Conduct of Other Businesses

     26   

ARTICLE VII

    

OBLIGATIONS OF GENERAL PARTNER

     27   

            7.1

    

Conduct of Business

     27   

            7.2

    

Filings

     27   

            7.3

    

Maintain Accounts

     27   

            7.4

    

Financial Reports

     27   

            7.5

    

Performance of Partnership Obligations

     28   

            7.6

    

Cellular Service in Other Areas

     28   

            7.7

    

Tax Matters Partner

     28   

ARTICLE VIII

    

BANKING, ACCOUNTING, BOOKS AND RECORDS

     28   

            8.1

    

Banking

     28   

            8.2

    

Maintenance of Books and Records

     29   

            8.3

    

Fiscal Year; Partnership Tax Returns

     29   

ARTICLE IX

    

LIMITED PARTNERS

     30   

            9.1

    

Limited Partners Not to Take Part in Business

     30   

            9.2

    

Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners

     30   

            9.3

    

Cellular Service in Other Areas

     31   

ARTICLE X

    

TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNER’S INTEREST

     31   

            10.1

    

Limitation on Transfer; Right of First Refusal

     31   

            10.2

    

Non-Monetary Consideration

     32   

            10.3

    

Substitute Limited Partner

     33   

            10.4

    

Indemnification

     34   

            10.5

    

Valuation Sale Procedure

     34   

            10.6

    

Distribution and Allocation Subsequent to Transfer

     39   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE XI

    

WITHDRAWAL BY LIMITED PARTNER

     40   

            11.1

    

Withdrawal

     40   

            11.2

    

Distribution on Withdrawal

     41   

ARTICLE XII

    

BRING-ALONG RIGHTS

     42   

            12.1

    

Transfer of USCOC’s Interest in the Partnership

     42   

ARTICLE XIII

    

TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNER’S INTEREST

     43   

            13.1

    

Assignment

     43   

            13.2

    

Withdrawal

     43   

ARTICLE XIV

    

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     44   

            14.1

    

Dissolution

     44   

            14.2

    

Distribution Upon Dissolution

     45   

            14.3

    

Distributions in Cash or in Kind

     46   

            14.4

    

Time for Liquidation

     47   

            14.5

    

Termination

     48   

            14.6

    

General Partner not Liable for Return of Distribution

     48   

            14.7

    

General Partners’ Right to Continue Providing Cellular Service

     48   

ARTICLE XV

    

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     49   

            15.1

    

Grant of Power of Attorney

     49   

            15.2

    

Irrevocable and Coupled With an Interest; Copies to be Transmitted

     50   

            15.3

    

Survival of Power of Attorney

     50   

            15.4

    

Limitation on Power of Attorney

     51   

ARTICLE XVI

    

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

     51   

            16.1

    

Exculpation of the General Partner and its Affiliates

     51   

            16.2

    

Indemnification of the General Partner and its Affiliates

     51   

ARTICLE XVII

    

AMENDMENTS

     52   

            17.1

    

Amendments

     52   

            17.2

    

Execution of Amended Agreements

     52   

ARTICLE XIII

    

TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION

     53   

            18.1

    

Technology License

     53   

            18.2

    

Proprietary Information

     53   

 

-iii-


ARTICLE XIX

    

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     54   

            19.1

    

Warranties

     54   

            19.2

    

Table of Contents and Headings

     54   

            19.3

    

Successors and Assigns

     54   

            19.4

    

Severability

     55   

            19.5

    

Non-Waiver

     55   

            19.6

    

Applicable Law

     55   

            19.7

    

Entire Agreement

     55   

            19.8

    

Notices

     55   

 

-iv-


AGREEMENT ESTABLISHING

NEW YORK RSA NO.  1

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 12th day of March, 1993, by and between USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc. (“USCOC”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 8410 West Bryn Mawr, Suite 700, Chicago, Illinois 60631, and G.M.D. Partnership II (“GMD II”), a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the State of California and having its principal place of business at 333 East Arlington Boulevard, Greenville, North Carolina 27858. USCOC, as the sole general partner hereunder, is herein sometimes referred to as “General Partner.” USCOC and GMD II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Limited Partners.” The General Partner and the Limited Partners are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Partners.”

 

W    I    T    N    E    S    S    E    T    H :

 

WHEREAS, this Partnership (as defined in Article II) is being formed by the parties hereto in accordance with a Letter Agreement dated October 14, 1992, by and between Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (“TDS”), and GMD II, which was amended by a Side Letter dated October 14, 1992 (the “Side Letter”), and by an Amendment No. 1 to the Side Letter dated as of November 16, 1992 (collectively, the “Letter Agreement”);


WHEREAS, USCOC is a subsidiary of United States Cellular Operating Company, which is a subsidiary of United States Cellular Corporation (“USCC”);

WHEREAS, USCC and certain of its Affiliates are engaged in planning for the provision of Cellular Service (as defined in Article II); and

WHEREAS, GMD II desires to join with USCOC to establish a limited partnership pursuant to this Agreement for the purpose of operating the non-wireline cellular telephone system within the RSA (as defined in Article II);

NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed that:

 

ARTICLE I

FORMATION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

1.1     Formation .    The Partners mutually covenant and agree and hereby do form a limited partnership (the “Partnership”) pursuant to the provisions of the Partnership Act (as defined in Article II), in accordance with the further terms and provisions hereof, with the Partnership commencing upon the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership in the applicable offices of the State of Delaware, which Certificate may be this Agreement or such other Certificate which the General Partner deems appropriate.

1.2     Name, Registered Agent, Delaware Office .

(a)    The name of the Partnership is the New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership and its business shall be carried on in this name with such variations and changes as the General Partner

 

-2-


deems necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which operations are conducted or as the General Partner deems necessary to change for any reasonable business purpose.

(b)    The name of the Partnership’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company . The address of the registered agent is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805 .

(c)    The Partnership shall maintain, but only if required pursuant to the provisions of the Partnership Act, an office in the State of Delaware.

1.3     Business Purpose .    The purpose of the Partnership shall be to fund, establish and provide Cellular Service in the RSA. It is understood and agreed that Cellular Service provided by the Partnership shall initially be limited to the CSA (as defined in Article II) but may, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, be expanded to include other areas.

1.4     Effectiveness of the Agreement .    This Agreement shall become effective upon the filing by the General Partner of a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the appropriate state authorities.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1     Affiliate .    An “Affiliate” is (a) person, association, co-partnership, partnership, corporation or joint-stock company or trust (hereinafter “person”) that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another person, or

 

-3-


(b) an officer or director of any affiliate within the meaning of (a) above. For purposes of (a) above, a person shall be deemed to control another person if such person (i) owns a majority of the voting power of all classes of voting stock, or (ii) owns a majority of the beneficial interests in income and capital of such other person.

2.2     Agreement .    This Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership.

2.3     Capital Contribution .    With respect to a Partner, the Initial Capital Contribution for such Partner as set out in Section 5.1 plus the amount of cash or the fair market value of property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership in accordance with the other provisions of Article V of this Agreement.

2.4     Cellular Service .    Any and all wholesale and retail service provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and authorized by the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) Cellular Rules and any other kind or type of mobile or portable radio telephone business activities, including microwave interconnection of cell sites, but specifically excluding (a) all paging and interactive data communications activities, except those performed on cellular channels, and (b) all mobile or portable radio telephone business activities currently being conducted within the CSA by any Partner or their Affiliates on its present frequencies.

2.5     Code .    The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-4-


2.6     CSA .    The Cellular Service Area as set forth in the filings which have been made with the FCC and as may be expanded through the additional filings in the future for the RSA and such area as is generally contained within the boundaries of the RSA which constitutes the geographic limits of the area in which Cellular Service will initially be provided hereunder.

2.7     FCC Cellular Rules .    The FCC cellular orders as set forth in Part 22 of the rules promulgated by the FCC.

2.8     General Partner’s Interest .    The general partner interest which is held by the General Partner.

2.9     Income or Loss .    Income or Loss of the Partnership (including, without limitation, Nonrecourse Deductions and Partner Nonrecourse Deductions) shall be computed in the same manner as for federal income tax purposes, provided , however , that: (i) any deductions for depreciation, amortization, or similar expense attributable to property contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be determined as though the adjusted tax basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership was equal to the agreed fair market value of such property as of such date; (ii) any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall be determined by the Partnership as though the adjusted tax basis of such asset as of the date of disposition was equal to the fair market value of such property at the time acquired by the Partnership minus the aggregate deductions for depreciation, amortization or similar expense attributable to the property (in the case of contributed property, computed in accordance with

 

-5-


clause (i)); and (iii) the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which will be made by the Partnership (except to the extent required by Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)) and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not currently deductible or capitalizable for federal income tax purposes.

2.10     Initial Capital Account Amount .    The respective amount initially credited to the Capital Account established for the General Partner and each of the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

2.11     Initial Capital Contribution .    With respect to a Partner, the Initial Capital Contribution for such Partner as set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

2.12     Limited Partner’s Interest .    The limited partner interest held by a Limited Partner.

2.13     Nonrecourse Debt .    Any Partnership liability to the extent that no Partner (or Person related to such Partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.752-4(b)) bears the economic risk of loss for that liability under Treasury Regulation § 1.752-2, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § l.752-1(a)(2).

2.14     Nonrecourse Deductions .    For any taxable year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain during such taxable

 

-6-


year (or from prior taxable years which are carried forward pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.704-2(j)(1)(iii)) over the aggregate amount of any distributions during such taxable year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Debt that are allocable to an increase in such Partnership Minimum Gain. However, increases in Partnership Minimum Gain resulting from conversions, refinancings, or other changes to a debt instrument shall not generate Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions shall consist of the deductions specified in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.704-2(c) and 1.704-2(j)(1)(ii) after the determination of, and after taking into account, the deductions constituting Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for such taxable year, if any.

2.15     Partnership .    The limited partnership formed pursuant to this Agreement.

2.16     Partnership Act .    The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

2.17     Partnership Interest .    The entire ownership interest of the General Partner or a Limited Partner in the Partnership at any particular time determined by the ratio which the General Partner’s or any such Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution bears to the aggregate Capital Contributions of the General Partner and the Limited Partners. Such interest includes, without limitation, the interest of the General Partner or any such Limited Partner in the Partnership’s Income and Losses and any and all benefits to which the General Partner or any such Limited Partner may be entitled as provided in the Agreement and in the Partnership Act, together with the

 

-7-


obligations of the General Partner or any such Limited Partner to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Partnership Act.

2.18     Partner Nonrecourse Debt .    Any Partnership nonrecourse liability for which any Partner (or Person related to such Partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.752-4(b)) bears the economic risk of loss under Treasury Regulation § 1.752-2, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-2(b)(4).

2.19     Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .    For any taxable year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain during such taxable year (or from prior years which are carried forward pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.704-2(j)(1)(iii)) over the aggregate amount of any distributions during such taxable year to the Partner bearing the economic risk of loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt of the proceeds of such Debt that are allocable to an increase in such Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall consist of deductions determined in a manner consistent with the principles of Treasury Regulation §§ 1.704-2(c) and 1.704-2(j)(1)(i).

2.20     Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain .    The amount by which Partnership Minimum Gain would increase if Partner Nonrecourse Debt were to be treated as Nonrecourse Debt.

2.21     Partnership Minimum Gain .    The Partnership minimum gain from time to time, determined as set forth in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

-8-


2.22     RSA .    The New York Rural Service Area No. 1.

2.23   System .    The Cellular Service which is provided by the Partnership in the RSA.

 

ARTICLE III

PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS

3.1     Management and Operating Services .    The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall be responsible for obtaining interconnection with the landline network, for operating and maintaining the System and for marketing Cellular Service. In carrying out the Partnership’s responsibility to provide Cellular Service, the General Partner shall perform or cause to be performed (subject to the authority and control of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership) all activities and/or functions as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate to develop, market, sell, establish, operate, maintain and manage the System. Subject to Section 9.1 hereof, the Limited Partners agree to aid the General Partner in the performance of such activities and functions.

The General Partner shall directly or through an Affiliate provide, subject to the authority and control of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, management and accounting services to the Partnership consisting of, but not limited to, maintaining books of record, opening bank accounts, preparing accounting reports (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as varied by appropriate regulatory authorities) and other records or reports necessary to meet regulatory and legal filings, as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate.

 

-9-


The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner for all reasonable costs incurred by the General Partner directly in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder, including but not limited to, the salaries of those employees who are directly engaged in the performance of services hereunder, the fees and expenses of independent technical consultants engaged with respect to providing Cellular Service and all other reasonable costs directly related to providing Cellular Service; provided , however , that if such costs are attributable to more than one constituent system operated or managed by an Affiliate of the General Partner, then, the General Partner shall allocate such costs in such manner as it, in its reasonable judgment, deems fair and equitable and generally consistent with standard practice in the cellular telephone industry. All of such reimbursable costs shall be reimbursed within thirty days after presentation of appropriate vouchers.

In addition to reimbursing the General Partner for all its reasonable costs incurred directly in connection with the performance of its duties, the Partnership shall also reimburse the General Partner for a proportionate share of the Indirect Costs (as hereinafter defined). Indirect Costs shall include all costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner or its Affiliates other than any costs or expenses which are (i) reimbursable under the preceding paragraph or (ii) directly and exclusively attributable to any constituent system (other than

 

-10-


the System) operated or managed by the General Partner or an Affiliate. The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner monthly, on the last day of each month, for a percentage of the Indirect Costs attributable to the prior month, based on the percentage obtained by averaging (A) the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the projected gross revenues of the Partnership for the calendar year by (y) the projected gross revenues for the calendar year of all constituent systems operated or managed by the General Partner or an Affiliate (including that of the Partnership), and (B) the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the projected assets of the Partnership at the end of the calendar year by (y) the projected assets at the end of the calendar year of all constituent systems operated or managed by the General Partner or an Affiliate (including that of the Partnership).

Any advance made by the General Partner or an Affiliate on behalf of the Partnership, or otherwise for the benefit of the System for the RSA, shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate announced as the prime rate in effect from time to time by the LaSalle National Bank of Chicago N.A., plus 2%. Such advances shall be secured by a first lien on all real and personal property utilized in the RSA, except for any applicable purchase money liens of equipment vendors, and a pledge of all of the ownership interests in the Partnership.

The Partnership shall also pay the General Partner, on the last day of each month, a monthly management fee equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the monthly Gross Revenues (as hereinafter defined) of the Partnership for the prior month.

 

-11-


For purposes of this Agreement, “Gross Revenues” is the total monthly billings to customers of the Partnership (net of uncollectibles), including roamer revenue, reduced by settlement or access charge amounts paid to other cellular system operators in connection with such amounts (e.g., the portion of gross revenue which is billed on behalf of such other cellular system operators and subsequently remitted to such other cellular system operators), but shall not include revenue from the sale of equipment. Such management fee shall be treated for tax purposes as an expense payable by the Partnership to one who is not a Partner, and shall not be treated as a distribution to the General Partner.

It is expressly understood that if the General Partner makes arrangements to have its Affiliates provide goods or services directly to the Partnership, then the provider of such goods or services may invoice the Partnership directly for such goods or services, in which event the cost of such goods and services shall not be included as part of the direct costs for purposes of this Agreement, but shall be paid directly to such Affiliate by the Partnership within thirty days of receipt of such invoice; provided that such goods and services are provided on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from an unrelated third party on an arms’ length basis.

3.2     Ownership of Properties .    The Partnership shall acquire and hold in its name, directly or through license, all real and personal property, equipment, software and other assets required to provide Cellular Service.

 

-12-


3.3     Licenses .    The General Partner shall, on behalf of the Partnership and consistent with Section 14.1 of this Agreement, (a) cause to be transferred to the Partnership’s name all licenses, permits or other regulatory approvals necessary to provide Cellular Service; and (b) make application to the appropriate authorities to cause all other local, state or federal licenses, permits, certificates of convenience, franchises or other approvals or authorities necessary to provide Cellular Service to be transferred to the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE IV

CAPITALIZATION OF PARTNERSHIP

4.1     Initial Capital Contributions .    (a) Upon the execution hereof (i) USCOC shall contribute to the Partnership its 54% undivided interest in the Assets (as defined in the Letter Agreement) acquired from GMD II pursuant to the Letter Agreement, such contribution to be made by USCOC directing GMD II to transfer such interest to the Partnership on behalf of USCOC and (ii) GMD II shall contribute to the Partnership the remaining 4 6% undivided interest in the Assets which was retained by GMD II.

(b)    The Initial Capital Contribution for USCOC shall be the fair market value of its 54% undivided interest in the Assets contributed to the Partnership on behalf of USCOC pursuant to Section 4.1(a). The Initial Capital Contribution for GMD II shall be the fair market value of its 46% undivided interest in the Assets contributed to the Partnership by it pursuant to

 

-13-


Section 4.1(a). USCOC and GMD II agree that the aggregate fair market value of the equipment contributed by each shall be the value of such equipment shown on the books of GMD II immediately prior to the sale by GMD II to USCC pursuant to the Letter Agreement and the remaining Assets shall be valued at their fair market value.

(c)    Such Initial Capital Contributions shall result in the following respective Partnership Interests for the Partners following the transactions described above:

  (A)   USCOC, as a General Partner      1.00%      
  (B)   USCOC, as a Limited Partner      53.00%      
  (C)   GMD II, as a Limited Partner      46.00%      

(d)    Additional Capital Contributions may only be requested by the General Partner as they are needed to meet the financial obligations of the Partnership subject to compliance with Section 4.2 hereof.

4.2     Financing .    The General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause financing for the Partnership to occur, secured by the assets of the Partnership, for the construction and operation of the System on a basis which is “nonrecourse” to the Partners, except that the Partners may be required to pledge their respective ownership interests in the Partnership to secure such financing. For purposes of this Section 4.2, “best efforts” shall mean obtaining commercially reasonable financing from (i) Northern Telecom, Inc., or another equipment vendor selected by the General Partner, (ii) LaSalle National Bank, Chicago, Illinois, or another bank selected by the General Partner, or

 

-14-


(iii) one or more of the General Partner’s Affiliates; provided , however , that USCOC shall not be required to seek financing from any vendor which cannot provide cellular equipment acceptable to USCOC. Prior to seeking any capital from the Limited Partners, the General Partner shall provide the Limited Partners with supporting documentation evidencing the fact that the General Partner has used its best efforts to provide for the financial needs of this Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2, financing shall be on a “recourse” basis if necessary.

4.3     Additional Capital Contributions .    If financing is not available pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement, the General Partner may call for additional capital to fund the expansion or operation of the System. In the event the General Partner determines that additional capital is so needed, each Partner shall be entitled to provide its share of additional capital in proportion to its then current Partnership Interest. Each additional Capital Contribution shall be due and payable on the date set forth in the written notice requesting such additional Capital Contribution given by the General Partner, provided that no such due date shall be less than ninety days from the date of such notice. Should any Partner decline to make all or a portion of such additional Capital Contribution, or fail to pay its additional Capital Contribution when due, some or all of the other Partners may contribute pro rata, according to their then current respective Partnership Interests, an aggregate amount equal to the additional Capital Contribution declined by

 

-15-


the non-participating Partner(s), thereby increasing in such proportion to other Partners’ Partnership Interests (it being understood that the General Partner may make such additional Capital Contribution as a Limited Partner, if it desires). In such event, the Partnership Interest of a non-participating Partner shall be diluted accordingly and such Partner shall be limited in its right to provide future additional capital in proportion to its Partnership Interest as so revised.

4.4     Funding of Capital Contributions .    Funding of additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership shall be in cash and not real or personal property.

4.5     Additional Limited Partners .    In providing Cellular Service within the RSA, the General Partner may invite one or more persons to become additional limited partners hereunder, subject to the unanimous consent of the Partners. If such consent is given the Partners hereby consent to amend this Agreement to reflect any such inclusion. In the event of any such addition (i) the new Limited Partner shall participate in the Partnership on the same terms and conditions as described herein (or as hereafter amended), (ii) the partnership Interests of the other Partners shall be adjusted according to their then current respective Partnership Interests, and (iii) the new Limited Partner shall make its requisite Capital Contribution within thirty days of the execution of this Agreement. In the event the new Limited Partner does not make its requisite Capital Contribution within thirty days of its execution of this Agreement, all of the new Limited Partner’s right, title and

 

-16-


interest in the partnership shall be extinguished and the Partnership Interest of the other Partners shall be increased accordingly.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1     Capital Accounts .    (a)  A separate capital account (a “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Partner. The Capital Account of each Partner shall be (i) credited with the sum of cash and the fair market value of property contributed to the Partnership by such Partner and the amount of all net Income allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.2 and (ii) debited with the sum of all net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.2 and the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined in all events in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation § 704-1(b)(2)(iv). Upon the withdrawal of a Limited Partner pursuant to Article XI, or upon a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 14.3, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f). In such event, the computation of Income and Loss following such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

(b)    A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to the Capital Account attributable to the transferred Partnership Interest, and there shall be no adjustment to the Capital Accounts as a result of such transfer except as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1.

 

-17-


5.2     Tax Allocations Between Partners for Capital Account Purposes .    (a)     General Rule .    Net Income or Loss of the Partnership remaining after making the allocations set forth in paragraphs (b)-(h) below shall be apportioned ratably to the Partners for each day of the Partnership’s taxable year and each day’s share of such net Income or Loss shall be allocated to the Limited Partners and to the General Partner in proportion to their respective Partnership Interest on each such day.

(b)     Nonrecourse Deductions .    In accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-2 (c), Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners for each taxable year of the Partnership in the same manner as net Income or Loss is allocated among the Partners for such taxable year pursuant to Section 5.2(a).

(c)     Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .    In accordance with Treasury Regulations § 1.704-2(i)(1) and (2), Partner Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership shall be allocated for each taxable year of the Partnership to the Partner that bears the economic risk of loss (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.752-2 (b) (1)) for the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable.

(d)     Qualified Income Offset .    Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.2(a), in the event any Partner unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in clause (4), (5) or (6) of Treasury Regulation §

 

-18-


(707(c) of the Code, and the management fee or other amounts are disallowed as deductions to the Partnership and recharacterized as Partnership distributions, then there shall be allocated to the General Partner, prior to the foregoing allocations, an amount of Partnership gross income for the taxable year for which such recharacterization occurs in an amount equal to the aggregate amount recharacterized as a distribution.

(e)     Negative Capital Account Balances .    Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section allocation of Loss shall be made to any Partner if such allocation would result in such Partner having a negative balance in its Capital Account in excess of the amount such Partner is required to restore on the liquidation of the Partnership (or of its interest in the Partnership). For purposes of determining a Partners Capital Account balance (and the amount it is required to restore) in applying the provisions of this paragraph (e) , the anticipated adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4)-(6) shall be taken into account; and each Partner shall be deemed obligated to restore its deficit Capital Account balance to the extent of its share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain, if any.

(f)     Qualified Income Offset .    Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.2(a), in the event any Partner unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in clause (4), (5) or (6) of Treasury Regulation §1.704 - 1 (b) (2 ) (ii) (d) which results in such Partner having a paragraph (e) shall satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation $ 1.704-2(i)(4).

 

-19-


(f)     Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback .    In accordance with and pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.704-2(f) and (g) , if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year of the Partnership, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership Income for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to each such Partner’s share (determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-2 (g) (2)) of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain. It is the intent of the parties hereto that any allocation pursuant to this paragraph (f) shall satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations § 1.704-2 (f) and (g).

(g)     Guaranteed Payments .    Prior to any other allocations to be made under this Section 5.2, in the event that any management fee or other amounts paid or payable to USCOC or any of its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise are deducted by the Partnership in reliance on Sections 707(a) or 707(c) of the Code, and such fee or other amount is disallowed as a deduction to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and recharacterized as a Partnership distribution, then there shall be allocated to the General Partner, an amount of Partnership gross Income for the taxable year for which such recharacterization occurs in an amount equal to the aggregate amount recharacterized as a distribution.

(h)     Negative Capital Account Balances .    Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.2,

 

-20-


allocation of net Losses shall not be Bade to any Limited Partner if such allocation would result in such Limited Partner having a negative balance in its Capital Account in excess of the amount such Partner is required to restore on the liquidation of the Partnership (or of its interest in the partnership). For purposes of determining a Partner’s Capital Account balance (and the amount it is required to restore) in applying the provisions of this paragraph (h), the anticipated adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (d)(4), (5) and (6) shall be taken into account, and each Partner shall be deemed obligated to restore its deficit Capital Account balance to the extent of its share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Minimum Gain, if any. Any amount that cannot be allocated hereunder will be allocated to the other Partner.

5.3     Allocations for Tax Purposes .      (a)     General .    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated between the Partners for federal income tax purposes in the same proportion as the corresponding items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership were allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes pursuant to Section 5.2.

(b)    In the case of property contributed to the Partnership, items of income, gain, loss and deduction attributable thereto shall be allocated, for federal income tax purposes, between the Partners in a manner which takes into account the difference between the fair market value of such

 

-21-


property and its adjusted tax basis at the time of the contribution, in accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code. In accordance with the foregoing, the Partnership and the Partners shall use the deferred sale method set forth in Proposed Treasury Regulation §1.704-3(d); provided , however , that if the General Partner determines, in its reasonable judgment that the deferred sale method is not available, the Partnership and Partners will satisfy the requirements of Section 704(c) of the Code in the following manner set forth in this Section. Amortization and similar deductions or expenses (i) attributable to the 54% undivided interest in the Assets contributed to the partnership on behalf of USCOC pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes solely to USCOC, (ii) attributable to the 4 6% undivided interest in the Assets contributed to the Partnership by GMD II pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes solely to GMD II and (iii) gain on the disposition of property contributed to the Partnership shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the purposes of Section 704(c) of the Code.

5.4     Section 754 Election .    At the request of any Partner, the Partnership shall make a valid and binding election pursuant to Section 7 54 of the Code.

5.5     Distributions .      (a)  Funds of the Partnership from all sources, less appropriate reserves as are determined by the General Partner to be reasonably necessary for future administrative and operating expenses, loan payments and other costs and expenses and contingencies, shall be distributed in cash on a

 

-22-


fiscal quarterly basis (within ninety days from the end of each quarter). Each distribution pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be apportioned ratably to each day of the relevant quarterly time period and each day’s share shall be allocated to the Limited Partners and the General Partner in proportion to their respective Partnership Interests on such days.

(b)      For any taxable period, if the Partnership has net income (as determined for federal income tax purposes), the Partnership will make a distribution to its Partners in the amount of at least one-third (1/3) of such net profits in a manner consistent with the second sentence of Section 5.5(a).

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS AND POWERS OF PARTNERSHIP,

GENERAL PARTNER AND LIMITED PARTNERS

6.1     Partnership Powers .    In furtherance of the business purpose specified in Section 1.3 of this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, shall be empowered to do or cause to be done any and all acts reasonably deemed by the General Partner to be necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership or forebear from doing any act if the General Partner reasonably deems such forbearance necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, the power and authority:

(a)      to enter into, perform and carry out contracts and agreements of every kind necessary or incidental to the accomplishment of the Partnership’s purposes, including, without

 

-23-


limitation, contracts and agreements with the General Partner and Affiliates of the General Partner, and to take or omit such other or further action in connection with the Partnership’s business as may be necessary or desirable in the opinion of the General Partner to further the purposes of the Partnership; provided , however , that any transaction between the Partnership and Partners or their Affiliates shall be documented and shall become part of the records of the Partnership and shall be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from an unrelated third party on an arms length basis;

(b)    to borrow from banks and other lenders on such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the General Partner and to secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or assigning assets and revenues of the Partnership and/or by causing each Partner to pledge its respective ownership interest in the Partnership to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner;

(c)    to invest such funds as are temporarily not required for Partnership purposes in short-term debt obligations selected by the General Partner, including government securities, certificates of deposit of commercial banks (domestic or foreign) , commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances and other money market instruments; and

(d)    to carry on any other activities necessary to, in connection with or incidental to any of the foregoing.

 

-24-


6.2     Powers of the General Partner .    In addition to those powers vested pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement, the General Partner hereby is vested with the power to:

(a)    manage, supervise and conduct the affairs of the Partnership;

(b)    make all elections, investigations, evaluations and decisions, binding the Partnership thereby, that may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the business purposes of the partnership;

(c)    incur obligations or make payments on behalf of the Partnership in its own name or in the name of the Partnership;

(d)    execute all instruments of any kind or character which the General Partner in its discretion shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the business purposes of the Partnership; and

(e)    from time to time increase the coverage area of Cellular Service within the CSA or RSA or to apply for regulatory approval to expand the geographic area of the CSA.

6.3     Rights of Limited Partners .    Each Limited Partner shall have the right to:

(a)    at its cost, inspect and copy, upon ten business days’ notice to the General Partner, any of the Partnership books of record, accounting records, financial statements or other records or reports at the place or places such records are kept;

(b)    have on demand true and full information of all things affecting the Partnership, and a formal account of Partnership affairs whenever circumstances render it just and reasonable;

 

-25-


(c)    audit, at its own expense and once every calendar year, the partnership books of record, accounting records and financial statements of the Partnership;

(d)    have dissolution and winding up by decree of court when permitted under the Partnership Act;

(e)    meet with representatives of the General Partner on a semi-annual basis at a time and place in the RSA or such other place agreed to by the Partners to generally discuss the business of the Partnership in order to keep the Limited Partners informed of the construction, development and operation of the Partnership’s cellular system and to solicit in good faith the Limited Partners’ views with respect to decisions to be made relating to the construction, development and operation of the Partnership’s cellular system (such meeting may be waived upon a unanimous vote of the Limited Partners); and

(f)    inspect and copy, upon ten business days’ notice to the General Partner, the books of record, accounting records, financial statements or other records or reports of the General Partner relating to its operations of the Partnership.

6.4     Ownership or Conduct of Other Businesses .    The Partners and their Affiliates may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, including but not limited to providing Cellular Service in areas other than the RSA. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner or an Affiliate thereof shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in such independent business ventures or to the income or profits therefrom.

 

-26-


ARTICLE VII

OBLIGATIONS OF GENERAL PARTNER

7.1     Conduct of Business .    The General Partner shall manage and provide administrative services to the Partnership, and shall execute all contracts, agreements and instruments as the General Partner reasonably may deem necessary or desirable to carry on the purpose of this Partnership.

7.2     Filings .    The General Partner shall file all certificates, notices, statements or other instruments required by law for the formation, operation and termination of the partnership and its business in all appropriate jurisdictions and shall prepare and file all necessary Partnership tax returns. The General Partner shall advise the Limited Partners of any elections under applicable tax laws that may affect Partnership Income or Losses.

7.3     Maintain Accounts .    Pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner shall maintain or cause to be maintained capital accounts on the books and records of the Partnership in respect of each Partnership Interest.

7.4     Financial Reports .    The General Partner shall furnish annual audited Partnership financial statements examined by a recognized firm of independent certified public accountants and quarterly unaudited Partnership financial statements to the Limited Partners. Quarterly unaudited financial statements will

 

-27-


be furnished to the Limited Partners within sixty business days after the close of each quarter and be certified by an officer of the General Partner. Year-end audited financial statements will be made available to the Limited Partners within one hundred and twenty business days after the close of the fiscal year.

7.5     Performance of Partnership Obligations .    The General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to observe and perform each and every obligation under all agreements and undertakings made by the Partnership or imposed on the Partnership by law or regulatory authority.

7.6     Cellular Service in Other Areas .    Nothing herein shall preclude any General Partner or an Affiliate thereof from providing Cellular Service independently from the Partnership in areas other than the RSA.

7.7     Tax Matters Partner .    The General Partner is designated the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including judicial and administrative proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith.

ARTICLE VIII

BANKING, ACCOUNTING, BOOKS AND RECORDS

8.1     Banking .    All funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in such bank account or accounts as shall be established

 

-28-


and designated by the General Partner. Withdrawals from any such bank account shall be made upon such signature or signatures as the General Partner may designate.

8.2     Maintenance of Books and Records .    The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of the transactions of the Partnership in proper books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as varied by appropriate regulatory authorities. The books and records of the Partnership shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the General Partner, or such other place designated by the General Partner, and shall be made available for reasonable inspection, examination and copying by the Limited Partners or their respective duly authorized agents or representatives upon ten business days’ notice to the General Partner.

8.3     Fiscal Year; Partnership Tax Returns .    The fiscal year of the Partnership shall begin on the first day of January in each year and end on the 31st day of December in each year, except to the extent that Section 706 of the Code mandates a different tax year, in which event such fiscal year shall coincide with such mandated tax year. The General Partner shall cause to be filed the federal income tax partnership return and all other tax returns required to be filed for the Partnership for all applicable tax years, and shall furnish as promptly as practicable a statement of each Limited Partner’s allocated share of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for such taxable year. The Partnership’s federal income tax returns shall be prepared, to the extent permissible, in accordance with generally

 

-29-


accepted accounting principles on the accrual method, except that for federal income tax purposes the Partnership shall use the maximum allowable depreciation or accelerated cost recovery deductions.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITED PARTNERS

9.1     Limited Partners Not to Take Part in Business .    The Limited Partners, acting in their capacity as Limited Partners, shall not, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, take part in, or interfere in any manner with, the conduct or control of the Partnership business, nor shall the Limited Partners have any right or authority to act for or bind the Partnership.

9.2     Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners .    The liability of each Limited Partner to provide funds to the Partnership shall be limited to the amount of Capital Contributions which the Limited Partner makes or otherwise agrees to make pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement. The obligation of any Limited Partner to return any distributions previously made shall be as set forth in the statute governing this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of the Partnership Act, the Limited Partner shall have no further liability to contribute money to the Partnership for, or in respect of, the liabilities or obligations of the Partnership and shall not be personally liable for any obligations of the Partnership.

 

-30-


9.3     Cellular Service in Other Areas .    Nothing herein shall preclude any Limited Partner or an Affiliate thereof from engaging in possessing an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description including but not limited to providing Cellular Service in areas other than the RSA.

ARTICLE X

TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNER’S INTEREST

10.1     Limitation on Transfer; Right of First Refusal .    There shall be no sale, exchange or other transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of any Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld. Before any Limited Partner, other than USCOC or one of its Affiliates, sells, transfers, assigns or exchanges any part of its Limited Partnership Interest, pursuant to a bona-fide offer in writing to a third party non-Affiliate of such partner, it shall offer, by giving written notice to the General Partner, that interest to all of the other partners for the value at which and terms under which such third party has offered to pay for such interest. The General Partner, in turn, shall within fifteen days after the receipt of such notice forward such notice to all other partners. Each partner shall initially be entitled to purchase that fraction of the offering partner’s interest equal to the purchasing partner’s interest in the Partnership divided by the Partnership Interest of all nonselling partners. If any partner(s) declines to exercise its right of purchase hereunder,

 

-31-


the other partners electing to exercise that right shall be entitled to purchase that portion of the interest intended to be sold that has been declined by the other partner(s) in amounts allocably determined pursuant to reapplication of the principles set forth in this Section 10.1, excluding from consideration the interest of the selling and declining partners. Each nonselling partner shall notify the General Partner and the selling Limited Partner, in writing, of its intention to exercise or not to exercise its purchase rights hereunder within thirty days following receipt of the offer of sale. The General Partner shall promptly notify each partner of the elections by the other partners. Subsequent written notification, if necessary, shall be required within ten days after receipt by the partners which have not previously declined to exercise their rights of purchase, of their intentions with respect to that portion of the Limited Partners partnership Interest still subject to a right of purchase. No portion of an interest offered under this Section 10.1 shall be permitted to be purchased by any partner pursuant to this Section 10.1 unless the entire interest offered is purchased by one or more partners. Any attempted transfer, sale, assignment, or exchange in violation of these provisions shall be void and of no effect.

10.2     Non-Monetary Consideration .    If a sale, exchange or other transfer or assignment involves receipt by the transferor of consideration other than money expressed in currency of the United States, or if such sale, exchange or other transfer or assignment is part of a multi-part or multi-stage

 

-32-


transaction, the transferring party shall, at its sole expense, provide to all parties having a right of first refusal as set forth in Section 10.1, an independent appraisal of the net consideration to be received by the transferring party solely for its interest in the Partnership or the Limited Partner, said appraisal being one that identifies the equivalent value of such consideration in money of the United States. If no party having a right of first refusal objects to such appraisal, it shall be deemed conclusively to establish the value of the consideration to be received by the transferring party for purposes of the rights of first refusal contemplated by Section 10.1. However, if any party having a right of first refusal deems such appraisal to be unfair or unreasonable, it may request that an appraisal panel be convened for the purpose of determining the said value. Said appraisal panel shall consist of one member designated by the transferring party, one member designated by the objecting party (or parties collectively, if there be more than one), and one member designated by the first two members of the panel. Their determination of the value of the consideration, pursuant to a majority vote of the members of such panel, shall be conclusive to establish the price of the offered interest for purposes of the rights of first refusal contemplated by Section 10.1.

10.3     Substitute Limited Partner .    No assignee, purchaser or transferee of the whole or any portion of any Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest shall have the right to become a substitute Limited Partner, unless:

(a)    the transferring Limited Partner has designated such intention in a written instrument of assignment, sale or transfer, a copy of which has been delivered to the General Partner;

 

-33-


(b)    except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1, the transferring Limited Partner has obtained the written consent of the General Partner;

(c)    the person acquiring the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest has adopted and agreed in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof, as the same may have been amended;

(d)    all documents reasonably required by the General Partner and the Partnership Act to effect the substitution of the person acquiring the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest as a Limited Partner shall have been executed and filed at no cost to the Partnership; and

(e)    any necessary prior consents have been obtained from any regulatory authorities.

10.4     Indemnification .    Each Limited Partner transferring a Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest hereby indemnifies the Partnership and the other Partners against any and all loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, tax liabilities or loss of tax benefits) arising, directly or indirectly, as a result of any transfer or purported transfer in violation of any provision contained in this Article XI.

10.5     Valuation Sale Procedure .    (a) Commencing on the third anniversary of the date of the execution of this Agreement,

 

-34-


USCC shall have the right, for a period of three months, to initiate an appraisal proceeding by written notice to GMD II (the “Appraisal Notice”). If USCC does not initiate the appraisal proceeding during the three-month period referred to in the preceding sentence, then GMD II shall have a three-month period of time during which to initiate that proceeding by delivering an Appraisal Notice to USCC. Within thirty days of either party’s receipt of an Appraisal Notice, USCC and GMD II shall each choose an appraiser. Each appraiser shall independently determine the fair market value of the Partnership within one hundred and twenty days of the date of the receipt of the Appraisal Notice initiating the appraisal. The fair market value of this Partnership is defined to be the value that an unrelated third party would pay if it were to acquire all of the outstanding equity of this partnership in an arm’s-length transaction. For purposes hereof, it is assumed that the sole business of this Partnership is owning and operating the non-wireline cellular telephone system in the RSA.

After the appraisers make their initial determinations as to the fair market value, they will consult with one another with respect thereto and, within fourteen days of such initial determination, they shall proceed to finalize their determinations. At that time, if the higher of the two appraisals does not exceed the lower of the two appraisals by more than 10%, the average of the two appraisals shall be deemed to be such fair market value.

 

-35-


If the higher appraisal is more than 110% of the lover appraisal, the two appraisers shall then agree upon and jointly designate, within an additional fourteen days from such designation, a third appraiser who will be responsible for determining the fair market value of this Partnership. If the third appraiser determines a value within the range of values determined by the first two appraisers, the final fair market value will be the average of the third appraisal and that of the other appraisal that was closest to that of the third appraisal. If the third appraiser determines a value higher than the value determined by either of the first two appraisers, the final fair market value will be the higher of the values determined by the first two appraisers. If the third appraiser determines a value lower than the value determined by either of the first two appraisers, the final fair market value will be the lower of the values determined by the first two appraisers. In any event, the final fair market value shall not be higher than the higher of the first two appraisals or lower than the lower of the first two appraisals. The third appraiser shall make its determination of the fair market value of this Partnership within sixty days of its appointment.

(b)    For a period of thirty days after the appraisal process has been completed, USCC shall have the right to purchase all of GMD II’s ownership interest in this Partnership, at a purchase price equal to the fair market value of the Partnership Interest as determined by such appraisal process multiplied by GMD II’s percentage of Partnership Interest in this Partnership

 

-36-


(the “GMD II Purchase Price”). USCC may, at its option, elect to deliver the GMO Purchase Price either (i) cash (a USCC certified or cashier’s check) equal to the GMD II Purchase Price, or (ii) that number of Common Shares of TDS, par value $1.00 per share (“TDS Common Shares”), equal to the GMD II Purchase Price as determined in accordance with this Section. If USCC elects to deliver in cash to GMD II then USCC shall notify GMD II and GMD II may elect to postpone the sale and payment of the GMD II Purchase Price to a later mutually agreeable date rather than accept payment of the purchase price in cash. If USCC elects to deliver TDS Common Shares to GMD II then to the extent permitted by law such acquisition shall be completed pursuant to a “tax- free reorganization.” If TDS Common Shares are delivered to GMD II pursuant to this Section then the value of each such share for the purposes of this Section shall be equal to the Average Closing Price (as hereinafter defined). The “Average Closing Price” means the arithmetical average of the closing price for TDS Common Shares on the American Stock Exchange or such other national exchange, as the case may be, for the five trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date of the delivery of such shares to GMD II.

(c)    If USCC elects to purchase all or a portion of GMD II’s ownership interest in this Partnership at the appraised price in accordance with Section 10.5 (b) the parties shall proceed to effectuate that transaction, subject to whatever regulatory approvals might be required. If USCC declines to purchase all of GMD II’s ownership interest in accordance with

 

-37-


Section 10.5 (b) then USCC shall give written notice to GMD II and GMD II shall then have the right, for a period of thirty days after USCC’s right has expired, to require USCC to purchase all of GMD II’s ownership interest in this Partnership for the GMD II Purchase Price for such consideration as set forth in Section 10.5(b). In such event that the parties shall proceed to effectuate that transaction, subject to whatever regulatory approvals might be required.

(d)    If each of the parties hereto elects not to require the other party to conclude such a transaction, then a second appraisal proceeding shall be conducted, in the manner set forth in Section 10.5 (a) commencing on the sixth anniversary of the date of the execution of this Agreement, at the conclusion of which USCC shall be obligated to purchase and GMD II shall be obligated to sell all of GMD II’s interest in the Partnership at the value determined in such second appraisal proceeding in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b).

(e)    If one appraiser is used in connection with this Section 10.5, then GMD II and USCC shall each pay one-half of such appraiser’s fees and expenses. In the event that more than one appraiser is used in connection with this Section 10.5, then each party shall pay the costs and expenses related to their appraiser; provided , however , that if a third appraiser is used then GMD II and USCC shall each pay one-half of such appraiser’s fees and expenses in addition to their own appraiser’s fees and expenses. Each appraiser which is selected shall have experience with evaluating cellular interests.

 

-38-


(f)    USCC shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations under this Section 10.5 to an Affiliate.

(g)    USCC shall lend $500,000 to GMD II to help settle certain matters with Catherine Waddill (the “Waddill Note”). If TDS Common Shares are delivered pursuant to this Section 10.5 and if the Waddill Note is outstanding when such shares are delivered, then USCC shall reduce the number of TDS Common Shares to be delivered to GMD II pursuant to this Agreement by that number of TDS Common Shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) determined by dividing the amount to be offset by $34.375. The $34.375 represents the agreed to value of each TDS Common Share to be delivered pursuant to this Section 10.5(g) and in the event of any reclassification, stock split or stock dividend with respect to the TDS Common Shares (or if a record date with respect to any of the foregoing should occur) prior to the delivery to GMD II of the GMD II Purchase Price, appropriate and proportionate adjustments, if any, shall be made to the $34.375 value set forth in the preceding sentence.

10.6     Distribution and Allocation Subsequent to Transfer .

(a)    The Income and Losses of the Partnership attributable to any Partnership Interest acquired by reason of the assignment of the Partnership Interest or substitution of a Partner with respect to that Partnership Interest and any distribution made with respect thereto shall be allocated between the assignor and assignee based upon the length of time during any fiscal year of the Partnership, as measured by the effective

 

-39-


date of the assignment or substitution, that the Partnership Interest so assigned or with respect to which there is a substitution was owned by each of them.

(b)    The effective date of an assignment, sale or transfer of the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest or any portion thereof shall be the first day of the calendar month following either the date on which written consent has been obtained from the General Partner as provided in Section 10.1 of this Agreement or, where no such consent is required, the date specified in the written notice that the General Partner receives with respect to the assignment, sale or transfer.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL BY LIMITED PARTNER

11.1     Withdrawal .

(a)    Effective upon thirty days’ written notice to each Partner, any Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership subject to any required regulatory approval.

(b)    Any Limited Partner shall promptly withdraw from the Partnership upon the occurrence of default in performance by such Limited Partner of any obligation under this Agreement if such default shall not be corrected within sixty days after the same shall be called to the attention of such Limited Partner by the General Partner by written notice specifying the thing or matter in default and the General Partner chooses to insist upon such withdrawal. The General Partner shall notify each non-defaulting Limited Partner of such default in performance.

 

-40-


(c)    Any Limited Partner shall promptly withdraw upon the bankruptcy or assignment for the benefit of creditors of such Limited Partner.

(d)    Any Limited Partner shall promptly withdraw upon failure of such Limited Partner to make its initial Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

(e)    Upon withdrawal pursuant to (a), (b) or (c) above, the Limited Partner so withdrawing shall, subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 of this Agreement, receive distribution of its capital account in cash.

(f)    Upon withdrawal pursuant to (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, the proportionate Partnership Interests of the remaining Partners shall be increased pro rata to reflect such withdrawal.

11.2     Distribution on Withdrawal .    If distribution is made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement, amounts payable to the Limited Partner so withdrawing shall be paid to such Limited Partner by the Partnership and may at the General Partner’s option and consistent with regulatory and other legal constraints, be paid in equal annual payments, including interest, over a period not to exceed three years, in order to provide the Partnership sufficient time to raise capital to replace that capital being withdrawn and to ensure the continued provision of Cellular Service. Interest on such payments shall be calculated at a rate equal to the applicable “Federal rate” in effect under Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as of the effective day of withdrawal of such Limited Partner), compounded semiannually, as applied to the

 

-41-


outstanding balance due. No Partner shall have personal liability for the distribution, which shall be payable solely out of Partnership assets.

ARTICLE XII

BRING-ALONG RIGHTS

12.1     Transfer of USCOC’s Interest in the Partnership . If USCOC proposes to sell all or a portion of its interest in the Partnership to any person other than an Affiliate of USCOC, then as a condition precedent to the sale of such interest, USCOC shall deliver to GMD II written notice (the “Participation Notice”) at least thirty days prior to the scheduled consummation of such sale (the “Bring-Along Transfer”) stating that the proposed sale is subject to the provisions of this Article XII, and such notice shall specifically declare that the offer is from a bona fide third party and shall also set forth the consideration to be received and the terms and conditions of such proposed sale so that such offer may be sufficiently evaluated by GMD II. At any time within ten days after delivery of a Participation Notice, GMD II may elect to participate in the contemplated Bring-Along Transfer by delivering written notice of such election to USCOC. Delivery of any such election shall entitle GMD II to participate pro-rata on the basis of their Partnership Interest with USCOC in the contemplated sale on the same terms and conditions as USCOC; provided , however , that in the event GMD II desires to sell its interest in the Partnership at such time, USCOC shall have the right to purchase GMD II’s

 

-42-


interest by delivering to GMD II at the time of the consummation of such sale, at USCOC’s option, either cash or TDS Common Shares equal to the fair market value of the consideration that GMD II would otherwise have received upon the sale of its interest to the purchaser. If TDS Common Shares are delivered to GMD II pursuant to this Section 12.1 then the value of each such share for purposes of this Section shall be equal to the Average Closing Price as defined in Section 10.5(b) of this agreement.

ARTICLE XIII

TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNER’S INTEREST

13.1     Assignment .    The General Partner may transfer or assign its General Partner’s Partnership Interest only after written notice to all other Partners and the unanimous vote of all the other Partners to permit such transfer and to continue the business of the Partnership with the assignee of the General Partner as General Partner. Any such transfer or assignment shall be subject to required regulatory approval. The General Partner may transfer its Partnership Interest to an Affiliate thereof at any time without any consent or restrictions from any Limited Partner as long as the transfer does not materially interfere with the operation and management of the Partnership and the General Partner shall notify the other Partner no later than thirty days after such transfer.

13.2     Withdrawa l.    Withdrawal of the General Partner will cause the dissolution and termination of the Partnership in accordance with the terms of Article XIV of this Agreement. The

 

-43-


General Partner may not withdraw until it has given the other Partners one hundred and twenty days’ prior written notice thereof. If during that time the Partners (other than the General Partner and the Limited Partner which is an Affiliate of the General Partner) unanimously designate a substitute General Partner who will agree both to purchase the General Partner’s Partnership Interest (including its Limited Partner’s Interest, if any), on terms acceptable to the General Partner, and continue the business of the Partnership, subject to required regulatory approval, the General Partner agrees to transfer or assign its Partnership Interests to the designated General Partner. The General Partner shall not unreasonably withhold its acceptance of terms for purchase of its Partnership Interest (including its Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, if any) proposed by the substitute General Partner.

ARTICLE XIV

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

14.1     Dissolution .      The Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated if:

(a)      the FCC grants the authorization subject to terms and conditions that are unacceptable to both the General Partner and one Limited Partner which is not also the General Partner, and all available administrative and judicial appeals of such FCC approval have been finally exhausted;

(b)      the FCC finally denies licenses to the Partnership empowering it to provide Cellular Service;

 

-44-


(c)      the Partnership applies for and is finally denied state or other regulatory approvals or is granted such approval subject to terms and conditions that are unacceptable to both the General Partner and one Limited Partner that is not also the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner on the grounds such denial or conditional grant has a materially adverse impact upon the Partnership’s ability to conduct its business; or

(d)      the Partners unanimously agree to dissolve and terminate the Partnership and receive any approvals required by the FCC or any other regulatory authority for such dissolution and termination.

Regarding (b) and (c) above, any such denial of regulatory approval shall not be considered finally denied until all available administrative and judicial appeals of such denial have been finally exhausted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the latest date upon which the Partnership is to dissolve is January 1, 2090.

14.2      Distribution Upon Dissolution .      Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall proceed, subject to the provisions herein, to liquidate the Partnership and apply the proceeds of such liquidation, or to distribute Partnership assets, in the following order of priority:

(a)      to creditors, including Limited Partners who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Partnership other than liabilities for distributions to Partners under Articles X and XI of this Agreement;

 

-45-


(b)      to the General Partner, if a creditor, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Partnership other than liabilities for distributions to Partners under Articles X and XI of this Agreement;

(c)      to the establishment of any reserve which the General Partner may deem reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership. Such reserve may be paid over by the General Partner to any attorney at law, or other acceptable party, as escrow agent to be held for disbursement in payment of any of the aforementioned liabilities and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the General Partner, for distribution of the balance, in the manner hereinafter provided in this Paragraph;

(d)      to Partners and former Partners in satisfaction of liabilities for distributions under Articles X and XI of this Agreement;

(e)      to Partners first for the return of their Capital Accounts as set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement in proportion to the Partners’ respective positive Capital Accounts at the time of such dissolution, with any remaining Partnership assets being distributed in proportion to the Partners’ respective Partnership Interests on the date of dissolution.

14.3      Distributions in Cash or in Kind .      Upon dissolution, the General Partner may in its discretion (a) liquidate all or a portion of the Partnership assets and apply the proceeds of such liquidation in the priorities set forth in Section 14.2 of this Agreement or (b) hire independent recognized appraisers to

 

-46-


appraise the value of Partnership assets not sold or otherwise disposed of (the cost of such appraisal to be considered a debt of the Partnership), allocate any unrealized Income or Loss to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.1(a) and, after giving effect to any such adjustment, distribute said assets in accordance with the priorities as set forth in Section 14.2 of this Agreement. The General Partner may determine in its sole discretion whether undivided portions of assets distributed in kind will be distributed pro rata to Partners in accordance with their respective Partnership Interests at the time of dissolution or assets may be distributed otherwise in accordance with their respective Partnership Interests at the time of dissolution; provided , however , that any distributions of unrealized receivables or substantially appreciated inventory within the meaning of Section 751 of the Code shall be made proportionately to the Partner’s Partnership Interest at the time of dissolution unless the Partners otherwise unanimously agree. To the extent practicable such distributions will take into account the interest of the Limited Partners. In the case of any distribution in kind of Partnership assets under this Section to a Partner, the value of the asset determined by appraisal as provided above shall be applied against the Partner’s Capital Account.

14.4      Time for Liquidation .      A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the General Partner to minimize any losses which otherwise might be incurred.

 

-47-


14.5      Termination .      Upon compliance with the foregoing distribution plan, the Partnership shall cease to be such, and the General Partner shall execute, acknowledge and cause to be filed a certificate of cancellation of the Partnership pursuant to the power of attorney contained in Article XV of this Agreement.

14.6      General Partner not Liable for Return of Distribution .      The General Partner shall not be liable for any distribution required pursuant to Article X, Article XI, Sections 14.2(b), (c) and (d) of this Agreement, and such distribution shall be made solely from available Partnership assets, if any.

14.7      General Partners’ Right to Continue Providing Cellular Service .      In the event that such Limited Partner withdraws pursuant to Article X or the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to Articles III or XIV, the General Partner shall have the right to provide Cellular Service either singly or with others, subject to any necessary regulatory approval. Notwithstanding this right of the General Partner, any Limited Partner who has not caused the dissolution of the Partnership shall be entitled to participate, as a limited partner or other non-managing investor, in the ongoing Cellular Service the General Partner continues to provide and shall be entitled to participate therein to an extent, and on terms and conditions, no less favorable to said Limited Partner than the corresponding extent, terms and conditions accorded said Limited Partner by this Agreement.

 

-48-


ARTICLE XV

POWER OF ATTORNEY

15.1     Grant of Power of Attorney .     Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful attorney and agent, in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, acknowledge and, if necessary, file and record:

(a)      any certificates or other instruments or amendments thereof which the Partnership may be required to file under the laws of each state governing this Agreement or pursuant to the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Partnership or which the General Partner shall deem it advisable to file, including, without limitation, this Agreement, any amendment to this Agreement and a certificate of cancellation as provided in Section 13.5 of this Agreement;

(b)      any certificates or other instruments (including counterparts of this Agreement with such changes as may be required by the law of other jurisdictions) and all amendments thereto which the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partner has limited liability) and to preserve the limited liability status of the Partnership in the jurisdictions in which the Partnership may own properties, conduct business and acquire investment interests;

 

-49-


(c)      any certificates or other instruments which may be required to admit additional or substitute Limited Partners pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to reflect the withdrawal of any Limited Partner, to reflect the withdrawal of a former General Partner, to reflect changes in Capital Contributions or changes in respective Partnership Interests of the Partners or to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Partnership, pursuant to Article XIV of this Agreement; or

(d)      any amendments to any certificate necessary to reflect any other changes made pursuant to the exercise of the powers of attorney contained in this Article XV.

15.2      Irrevocable and Coupled With an Interest; Copies to be Transmitted .     The powers of attorney granted in Section 15.1 of this Agreement shall be deemed irrevocable and to be coupled with an interest. A copy of each document executed by the General Partner pursuant to the powers of attorney granted in Section 15.1 shall be transmitted to each Limited Partner promptly after the date of the execution of any such document.

15.3      Survival of Power of Attorney .     The powers of attorney granted under Section 15.1 of this Agreement shall survive delivery of an assignment by a Limited Partner of the whole or any portion of its Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, except that if such assignment was of all of a Limited Partners’ Partnership Interest and the substitution of the assignee as a Limited Partner has been consented to by the

 

-50-


General Partner, the foregoing powers of attorney shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the purpose of enabling the General Partner to execute, acknowledge and file any and all certificates and other instruments necessary to effectuate the substitution of the assignee as a Limited Partner. Such powers of attorney shall survive the dissolution or termination of a Limited Partner and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s successors and assigns.

15.4      Limitation on Power of Attorney .     Except as set forth in this Article XIV, the General Partner may not modify the terms of this power of attorney without the written consent of all the Limited Partners. The powers of attorney granted under Section 15.1 of this Agreement cannot be utilized by the General Partner to increase or extend any financial obligation or liability of any Limited Partner without the written consent of such Limited Partner.

ARTICLE XVI

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

16.1      Exculpation of the General Partner and its Affiliates .      The General Partner or its Affiliates will not be liable for any loss to this Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of any act or failure to act unless the General Partner or its Affiliates were guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence.

16.2      Indemnification of the General Partner and its Affiliates .      This Partnership shall indemnify the General Partner

 

-51-


and its Affiliates against any loss or damage incurred by the General Partner and its Affiliates (including legal expenses) by reason of any acts performed or not performed by the General Partner and its Affiliates for and on behalf of this Partnership, unless the General Partner or its Affiliates, as the case may be, were guilty of fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The General Partner shall indemnify this Partnership against any damages (including legal expenses) incurred by reason of the General Partner’s or its Affiliates willful misconduct or gross negligence.

ARTICLE XVII

AMENDMENTS

17.1      Amendments .      Except for amendments made in accordance with this Agreement in connection with assignments of Partnership Interests by Partners and to reflect changes in Capital Contributions, this Agreement may not be amended except upon written consent of the General Partner and all the Limited Partners.

17.2     Execution of Amended Agreements .      Each Limited Partner agrees to execute or cause to be executed promptly any amendments to this Agreement and certificates of the Partnership reasonably requested by the General Partner and authorized under Section 16.1.

 

-52-


ARTICLE XIII

TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION

18.1      Technology License .     The General Partner shall, on behalf of the Partnership, obtain the right to use hardware and software technology associated with Cellular Service. The General Partner is hereby authorized, on behalf and for the benefit of the Partnership, to engage in negotiations and to enter into contracts for licenses to use cellular hardware, software or related processes. In general, such contracts shall be merely right to use contracts and will not vest any title in any Partner to this Agreement.

18.2      Proprietary Information .     All information, including but not limited to, specifications, microfilm, photocopies, keypunch cards, magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools, technical information, data, employee records, maps, customer information, financial reports and market data marked or identified in writing as proprietary (all hereinafter designated as “Proprietary Information”), furnished to or obtained by a Partner from any other Partner, whether written or oral or in other form, shall remain the disclosing Partner’s property. All copies of such information, whether written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to the disclosing Partner upon the disclosing Partner’s request, except that one copy may be retained for archival purposes. Unless otherwise agreed, no obligation hereunder shall extend beyond five years from date of receipt of such information, and the obligation does not apply to such Proprietary Information as was previously known to the receiving Partner free of any obligation to keep it confidential or has been or is subsequently made public by the

 

-53-


disclosing Partner or a third party. Unless otherwise required by governing law or regulation or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such Proprietary Information shall be kept confidential by the receiving Partner and shall be used only for performing the covenants contained in this Agreement and may be used for such other purposes only upon such terms as may be agreed upon between the disclosing Partner and receiving Partner in writing or as required by law.

ARTICLE XIX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

19.1       Warranties .     Each Partner warrants as follows:

(a)      It has the legal capacity to enter into and execute this Agreement;

(b)      this Agreement does not breach any of its existing agreements with other parties; and

(c)      each Partner will cooperate with the other Partners to the extent necessary to carry out the business purpose of the Partnership.

19.2       Table of Contents and Headings .      The table of contents and the headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof.

19.3       Successors and Assigns .       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Partners and any additional or substitute Limited Partner or General Partner and to their respective successors and assigns, except that nothing

 

-54-


contained in this Section shall be construed to permit any attempted assignment or other transfer which would be authorized by or void pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

19.4      Severability .      Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of the Agreement; provided , however , that the general intent of this Agreement shall not be voided thereby.

19.5      Non-Waiver .      No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is contained in a written notice given to the Partner claiming such waiver, and no such waiver shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or further obligation or liability of the Partner or Partners in whose favor the waiver was given.

19.6      Applicable Law .      This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Partners shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The Partnership will be bound by and fully comply with any applicable provisions of the equal employment opportunity laws, including any executive orders issued thereunder.

19.7      Entire Agreement .      This Agreement constitutes the entire Limited Partnership Agreement between the Partners and (a) shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments, representations and writings.

19.8      Notices .      Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all notices given by any Partner to any other Partner

 

-55-


under this Agreement shall be in writing, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows (or to such other address as a Partner may specify in such a notice to all other Partners):

USCOC:

 

USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc.
c/o United States Cellular Corporation
8410 West Bryn Mawr
Suite 700
Chicago, Illinois 60631
Attn:      President
Telephone:       (312)  399-8900
Telecopier:       (312)  399-8959

with a copy to:

 

Sidley & Austin
One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attn:      Michael G. Hron, Esq.
Telephone:       (312)    853-2030
Telecopier:       (312)    853-7036

GMD II:

 

G.M.D. Partnership II
333 East Arlington Boulevard
Greenville, North Carolina 27858
Attn:      Gary M. Doyle
Telephone:       (919)    321-0066
Telecopier:         (919)    321-1062

with a copy to:

 

Besozzi & Gavin
Suite 200
1901 L. Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
Telephone:       (202)    293-7405
Telecopier:       (202)    457-0426
Attention:       J. Jeffrey Craven, Esq.

Such notices shall be effective on the third business day subsequent to the date of mailing. As an alternative to notice by mail, notices given by any Partner to any other Partner

 

-56-


under this Agreement may be delivered by telegram, cablegram, or any other form of written message delivery, expense of such delivery prepaid, addressed to the Partners as provided in this Section. Such alternative notice shall be effective when its receipt is acknowledged by a responsible person at the address to which such notice was directed.

19.9      Counterparts .     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original.

*        *        *         *        *        *

 

-57-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Attest:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC., AS A GENERAL AND AS A LIMITED PARTNER
By:  

/s/ Edward W. Towers

Name:  

    Edward W. Towers

Title:  

      Authorized Representative

Date:  

 

 

 

Attest:  

/s/ Cathy H. Scott

Name:  

Cathy H. Scott                  

Title:  

Administrative Assistant

Date:  

 

G.M.D. PARTNERSHIP II, AS A LIMITED PARTNER
By:  

/s/ Gary M. Doyle

Name:  

Gary M. Doyle    

Title:  

General Partner

Date:  

 

 

 

United States Cellular Corporation hereby acknowledges its rights and obligations under Sections 4.1 and 10.5

 

Attest:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

UNITED STATES
CELLULAR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Edward W. Towers

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

 

Signature Page for the Agreement

Establishing New York RSA No. 1

Limited Partnership

 

-58-


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

AGREEMENT ESTABLISHING

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1, is made and entered into as of March 15 , 1994, by and among USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., G.M.D. Partnership II (“GMD II”) (collectively, the “Partners”), Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. (“TDS”) and United States Cellular Operating Company (“USCOC”).

WHEREAS, the Partners are parties to the Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership, dated as of March 12, 1993 (the “Partnership Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Partners desire to enter into this Amendment to amend the Partnership Agreement to reflect the transfer by GMD II of its 46 percent limited partner’s interest in the New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Interest”) to TDS and the subsequent transfer by TDS of its Partnership Interest in the Partnership to USCOC;

NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed that:

1.       Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Partnership Agreement.

2.   

    (a)    

   The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to reflect the transfer of GMD II’s Partnership Interest in the Partnership to TDS, pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of March  15 , 1994, by and between TDS and GMD II, and the subsequent transfer of such Partnership Interest to USCOC, pursuant to an Assignment dated as of March  15 , 1994.
       (b)        USCOC is hereby admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

3.      As a result of the transfer by GMD II of its Partnership Interest to TDS and the subsequent transfer of such Partnership Interest to USCOC, the respective Partnership Interest of the Partners and USCOC as of the date hereof are as set out in Exhibit A hereto.


4.     All notices given by any Partner to USCOC shall be addressed as follows:

 

United States Cellular Corporation
8410 West Bryn Mawr
Suite 700
Chicago,  Illinois 60631-3486
Attention:    President
      Telephone:      (312)    399-8900
      Telecopier:      (312)    399-8936

With a copy to:

 

Sidley & Austin
One First National Plaza, Suite 4200
Chicago,  Illinois 60603
Attention:    Michael G. Hron, Esq.
      Telephone:      (312)    853-2030
      Telecopier:      (312)    853-7036

5.     This Amendment together with the Partnership Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Partners and USCOC with respect to the matters set forth herein and therein.

6.     This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.     This Amendment shall take effect immediately without any further action by the Partners or USCOC.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

-2-


    USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.,
   

As the General Partner

    and a Limited Partner

    By:  

/s/ H. Donald Nelson

 
      Name:  

H. Donald Nelson

   
      Its:  

President

   
    G.M.D. PARTNERSHIP II,
    As a Limited Partner
    By:  

/s/ Gary M. Doyle

 
      Gary M. Doyle    
      Its sole General Partner    
    TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS, INC.,
    Transferee of the Limited Partnership
    Interest of G.M.D. Partnership II
    By:  

/s/ LeRoy T. Carlson

 
      LeRoy T. Carlson    
      Chairman    

United States Cellular Operating Company hereby agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement, including any amendments thereto.

 

    By:  

/s/ H. Donald Nelson

 
      Name:  

H. Donald Nelson

   
      Its:  

President

   

 

Signature page for Amendment No. 1 to the

Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership,

dated as of March  15 , 1994.

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

RESULTING PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

The transfer of GMD II’s partnership Interest to TDS and the subsequent transfer of TDS’s Partnership Interest to United States Cellular Operating Company shall result in the following respective Partnership Interests for the Partners and United States Cellular Operating Company:

 

  (A) 1% for USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., as a General Partner,

 

  (B) 53% for USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., as a Limited Partner, and

 

  (C) 46% for United States Cellular Operating Company, as a Limited Partner.


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

AGREEMENT ESTABLISHING

NEW YORK RSA NO. 1 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2, is made and entered into as of June 21, 1995, by and among USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, United States Cellular Operating Company (“USCOC”), a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Partners”), and APT Operating Company, Inc.

WHEREAS, the Partners are parties to the Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership, dated as of March 12, 1993 (the “Partnership Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Partners desire to enter into this Amendment to amend the Partnership Agreement to reflect the transfer by USCOC of its 4 6 percent limited partner’s interest in the New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Interest”) to APT Operating Company, Inc.; and to change the name of the Partnership to APT Pittsburgh Limited Partnership;

NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed that:

1.     Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Partnership Agreement.

 

2.      (a)      The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to reflect the transfer of USCOC’s Partnership Interest in the Partnership to APT Operating Company, Inc.
     (b)      APT Operating Company, Inc., is hereby admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

3.     As a result of the transfer by USCOC of its Partnership Interest to APT Operating Company, Inc., the respective Partnership Interest of the Partners and APT Operating Company, Inc., are as set out in Exhibit A hereto.


4.     The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to change the name of the Partnership to APT Pittsburgh Limited Partnership.

5.     All notices given by any Partner to APT Operating Company, Inc. shall be addressed as follows:

 

        APT Operating Company, Inc.

        c/o Telephone and Data Systems, Inc.

        30 North LaSalle Street

        Chicago, Illinois 60602

        Attention: LeRoy T. Carlson, Jr.

  

        Telephone:

        Telecopier:

  

(312) 630-1900

(312) 630-9408

With a copy to:

 

        Sidley & Austin

        One First National Plaza, Suite 4200

        Chicago, Illinois 60603

        Attention: Michael G. Hron

  

        Telephone:

        Telecopier:

  

(312)  853-2030

(312)  853-7036

6.     This Amendment together with the Partnership Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership constitutes the entire agreement of the Partners and APT Operating Company, Inc., with respect to the matters set forth herein and therein.

7.     This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

8.     This Amendment shall take effect immediately without any further action by the Partners or APT Operating Company, Inc.

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

-2-


    USCOC OF NEW YORK RSA #1, INC.,
    as the General Partner and a Limited
    Partner
    By:  

/s/ Randy H. Jenkins

 
      Name:  

Randy H. Jenkins

   
      Its:  

Vice President

   
    UNITED STATES CELLULAR OPERATING COMPANY
    By:  

/s/ Randy H. Jenkins

 
      Name:  

Randy H. Jenkins

   
      Its:  

Vice President

   

APT Operating Company, Inc. hereby agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement, including any amendments thereto.

 

    APT OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Rudolph E. Hornacek

 
      Name:  

Rudolph E. Hornacek

   
      Its:  

President

   

Signature page for Amendment No. 2 to the

Agreement Establishing New York RSA No. 1 Limited Partnership

dated as of June 21, 1995

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

 

Resulting Partnership Interests:

 

(A)

  

    USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc. as General Partner

   1.00%
 

(B)

  

    USCOC of New York RSA #1, Inc. as Limited Partner

   53.00%
 

(C)

  

    APT Operating Company, Inc., as Limited Partner

   46.00%

 

-4-

Exhibit 3.55

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS CALIFORNIA/FLORIDA, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.       Name.       The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS California/Florida, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.       Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.       Effective Time.     This Certificate of Formation shall become effective on December 31, 2005.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation in Dallas, Texas on December 20, 2005.

 

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

Roger D. Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS CALIFORNIA/FLORIDA, LLC

 

This Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation, dated March 24, 2006, has been duly executed and is filed pursuant to section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”) to amend the certificate of formation (the “ Certificate of Formation ”) of MetroPCS California/Florida, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) under the Act.

1.        The name of the Company is MetroPCS California/Florida, LLC

2.        The Certificate of Formation is hereby amended so that Article I reads in its entirety as follows:

“1      The name of the limited liability company is MetroPCS California, LLC”

EXECUTED as of the date written first above.

 

By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Roger D. Linquist  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  

Exhibit 3.56

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS CALIFORNIA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS California, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 31, 2005 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS California, LLC, dated December 31, 2005 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1     Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2.) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2     Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS California, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3     Personal Property .  The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4     Limited Liability .  Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, oblivions or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5     Registered Office and Agent .  The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6     Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7     No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other Than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1     Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section  2.2      Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section  2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3     Powers of the Company .  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1     Capital Account .    The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2     No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1     Management Committee .

(a)      The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)      The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)      Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Manager, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)      The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)      Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)      The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2     General Authority of the Management Committee .  Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3     Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4     Officers .

(a)       Appointment of Officers . The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel. Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)       Removal, Resignation and Vacancy . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)       Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)       Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)       President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)       Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)       Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)       Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)       Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time. Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)       Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)       Secretary .     The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required, The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seat of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)       Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)       Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)       Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5     Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)       Definitions .  The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company, The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)       Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful, The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not. of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)       Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnity any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnity any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (e) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)       Success Upon the Merits .  To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)       Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)       Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)       Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)       Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)        Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)        Survival of Rights .  The lights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)       Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)        Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)      Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the lights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)       No Duplication of Payments .  The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6     Other Activities .  Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or Compensation from any other activities or investment.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of it Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member Immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any title without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1     Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18801 (a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2     Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3     Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of Liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and binding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)      First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, It gal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)      Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4     Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1     Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parries in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2     Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3     Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act On the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4     Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5     Attorneys Fees .  In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6     Further Assurances .  Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7     Computation of Time .  If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8     Binding Agreement .    Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns, Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9     Terminology .  All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company arc superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

Original Managers :          Roger D. Linquist

 

16

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.57

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS FLORIDA, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a Limited Liability Company under the Act.

1.         Name.   The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS Florida, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.         Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

  c/o Corporation Service Company

  2711 Centerville Road

  Suite 400

  Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.        The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

  Corporation Service Company

  2711 Centerville Road

  Suite 400

  Wilmington, Delaware 19808

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation in Dallas, Texas on December  28 , 2005.

 

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

Roger D. Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.58

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS FLORIDA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Florida, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 31, 2005 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Florida, LLC, dated December 31, 2005 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .   The name of the Company is MetroPCS Florida, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .    The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .   The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .   The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .   The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)       The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)       The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)       The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)          The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)        Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)        Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .   Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)        Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)        Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)        President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)         Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)        Chief Financial Officer .   The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)        Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)         Controller .   The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)         Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .   The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)        Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)        Definitions .    The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)        Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)        Success Upon the Merits .   To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)        Authorization of Indemnification .   Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)        Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)        Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non- appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)        Provisions Nonexclusive .     Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)         Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)         Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)        Settlement of Claims .   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)         Effect of Amendment .   Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18-801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)       First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)       Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .     All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .     This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .   No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .   In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “Action”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .   Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9       Terminology .    All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

Original Managers :            Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.59

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS GEORGIA, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.         Name.   The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS Georgia, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.         Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

  c/o Corporation Service Company

  2711 Centerville Road

  Suite 400

  Wilmington, Delaware 19808

The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

  Corporation Service Company

  2711 Centerville Road

  Suite 400

  Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.    Effective Time.    This Certificate of Formation shall become effective on December 31, 2005.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation in Dallas, Texas on December 20, 2005.

 

/s/ Roger D. Linquist
Roger D. Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.60

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS GEORGIA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Georgia, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 31, 2005 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Georgia, LLC, dated December 31, 2005 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .      The name of the Company is MetroPCS Georgia, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .   Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .   The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .   The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .   The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .   The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .   The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .   The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .   The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .   The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)       The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)       The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)       The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)       The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2      General Authority of the Management Committee .  Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided , however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3      Payments to Manager: Expense Reimbursement .   Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4      Officers .

(a)         Appointment of Officers . The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)         Removal, Resignation and Vacancy . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and. unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)       Salaries of Officers .   The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)       Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)       President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)       Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .     Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)       Chief Financial Officer .   The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)        Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)         Controller .   The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)         Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .   The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)        Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)         Definitions .   The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)        Third Party Actions .   The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)        Success Upon the Merits .   To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)        Authorization of Indemnification .   Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)        Indemnification of Non-Parties .   The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)       Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)       Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)        Authority to Insure .    The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)        Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)       Settlement of Claims .   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)         Effect of Amendment .   Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .   In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .   The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)       First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)       Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .    Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .     Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9       Terminology .    All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10       Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

Original Managers :                Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.61

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS MASSACHUSETTS, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.           Name.   The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.           Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.          The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has caused this Certificate of Formation to be executed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on this 24th day of January, 2007.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.62

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS MASSACHUSETTS, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 24, 2007 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC, dated January 24, 2007 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1        Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2        Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3        Personal Property .     The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4        Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5        Registered Office and Agent .    The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6        Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7        No State-Law Partnership .   The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1        Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2        Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3        Powers of the Company .   The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1        Capital Account .    The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2        No Third Party Beneficiaries .   The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1        Management Committee .

(a)         The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)         The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)         Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)         The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)         Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)           The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2        General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3        Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4        Officers .

(a)          Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)          Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .    Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)          Salaries of Officers .   The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)          Chief Executive Officer .   The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)          President .   The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)           Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .   Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)           Chief Financial Officer .   The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)       Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)        Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)        Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)          Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)          Assistant Secretary .   The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)          Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)          Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5        Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)          Definitions .   The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)          Third Party Actions .   The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)       Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)       Success Upon the Merits .    To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)       Authorization of Indemnification .    Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)       Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)         Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)         Provisions Nonexclusive .      Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)         Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)         Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)         Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)         Effect of Amendment .    Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6         Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1         Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)        First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)        Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .    No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .  Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9       Terminology .  All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

Original Managers :            Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.63

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

1.        The name of the limited liability company is MetroPCS Michigan, LLC.

2.        The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3.        This Certificate of Formation is effective as of November 30, 2013 at 4:10 pm EST.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on November 26, 2013.

 

By

  /s/ David A. Miller
   David A. Miller, Executive Vice President,
      General Counsel and Secretary

 

Certificate of Formation

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

FROM A CORPORATION TO A

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY PURSUANT TO

SECTION 18-214 OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY ACT

1.        The jurisdiction where the corporation first formed is Delaware.

2.        The date the corporation first formed is February 11, 2005.

3.        The name of the corporation immediately prior to filing of this certificate is MetroPCS Michigan, Inc.

4.        The name of the limited liability company as set forth in the Certificate of Formation is MetroPCS Michigan, LLC.

5.        The effective date of this Certificate of Conversion is November 30, 2013 at 4:10 pm EST.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on November 26, 2013.

 

By

  /s/ David A. Miller
   David A. Miller, Executive Vice President,
      General Counsel and Secretary

 

Certificate of Conversion

MetroPCS Michigan, Inc.

Exhibit 3.64

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS MICHIGAN, LLC

December 10, 2013

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Michigan, LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by T-Mobile USA, Inc. as the sole member (the “ Member ”) of the Company.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby agrees as follows:

1.         Name .  The name of the limited liability company is MetroPCS Michigan, LLC.

2.         Filing of Certificates .  The Member or the Managers (as defined below), as authorized persons within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), shall execute, deliver and file all certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) required or permitted to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Member or the Managers are authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates, notices or documents (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

3.         Purposes .  The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

4.         Powers .  In furtherance of its purposes, but subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have and may exercise all the powers now or hereafter conferred by Delaware law on limited liability companies formed under the Act and all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 3.

5.         Principal Business Office .   The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 12920 SE 38 th Street, Bellevue, WA 98006, or at such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Managers.

6.         Registered Office .  The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.

7.         Registered Agent .  The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 1


8.           Member .  The name and the mailing address of the Member are as follows:

 

Name       Address   

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

     

12920 SE 38 th Street

Bellevue, WA 98006

  

9.           Limited Liability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Managers shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member or acting as Managers of the Company.

10.         Capital Contributions .  The Member is deemed admitted as a member of the Company upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement.

11.         Additional Contributions .  The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may voluntarily make additional capital contributions to the Company with the written consent of the Managers.

12.         Allocation of Profits and Losses .  For so long as the Member is the sole member of the Company, the Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated solely to the Member.

13.         Distributions .  Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managers or the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

14.         Management .

(a)      The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the “Managers” of the Company within the meaning of the Act (the “ Managers ”). The Managers shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes of the Company described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by a manager of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Managers have the authority to bind the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have the authority to bind the Company.

(b)      The Member shall appoint the Managers and may remove any of the Managers at any time with or without cause. A person appointed as Manager shall serve until the earlier of such person’s death, disqualification, resignation or removal, and upon the occurrence of any such event, the Member shall promptly appoint a replacement Manager. Each person serving as Manager shall be required to execute an acknowledgment of this Agreement, which acknowledgment may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. The Member hereby appoints David A. Miller,

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 2


J. Braxton Carter, and Thomas C. Keys as Managers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managers are authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

15.         Officers .    The Managers may, from time to time as it deems advisable, select natural persons who are employees or agents of the Company and designate them as officers of the Company (the “ Officers ”) and assign titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer) to any such person. Unless the Managers decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section may be revoked at any time by the Managers. An Officer may be removed with or without cause by the Managers.

16.         Waiver of Fiduciary Duties .  This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any fiduciary duty on the Member or any person or entity affiliated with the Member. Further, the Member hereby waives any and all fiduciary duties owed by the Member that, absent such waiver, may be implied by law, and in doing so, recognizes, acknowledges and agrees that the duties and obligations of members of the Company to one another and to the Company are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

17.         Other Business Opportunities .    The Member and any person or entity affiliated with the Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business opportunities or ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others, including, without limitation, businesses that may compete with the Company or the Managers. Neither the Member nor any person or entity affiliated with the Member shall be required to present any such business opportunity or venture to the Company or the Managers, even if the opportunity is of the character that, if presented to any of such persons, could be taken by them. Neither the Company, the Managers nor any person or entity affiliated with any of the foregoing shall have any rights in or to such business opportunities or ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity. The provisions of this Section shall apply to the Member solely in its capacity as member of the Company and shall not be deemed to modify any contract or arrangement, including, without limitation, any noncompete provisions, otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Member.

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 3


18.         Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)        No Member, Manager, Officer, employee or agent of the Company and no affiliate, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent of the Member (collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person or entity who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b)        To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and the Member shall have no personal liability on account thereof.

(c)        To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section.

(d)        A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by the person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other person or entity’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Member might properly be paid.

(e)        The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Member to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

(f)        The foregoing provisions of this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 4


19.         Assignments .  The Member may at any time assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. If the Member transfers any of its interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 21, upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

20.         Resignation .  The Member may at any time resign from the Company. If the Member resigns pursuant to this Section, an additional member shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 21, upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation, and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

21.         Admission of Additional Members .  One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member and upon such terms (including with respect to participation in the management, profits, losses and distributions of the Company) as may be determined by the Member and the additional persons or entities to be admitted.

22.         Dissolution .

(a)        The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) any time there are no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

(b)        In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets or proceeds from the sale of the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

23.         Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .    The provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement), and the Member shall have no duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contributions or payments to the Company.

24.         Severability of Provisions .    Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

25.         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 5


26.         Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

27.         Amendments .      This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented in any manner, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, except by an instrument in writing specifically designated as an amendment hereto, executed and delivered by the Member.

28.         Counterparts .      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 6


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS MICHIGAN, LLC

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

The undersigned, intending to be admitted to MetroPCS Michigan, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Member thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated December 10, 2013, does hereby cause this counterpart signature page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized person in its name and on its behalf.

 

MEMBER:
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By  

/s/ David A. Miller

 

David A. Miller, Executive Vice

 

President, General Counsel and Secretary

*      *      *

The undersigned, each intending to be appointed to MetroPCS Michigan, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Manager thereof and to accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated December 10, 2013, do hereby cause this counterpart signature page to be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the undersigned authorized persons in each of their names and each on their behalf.

 

MANAGERS:
By  

/s/ David A. Miller

 

David A. Miller

By  

/s/ J. Braxton Carter

 

J. Braxton Carter

By  

/s/ Thomas C. Keys

 

Thomas C. Keys

 

MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Page 7

Exhibit 3.65

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS NEVADA, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.         Name.     The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS Nevada, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.         Registered Office; Registered Agent.     The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.        The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has caused this Certificate of Formation to be executed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on this 24th day of January, 2007.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.  
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Roger D. Linquist  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  

Exhibit 3.66

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS NEVADA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Nevada, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 24, 2007 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Nevada, LLC, dated January 24, 2007 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS Nevada, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .     The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .    The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)       The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)       The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)       The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)          The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .   Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)        Appointment of Officers .   The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)       Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)        Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)        Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)        President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)        Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)        Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)        Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)        Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)        Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)        Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers. Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)        Definitions .   The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)        Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)        Success Upon the Merits .  To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)        Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)        Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)        Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non- appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)        Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)        Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5 .

(j)        Survival of Rights .   The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)        Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)        Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5 , the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .   The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .   Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)       First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)       Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .  The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees . In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .    Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9       Terminology .   All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10       Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11       Entire Agreement .   This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

Original Managers :           Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.67

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS NEW YORK, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.             Name.   The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS New York, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.             Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.            The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has caused this Certificate of Formation to be executed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on this 24th day of January, 2007.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.68

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS NEW YORK, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS New York, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 24, 2007 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS New York, LLC, dated January 24, 2007 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS New York, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .     The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington. Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .    The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)       The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)       The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)       The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)        The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .   Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)        Appointment of Officers .   The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)        Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)        Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)        Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)        President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)        Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .   Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)        Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)       Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)        Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)        Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)        Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)        Definitions .   The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)        Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Actions by or in the Right of the Company .   The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)        Success Upon the Merits .  To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)        Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)        Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)       Authority to Advance Expenses .   The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)       Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)        Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)        Survival of Rights .   The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)       Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)         Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .   The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .   Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18-801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)       First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)       Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .   The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .  In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .  Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .   If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8      Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9        Terminology .    All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10      Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

Original Managers :            Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.69

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

This Certificate of Formation is filed pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) to form a limited liability company under the Act.

1.             Name.   The name of the limited liability company is “MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC” (the “Company”).

2.             Registered Office; Registered Agent.   The address of the registered office of the Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

3.            The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road

Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has caused this Certificate of Formation to be executed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on this 24th day of January, 2007.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.70

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 24, 2007 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”):

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC, dated January 24, 2007 (the “Original LLC Agreement”)

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC. and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.


Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .    The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .   The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ’’ each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .   The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .      The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .   The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)        The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)        The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)        The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)          The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)         Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)         Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any

 

5

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)         Salaries of Officers .   The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)         Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)         President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)         Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .     Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)         Chief Financial Officer .   The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management

 

6

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)         Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)         Controller .   The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)         Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and

 

7

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .   The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)         Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(1)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)         Definitions .    The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)         Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such

 

8

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)         Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)         Success Upon the Merits .   To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)         Authorization of Indemnification .   Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)         Indemnification of Non-Parties .   The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

 

9

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(g)         Authority to Advance Expenses .     The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non- appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)         Provisions Nonexclusive .     Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)         Authority to Insure .   The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)         Survival of Rights .   The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)         Settlement of Claims .   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(1)         Effect of Amendment .   Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)       Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5 , the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)         No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)        First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)        Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .   All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s

 

12

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .   Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

 

13

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.9       Terminology .    All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .   This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

Original Managers :            Roger D. Linquist

 

16

A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.71

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

METROPCS TEXAS, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of MetroPCS Texas, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of February   11 , 2005, is being executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”).

 

  1.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is MetroPCS Texas, LLC.

 

  2.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

  3.

The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, as an authorized person, has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Mark A. Stachiw

  Name:   Mark A. Stachiw
  Title:  

Vice President, General Counsel and

Secretary

Exhibit 3.72

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS TEXAS, LLC

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Texas, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of August 28, 2009, by MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 11, 2005 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MetroPCS Texas, LLC, dated February 11, 2005 and a First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated December 30, 2005;

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend and restate the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to change from a sole manager governance structure to a management committee governance structure; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby adopts the following:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1      Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .  The Original Managers (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) have caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The Management Committee (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are Approved by the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2      Name .  The name of the Company is MetroPCS Texas, LLC, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In


any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.

Section 1.3      Personal Property .  The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such Member’s Capital Contributions (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all Proceeds (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Upon Approval of the Management Committee (as defined in Section 2.2) at any time during the term of the Company, the Company may issue a certificate evidencing each Member Interest in the Company then outstanding, in accordance with Section 18-702(c) of the DLLCA. Upon Approval of the Members (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4      Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5      Registered Office and Agent .    The address of the Company’s initial registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6      Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7      No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1      Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2      Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3      Powers of the Company .  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1      Capital Account .    The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial Capital Contribution (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Member in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2      No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

 

3

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Member, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1      Management Committee .

(a)      The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee; and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The initial Management Committee shall be composed of one Manager. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)      The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)      Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)      The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)      Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a Management Committee meeting shall constitute presence in person at the Management Committee meeting.

(f)      The Member, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Manager and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1, acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1 as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

Section 5.2      General Authority of the Management Committee .  Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Member, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3      Payments to Manager; Expense Reimbursement .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Manager’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4      Officers .

(a)       Appointment of Officers .  The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as shall be by Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

 

5

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(b)       Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)       Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)       Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)       President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)       Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)       Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be

 

6

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are or Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)       Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Manager an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)       Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)       Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)       Secretary .    The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent

 

7

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)       Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)       Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in subsection (a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)       Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5      Indemnification of Officers. Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)       Definitions .  The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)       Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having

 

8

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)       Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than the Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (a) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (b) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (c) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (d) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (e) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (f) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)       Success Upon the Merits .  To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)       Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)       Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any

 

9

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

(g)       Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)       Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Manager and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)       Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)       Survival of Rights .  The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)       Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (a) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (b) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

 

10

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(l)       Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)     Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)      No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6      Other Activities .  Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Member to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (i) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; (ii) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1      Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of the Member).

 

11

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 7.2      Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3      Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)      First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)      Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4      Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1      Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile

 

12

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2      Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3      Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4      Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5      Attorneys Fees .  In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6      Further Assurances .  Each party agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7      Computation of Time .   If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

13

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 9.8      Binding Agreement .    Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

Section 9.9      Terminology .  All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such party.

****

 

14

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

  Roger D. Linquist
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

Original Managers :            Roger D. Linquist

 

16

S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.73

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST:  The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Royal Street Communications, LLC.

SECOND:  The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover County of Kent, Delaware 19901.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Royal Street Communications, LLC, this 22 nd day of November, 2004.

 

/s/ Michael Littenberg

 
Name: Michael Littenberg
Title:   Authorized Person


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

 
  1.   Name of Limited Liability Company:  

 

 
   

Royal Street Communications, LLC

 
 

2.

 

 

The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

 

 
   

 

“Article I

 

The name of the company shall be MetroPCS Networks, LLC.”

 

 
   

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 22nd                 day of December                     , A.D. 2010   .

 

 

By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Authorized Person(s)  
Name:  

Roger D. Linquist

 
  Print or Type  

Exhibit 3.74

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS NETWORKS, LLC

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Networks, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of December 22, 2010, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ MetroPCS Wireless ”), and MetroPCS Michigan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ MetroPCS Michigan ”), as the members of the Company (each a “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company under the name of Royal Street Communications, LLC pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 24, 2004 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, C9 Wireless, LLC (“ C9 ”), a Delaware corporation; GWI PCS1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (the “ Original Members ”) previously adopted an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004 (the “ Original Agreement ”), as amended by the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, effective as of January 1, 2007 (the “ First Amendment ”) and the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, effective as of February 17, 2010 (the “ Second Amendment ,” together with the Original Agreement and First Amendment, the “ Amended Agreement ”), to set forth the Members’ rights and obligations with respect to the Company;

WHEREAS, GWI PCS1, Inc. merged into MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. on December 31, 2008;

WHEREAS, C9, put its Member Interest to MetroPCS Wireless on April 26, 2010;

WHEREAS MetroPCS Wireless assigned its right and delegated its duty to purchase C9’s Member Interest to MetroPCS Michigan, Inc. on December 22, 2010;

WHEREAS MetroPCS Michigan, Inc. acquired C9’s Member Interests on December 22, 2010 and became a Member of the Company under the Amended Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Amended Agreement by adopting this Agreement and to change the Company’s name from “ Royal Street Communications, LLC ” to “ MetroPCS Networks, LLC ”.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby amend and restate the Amended Agreement in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .     The Members of the Company have previously caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The “Management Committee” (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are “Approved by the Management Committee” (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .   The name of the Company is “MetroPCS Networks, LLC”, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.

Section 1.3       Personal Property .   The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such “Member’s Capital Contributions” (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all “Proceeds” (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be reflected on the books and records of the Company and shall not be evidenced by a certificate of limited liability company interest. Upon “Approval of the Members” (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

 

2

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .   The address of the Company’s registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee in accordance with Article V hereof, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any actions required or permitted to be taken by the Members may be taken at a meeting duly called by the Management Committee on no less than one (1) day notice or may be taken without a meeting if all Members, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the

 

3

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


meeting. Any action by Members at a meeting requires the attendance of all Members and a majority vote of all Members present. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Members may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and that Section 2.2 and Article V hereof provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .   The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .     The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial “Capital Contribution” (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Members in their sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Members, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

 

4

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)          The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee as set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii); and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The Management Committee initially shall be composed of three (3) individuals, who shall be designated as provided in Section 5.1(a)(i). The Members may change the Members of Management at any time. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(i)        MetroPCS Wireless shall designate two (2) individuals to serve as Managers, and MetroPCS Michigan shall designate one (1) individual to serve as a Manager. The Members shall have complete discretion with respect to the designation and replacement of its representatives to the Management Committee.

(ii)       If the number of Managers is changed for any reason, MetroPCS Wireless shall be entitled to appoint, at a minimum, a majority of the Managers, regardless of the number of Managers comprising the Management Committee at any given time, and MetroPCS Michigan shall be entitled to appoint the remainder of such Managers. In the event of a vacancy with respect to a Manager appointed by MetroPCS Wireless, MetroPCS Wireless shall be entitled to fill such vacancy, and in the event of a vacancy with respect to a Manager appointed by MetroPCS Michigan, MetroPCS Michigan shall be entitled to fill such vacancy. Each Member may rename any Manager appointed by such Member upon notice to the Company and the Management Committee and the other Members.

(iii)      The Members, by executing this Agreement, and the Original Managers and any subsequent Managers, by accepting appointment under this Section 5.1(a), acknowledge the provisions of this Section 5.1(a) as the sole method for appointing each Manager and waive any right to contest or adjudicate any such appointment under Section 18-110 of the DLLCA.

(b)          The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)          Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)          The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice

 

5

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

(e)        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference call, video conference, webcast or similar meeting by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear or communicate with each other, and such participation in the meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Members, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Managers; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Managers’ duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)         Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

 

6

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(b)         Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)         Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)         Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)         President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)         Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)         Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and

 

7

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)             Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)             Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)             Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .    The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if

 

8

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)       Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)           Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in Section 5.4(a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)            Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)           Definitions .   The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity; or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

9

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(b)         Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than a Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)         Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than an Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (i) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (ii) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (iii) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (iv) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (v) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (vi) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)         Success Upon the Merits .   To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

(e)         Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances

 

10

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)         Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

(g)         Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)         Provisions Nonexclusive .    Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Managers and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

(i)         Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5 .

 

11

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(j)           Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)          Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (i) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (ii) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

(l)           Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing or relating to events, acts or omissions occurring on or before at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)         Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)          No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Members to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (a) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; and (b) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

 

12

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of a Member).

Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)        First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)        Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

13

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .     All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an

 

14

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .    Each Member agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .    Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

Section 9.9       Terminology .  All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the Members with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, arrangements or agreements, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any Member hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such Member.

****

 

15

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

 

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

  /s/ Roger D. Linquist

    Roger D. Linquist
    President and Chief Executive Officer
METROPCS MICHIGAN, INC.
By:  

  /s/ Roger D. Linquist

    Roger D. Linquist
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

   Original Managers :    Roger D. Linquist   
      J. Braxton Carter   
      Thomas C. Keys   

 

16

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.75

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS CALIFORNIA, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

Article I.  Name

The name of the limited liability company is Royal Street Communications California, LLC (the “Company”).

Article II.  Registered Office

The address of its registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company at 2711 Centerville Rd., Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and Zip Code 19808.

Article III.  Name and Address of Organizer

The name of the organizer is as follows:

Paul C. Besozzi

Patton Boggs LLP

2550 M Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20037

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 30 th day of May, 2006.

 

/s/ Paul C. Besozzi

Paul C. Besozzi
Organizer


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

 
  1.   Name of Limited Liability Company:  

 

 
   

Royal Street Communications California, LLC

 
 

2.

 

 

The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

 

 
   

 

“Article I

 

The name of the company shall be MetroPCS Networks California, LLC.”

 

 
   

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 22nd                 day of December                     , A.D. 2010   .

 

 

By:  

/s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Authorized Person(s)  
Name:  

Roger D. Linquist

 
  Print or Type

Exhibit 3.76

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS NETWORKS CALIFORNIA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Networks California, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of December 22, 2010, by MetroPCS Networks, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company under the name of Royal Street Communications California, LLC pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 30, 2006 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications California, LLC, dated November 14, 2006 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement by adopting this Agreement and to change the Company’s name from “ Royal Street Communications California, LLC ” to “ MetroPCS Networks California, LLC ”;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .    The Members of the Company have previously caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The “Management Committee” (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are “Approved by the Management Committee” (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .    The name of the Company is “MetroPCS Networks California, LLC”, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management


may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.

Section 1.3       Personal Property .    The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such “Member’s Capital Contributions” (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all “Proceeds” (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be reflected on the books and records of the Company and shall not be evidenced by a certificate of limited liability company interest. Upon “Approval of the Members” (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .    The address of the Company’s registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .    The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee in accordance with Article V hereof, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any actions required or permitted to be taken by the Members may be taken at a meeting duly called by the Management Committee on no less than one (1) day notice or may be taken without a meeting if all Members, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the meeting. Any action by Members at a meeting requires the attendance of all Members and a majority vote of all Members present. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Members may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and that Section 2.2 and Article V hereof provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .    The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .    The term “Capital Account” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial “Capital Contribution” (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Members in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

3

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Members, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)       The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee as set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii); and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The Management Committee initially shall be composed of three (3) individuals, who shall be designated as provided in Section 5.1(a)(i). The Members may change the Members of Management at any time. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)       The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent

 

4

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)       The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

(e)       Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference call, video conference, webcast or similar meeting by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear or communicate with each other, and such participation in the meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Members, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided, however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Managers; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Managers’ duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)        Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer

 

5

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)        Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)        Salaries of Officers .    The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)        Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)        President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)        Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President .    Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the

 

6

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)        Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)        Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)        Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

(j)        Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

7

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(i)         Secretary .  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)         Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)        Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in Section 5.4(a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)        Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers. Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)        Definitions .    The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity;

 

8

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)        Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than a Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)        Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than an Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (i) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (ii) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (iii) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (iv) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (v) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (vi) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)        Success Upon the Merits .    To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

 

9

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)        Authorization of Indemnification .    Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)        Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

(g)        Authority to Advance Expenses .     The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non- appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)        Provisions Nonexclusive .     Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Managers and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

 

10

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(i)        Authority to Insure .    The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)        Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)        Settlement of Claims .    The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (i) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (ii) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

(l)        Effect of Amendment .    Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing or relating to events, acts or omissions occurring on or before at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)        Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)        No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6        Other Activities .    Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Members to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (a) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a

 

11

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; and (b) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of a Member).

Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)       First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)       Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

12

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .     All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an

 

13

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .    Each Member agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

Section 9.9       Terminology .    All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the Members with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, arrangements or agreements, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any Member hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such Member.

****

 

14

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS NETWORKS. LLC
By:   

  /s/ Roger D. Linquist

    Roger D. Linquist
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

 

  Original Managers :       Roger D. Linquist  
    J. Braxton Carter  
    Thomas C. Keys  

 

16

 

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 3.77

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS FLORIDA, LLC

 

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

Article I.  Name

The name of the limited liability company is Royal Street Communications Florida, LLC (the “Company”).

Article II.  Registered Office

The address of its registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company at 2711 Centerville Rd., Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and Zip Code 19808.

Article III.  Name and Address of Organizer

The name of the organizer is as follows:

 

  

Paul C. Besozzi

Patton Boggs LLP

2550 M Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20037

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 30 th day of May, 2006.

 

/s/ Paul C. Besozzi

 
Paul C. Besozzi  
Organizer  


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

 
  1.   Name of Limited Liability Company:  

 

 
   

Royal Street Communications Florida, LLC

 
 

2.

 

 

The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

 

 
   

 

“Article I

 

The name of the company shall be MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC.”

 

 
   

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 22nd                 day of December                     , A.D. 2010   .

 

 

 

By:  

  /s/ Roger D. Linquist

 
  Authorized Person(s)  
Name:  

Roger D. Linquist

 
  Print or Type  

Exhibit 3.78

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

METROPCS NETWORKS FLORIDA, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of December 22, 2010, by MetroPCS Networks, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”, and collectively with any subsequent holder of a “Member Interest” (as defined in Section 1.3), the “ Members ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company under the name of Royal Street Communications Florida, LLC pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 30, 2006 and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with its formation, the Member adopted a Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications Florida, LLC, dated November 14, 2006 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement by adopting this Agreement and to change the Company’s name from “ Royal Street Communications Florida, LLC ” to “ MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC ”;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 1.1       Formation; Admission; Statutory Compliance .    The Members of the Company have previously caused a Certificate to be executed and filed on behalf of the Company in the office of, and on the form prescribed by, the Delaware Secretary of State. The “Management Committee” (as defined in Section 5.1(a)) shall cause to be executed, acknowledged, recorded, filed and/or published any and all renewals, restatements and amendments of the Certificate and any and all other documents or instruments which are “Approved by the Management Committee” (as defined in Section 2.2) or which are otherwise required by applicable law. The Management Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether any renewal, restatement or amendment of the Certificate or any other document or instrument is required by applicable law; and each Member, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waives any right to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to direct the execution thereof under Section 18-205 of the DLLCA.

Section 1.2       Name .  The name of the Company is “MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC”, and the business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. The Management


may, in its sole and absolute discretion, change the name of the Company from time to time. In any such event, the Management Committee shall promptly file or caused to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware an amendment to the Certificate reflecting such change of name.

Section 1.3       Personal Property .  The term “ Member Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Company and in, to and under this Agreement, including without limitation, (a) the right, if any, of such Member to a return of such “Member’s Capital Contributions” (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) the right of such Member to distributions described in Article IV, and (c) any and all “Proceeds” (as defined below) of any of the foregoing. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be the personal property of such Member for all purposes. All interests in all property, whether tangible or intangible, from time to time owned by the Company (collectively, the “ Company Property ”), shall be deemed owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such Company Property. Each Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall be reflected on the books and records of the Company and shall not be evidenced by a certificate of limited liability company interest. Upon “Approval of the Members” (as defined in Section 2.2) and Approval of the Management Committee, the Company may redeem any Member’s Member Interest or any part thereof for the fair value thereof; and upon such redemption, such Member Interest or the redeemed part thereof shall be deemed canceled in accordance with Section 18-702(e) of the DLLCA. The term “ Proceeds ” means any dividend, distribution, sales proceeds, securities, rent, revenue, income, fee, reimbursement, compensation, remuneration, claim, right, power, privilege or other benefit, of any kind whatsoever, derived from or related to any asset or any interest therein or part thereof, whether such benefit is vested or unvested, contingent, deferred or fixed, legal or equitable in nature, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated.

Section 1.4       Limited Liability .    Except as otherwise provided by the DLLCA, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being Members.

Section 1.5       Registered Office and Agent .   The address of the Company’s registered office (required by Section 18-104 of the DLLCA to be maintained in the State of Delaware) is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company’s principal place of business shall be 2250 Lakeside Boulevard, Richardson, Texas 75082. The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may change such registered office, registered agent or principal place of business from time to time. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 1.6       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

2

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 1.7       No State-Law Partnership .  The Company shall not be a partnership or a joint venture for any reason other than for United States federal income and state tax purposes, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed otherwise.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.1       Purpose of the Company .  The purpose of the Company shall be to engage or participate in any lawful business activities in which a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware may engage or participate.

Section 2.2       Approvals .  The phrases “ Approved by the Members ” or “ Approval of the Members ” each mean the unanimous vote, consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of all Members, each Member’s approval being a matter within such Member’s sole and absolute discretion. The phrases “ Approved by the Management Committee ” or “ Approval of the Management Committee ” each mean the consent, decision, determination, judgment, decree, instruction, authorization, waiver, resolution or other approval of the Management Committee acting as a committee in accordance with Article V hereof, in the Management Committee’s sole and absolute discretion. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any actions required or permitted to be taken by the Members may be taken at a meeting duly called by the Management Committee on no less than one (1) day notice or may be taken without a meeting if all Members, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the meeting. Any action by Members at a meeting requires the attendance of all Members and a majority vote of all Members present. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Members may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent. The Members acknowledge that this Section 2.2 provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Members and that Section 2.2 and Article V hereof provides the sole method of determining the Approval of the Management Committee; and the Members, to the extent permitted under the Act, hereby waive any right to contest or adjudicate such determination under Section 18-110(b) of the DLLCA.

Section 2.3       Powers of the Company .  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

ARTICLE III

FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1       Capital Account .  The term “ Capital Account ” with respect to any Member means the sum of such Member’s initial “Capital Contribution” (as defined herein), if any, plus all of such Member’s additional Capital Contributions less any distributions of capital made to such Member. Any capital contribution in the Company (the “ Capital Contribution ”) will be made 100% by the Members in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

3

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Section 3.2       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  The right of any Member to make Capital Contributions and otherwise to do, perform, satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Members. None of the rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth shall be deemed an asset of the Company or Company Property; and such rights and obligations may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Management Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall decide whether and in what amounts, if any, the Proceeds received by the Company shall be distributed to each Member. All such Proceeds distributed to the Members, if any, shall be distributed in proportion to each Member’s Capital Account as provided above.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 5.1       Management Committee .

(a)        The affairs of the Company shall be managed by a management committee (the “ Management Committee ”) composed of one or more managers, who accept appointment by the Members as provided herein (individually referred to as “ Manager ” and collectively referred to as “ Manager ” or “ Managers ”). The number of Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Members. The Members shall have the right to add or remove and replace the Managers at any time and for any reason. Any vacancy in any Manager position may be filled by the Members or by the Management Committee as set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii); and any Manager so chosen shall hold office until (i) removed with or without cause by the Members, (ii) such Manager’s successor shall be duly elected and appointed by the Members or (iii) such Manager’s death, disability or resignation. The Management Committee initially shall be composed of three (3) individuals, who shall be designated as provided in Section 5.1(a)(i). The Members may change the Members of Management at any time. The initial Managers of the Company (the “ Original Managers ”) shall be identified on Exhibit A.

(b)        The Management Committee shall manage the affairs of the Company and make all decisions with regard thereto, including but not limited to, the appointment and removal of officers of the Company.

(c)        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Management Committee may be taken at a meeting pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or without a meeting, if all Managers, as the case may be, consent

 

4

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of meetings of the Management Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Management Committee may act in lieu of a meeting by means of a unanimous written consent.

(d)        The Management Committee may hold meetings, either within or without the State of Delaware, upon not less than one (1) day or more than thirty (30) days, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called or except as such notice may be waived by the Managers. At all meetings of the Management Committee, a majority of all Managers then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative act of a majority of the Managers present at any Management Committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Management Committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate. If a quorum shall not be present at any Management Committee meeting, the Managers then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

(e)        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, the Managers may participate in a Management Committee meeting by means of conference call, video conference, webcast or similar meeting by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear or communicate with each other, and such participation in the meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.2       General Authority of the Management Committee .    Subject to matters requiring the Approval of the Members, the Management Committee shall have the authority, power and discretion to manage and control the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business and affairs and the Company Property; provided , however , that the Management Committee hereby delegates such authority, power and discretion to the officers of the Company as set forth in Section 5.4 of this Agreement.

Section 5.3       Payments to Managers; Expense Reimbursement .    Except as otherwise provided herein, no Manager shall be entitled to remuneration for services rendered or goods provided to the Company unless Approved by the Management Committee. Each Manager shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by the Manager in carrying out the Managers’ duties and responsibilities hereunder.

Section 5.4       Officers .

(a)         Appointment of Officers .    The offices of Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer of the Company are hereby established. Upon Approval of the Management Committee, offices may be established or eliminated from time to time, at any time, during the term of the Company. One or more natural persons shall be appointed to each such office, from time to time, by Approval of the Management Committee. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer

 

5

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


shall be appointed by, shall serve during and shall be removed upon Approval of the Management Committee, subject to all rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall devote the time and effort necessary and appropriate to the faithful performance of all duties of the office held. Any natural person may hold any number of offices. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware or citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(b)         Removal, Resignation and Vacancy .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, upon Approval of the Management Committee at any time. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Management Committee. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by Approval of the Management Committee.

(c)         Salaries of Officers .  The salary and other compensation of each officer shall be fixed by, and any employment agreement between such officer and the Company shall be entered into upon, Approval of the Management Committee.

(d)         Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall, subject to the control of the Management Committee, have general and active management of the Company’s business and affairs and shall see that all Approvals of the Management Committee and Approvals of the Members are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Management Committee and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the offices of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as are Approved by the Management Committee, from time to time.

(e)         President .  The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer, Approved by the Management Committee or prescribed by this Agreement; and when so performing such duties, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of the president of a corporation.

(f)         Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President . Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be Approved by the Management Committee, prescribed by this Agreement or otherwise delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President. Upon the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, Approved by the Management Committee, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the

 

6

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall otherwise have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a vice president of a corporation.

(g)         Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the Company Property and the Company’s business and affairs, including accounts of the Company’s assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses and capital. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall have overall responsibility for disbursing the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall cause to be rendered to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Chief Financial Officer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a chief financial officer of a corporation.

(h)         Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Company, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Management Committee or any officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions undertaken as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a treasurer of a corporation.

(i)         Controller .  The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Controller shall render to the Management Committee an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Controller shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Chief Financial Officer. The Controller shall also have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a controller of a corporation.

 

7

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(j)         Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

(i)         Secretary .   The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Management Committee and of the Members, and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Management Committee and Members and shall perform such other duties as are Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Company, if any, and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it; and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer’s signature. The Management Committee may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Company, if any, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Company’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by Approval of the Management Committee, a register, or a duplicate register, showing the names of all Members and their addresses, their Member Interest in the Company, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, if any, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall also keep all documents as may be required under the DLLCA. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee. The Secretary shall have the general duties, powers and responsibilities of a secretary of a corporation.

(ii)        Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by Approval of the Management Committee (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, shall perform such other duties and have such other authority as are set forth in this Agreement or as are, from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee or delegated by the Secretary.

(k)         Additional Officers .  The additional officers listed in Section 5.4(a) shall perform such other duties and shall have such other responsibilities and authority as are customarily held by persons holding such office and, as may be from time to time, Approved by the Management Committee.

(l)         Signing Authority of Officers .  Any officer, acting alone, is authorized to endorse checks, drafts and other evidence of indebtedness made payable to the order of the Company, but only for the purpose of deposit into the Company’s accounts. Any officer is also authorized to sign or enter into checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments obligating the Company to pay money in amounts as Approved by the Management Committee or approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5       Indemnification of Officers, Managers, Employees and Agents .

(a)         Definitions .    The term “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or who is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity;

 

8

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


or who was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other entity which was a predecessor or successor of the Company. The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b)         Third Party Actions .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than a Manager or an officer) of the Company against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). But in all events the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only if such person, in such person’s capacity as an Agent, acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such person also had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon plea of nolo contendere shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith or in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and all Members or that such person had reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

(c)         Actions by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall and hereby does indemnify any person who is or was a party or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by or in the right of the Company, by reason of such person’s being or having been the Manager or an officer of the Company against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts reasonably and actually incurred in, or in connection with, such Proceeding. The Company shall also have the power and authority to indemnify any such person by reason of such person’s having been an Agent (other than an Manager or an officer of the Company) against all such amounts, such power to be exercised in accordance with Section 5.5(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify such person (and shall authorize indemnification of such person) only for those acts, omissions or transactions: (i) which did not involve any intentional misconduct by such person or any knowing and culpable violation of law by such person; (ii) which such person reasonably believed were in the best interests of the Company and all Members; (iii) which did not involve any absence of good faith by such person; (iv) from which such person did not derive any improper personal benefit; (v) which did not show any reckless disregard of such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member in circumstances in which the Agent was aware, or should have been aware, of risk of serious injury to the Company or to such Member; and (vi) which did not constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention to such person’s duty to the Company or to any Member, amounting to an abdication of such duty.

(d)         Success Upon the Merits .   To the extent an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding (whether or not by or in the right of the Company) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Agent against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

 

9

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(e)         Authorization of Indemnification .  Unless this Section 5.5 provides directly for the indemnification of an Agent, indemnification shall be made by the Company hereunder only if it has been determined that the Agent’s indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) (as the case may be) and the indemnification has been Approved by the Management Committee.

(f)         Indemnification of Non-Parties .  The Company shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person who is not a party to a Proceeding but is involved therein as a witness or otherwise by reason of such person’s being or having been an Agent of the Company against any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred therein in connection with such participation or involvement in such Proceeding. Any such indemnification of Agents which are not parties but are otherwise involved in such Proceedings shall be subject to authorization in accordance with Section 5.5(e).

(g)         Authority to Advance Expenses .    The Company shall have the power and authority to advance all reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Agent in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Agent requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agent. The Company shall have the power and authority to require the Agent to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. All amounts advanced to the Agent by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) shall be without interest. The Company shall have the authority to make all advances pursuant to this Section 5.5(g) without regard to the financial ability of the Agent to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Agent may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification. Any required repayment of advance amounts by the Agent shall be made by the Agent to the Company within ten (10) days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

(h)         Provisions Nonexclusive .      Any indemnification provided by or authorized pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement or contract, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent any agreement or contract is inconsistent with this Section 5.5, such agreement or contract shall take precedence. Nothing contained in this Section 5.5 shall affect any right of indemnification to which persons other than the Managers and the officers of the Company may be entitled, by agreement, contract or otherwise.

 

10

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


(i)         Authority to Insure .  The Company may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any expense asserted against or reasonably and actually incurred by such Agent, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Agent against such expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Section 5.5.

(j)         Survival of Rights .    The rights to indemnification provided by, or authorized pursuant to, this Section 5.5 shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

(k)         Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Section 5.5 for (i) any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company’s written consent (unless the Company has failed to indemnify or defend against such claim or action and the Company was obligated by this Section 5.5 to do so); or (ii) any judicial award, if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, but only to the extent of prejudice to the Company.

(l)          Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 5.5 shall be wholly prospective and shall not affect adversely any right to indemnification of any Agent provided herein, or any elimination of any Agent’s liability provided herein, existing or relating to events, acts or omissions occurring on or before at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

(m)         Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Section 5.5, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnified Agent, who shall execute all documents that may be reasonable or necessary for the Company to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents reasonable or necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(n)         No Duplication of Payments .    The Company shall not make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnified hereunder.

Section 5.6       Other Activities .   Neither this Agreement nor any principle of law or equity shall preclude or limit, in any respect, the right of the Members to engage in or derive profit or compensation from any other activities or investments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF MEMBER INTEREST

A Member may assign all or any portion of such Member’s Member Interest in the Company at any time upon the assumption by the assignee of all obligations of a Member under this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Member in respect of its Member Interest in the Company so transferred and (a) upon the assignment of 100% of the outstanding Member Interest in the Company held by a

 

11

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


single Member to one or more assignees, each such assignee shall become a Member of the Company; and (b) upon any other assignment of Member Interest in the Company, such assignee shall become a Member in the Company upon the consent of all Members other than the assigning Member or, if the assigning Member shall be the sole Member immediately prior to such assignment, upon the consent of such assigning Member. A Member may hypothecate, pledge or encumber its interest at any time without the consent of the Company or the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such transfer of a Member’s Member Interest in the Company shall operate to dissolve the Company.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1       Dissolution .  The Company shall have a perpetual existence, unless sooner dissolved pursuant to this Article VII. The Company shall be dissolved and terminated only in the event of an Approval by the Members to dissolve the Company or upon the occurrence of any dissolution event specified in the DLLCA; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not dissolve upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 18- 801(a)(4) of the DLLCA (including without limitation, the death or bankruptcy of a Member).

Section 7.2       Effect of Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Company shall cease carrying on its business but shall not terminate until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed, the assets of the Company shall have been distributed as provided below and a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company under the DLLCA have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.3       Liquidation Upon Dissolution .  Upon the dissolution of the Company, sole and plenary authority to effectuate the liquidation of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Management Committee, which shall have full power and authority to sell, assign and encumber any and all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an orderly and business-like manner. The proceeds of liquidation of the assets of the Company and Company Property distributable upon a dissolution and winding up of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a)        First, to the creditors of the Company, including creditors who are Members, in the order of priority provided by law, in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations of the Company (of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, legal or equitable, secured or unsecured), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(b)        Thereafter, to the Members in proportion to their Member Interest.

Section 7.4       Winding Up and Certificate of Cancellation .    The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all of its debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member. Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

12

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the Members. In addition, the terms or conditions of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

Section 9.1       Notices .    All notices, demands and other communications given or delivered under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means of transmitting written documents, or sent to the parties at the respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or by private overnight mail courier service. Notices, demands and communications sent by email, facsimile transmission or other electronic means must also be sent by regular U.S. mail or by private overnight mail courier service to the parties in order for such notice to be effective. Notices, demands and communications to the Company must be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s principal place of business as set forth in Section 1.5, as later modified by any amendment hereto; and/or with respect to any party hereto as a recipient, any other or additional address which such recipient has advised such sender by prior communication.

Section 9.2       Governing Laws .    This Agreement and the respective rights, powers, privileges and authority and the respective duties, obligations and liabilities of the Company and Members under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any principle or doctrine regarding conflicts of laws.

Section 9.3       Waiver .  No Member’s consent to or waiver of any breach or default by another Member hereunder, whether express or implied, shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of any other breach or default in the performance by such other Member of the same or any other obligations of such Member hereunder. Failure on the part of any Member to complain of any act or failure to act on the part of another Member or to declare such other Member in default or to pursue any remedies herein provided, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of such Member’s rights hereunder.

Section 9.4       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provisions shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.5       Attorneys Fees .    In the event any Member commences any mediation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, investigative proceeding or judicial proceeding (each, an

 

13

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


Action ”) to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement arising under or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Member in such Action shall be entitled to recover the prevailing Member’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees, accounting fees, expert witness fees and related costs actually incurred in such Action, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Member may be entitled.

Section 9.6       Further Assurances .    Each Member agrees to execute such other and further instruments and documents as may be necessary or proper in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.7       Computation of Time .    If any period of time or date specified in this Agreement would otherwise end or occur on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed extended to end on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Section 9.8       Binding Agreement .      Subject to the restrictions on transfer and encumbrances set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Members and their respective heirs and permitted successors and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to any party or Member, such reference shall be deemed to include a reference to the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such Member.

Section 9.9       Terminology .   All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa. Titles of articles, sections and subsections are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subsections shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subsection of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such article, section or subsection of another document or instrument. The use of the term “Section” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to “subsections” whenever the context so requires, and vice versa.

Section 9.10     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.11     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire Agreement among the Members with respect to the Company, and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, arrangements or agreements, oral or in writing, by the parties hereto with respect to the Company are superseded by this Agreement. No variations, modifications, supplements, waivers or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any Member hereto unless set forth in a document duly executed by or on behalf of such Member.

****

 

14

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

METROPCS NETWORKS, LLC
By:  

  /s/ Roger D. Linquist

    Roger D. Linquist
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

 

   Original Managers :    Roger D. Linquist   
      J. Braxton Carter   
      Thomas C. Keys   

 

16

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

Exhibit 4.12

[Form of Face of Exchange Note]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Definitive Note Legend]

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


CUSIP 87264A AB1

ISIN US87264AAB17

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018

 

No.       $

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

promises                    to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of             DOLLARS on September 1, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1

Record Dates: February 15 and August 15


Dated:            , 20

 

T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory


[Form of Reverse Side of Exchange Note]

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”)

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)  INTEREST.  Interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) shall accrue on the principal amount of this Note from and including August 21, 2013 until maturity at a rate per annum equal to 5.250%.

The Company promises to pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 1, 2014. If an Interest Payment Date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

(2)  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 15 or August 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the books and records of the Registrar,  provided  that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such money of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Holder of a Definitive Note is not required to surrender such Definitive Note to the Trustee in order to receive payment of principal at maturity. Such Definitive Note, after payment has been made, shall be cancelled without the requirement of presentation.

(3)  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4)  INDENTURE.  The Company issued the Notes pursuant to an Indenture dated as of April 28, 2013 (the “ Base Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 21, 2013 (the “ Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture ”; the Base Indenture as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and, to the extent so included in the Indenture, to the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5)  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) On or after September 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, if any Global Notes are outstanding, subject to the ability of the Depositary to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2015

     102.625 %

2016

     101.313 %

2017 and thereafter

     100.000 %


Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

At any time prior to September 1, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, if any Global Notes are outstanding, subject to the ability of Depositary to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to September 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.250% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or contributions to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;  provided  that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by the Company or the date of contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

Applicable Premium ” means, as calculated by the Company and provided to the Trustee, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at September 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 5(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through September 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 1, 2015;  provided however , that if the period from the redemption date to September 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Company will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail.


(6)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7)  REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof  plus  accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date for periods prior to such repurchase date pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Base Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions and identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event, offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within twenty days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall apply the entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Base Indenture to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is  pari passu  with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and purchase or redeem such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the date of consummation of the purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other  pari passu  Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other  pari passu  Indebtedness tendered in response to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other  pari passu  Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a  pro rata  basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8)  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  Notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days (or, if any Global Notes are outstanding, such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be sent or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9)  DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $ 1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes (i) for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the sending of notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent or (ii) during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10)  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.


(11)  AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend and supplement the Indenture as provided in the Base Indenture.

(12)  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Company, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

(13)  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14)  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(15)  AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16)  ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17)  CUSIP NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18)  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (425) 383-7040


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:  

 

 

  Your Signature:  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

*  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Base Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨  Section 4.10  ¨  Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

 

Date:  

 

 

  Your Signature:  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
       Tax Identification No.:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

*  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange    

  Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
  Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
  Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease (or
increase)
  Signature of
authorized officer
of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian
       
       
       

Exhibit 4.13

[Form of Face of Exchange Note]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Definitive Note Legend]

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


CUSIP 591709 AN0

ISIN US591709AN05

6.250% Senior Notes due 2021

 

No.                  $           

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

promises to pay to [                ] or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                  DOLLARS on April 1, 2021.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15


Dated:           , 20  
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory


[Form of Reverse Side of Exchange Note]

6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)  INTEREST . T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.250% per annum from March 19, 2013 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;  provided  that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;  provided further  that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2013. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If an Interest Payment Date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

(2)  METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the books and records of the Registrar;  provided  that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such money of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3)  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR . Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4)  INDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes pursuant to an Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013 (the “ Base Indenture ”) among the Company, HoldCo, Parent, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 29, 2013 (the “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”) and as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2013 (the “ Fourth Supplemental Indenture ; the Base Indenture as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the First Supplemental Indenture, as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Third Supplemental Indenture, and as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5)  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION .

(a) On or after April 1, 2017, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2017

     103.125 %

2018

     101.563 %

2019 and thereafter

     100.000 %


Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

At any time prior to April 1, 2017, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to April 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.250% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or contributions to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;  provided  that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by the Company or the date of contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

Applicable Premium ” means, as calculated by the Company and provided to the Trustee, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at April 1, 2017 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 5(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through April 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017;  provided however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Company will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail.

(6)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION .

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.


(7)  REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER .

(a) If there is a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof  plus  accrued and unpaid interest thereon repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such repurchase date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions and identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event, offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within twenty days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall apply the entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) to make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is  pari passu  with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and purchase or redeem such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the date of consummation of the purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other  pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other  pari passu  Indebtedness tendered in response to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other  pari passu  Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a  pro rata  basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8)  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . Notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be sent or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9)  DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes (i) for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the sending of notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent or (ii) during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10)  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11)  AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note


Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend and supplement the Indenture as provided in the Base Indenture.

(12)  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Company, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

(13)  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14)  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(15)  AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16)  ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17)  CUSIP NUMBERS . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18)  GOVERNING LAW . THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (425) 383-7040


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

 

 

   
            (Insert assignee’s legal name)  

 

   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                  to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                      
Your Signature:                                                      
         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                            

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨    Section 4.10                  ¨    Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                 

 

Date:      
Your Signature:      

         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:      
Signature Guarantee*:      

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange                         

 

Amount of

decrease in

          Principal Amount          

of this Global

Note

     

Amount of

increase in

                Principal Amount                 

of this Global

Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such

decrease

    (or increase)    

 

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

 Notes Custodian 

Exhibit 4.14

[Form of Face of Exchange Note]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Definitive Note Legend]

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


CUSIP 591709AQ3

ISIN US591709AQ36

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023

 

No.               $           

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

promises to pay to [            ] or registered assigns,

the principal sum of            DOLLARS on April 1, 2023.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15


Dated:        , 20    
T-MOBILE USA, INC.
By:      
  Name:  
  Title:  

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:      
  Authorized Signatory  


[Form of Reverse Side of Exchange Note]

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”)

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)  INTEREST . T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.625% per annum from March 19, 2013 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;  provided  that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;  provided further  that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2013. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If an Interest Payment Date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

(2)  METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the books and records of the Registrar;  provided  that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such money of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3)  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR . Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4)  INDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes pursuant to an Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013 (the “ Base Indenture ”) among the Company, HoldCo, Parent, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 29, 2013 (the “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”) and as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2013 (the “ Fourth Supplemental Indenture ”; the Base Indenture as amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Second Supplemental Indenture, as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Third Supplemental Indenture, and as further amended and supplemented with respect to the Notes by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5)  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION .

(a) On or after April 1, 2018, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date:

 

Year

  

Percentage

 

2018

     103.313 %

2019

     102.208 %

2020

     101.104 %

2021 and thereafter

       100.000 %


Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

At any time prior to April 1, 2018, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice (in the case of redemptions upon less than 30 days’ notice, subject to the ability of DTC to process such redemption on the date specified in such notice), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to April 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.625% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or contributions to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;  provided  that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by the Company or the date of contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent.

Applicable Premium ” means, as calculated by the Company and provided to the Trustee, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at April 1, 2018 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 5(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through April 1, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2018;  provided however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Company will (1) calculate the Treasury Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officer’s certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail.


(6)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION .

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7)  REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER .

(a) If there is a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof  plus  accrued and unpaid interest thereon repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such repurchase date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions and identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event, offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within twenty days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall apply the entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) to make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is  pari passu  with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and purchase or redeem such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the date of consummation of the purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other  pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other  pari passu  Indebtedness tendered in response to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other  pari passu  Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a  pro rata  basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8)  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . Notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be sent or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9)  DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes (i) for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the sending of notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent or (ii) during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10)  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.


(11)  AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend and supplement the Indenture as provided in the Base Indenture.

(12)  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Company, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

(13)  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14)  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(15)  AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16)  ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17)  CUSIP NUMBERS . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18)  GOVERNING LAW . THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (425) 383-7040


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

 
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)  

     

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)  

 

and irrevocably appoint to                  transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.   

 

Date:  

 

                   
Your Signature:  

 

                               

 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

                         

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨    Section 4.10                      ¨    Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$          

 

Date:  

 

                   
Your Signature:  

 

                               

     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

                         

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

                         

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such

decrease
(or increase)

  

Signature of
authorized officer

of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

Exhibit 5.1

LOGO

December 13, 2013

T-Mobile USA, Inc.

12920 SE 38th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

 

  Re: Exchange Offer Relating to 5.250% Exchange Notes Due 2018, 6.250% Exchange Notes Due 2021 and 6.625% Exchange Notes Due 2023

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to you and the additional registrants listed in the Registration Statement (as defined below) (the “ Guarantors ”) in connection with certain matters related to the offer by T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Guarantors, to exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) the Company’s 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 and 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (collectively, the “ Exchange Notes ”) and the associated guarantees of the Exchange Notes by the Guarantors (the “ Exchange Guarantees ”), which are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”), for an equal principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018, 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 and 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023, as applicable (collectively, the “ Original Notes ”) and the associated guarantees of the Original Notes by the Guarantors. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Registration Statement.

In the course of our representation as described above, we have examined, among other things, (i) the Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as further supplemented and modified (the “ March 2013 Indenture ”), and (ii) the Indenture dated as of April 28, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as further supplemented and modified (together with the March 2013 Indenture, the “ Indentures ”). We have also examined and relied on originals or photocopies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of all such corporate books and records of the Company and the Guarantors and such other instruments, records, certificates or other documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth. In our examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. As to facts material to the opinions, statements and assumptions expressed herein, we have, with


T-Mobile USA, Inc.

December 13, 2013

Page 2

 

your consent, relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, the Guarantors and others. In addition, we have assumed, without independent verification, that the Trustee has satisfied those legal requirements applicable to it that are necessary to make the Indentures and the notes, certificates, instruments or documents required to be executed and delivered by it in connection with the Exchange Offer enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with their respective terms.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and the Indentures are qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended:

A. the Exchange Notes, when executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures and the terms of the Exchange Offer as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and

B. the Exchange Guarantees, when executed and delivered in accordance with the Indentures and the terms of the Exchange Offer as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against such Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following exclusions and qualifications:

a. We express no opinion as to enforceability of any right or obligation to the extent such right or obligation is subject to and limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether arising prior to, or after, the date hereof or considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

b. We do not express any opinions herein concerning any laws other than the laws in their current forms of the State of New York, the Delaware General Corporation Law and reported judicial decisions interpreting such Delaware laws, and the federal securities laws of the United States of America, and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

c. Our opinions are based on the accuracy of the facts and the representations set forth in the Registration Statement. In the event any of the facts, representations or assumptions upon which we have relied to issue these opinions are incorrect, our opinions might be adversely affected and may not be relied upon.

d. We express no opinions concerning (i) the validity or enforceability of any provisions contained in the Indentures or the Exchange Notes that purport to waive or not give effect to


T-Mobile USA, Inc.

December 13, 2013

Page 3

 

rights to notices, defenses, subrogation or other rights or benefits that cannot be effectively waived or rendered ineffective under applicable law or (ii) the enforceability of indemnification or contribution provisions to the extent they purport to relate to liabilities resulting from or based upon negligence or any violation of federal or state securities or blue sky laws.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the prospectus made part of the Registration Statement under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the related rules and regulations promulgated under the Act nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in the Act or the related rules and regulations promulgated under the Act.

 

 

Very truly yours,  
/s/ PERKINS COIE LLP  

Exhibit 12.1

Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended  
(dollars in millions)    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     September 30, 2013  

Earnings available for fixed charges:

            

Income (loss) before income taxes and earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

   $ 2,982     $ 2,328     $ 2,180     $ (4,919 )   $ (6,991 )   $ 220  

Adjustments:

            

Fixed charges

     1,172       1,562       1,395       1,487       1,474       1,555  

Amortization of capitalized interest

     14       24       27       31       34       26  

Capitalized interest

     (86 )     (56 )     (35 )     (24 )     (9 )     (3 )

Earnings from Non-Controlling Interests

     (6 )     (6 )     (3 )     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings available for fixed charges

   $ 4,076     $ 3,852     $ 3,564     $ (3,425 )   $ (5,492 )   $ 1,798  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

            

Interest expense including capitalized interest

   $ 489     $ 796     $ 591     $ 694     $ 686     $ 899  

Portion of rent expense representative of interest (1)

     683       766       804       793       788       656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges

   $ 1,172     $ 1,562     $ 1,395     $ 1,487     $ 1,474     $ 1,555  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)

     3.48       2.47       2.55       —         —         1.16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) The portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of interest is estimated to be 33%.

 

  (2) Due primarily to T-Mobile’s non-cash impairment charges in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1 in each of these periods. The Company would have needed to generate additional earnings of $7.0 billion and $4.9 billion in the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to achieve a coverage of 1:1 in each of these periods.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of T-Mobile US, Inc. of our report dated March 1, 2013, except for the condensed consolidating financial information included in Note 22, as to which the date is June 18, 2013, relating to the financial statements of T-Mobile USA, Inc., which appears in T-Mobile US, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2013. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Seattle, Washington

December 13, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our reports dated March 1, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Dallas, Texas
December 13, 2013

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

   STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE   
   CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)   ¨   

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

(formerly BANKERS TRUST COMPANY)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

NEW YORK     13-4941247

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

   

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification no.)

60 WALL STREET    
NEW YORK, NEW YORK     10005

(Address of principal

executive offices)

    (Zip Code)

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Attention: Lynne Malina

Legal Department

60 Wall Street, 37th Floor

New York, New York 10005

(212) 250 – 0677

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

T-MOBILE USA, INC.*

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

  DELAWARE   91-1983600  
 

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

  (IRS Employer Identification No.)  

12920 SE 38 th Street

Bellevue, Washington 98006

Tel. No.: (425) 378-4000

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (Pursuant to the Indenture, dated April 28, 2013)

6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (Pursuant to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2013)

6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (Pursuant to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2013)

(Title of the Indenture securities)


* TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT GUARANTORS

 

  Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter (1)

  

State or other jurisdiction of
  incorporation or organization  

  

I.R.S. Employer
  Identification Number  

  T-Mobile US, Inc.

   Delaware    20-0836269

  GSV LLC

   Delaware    91-2116910

  Powertel Memphis Licenses, Inc.

   Delaware    58-2228915

  Powertel/Memphis, Inc.

   Delaware    58-2228912

  SunCom Wireless Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2974475

  SunCom Wireless Investment Company LLC

   Delaware    30-0283150

  SunCom Wireless License Company, LLC

   Delaware    75-3172489

  SunCom Wireless Management Company, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2940271

  SunCom Wireless Operating Company, L.L.C.

   Delaware    23-2974309

  SunCom Wireless Property Company, L.L.C.

   Delaware    43-2065344

  SunCom Wireless, Inc.

   Delaware    23-2930873

  T-Mobile Central LLC

   Delaware    91-1973799

  T-Mobile License LLC

   Delaware    91-1917328

  T-Mobile Northeast LLC

   Delaware    52-2069434

  T-Mobile PCS Holdings LLC

   Delaware    91-2159335

  T-Mobile Puerto Rico Holdings LLC

   Delaware    20-2209577

  T-Mobile Puerto Rico LLC

   Delaware    66-0649631

  T-Mobile Resources Corporation

   Delaware    91-1909782

  T-Mobile South LLC

   Delaware    20-3945483

  T-Mobile Subsidiary IV Corporation

   Delaware    91-2116909

  T-Mobile West LLC

   Delaware    36-4027581

  Triton PCS Finance Company, Inc.

   Delaware    51-0393831

  Triton PCS Holdings Company L.L.C.

   Delaware    23-2941874

  VoiceStream PCS I Iowa Corporation

   Delaware    91-1869520

  VoiceStream Pittsburgh General Partner, Inc.

   Delaware    36-3875668

  VoiceStream Pittsburgh, L.P.

   Delaware    16-1442506

  MetroPCS California, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618381

  MetroPCS Florida, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618383

  MetroPCS Georgia, LLC

   Delaware    68-0618386

  MetroPCS Massachusetts, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303630

  MetroPCS Michigan, LLC

   Delaware    20-2509038

  MetroPCS Nevada, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303430

  MetroPCS New York, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303519

  MetroPCS Pennsylvania, LLC

   Delaware    20-8303570

  MetroPCS Texas, LLC

   Delaware    20-2508993

  MetroPCS Networks, LLC

   Delaware    33-1105693

  MetroPCS Networks California, LLC

   Delaware    20-4956821

  MetroPCS Networks Florida, LLC

   Delaware    20-4957100
  

 

   (1) The address of each guarantor is 12920 SE 38th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98006, and the telephone number is (425) 378-4000 .


Item 1.  General Information.
   Furnish the following information as to the trustee.
   (a)    Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
   Name         Address
   Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District)    New York, NY
   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation    Washington, D.C.
   New York State Banking Department    Albany, NY
   (b)    Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
      Yes.     
Item 2.  Affiliations with Obligor.
   If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
   None.
Item 3. -15.    Not Applicable     
Item 16.    List of Exhibits.   
   Exhibit 1 -   Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated August 6, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated September 25, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated December 16, 1998, and Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated February 27, 2002 - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
   Exhibit 2 -   Certificate of Authority to commence business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
   Exhibit 3 -   Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
   Exhibit 4 -   Existing By-Laws of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended on April 15, 2002 business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
   Exhibit 5 -   Not applicable.
   Exhibit 6 -   Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Act. - business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
   Exhibit 7 -   The latest report of condition of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of September 30, 2013. Copy attached.
   Exhibit 8 -   Not Applicable.
   Exhibit 9 -   Not Applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 12th day of December, 2013.

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS  
     By:  

 /s/  CAROL NG

   
         CAROL NG    
         VICE PRESIDENT                


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

      FFIEC 031
 Legal Title of Bank       Page 16 of 74

NEW YORK

      RC-1
 City         
NY    10005      
 State    Zip Code      
FDIC Certificate Number:  00623      

  Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Banks

  and Savings Associations for September 30, 2013

  All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated,

  report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

  Schedule RC—Balance Sheet

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands                RCFD   Tril | Bil | Mil | Thou      
Assets            

  1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):

                 

   a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin (1)                                     

      0081     181,000      1.a

   b. Interest-bearing balances (2)                                                                          

      0071     8,417,000      1.b

  2. Securities:

                 

   a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)                                                      

  

  1754     0      2.a

   b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)                                                                  

  

  1773     20,000      2.b

  3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

      RCON            

   a. Federal funds sold in domestic offices                                                                  

      B987     139,000      3.a
      RCFD          

   b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)                                                                                  

  

  B989     16,400,000      3.b

  4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):

                 

   a. Loans and leases held for sale                                                                          

  

  5369     0      4.a

   b. Loans and leases, net of unearned income                                                          

  B528             23,010,000            4.b

   c. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses                                                          

  3123       69,000                  4.c

   d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)                                 

  

  B529     22,941,000      4.d

  5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)                                                                                       

  

  3545     115,000      5

  6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)                                                          

  

  2145     48,000      6

  7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)                                                                      

  

  2150     2,000      7

  8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies                                                          

  

  2130     0      8

  9. Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures                                                                      

  

  3656     0      9

10. Intangible assets:

                 

   a. Goodwill                                                                                                           

      3163     0      10.a

   b. Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)                                              

      0426     41,000      10.b

11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)                                                                          

      2160     4,924,000      11

12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)                                                                  

      2170     53,228,000      12

 

 

  (1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

  (2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

  (3) Includes all securities resale agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS                          FFIEC 031
 Legal Title of Bank      Page 16a of 74
FDIC Certificate Number: 00623      RC-1a

  Schedule RC—Continued

Dollar Amounts in Thousands                         Tril | Bil | Mil | Thou      
  Liabilities                  

13. Deposits:

      RCON           

  a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, part I)

      2200     29,746,000      13.a

  (1) Noninterest-bearing (1)                                                          

    6631              20,716,000            13.a.1

  (2) Interest-bearing                                                                  

    6636        9,030,000            13.a.2

  b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

      RCFN       

  (from Schedule RC-E, part II)                                                  

      2200     7,538,000      13.b

  (1) Noninterest-bearing                                                          

    6631        4,442,000            13.b.1

  (2) Interest-bearing                                                              

    6636        3,096,000            13.b.2

14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

      RCON       

  a. Federal funds purchased in domestic offices (2)                                         

      B993     5,051,000      14.a
      RCFD           

  b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (3)                                     

      B995     0      14.b

15. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)                                                          

      3548     21,000      15

16. Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations

                 

      under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M)                                         

      3190     93,000      16

17. and 18. Not applicable

                 

19. Subordinated notes and debentures (4)                                                      

      3200     0      19

20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)                                                          

      2930     1,640,000      20

21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)                                                  

      2948     44,089,000      21

22. Not applicable

                 

 

 (1) Includes noninterest-bearing demand, time, and savings deposits.

 (2) Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, item 16, “Other borrowed money.”

 (3) Includes all securities repurchase agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.

 (4) Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

     FFIEC 031
 Legal Title of Bank      Page 17 of 74
FDIC Certificate Number:  00623      RC-2

 

Equity Capital                    
  Bank Equity Captal            RCFD    Tril | Bil | Mil | Thou       

 23.

  Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus                                                                                                       3838          23

 24.

  Common stock                                                                                                                                                        3230    2,127,000        24

 25.

  Surplus (excludes all surplus related to preferred stock)                                                                                           3839    594,000        25

 26.

  a. Retained earnings                                                                                                                                                3632    6,189,000        26.a
   b. Accumulated other comprehensive income (5)                                                                                                   B530    26,000        26.b
   c. Other equity capital components (6)                                                                                                                       A130          26.c

 27.

  a. Total bank equity capital (sum of items 23 through 26.c)                                                                              3210    8,936,000        27.a
   b. Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries                                                                      3000    203,000        27.b

 28.

  Total equity capital (sum of items 27.a and 27.b)                                                                                                   G105    9,139,000        28

 29.

  Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28)                                                                                  3300    53,228,000        29
  Memoranda                    
  To be reported with the March Report of  Condition.                    

  1.

  Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes               
  the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent       RCFD    Number      
  external auditors as of any date during 2012                                                                                           6724    N/A       M.1

 1 =

  Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank    4 =   Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)      

 2 =

  Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which    5 =   Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)      
  submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but    6 =   Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors      
  not on the bank separately)    7 =   Compilation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors      

 3 =

  Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting    8 =   Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)      
  firm.    9 =   No external audit work      
 To be reported with the March Report of Condition.    RCON     MM / DD      

 2.

  Bank’s fiscal year-end date                                                                                                                               8678    N/A       M.2

 

 (5)  Includes, but is not limited to, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, and accumulated defined benefit pension and other post retirement plan adjustments.
 (6)  Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.

Exhibit 99.1

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Offer to Exchange

$500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 for $500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

$1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 for $1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

$1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 for $1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                 , UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

Deliver to the Exchange Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Reorg Department

MS JCK01-0218

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

By Facsimile Transmission (Eligible Institutions Only):

(615) 866-3889

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone:

(877) 843-9767

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AS WELL AS THE PROSPECTUS SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated                     (the “ Prospectus ”) of T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and this letter of transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) its (i) outstanding $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding 2018 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)(the “ New 2018 Notes ”), (ii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Outstanding 2021 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2021 Notes ”), and (iii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Outstanding 2023 Notes ”, and together with the Outstanding 2018 Notes and the Outstanding 2021 Notes, the “ Original Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2023 Notes ”, and together with the New 2018 Notes and the New 2021 Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”).


The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer for the Original Notes is open, at its discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest date to which such Exchange Offer is extended. The Company shall notify Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “ Exchange Agent ”) of any extension by oral or written notice and shall make a public announcement thereof no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a holder of Original Notes (i) if certificates of Original Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and an “Agent’s Message” is not delivered as described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Tendering through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.” Tenders by book-entry transfer may also be made by delivering an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal. Holders of Original Notes whose Original Notes are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their Original Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” See Instruction 2 to this Letter of Transmittal.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

The term “holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer for Original Notes means any person in whose name such Original Notes are registered on the books of the Company, any person who holds such Original Notes and has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any participant in the DTC system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Original Notes and who desires to deliver such Original Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to such Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes must complete this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety (unless such Original Notes are to be tendered by book-entry transfer and an agent’s message is delivered in lieu hereof) or in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures.

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

List below the Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Original Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.


If tendering Outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018:

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING 2018 NOTES
     1    2    3

Name(s) and Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)

 

Certificate

Number(s)*

  

Aggregate

Principal Amount

of Outstanding 2018

Note(s)

  

Principal

Amount

Tendered**

 

                 
                 
                 
      Total                  

*       Need not be completed if notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**     Unless otherwise indicated, a holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such notes. All tenders must be in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

If tendering Outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021:

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING 2021 NOTES
     1    2    3

Name(s) and Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)

 

Certificate

Number(s)*

  

Aggregate

Principal Amount
of Outstanding 2021

Note(s)

  

Principal

Amount

Tendered**

 

                    
                    
                    
    Total               

*       Need not be completed if notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**     Unless otherwise indicated, a holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such notes. All tenders must be in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

If tendering Outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023:

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING 2023 NOTES
     1    2    3

Name(s) and Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)

 

Certificate

Number(s)*

  

Aggregate

Principal Amount

of Outstanding 2023

Note(s)

  

Principal

Amount

Tendered**

                    
                    
                    
    Total               

*       Need not be completed if notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**     Unless otherwise indicated, a holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such notes. All tenders must be in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DTC (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):


Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                    

DTC Account Number(s):                                                                                                                                            

Transaction Code Number(s):                                                                                                                                      

 

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY EITHER ENCLOSED HEREWITH OR PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT (COPY ATTACHED) (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name(s) of Registered holder(s) of Original Notes:                                                                                                   

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                               

Window Ticket Number (if available):                                                                                                                       

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                             

DTC Account Number(s) (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                              

Transaction Code Number(s) (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                          

Name of Tendering Institution (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                        

 

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                             

Address:                                                                                                                                                                        

 

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW;

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of Original Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Original Notes tendered for exchange hereby.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for the undersigned (with full knowledge that said Exchange Agent also acts as the agent for the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Original Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver such Original Notes, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by the DTC, to the Company and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, and (ii) present such Original Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and to acquire the Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Original Notes, and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are accepted for exchange by the Company.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and similar no-action letters (collectively, the “ Prior No-Action Letters ”), that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, PROVIDED that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders are not engaging in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a “distribution” of such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act. The SEC has not, however, considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances.

The undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) neither the holder nor any such other person is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with


any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned is tendering Original Notes in the Exchange Offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) the undersigned cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in the Prior No-Action Letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes, in which case the registration statement must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the SEC, and (ii) failure to comply with such requirements in such instance could result in the undersigned incurring liability under the Securities Act for which the undersigned is not indemnified by the Company.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby, including the transfer of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by the DTC.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Any tendered Original Notes that are not accepted for exchange pursuant to such Exchange Offer for any reason will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date for such Exchange Offer.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned’s successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Company’s acceptance of properly tendered Original Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Original Notes tendered hereby.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions,” please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange, and return any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail or deliver the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s). In the event that both “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged to, the person(s) (or account(s)) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Original Notes so tendered for exchange.


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 5 and 6)

 

To be completed ONLY (i) if Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) if Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the DTC other than the DTC Account Number set forth above. Issue Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

Name:                                                                          

(Please Type or Print)

 

Address:                                                                      

 

                                                                              

(Include Zip Code)

 

                                                                              

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 

    

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 5 and 6)

 

To be completed ONLY if Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange, are to be mailed or delivered to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown below the undersigned’s signature. Mail or deliver Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

Name:                                                                          

(Please Type or Print)

 

Address:                                                                      

 

                                                                              

(Include Zip Code)

                                                                              

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 

¨        Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below.

 

DTC Account Number:                                                  

 

 

 

BROKER-DEALER STATUS

 

To be completed ONLY if the Beneficial Owner is a participating Broker-Dealer who holds securities acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities and wishes to receive 10 additional copies of the Prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto for use in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for such securities:

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                      

 

                                                                                                                                                                            

(Including Zip Code)

 

Area Code and Telephone Number of Contact Person:                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 


 

IMPORTANT

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT ORIGINAL NOTES
ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
(Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9 Below)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

                                                                                                                                                                                    

(Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) of Original Notes)

 

Dated                  , 201     

 

(The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes as your name(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this letter of transmittal. If Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority so to act. See Instruction 5 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed below.)

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                    

(Please Type or Print)

 

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                 

 

                                                                                                                                                                        

(Including Zip Code)

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                         

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 


MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(If Required by Instruction 5)

 

Certain signatures must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:                                                                                                    

                                                                                                                    (Authorized Signature)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                     

(Title)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                     

(Name of Firm)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                    

(Address, Include Zip Code)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                    

(Area Code and Telephone Number)

 

Dated              , 201     

 


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Original Notes or Agent’s Message and Book-Entry Confirmations . All physically delivered Original Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at the DTC of Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer (a “ Book-Entry Confirmation ”), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof (or an Agent’s Message in lieu hereof), and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the ultimate Expiration Date for the Exchange Offer, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.

2. Guaranteed Delivery Procedures . Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes and (a) whose Original Notes are not immediately available, (b) who cannot deliver their Original Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the applicable Expiration Date or (c) who are unable to comply with the applicable procedures under the DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program on a timely basis, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or a trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “ Eligible Institution ”); (ii) prior to the applicable Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Original Notes, the registration number(s) of such Original Notes and the total principal amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after such Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof or an agent’s message in lieu hereof) together with the Original Notes in proper form for transfer (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) and any other documents required hereby, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu hereof) together with the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes in proper form for transfer (or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be) and all other documents required hereby are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after such Expiration Date.

Any holder of Original Notes who wishes to tender Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the notice of guaranteed delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Expiration Date. Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” of the Prospectus.

3. Tender by Holder . Only a holder of Original Notes may tender such Original Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Original Notes who is not the registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his behalf or must, prior to


completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his Original Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes in such holder’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

4. Partial Tenders . Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000, subject to a $2,000 minimum, and untendered Original Notes may only be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any Original Notes is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the applicable box above. The entire principal amount of Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Original Notes is not tendered, then Original Notes for the principal amount of Original Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Original Notes accepted will be returned to the holder as promptly as practicable after the Original Notes are accepted for exchange, subject to applicable terms .

5. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Medallion Guarantee of Signatures . If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the record holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a participant in the DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the Original Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes listed and tendered hereby and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of Original Notes is to be reissued) to the registered holder(s), the said holder(s) need not and should not endorse any tendered Original Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such holder(s) must either properly endorse the Original Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Original Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

NO SIGNATURE GUARANTEE IS REQUIRED IF (i) THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE HEREOF) IS SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF THE ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED HEREIN (OR BY A PARTICIPANT IN THE DTC WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE OWNER OF THE TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES) AND THE EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE ISSUED DIRECTLY TO SUCH REGISTERED HOLDER(S) (OR, IF SIGNED BY A PARTICIPANT IN THE DTC, DEPOSITED TO SUCH PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT AT THE DTC) AND NEITHER THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS” NOR THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS” HAS BEEN COMPLETED, OR (ii) SUCH ORIGINAL NOTES ARE TENDERED FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE HEREOF) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

6. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions . Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which Exchange Notes or substitute Original Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the DTC as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address (or account number) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.


7. Transfer Taxes . The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes or Original Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder and the Exchange Agent will retain possession of an amount of Exchange Notes with a face amount at least equal to the amount of such transfer taxes due by such tendering holder pending receipt by the Exchange Agent of the amount of such taxes.

8. Tax Identification Number . U.S. federal income tax law requires a holder of any Original Notes or Exchange Notes to provide the Company (as payor) with its correct taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”), which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and backup withholding of 28% on interest payments on the Exchange Notes.

To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder must provide such holder’s correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein, certifying that the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien), that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder has applied for and is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the U.S. Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Exchange Notes will be registered in more than one name or will not be in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 or the instructions on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, which may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or by accessing the U.S. Internal Revenue Service’s website at www.irs.gov , for information on which TIN to report.

If a tendering holder does not have a TIN, that holder should consult the instructions on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 concerning applying for a TIN, check the box in Part III of the Substitute Form W-9, write “applied for” in lieu of its TIN and sign and date the form and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. Checking this box, writing “applied for” on the form and signing such certificate means that such holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If the holder provides the signed Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification with the Substitute Form W-9, 28% of all reportable payment made to a holder will be withheld, but will be refunded if the holder provides a certified TIN within 60 days.

Certain foreign individuals and entities will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if they submit an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or such other applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8) signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to, among other things, their foreign status. An appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or by accessing the Internal Revenue Service’s website at www.irs.gov .

Additional information is provided in the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9. The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with the Company’s obligations regarding backup withholding.

9. Validity of Tenders . All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Original Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Original Notes not properly tendered or any Original Notes the Company’s acceptance of which might, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any conditions of


the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities of tenders as to particular Original Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Original Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

10. Waiver of Conditions . The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

11. No Conditional Tender . No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tender of Original Notes will be accepted.

12. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Original Notes . Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions. This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, stolen or destroyed Original Notes have been followed.

13. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies . Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

14. Withdrawal . Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A MANUALLY SIGNED FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL NOTES DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR IN ORIGINAL HARD COPY FORM) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYOR. Social Security numbers (“ SSN ”) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (“ EIN ”) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payor.

 

Give this type of account

  

Give the name and

SSN of:

       

Give this type of account

  

Give the name and

EIN of:

1.      Individual

   The individual      

6.      Disregarded entity not owned by an individual

   The owner (3)

2.      Two or more individuals (joint account)

   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)      

7.      A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

   Legal entity (4)

3.      Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

   The minor (2)      

8.      Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832

   The corporation

4.      a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

   The grantor-trustee (1)      

9.      Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization

   The organization

         b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law

   The actual owner (1)      

10.    Partnership or multi-member LLC

   The partnership

5.      Sole proprietorship or single- owner LLC

   The owner (3)      

11.    A broker or registered nominee

   The broker or nominee
        

12.    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

   The public entity

 

(1)

List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.


(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing-business-as” name. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one).
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE:  If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTION FORM W-9

 

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan.

The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may not be subject to backup withholding include the following:

A corporation.

A financial institution.

A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a possession of the U.S.

A real estate investment trust.

A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

A foreign central bank of issue.

An exempt charitable remainder trust described in section 664, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947(a)(1).

A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

Payments to partnership not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.

Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.

 

Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payor’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payor.

Payments of tax-exempt interest

Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 


Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYOR, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYOR. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

If you are a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, please complete, sign and return an appropriate Form W-8 (which many be obtained from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service’s website at www.irs.gov ) to establish your exemption from backup withholding.

Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A.

Privacy Act Notice. —Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payors who must report the payments to IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payors must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are

required to file tax returns. Payors must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payor. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. —If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payor, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding.—If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. —Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX ADVISOR OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

 


SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

To Be Completed by All Tendering Noteholders

(See Instruction 5)

Sign this Substitute Form W-9 in Addition to the Signature(s) Required Above

PAYOR’S NAME: T-MOBILE USA, INC.

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

SUBSTITUTE

 

FORM W-9

 

Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service

 

Payor’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”)

  

Part I —Please provide your Taxpayer Identification Number in the box to the right and certify by signing and dating below.

 

  

                                                 

Social Security Number

 

                                                 

Employer Identification Number

 

  

PART II—Certification.

 

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

(1)    The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

(3)    I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

Part III —Awaiting TIN ¨

 

Part IV —Exempt ¨

 

 

Certification Instructions. You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you were no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). If you are exempt from backup withholding, check the box in Part IV above.

 

Signature:                                                                                         Date:                                                                        

 

 

 

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE
IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART III OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

I certify under penalty of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the Exchange Agent, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld, but will be refunded if I provide a certified taxpayer identification number within 60 days.

 

Signature:                                                                                         Date:                                                                        

 

 

 

NOTE: IF YOU ARE A U.S. SHAREHOLDER, FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

Exhibit 99.2

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

Offer to Exchange

$500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 for $500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

$1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 for $1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

$1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 for $1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Registered holders of T-Mobile, USA, Inc.’s (the “ Company ”) outstanding (i) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding 2018 Notes ”), (ii) $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Outstanding 2021 Notes ”), and (iii) $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Outstanding 2023 Notes ”, and together with the Outstanding 2018 Notes and the Outstanding 2021 Notes, the “ Original Notes ”) must (a) use this form, or one substantially equivalent hereto in accordance with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program, to accept the Exchange Offer of the Company and to tender to the Exchange Agent pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” of the Company’s prospectus dated (the “ Prospectus ”) and in Instruction 2 of the related letter of transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”), if (i) certificates for the Original Notes are not immediately available or (ii) time will not permit the Letter of Transmittal or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below), or (b) comply with applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any holder who wishes to tender Original Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must do so in accordance with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program, properly completed and duly executed, prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.

 

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “ EXPIRATION DATE ”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Reorg Department

MS JCK01-0218

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

By Facsimile Transmission (Eligible Institutions Only):

(615) 866-3889

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone :

(877) 843-9767


DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS COMPLETED.

This notice of guaranteed delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an “Eligible Institution” under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in the box provided on the Letter of Transmittal for guarantee of signatures.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Original Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

 

 

          
    

Outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018:

     
   
    

Certificate Number(s) (if known)
of Outstanding 2018 Notes or
Account Number at the DTC

  

Aggregate Principal Amount

Represented

  

Aggregate Principal Amount

Tendered*

     
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
                    

 

             
    

Outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021:

     
   
    

Certificate Number(s) (if known)
of Outstanding 2021 Notes or
Account Number at the DTC

  

Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented

  

Aggregate Principal Amount
Tendered*

     
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
                    

 

             
    

Outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023:

     
   
    

Certificate Number(s) (if known)
of Outstanding 2023 Notes or
Account Number at the DTC

  

Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented

  

Aggregate Principal Amount
Tendered*

     
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
   

__________________________

  

__________________________

  

__________________________

    
                    


PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Name of Registered Holder(s):

 

    

Signature(s):

 

         

    

 

        

Address:

 

      

 

      
(Including Zip Code)       
   

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                       

      
   

Dated                      , 201     

      
 

*  Unless otherwise indicated, any tendering holder of the Original Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such Original Notes. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000, subject to a $2,000 minimum, and untendered original notes may only be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF ORIGINAL NOTES EXACTLY AS THE NAME(S) OF SUCH PERSONS(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE OWNER OF ORIGINAL NOTES, OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME HOLDER(S) BY ENDORSEMENT AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. IF SIGNATURE IS BY A TRUSTEE, EXECUTOR, ADMINISTRATOR, GUARDIAN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, OFFICER OR OTHER PERSON ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, SUCH PERSON MUST PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:

   

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

    
   

Name(s):

 

_________________________________

   

Capacity:

 

_________________________________

   

Address(es):

 

_________________________________

          


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantees)

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or a trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof), together with the Original Notes of the series tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the DTC described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days following the Expiration Date.

 

Name of Firm:    

 

     
        (Authorized Signature)
Address:    

 

      Name:    
        Title:    
  (Include Zip Code)       (Please Type or Print)
Area Code and Telephone Number:                                       
        Dated:                        , 201     

DO NOT SEND ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery . A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof or an Agent’s Message and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in lieu hereof) and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect to the Original Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. Delivery of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be made by facsimile transmission, mail, overnight courier or hand delivery. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE HOLDER, AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery . If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes referred to herein, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a participant in the DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 


If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Original Notes listed or a participant of the DTC, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes or signed as the name(s) of the participant appears on the DTC’s security position listing.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit herewith evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of such person’s authority to so act.

3. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies . Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or facsimile number set forth on the cover page hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

Exhibit 99.3

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

LETTER TO DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

Offer to Exchange

$500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 for $500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

$1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 for $1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

$1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 for $1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                 , UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Depository Trust Company Participants:

We are enclosing a prospectus dated                      (the “ Prospectus ”) of T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the related letter of transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) its (i) outstanding $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding 2018 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)(the “ New 2018 Notes ”), (ii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Outstanding 2021 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2021 Notes ”), and (iii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Outstanding 2023 Notes ”, and together with the Outstanding 2018 Notes and the Outstanding 2021 Notes, the “ Original Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2023 Notes ”, and together with the New 2018 Notes and the New 2021 Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”). Additionally, we have included a notice of guaranteed delivery and a letter that may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer.

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire on the Expiration Date, including any extensions.

The Exchange Offer for Original Notes is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered for exchange.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, (ii) such person is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, and (iii) such person is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. In addition, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that if such person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, it will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


The enclosed Letter to Clients contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Original Notes for you to make the foregoing representations.

The Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of Original Notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained by contacting the Exchange Agent as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal.

Exhibit 99.4

Exhibit 99.4

T-MOBILE USA, INC.

LETTER TO CLIENTS

Offer to Exchange

$500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 for $500,000,000 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

$1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 for $1,750,000,000 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

$1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 for $1,750,000,000 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                 , UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing a prospectus dated                     (the “ Prospectus ”) of T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the related letter of transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) its (i) outstanding $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding 2018 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) (the “ New 2018 Notes ”), (ii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Outstanding 2021 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2021 Notes ”), and (iii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Outstanding 2023 Notes ”, and together with the Outstanding 2018 Notes and the Outstanding 2021 Notes, the “ Original Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2023 Notes ”, and together with the New 2018 Notes and the New 2021 Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”). The Exchange Offer for Original Notes is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered for exchange.

We are the holder of record of Original Notes held by us for your own account. A tender of such Original Notes can be made only by us as the record holder and pursuant to your instructions. The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Original Notes held by us for your account.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Original Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may on your behalf make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, (ii) such person is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, and (iii) such person is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. In addition, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that if such person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, it will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


PLEASE RETURN YOUR INSTRUCTIONS TO US IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WITHIN AMPLE TIME TO PERMIT US TO SUBMIT A TENDER ON YOUR BEHALF PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PARTICIPANT

To Registered Holder and/or Participant of the DTC:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt and review of the prospectus dated                     (the “ Prospectus ”) of T-Mobile USA, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the related letter of transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) its (i) outstanding $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding 2018 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2018 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) (the “ New 2018 Notes ”), (ii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Outstanding 2021 Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2021 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2021 Notes ”), and (iii) outstanding $1,750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Outstanding 2023 Notes ”, and together with the Outstanding 2018 Notes and the Outstanding 2021 Notes, the “ Original Notes ”) for like aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023 that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “ New 2023 Notes ”, and together with the New 2018 Notes and the New 2021 Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”).

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or DTC participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer for the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate principal amount of the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is:

 

Titles of Series

   Principal Amount
(FILL IN AMOUNT)
 

5.250%Senior Notes due 2018

   $                

6.250%Senior Notes due 2021

   $     

6.625%Senior Notes due 2023

   $     

WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY INSTRUCTS YOU (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX):

 

¨ TO TENDER ALL ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

 

¨ TO TENDER THE FOLLOWING AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

Titles of Series

   Principal Amount
(FILL IN AMOUNT)
(minimum $2,000 and
integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof)
 

5.250%Senior Notes due 2018

   $                

6.250%Senior Notes due 2021

   $     

6.625%Senior Notes due 2023

   $     

 

¨ NOT TO TENDER ANY ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, A SIGNED AND RETURNED INSTRUCTION TO BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER PARTICIPANT WILL BE DEEMED TO INSTRUCT YOU TO TENDER ALL ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED. PLEASE NOTE THAT ANY UNTENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES MUST BE IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $2,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF.


If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company, and (iv) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE

 

Name of beneficial owner(s):   

   

 

Signature(s):

   

 

Name(s) (please print):

   

 

Address:

   

 

Telephone Number:

   

 

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

   

 

Date: